diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'macros')
31 files changed, 11693 insertions, 9743 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee-alphabetic.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee-alphabetic.pdf Binary files differindex dea42d5d67..6ba29200cc 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee-alphabetic.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee-alphabetic.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee-alphabetic.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee-alphabetic.tex index 511b761e6f..8b6572b70e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee-alphabetic.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee-alphabetic.tex @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ \href{mailto:joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk} {\texttt{joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk}}}} \title{The \pkg{ieee-alphabetic} bibliography style for \pkg{biblatex}% - \footnote{This file describes v1.3d, last revised 2020/12/29.}} -\date{Released 2020/12/29} + \footnote{This file describes v1.3e, last revised 2021/03/25.}} +\date{Released 2021/03/25} \providecommand*{\pkg}[1]{\textsf{#1}} @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ of example citations. \end{document} %% -%% Copyright (C) 2011-2013,2015-2020 by +%% Copyright (C) 2011-2013,2015-2021 by %% Joseph Wright <joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk> %% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee.pdf Binary files differindex 38c1062d1e..50d8653a03 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee.tex index 62a9daac31..884af775cd 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/biblatex-ieee.tex @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ \href{mailto:joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk} {\texttt{joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk}}}} \title{The \pkg{ieee} bibliography style for \pkg{biblatex}% - \footnote{This file describes v1.3d, last revised 2020/12/29.}} -\date{Released 2020/12/29} + \footnote{This file describes v1.3e, last revised 2021/03/25.}} +\date{Released 2021/03/25} \providecommand*{\opt}[1]{\texttt{#1}} \providecommand*{\pkg}[1]{\textsf{#1}} @@ -142,13 +142,14 @@ be sent by e-mail to \changes{v1.3}{2018/08/20}{Hungarian localisation} \changes{v1.3b}{2020/02/26}{Add quotes to website titles} \changes{v1.3d}{2020/12/17}{Adjust \texttt{online} type} +\changes{v1.3e}{2021/03/25}{Adjust truncation of names list} \PrintChanges \end{document} %% -%% Copyright (C) 2011-2013,2015-2020 by +%% Copyright (C) 2011-2013,2015-2021 by %% Joseph Wright <joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk> %% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee-alphabetic.bbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee-alphabetic.bbx index 612bd44630..ec11ab8dd0 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee-alphabetic.bbx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee-alphabetic.bbx @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -\ProvidesFile{ieee-alphabetic.bbx}[2020/12/29 v1.3d biblatex bibliography style] +\ProvidesFile{ieee-alphabetic.bbx}[2021/03/25 v1.3e biblatex bibliography style] \RequireBibliographyStyle{ieee} @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ {\item} %% -%% Copyright (C) 2011-2013,2015-2020 by +%% Copyright (C) 2011-2013,2015-2021 by %% Joseph Wright <joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk> %% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee-alphabetic.cbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee-alphabetic.cbx index 0209c18730..931fba463a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee-alphabetic.cbx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee-alphabetic.cbx @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -\ProvidesFile{ieee-alphabetic.cbx}[2020/12/29 v1.3d biblatex citation style] +\ProvidesFile{ieee-alphabetic.cbx}[2021/03/25 v1.3e biblatex citation style] \RequireCitationStyle{alphabetic} @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ } %% -%% Copyright (C) 2011-2013,2015-2020 by +%% Copyright (C) 2011-2013,2015-2021 by %% Joseph Wright <joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk> %% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee.bbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee.bbx index 6bb139f627..6b42a71dba 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee.bbx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee.bbx @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -\ProvidesFile{ieee.bbx}[2020/12/29 v1.3d biblatex bibliography style] +\ProvidesFile{ieee.bbx}[2021/03/25 v1.3e biblatex bibliography style] % Load the standard style to avoid copy-pasting unnecessary material \RequireBibliographyStyle{numeric-comp} @@ -23,8 +23,9 @@ % Alter settings that carry through from biblatex \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{ giveninits, - maxnames = 999, - minnames = 3, + minnames = 1, + maxcitenames = 2, + maxbibnames = 6, sorting = none } \uspunctuation @@ -790,7 +791,7 @@ \usebibmacro{finentry}} %% -%% Copyright (C) 2011-2013,2015-2020 by +%% Copyright (C) 2011-2013,2015-2021 by %% Joseph Wright <joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk> %% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee.cbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee.cbx index 94b89c5236..df2e02fc9d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee.cbx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-ieee/ieee.cbx @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -\ProvidesFile{ieee.cbx}[2020/12/29 v1.3d biblatex citation style] +\ProvidesFile{ieee.cbx}[2021/03/25 v1.3e biblatex citation style] \RequireCitationStyle{numeric-comp} @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ {}}} %% -%% Copyright (C) 2011-2013,2015-2020 by +%% Copyright (C) 2011-2013,2015-2021 by %% Joseph Wright <joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk> %% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/chapter1.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/chapter1.tex index 1d15512317..4b0a5c2475 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/chapter1.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/chapter1.tex @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ \section{表格} \index{b@表格} -合并表格列使用 \lstinline{\multicolumn} 命令，合并行可以使用 \lstinline{makecell} 宏包的 \lstinline{\multirowcell} 命令。当插入的表格内容过长以至于一行放不下的情况可以使用 \lstinline{tabularx} 环境，文档类设置了\textsf{L、C和R}三个列对齐选项，一个例子如\cref{tab:example} 所示。 +合并表格列使用 \lstinline{\multicolumn} 命令，合并行可以使用 \lstinline{multirow} 宏包的 \lstinline{\multirow} 命令。当插入的表格内容过长以至于一行放不下的情况可以使用 \lstinline{tabularx} 环境，文档类设置了\textsf{L、C和R}三个列对齐选项，一个例子如\cref{tab:example} 所示。 \begin{table}[htbp] \centering \bicaption{使用tabularx创建内容过长表格}{Use tabularx to create a table with too long content}\label{tab:example}\small @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ Aliquam & Integer & Pellentesque tincidunt purus vel magna. \\ \midrule - viverra & \multirowcell{3}[0ex][l]{metus} & Nulla malesuada porttitor diam. Vestibulum lectus. Proin mauris. Proin eu nunc eu urna hendrerit faucibus. \\ + viverra & \multirow[c]{3}*{metus} & Nulla malesuada porttitor diam. Vestibulum lectus. Proin mauris. Proin eu nunc eu urna hendrerit faucibus. \\ semper & & Nullam elementum, urna vel imperdiet sodales, elit ipsum pharetra ligula, ac pretium ante justo a nulla. Curabitur tristique arcu eu metus. \\ - \multicolumn{2}{c}{\multirowcell{3}{convallis}} & Nunc elementum fermentum wisi. Aenean placerat. Ut imperdiet, enim sed gravida sollicitudin, felis odio placerat quam, ac pulvinar elit purus eget enim. \\ + \multicolumn{2}{c}{\multirow{3}*[0ex]{convallis}} & Nunc elementum fermentum wisi. Aenean placerat. Ut imperdiet, enim sed gravida sollicitudin, felis odio placerat quam, ac pulvinar elit purus eget enim. \\ \bottomrule \end{tabularx} \end{table} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/chapter2.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/chapter2.tex index 5b42327bd1..cee689e4d4 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/chapter2.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/chapter2.tex @@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ The Stokes formula is an extension of the basic calculus formula in the case of 这是一个证明，末尾自动添加证明结束符。 \end{proof} -\begin{mybox}*[MintCream](My title) +\begin{easybox}*[MintCream](Aspirin) \index{z@自定义盒子} \zhlipsum*[3][name = aspirin] \tcblower \zhlipsum*[8][name = aspirin] -\end{mybox} +\end{easybox} \zhlipsum*[3][name = aspirin] \begin{exercise}[LightYellow][1.](习题) diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.pdf Binary files differindex e0f895c924..23020eff17 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.tex index cc9887d612..05e371c34d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook-demo.tex @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ % multoc = true, % withpart = true, footwith = page, - % notomath = false, + notomath = true, rulewidth = 0.75pt, % uppercase = false, number-sep = {.} @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ \url{https://latexstudio.net} \\ \url{https://gitee.com/texl3/easybook}\thanks{Gitee为项目的主要发布地址。} } -\date{2021/03/23\hskip\ccwd\relax v1.23z} +\date{2021/03/25\hskip\ccwd\relax v1.24} \frontmatter[roman] \maketitle diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook.pdf Binary files differindex 742fb38739..e14364234e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/doc/easybook.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx index 0a587aea74..e71b2b46e4 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in % % \changes{v1.20}{2021/01/09}{修改和完善用户文档。} % \changes{v1.20}{2021/01/09}{模板更改为使用 CC-BY 许可协议。} -% \changes{v1.23z}{2021/03/19}{修复在 \pkg{ctex} v2.5.6 更新后 \cls{easybook} 与 \pkg{hyperref} 冲突问题。} +% \changes{v1.23}{2021/03/19}{修复在 \pkg{ctex} v2.5.6 更新后 \cls{easybook} 与 \pkg{hyperref} 冲突问题。} % % \CheckSum{0} % @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in % % \title{\sffamily easybook书籍文档类} % \author{瞿毅} -% \date{2021/03/23\hskip\ccwd\relax v1.23z\thanks{\url{https://gitee.com/texl3/easybook}}} +% \date{2021/03/25\hskip\ccwd\relax v1.24\thanks{\url{https://gitee.com/texl3/easybook}}} % \maketitle % \begin{abstract} % \cls{easybook} 是基于 \cls{ctexbook} 书籍文档类创建以极简为风格的模板，可以看作对 \cls{ctexbook} 的进一步包装。虽然\CTeX 文档类提供了较好的中文支持，但想实现个性化功能一般需要在其基础上载入更多宏包来定制。\cls{easybook} 考虑了一些细节并载入一些常用宏包实现一般的排版需求，它适用于排版中英文书籍或笔记，甚至可稍加调整成为学位论文模板。 @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in % class = <(book)|article> % \end{syntax} % 设置文类风格，默认为 \opt{book} 文档类。选用 \opt{article} 使文档编号、结构等与 \cls{article} 文档类的特性相似，可用于短篇幅的文章，不要再使用 \tn{chapter} 命令，此时设置双栏目录的 \opt{style/multoc} 选项、小节 \ref{subsec:document command} 中打印目录命令的 \opt{multoc} 及 \opt{book} 选项均会失效，会以 \opt{section} 标题级别输出目录。 -% \changes{v1.23z}{2021/03/16}{增加 article 文章模式，可用于短篇幅的文章。} +% \changes{v1.23}{2021/03/16}{增加 article 文章模式，可用于短篇幅的文章。} % \end{function} % % \subsection{文档命令} @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in % \tn{listoflistings*}\oarg{键值列表} % \end{syntax} % \tn{frontmatter} 为前言区命令，章标题不编号，页码可设置为例如 \opt{roman}、\opt{Alph} 等格式，带有星号的命令 \tn{frontmatter*} 不使用 \tn{cleardoublepage}。\tn{mainmatter} 为主文区命令，章标题正常编号且页码为从1开始计数的阿拉伯数字，\tn{mainmatter*} 命令不使用 \tn{cleardoublepage}。\tn{backmatter} 为后记区命令，页码格式与编号保持不变，章标题不编号。\tn{listoffigures} 命令输出图片目录，\tn{listoftables} 命令输出表格目录，\tn{listoflistings} 命令输出代码目录。带有星号的目录命令不会添加进主文档目录中，目录的键值列表选项如下 -% \changes{v1.23z}{2021/02/20}{重新定义文档结构划分命令。} +% \changes{v1.23}{2021/02/20}{重新定义文档结构划分命令。} % \end{function} % % \begin{function}{multoc,book,article} @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in % multoc = <true|(false)> % \end{syntax} % \opt{multoc} 与 \opt{style/multoc} 选项具有相同的效果，但是具有优先性且可单独设置不同目录是否双栏排版。\opt{book} 选项使目录标题按照 \opt{chapter} 级别输出，\opt{article} 选项使目录标题按照 \opt{article} 级别输出，默认为 \opt{chapter} 级别。 -% \changes{v1.23z}{2021/03/15}{为几个目录增加键值列表的选项，可设置标题输出级别以及是否加入主目录。} +% \changes{v1.23}{2021/03/15}{为几个目录增加键值列表的选项，可设置标题输出级别以及是否加入主目录。} % \end{function} % % \section{接口选项} @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in % multoc = <true|(false)> % withpart = <true|(false)> % footwith = <part|(chapter)|page> -% notomath = <(true)|false> +% notomath = <true|(false)> % rulewidth = <(0.75pt)> % uppercase = <(true)|false> % figure-sep = <(.)> @@ -225,9 +225,9 @@ The latest version of this license is in % \end{syntax} % \ding{229} 以上选项路径为 \opt{style/...} % \changes{v1.10}{2021/01/08}{更改颜色实现方式与选项名。} -% \changes{v1.23z}{2021/02/02}{noto风格的数学字体独立出来，可自定义设置。} -% \changes{v1.23z}{2021/02/09}{增加控制页面横线粗细的选项。} -% \changes{v1.23z}{2021/03/15}{增加控制编号连接符的选项。} +% \changes{v1.23}{2021/02/02}{noto风格的数学字体独立出来，可自定义设置。} +% \changes{v1.23}{2021/02/09}{增加控制页面横线粗细的选项。} +% \changes{v1.23}{2021/03/15}{增加控制编号连接符的选项。} % \end{function} % % \begin{optdesc} @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in % \ding{229} 以上选项路径为 \opt{spread/...} \\ % 行距因子用于设置各种行距倍数，只能是浮点数，不能带有长度单位。\tn{ctexset} 原有的行距选项 \opt{linespread} 失效。各行距既可在导言区全局设置也可正文中设置对后面生效，行距的意义为 % \changes{v1.21}{2021/01/12}{增加脚注线间的距离选项。} -% \changes{v1.23z}{2021/02/09}{取消使用 \pkg{zhlineskip} 宏包设置数学间距。} +% \changes{v1.23}{2021/02/09}{取消使用 \pkg{zhlineskip} 宏包设置数学间距。} % \end{function} % % \begin{optdesc} @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in % \end{syntax} % \ding{229} 以上选项路径为 \opt{elsefont/...} % \changes{v1.10}{2021/01/08}{加入自定义非正文字体选项。} -% \changes{v1.23z}{2021/02/08}{修复使用 \tn{zihao} 命令设置字体失效的问题。} +% \changes{v1.23}{2021/02/08}{修复使用 \tn{zihao} 命令设置字体失效的问题。} % \end{function} % % \begin{optdesc} @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in % \end{syntax} % \ding{229} 以上选项路径为 \opt{bibset/...} % \changes{v1.21}{2021/01/11}{增加 \opt{bibset} 选项，可以使用 \hologo{BibTeX} 或 \hologo{biber} 编译参考文献。} -% \changes{v1.23z}{2021/02/23}{使用 \opt{bibset} 选项时可设置标注风格。} +% \changes{v1.23}{2021/02/23}{使用 \opt{bibset} 选项时可设置标注风格。} % \end{function} % % \begin{optdesc} @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in % \tn{declaretheoremstyle}\oarg{键值列表}\marg{定理样式名} % \end{syntax} % 文档类已预置8个定理环境，环境名及对应的定理标题名见小节 \ref{subsec:theorem}，如果需要新的定理标题名或定理样式可使用这两个命令。 -% \changes{v1.23z}{2021/03/12}{重新定义了新定理环境命令 \tn{newtheorem}。} +% \changes{v1.23}{2021/03/12}{重新定义了新定理环境命令 \tn{newtheorem}。} % \end{function} % % \begin{optdesc} @@ -409,9 +409,9 @@ The latest version of this license is in % \end{optdesc} % % \subsubsection{新的定理样式} -% 定理由 \pkg{thmtools} 设置，预置定理的样式为 \opt{mythm}，上述定理样式选项将对这个定理样式生效。如果使用这个样式而只是增加新的定理名称，可以这样 +% 定理由 \pkg{thmtools} 设置，预置定理的样式为 \opt{easythm}，上述定理样式选项将对这个定理样式生效。如果使用这个样式而只是增加新的定理名称，可以这样 % \begin{ctexexam} -% \newtheorem[style = mythm,name = 定理名]{定理环境名} +% \newtheorem[style = easythm,name = 定理名]{定理环境名} % \end{ctexexam} % 若要给定理环境增加边框，可以如下进行设置 % \begin{ctexexam} @@ -467,8 +467,8 @@ The latest version of this license is in % \opt{hdrset} 设置的命令由 \pkg{fancyhdr} 宏包提供支持，\opt{headrule}、\opt{footrule} 和 \opt{footnoterule} 三个横线选项一般可以使用 \tn{hrule} width \meta{长度} height \meta{高度} 命令来绘制，脚注横线默认为空。当然，手动绘制横线时线条粗细选项 \opt{style/rulewidth} 会失效。 % \changes{v1.21}{2021/01/11}{修复单面文档时页眉横线消失的问题。} % \changes{v1.21}{2021/01/13}{增加配置页眉页脚的选项。} -% \changes{v1.23z}{2021/03/08}{优化页眉页脚设置，增加 \opt{chap-mark} 和 \opt{sec-mark} 选项。} -% \changes{v1.23z}{2021/03/14}{可以手动绘制页眉、页脚和脚注的横线。} +% \changes{v1.23}{2021/03/08}{优化页眉页脚设置，增加 \opt{chap-mark} 和 \opt{sec-mark} 选项。} +% \changes{v1.23}{2021/03/14}{可以手动绘制页眉、页脚和脚注的横线。} % \end{function} % % \begin{function}[added = 2021-01-13,updated = 2021-03-14]{,\easyhead,\easyfoot} @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in % \item 习题内容 % \end{exercise} % \end{ctexexam} -% \changes{v1.23z}{2021/02/08}{增加准确的习题盒子标题目录锚点。} +% \changes{v1.23}{2021/02/08}{增加准确的习题盒子标题目录锚点。} % \end{function} % % \subsection{盒子} @@ -650,19 +650,19 @@ The latest version of this license is in % \end{function} % % \subsubsection{段落盒子} -% \begin{function}[added = 2021-01-05,updated = 2021-03-19]{mybox} +% \begin{function}[added = 2021-01-05,updated = 2021-03-19]{easybox} % \begin{syntax} -% \tn{begin}\marg{mybox}\oarg{颜色名|(MintCream)}\parg{段落标题}\oarg{配置选项} +% \tn{begin}\marg{easybox}\oarg{颜色名|(MintCream)}\parg{段落标题}\oarg{配置选项} % <盒子内容> -% \tn{end}\marg{mybox} +% \tn{end}\marg{easybox} % \end{syntax} -% 环境 \opt{mybox} 创建一个段落盒子，可以添加可选参数的标题，否则无标题框。当使用带有星号的环境时 \oarg{颜色名} 选项生效，可以自定义背景颜色，否则无背景颜色。 +% 环境 \opt{easybox} 创建一个段落盒子，可以添加可选参数的标题，否则无标题框。当使用带有星号的环境时 \oarg{颜色名} 选项生效，可以自定义背景颜色，否则无背景颜色。 % \begin{ctexexam} -% \begin{mybox}*[MintCream](段落标题) +% \begin{easybox}*[MintCream](段落标题) % 盒子内容 % \tcblower % 盒子上下部分分界线 % 盒子内容 -% \end{mybox} +% \end{easybox} % \end{ctexexam} % \end{function} % @@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in %<*class> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01] \RequirePackage{l3keys2e} -\ProvidesExplClass{easybook}{2021/03/23}{1.23z}{beta} +\ProvidesExplClass{easybook}{2021/03/25}{1.24}{beta} \cs_generate_variant:Nn \keys_define:nn {nx} \cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_to_arabic:n {v} @@ -810,21 +810,21 @@ The latest version of this license is in \keys_define:nn {easybook} { - draft .code:n = {\bool_set_true:N \l__draft_bool}, - newline .code:n = {\bool_set_true:N \l__newline_bool}, - entitle .code:n = {\bool_set_false:N \l__zhtitle_bool}, - english .code:n = {\bool_set_false:N \l__lang_chinese_bool}, + draft .code:n = \bool_set_true:N \l__draft_bool, + newline .code:n = \bool_set_true:N \l__newline_bool, + entitle .code:n = \bool_set_false:N \l__zhtitle_bool, + english .code:n = \bool_set_false:N \l__lang_chinese_bool, enstyle .meta:n = {newline,entitle,english}, font .choice:, font .value_required:n = true, font/overleaf .code:n = {}, - font/adobe .code:n = {\__put_ctexbook:n {fontset = #1}}, - font/founder .code:n = {\__put_ctexbook:n {fontset = #1}}, - font/mac .code:n = {\__put_ctexbook:n {fontset = #1}}, - font/windows .code:n = {\__put_ctexbook:n {fontset = #1}}, - font/linux .code:n = {\__put_ctexbook:n {fontset = ubuntu}}, - font/none .code:n = {\__put_ctexbook:n {fontset = #1}}, + font/adobe .code:n = \__put_ctexbook:n {fontset = #1}, + font/founder .code:n = \__put_ctexbook:n {fontset = #1}, + font/mac .code:n = \__put_ctexbook:n {fontset = #1}, + font/windows .code:n = \__put_ctexbook:n {fontset = #1}, + font/linux .code:n = \__put_ctexbook:n {fontset = ubuntu}, + font/none .code:n = \__put_ctexbook:n {fontset = #1}, font/noto .code:n = { \bool_set_true:N \l__font_noto_bool @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in paper .choice:, paper .value_required:n = true, - paper/unknown .code:n = {\PassOptionsToPackage{#1}{geometry}}, + paper/unknown .code:n = \PassOptionsToPackage{#1}{geometry}, paper .initial:n = a4paper, oneside .value_forbidden:n = true, @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in class .choice:, class .value_required:n = true, class/book .code:n = {}, - class/article .code:n = {\bool_set_false:N \l__class_book_bool}, + class/article .code:n = \bool_set_false:N \l__class_book_bool, class .initial:n = book, unknown .code:n = @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in withpart .initial:n = false, notomath .bool_set:N = \l__notomath_bool, notomath .default:n = true, - notomath .initial:n = true, + notomath .initial:n = false, rulewidth .dim_set:N = \l__rule_width_dim, rulewidth .initial:n = 0.75pt, uppercase .bool_set:N = \l__uppercase_bool, @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in pdfpages,graphicx, fancyhdr,titletoc, caption-light,subcaption, - tabularx,multirow,makecell,booktabs, + tabularx,multirow,booktabs, tasks,enumitem, listings, imakeidx @@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in \fi }{\tl_set:Nn \l__toc_type_tl{article}} } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \__ifmultoc_after_set: +\cs_new_protected:Npn \__ifmultoc_post_set: { \bool_if:NTF \l__class_book_bool { @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in \__title_mark:n {\contentsname} \vspace*{\dim_use:N \l__toc_offset_dim} \@starttoc{toc} - \__ifmultoc_after_set: + \__ifmultoc_post_set: \group_end: } \RenewDocumentCommand{\listoffigures}{so} @@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in \dim_add:NV \l__toc_offset_dim\l__toc_listsoffset_dim \vspace*{\dim_use:N \l__toc_offset_dim} \@starttoc{lof} - \__ifmultoc_after_set: + \__ifmultoc_post_set: \group_end: } \RenewDocumentCommand{\listoftables}{so} @@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in \dim_add:NV \l__toc_offset_dim\l__toc_listsoffset_dim \vspace*{\dim_use:N \l__toc_offset_dim} \@starttoc{lot} - \__ifmultoc_after_set: + \__ifmultoc_post_set: \group_end: } \NewDocumentCommand{\listoflistings}{so} @@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in \dim_add:NV \l__toc_offset_dim\l__toc_listsoffset_dim \vspace*{\dim_use:N \l__toc_offset_dim} \@starttoc{lol} - \__ifmultoc_after_set: + \__ifmultoc_post_set: \group_end: } @@ -1651,24 +1651,24 @@ The latest version of this license is in { \clist_map_inline:nn { - {theorem}{定理}, + {example}{例}, {definition}{定义}, + {theorem}{定理}, + {proposition}{性质}, {lemma}{引理}, {corollary}{推论}, - {proposition}{性质}, - {example}{例}, {remark}{注}, {exercise}{练习} }{\__thmname_set:nn #1} }{ \clist_map_inline:nn { - {theorem}{Theorem}, + {example}{Example}, {definition}{Definition}, + {theorem}{Theorem}, + {proposition}{Proposition}, {lemma}{Lemma}, {corollary}{Corollary}, - {proposition}{Proposition}, - {example}{Example}, {remark}{Remark}, {exercise}{Exercise} }{\__thmname_set:nn #1} @@ -1690,24 +1690,24 @@ The latest version of this license is in thmbox .bool_set:N = \l__thmbox_bool, thmbox .default:n = true, thmbox .initial:n = false, - numberwith .tl_set:N = \l__thm_numberwith_tl, - numberwith .initial:n = {chapter}, - headpunct .tl_set:N = \l__thm_headpunct_tl, - headpunct .initial:n = {}, bodyfont .tl_set:N = \l__thm_bodyfont_tl, bodyfont .initial:n = {}, notefont .tl_set:N = \l__thm_notefont_tl, notefont .initial:n = {}, headfont .tl_set:N = \l__thm_headfont_tl, - headfont .initial:n = {\color{ctex@emph}\sffamily}, + headfont .initial:n = \color{ctex@emph}\sffamily, + headpunct .tl_set:N = \l__thm_headpunct_tl, + headpunct .initial:n = {}, + spacepost .tl_set:N = \l__thm_spacepost_tl, + spacepost .initial:n = \ccwd, + numberwith .tl_set:N = \l__thm_numberwith_tl, + numberwith .initial:n = chapter, headindent .tl_set:N = \l__thm_headindent_tl, - headindent .initial:n = {0\ccwd}, + headindent .initial:n = 0\ccwd, spaceabove .tl_set:N = \l__thm_spaceabove_tl, - spaceabove .initial:n = {.75ex plus .1ex}, + spaceabove .initial:n = .75ex plus .1ex, spacebelow .tl_set:N = \l__thm_spacebelow_tl, - spacebelow .initial:n = {.75ex plus .1ex}, - spacepost .tl_set:N = \l__thm_spacepost_tl, - spacepost .initial:n = {\ccwd} + spacebelow .initial:n = .75ex plus .1ex } \ctex_at_end_preamble:n { @@ -1723,25 +1723,29 @@ The latest version of this license is in postheadspace = \l__thm_spacepost_tl, numberwithin = \l__thm_numberwith_tl, headformat = \NAME\space\NUMBER\NOTE - ]{mythm} - \declaretheorem[style = mythm,name = \c__name_theorem_tl]{theorem} - \declaretheorem[style = mythm,name = \c__name_definition_tl]{definition} - \declaretheorem[style = mythm,name = \c__name_lemma_tl]{lemma} - \declaretheorem[style = mythm,name = \c__name_corollary_tl]{corollary} - \declaretheorem[style = mythm,name = \c__name_proposition_tl]{proposition} - \declaretheorem[style = mythm,name = \c__name_example_tl]{example} + ]{easythm} + \clist_map_inline:nn + { + example,definition,theorem, + proposition,lemma,corollary + }{ + \declaretheorem[ + style = easythm, + name = \use:c {c__name_#1_tl} + ]{#1} + } \cs_gset_eq:NN \proof\relax - \declaretheorem{remark}[ - style = mythm, + \declaretheorem[ + style = easythm, name = \c__name_remark_tl, numbered = no - ] - \declaretheorem{proof}[ - style = mythm, + ]{remark} + \declaretheorem[ + style = easythm, name = \proofname, numbered = no, qed = \qedsymbol - ] + ]{proof} } \settasks @@ -1891,7 +1895,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in #6 \end{enumerate} }{} - \DeclareTColorBox{mybox}{sO{MintCream}d()O{}} + \DeclareTColorBox{easybox}{sO{MintCream}d()O{}} { enhanced~jigsaw,pad~at~break* = 3pt, IfBooleanTF = {#1}{colback = #2}{opacityback = 0,colframe = ctex@emph}, @@ -1999,7 +2003,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in {\__title_mark_intoc:n {\bibname}} } \exp_args:NV \bibliography\l__bib_file_tl - \__ifmultoc_after_set: + \__ifmultoc_post_set: \group_end: } } @@ -2018,7 +2022,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in {\__put_biblatex:n {citestyle = \l__bib_citestyle_tl}} \__put_biblatex:n {backend = biber} } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \__biblatex_after_set: +\cs_new_protected:Npn \__biblatex_post_set: { \exp_args:NV \addbibresource\l__bib_file_tl \cs_gset:Npn \blx@default@theheading{bibintoc} @@ -2034,7 +2038,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in }{ \__biblatex_pre_set: \RequirePackage{biblatex} - \__biblatex_after_set: + \__biblatex_post_set: } } @@ -2071,9 +2075,29 @@ The latest version of this license is in { language = [LaTeX]TeX, texcsstyle = - *\lst@ifdisplaystyle\bfseries\color{ctex@verb}\else\color{ctex@verb}\fi, + { + *\lst@ifdisplaystyle + \bfseries\color{ctex@verb} + \else + \color{ctex@verb} + \fi + }, basicstyle = - \ttfamily\lst@ifdisplaystyle\small\else\color{ctex@verb}\fi, + { + \ttfamily\lst@ifdisplaystyle + \small + \else + \color{ctex@verb} + \fi + }, + keywordstyle = + { + \lst@ifdisplaystyle + \bfseries\color{ctex@verb} + \else + \color{ctex@verb} + \fi + }, framexleftmargin = 0pt, framexrightmargin = 0pt, xleftmargin = 3pt, @@ -2084,9 +2108,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in rulecolor = \color{ctex@frame}, commentstyle = \color{gray}, emphstyle = \color{ctex@emph}, - emph = {caption,makecell,subcaption,tabularx}, - keywordstyle = - \lst@ifdisplaystyle\bfseries\color{ctex@verb}\else\color{ctex@verb}\fi, + emph = {caption,multirow,subcaption,tabularx}, morekeywords = { includegraphics,setmainfont,setsansfont,setmonofont,setCJKmainfont,setCJKsansfont,setCJKmonofont,setCJKfamilyfont,RequirePackage @@ -2157,8 +2179,8 @@ The latest version of this license is in { hyperlink .choice:, hyperlink/edge .code:n = {}, - hyperlink/various .code:n = {\__put_hyperref:n {colorlinks}}, - hyperlink/none .code:n = {\__put_hyperref:n {hidelinks}}, + hyperlink/various .code:n = \__put_hyperref:n {colorlinks}, + hyperlink/none .code:n = \__put_hyperref:n {hidelinks}, hyperlink .default:n = edge, hyperlink .initial:n = edge, @@ -2175,7 +2197,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in linkcolor .initial:n = fresh, linktopage .choice:, - linktopage/true .code:n = {\__put_hyperref:n {linktocpage}}, + linktopage/true .code:n = \__put_hyperref:n {linktocpage}, linktopage/false .code:n = {}, linktopage .default:n = true, linktopage .initial:n = false @@ -2187,7 +2209,7 @@ The latest version of this license is in \clist_map_function:nN { {none, 000000,000000,000000}, - {seaside, 4682B4,004986,a40000}, + {seaside, 4682B4,004986,2E8B57}, {energy, f39800,00a0e9,893895}, {cyberpunk, 601986,eb6877,a4005b} } @@ -2263,10 +2285,10 @@ The latest version of this license is in pagestyle = empty, number = {\bool_if:NTF \l__zhtitle_bool{\chinese{part}}{\thepart}}, - format = {\color{ctex@frame}\sffamily\Huge}, + format = \color{ctex@frame}\sffamily\Huge, aftername = {\bool_if:NTF \l__newline_bool{\par\nobreak}{\hspace{\ccwd}}}, - tocline = {\CTEXifname{\CTEXthepart\hspace{\ccwd}}{}#2} + tocline = \CTEXifname{\CTEXthepart\hspace{\ccwd}}{}#2 }, chapter = { @@ -2283,37 +2305,37 @@ The latest version of this license is in \bool_if:NTF \l__newline_bool {\par\nobreak\vskip 1.5pc}{\hspace{\ccwd}} }, - beforeskip = {-1.5ex}, - afterskip = {3ex}, - lotskip = {0.8pc}, - lofskip = {0.8pc}, - tocline = {\CTEXifname{\CTEXthechapter\hspace{\ccwd}}{}#2} + beforeskip = -1.5ex, + afterskip = 3ex, + lotskip = 0.8pc, + lofskip = 0.8pc, + tocline = \CTEXifname{\CTEXthechapter\hspace{\ccwd}}{}#2 }, section = { hang = true, - format = {\color{ctex@frame}\sffamily\Large}, - aftername = {\hspace{0.5\ccwd}}, - beforeskip = {1.5ex plus .2ex minus .1ex}, - afterskip = {1.5ex plus .2ex minus .1ex}, - tocline = {\CTEXifname{\CTEXthesection\hspace{\ccwd}}{}#2} + format = \color{ctex@frame}\sffamily\Large, + aftername = \hspace{0.5\ccwd}, + beforeskip = 1.5ex plus .2ex minus .1ex, + afterskip = 1.5ex plus .2ex minus .1ex, + tocline = \CTEXifname{\CTEXthesection\hspace{\ccwd}}{}#2 }, subsection = { hang = true, - format = {\color{ctex@frame}\sffamily\large}, - aftername = {\hspace{0.5\ccwd}}, - beforeskip = {1.3ex plus .2ex minus .1ex}, - afterskip = {1.3ex plus .2ex minus .1ex}, - tocline = {\CTEXifname{\CTEXthesubsection\hspace{\ccwd}}{}#2} + format = \color{ctex@frame}\sffamily\large, + aftername = \hspace{0.5\ccwd}, + beforeskip = 1.3ex plus .2ex minus .1ex, + afterskip = 1.3ex plus .2ex minus .1ex, + tocline = \CTEXifname{\CTEXthesubsection\hspace{\ccwd}}{}#2 }, subsubsection = { hang = true, - format = {\color{ctex@frame}\sffamily}, - aftername = {\hspace{0.5\ccwd}}, - beforeskip = {\parskip}, - afterskip = {\parskip} + format = \color{ctex@frame}\sffamily, + aftername = \hspace{0.5\ccwd}, + beforeskip = \parskip, + afterskip = \parskip } } diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/MANIFEST-Foliono.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/MANIFEST-Foliono.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a955a2a757 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/MANIFEST-Foliono.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Package: foliono +Author: Tommi Syrjänen +Version: 1.000 +Date: 25 III 2021 + +Copyright (c) 2021 Tommi Syrjänen + +This work is released under the Latex Project Public License (LPPL) +version 1.3c. See file lppl.txt for details. + +This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +The Current Maintainer of this work is Tommi Syrjänen. +This work consists of the files listed in this file. + +1. The latex style file: +- foliono.sty - the latex style file + +2. Documentation files: +- foliono.pdf - the users' manual +- README - a short summary of the package + +3. Documentation source files: +- foliono.tex - LaTeX source for the manual +- pics/standard.png - image file for documentation +- pics/skip-first.png - image file for documentation +- pics/only-folio.png - image file for documentation +- pics/only-quire.png - image file for documentation + +4. License: +- lppl.txt - the Latex Project Public License diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/README b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d716b80345 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/README @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Foliono is a package that replaces page numbering with medieval and +early modern folio numbering. + +Folio numbering was used before modern page numbering convention came +to use. In its basic form only every other page has a number and it +has two parts: the quire number and the folio number inside the quire. +A quire or a gathering is a collection of sheets that are bound into +the book as one unit. For example, if a book has four-sheet quires, +then each quire will have 16 modern pages and the folio 'B 1' +corresponds to the modern page 17 and 'B 2' to page 19. + +The foliono package has direct support for several different folio +numbering conventions that were used in books before the 19th century. +The package works best in conjunction with fancyhdr and fontspec, but +it can be used without them. + + +This package is distributed under the Latex Project Public License +(LPPL). + +-- +Tommi Syrjänen +<tssyrjan@iki.fi> + diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/foliono.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/foliono.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..104b0f0ff5 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/foliono.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/foliono.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/foliono.sty new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6d1ed632c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/foliono.sty @@ -0,0 +1,526 @@ +%% foliono.sty +%% Copyright 2021 Tommi Syrjänen +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2005/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. +% +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Tommi Syrjänen +% +% See file MANIFEST-Foliono.txt to a list of files that make up this +% work. +\ProvidesPackage{foliono}[2021/03/25 Folio numbering] + +%% We need 'calc' to compute the size of a half quire +\RequirePackage{calc} + +\makeatletter + +%% First the definitions for conditionals + +%% A conditional to check if the quire number should be capitalized, +%% defaults to true +\newif\ifFoliono@capitalizeQuireNumber +\Foliono@capitalizeQuireNumbertrue + +%% A conditional to check if all folios in a quire have folio numbers +%% or if the first page has only quire number. Defaults to true +\newif\ifFolioNo@skipFirstFolioNumber +\FolioNo@skipFirstFolioNumberfalse + + +%% A conditional to check if we want to skip the latter half of folio +%% numbers of a quire +\newif\ifFolioNo@useSheetNumbering +\FolioNo@useSheetNumberingfalse + +%% A condition to check if we want to print only first half + 1 folio +%% numbers in a quire Defaults to false +\newif\ifFolioNo@onlyFirstHalf +\FolioNo@onlyFirstHalffalse + + +%% A conditional for showing only the quire number and not folio +%% within the quire. Defaults to false +\newif\ifFolioNo@showOnlyQuireNumber +\FolioNo@showOnlyQuireNumberfalse + +%% A condition to check whether we want label references to include +%% 'r' and 'v' to denote the 'recto' and 'verso' sides of the folio. +%% This defaults to false. You probably shouldn't use this without the +%% following conditional +\newif\ifFolioNo@ShowSideInLabels +\FolioNo@ShowSideInLabelsfalse + +%% A condition to check whether we use arabic or roman numbers for +%% folio counter +\newif\ifFolioNo@UseArabicNumbers +\FolioNo@UseArabicNumbersfalse + +%% A condition to check if we want to leave quire numbers off +%% altogheter. Defaults to false +\newif\ifFolioNo@noQuires +\FolioNo@noQuiresfalse + +%% A condition to check if we want to use all letters for quire +%% numbers instead of skipping over 'i' and 'u'. Default 'true' +\newif\ifFolioNo@skipQuires +\FolioNo@skipQuirestrue + + + +%% Option: show only the quire number and that only in the first page +%% of the quire +\DeclareOption{OnlyQuire}{\FolioNo@showOnlyQuireNumbertrue} + +%% Option: show only the folio number and leave the quire number out +\DeclareOption{NoQuires}{\FolioNo@noQuirestrue} + +%% Option: use all letters as quire numbers +\DeclareOption{AllQuires}{\FolioNo@skipQuiresfalse} + +%% Show only the quire number on the first folio of the quire and both +%% quire and folio counters on other folios. +\DeclareOption{SkipFirst}{\FolioNo@skipFirstFolioNumbertrue} + +%% Leave out the folio number completely from the end half of the +%% quire +\DeclareOption{SkipEnd}{\FolioNo@onlyFirstHalftrue} + +%% Show only folio numbers of the first half of a quire +\DeclareOption{SheetNumbers}{\FolioNo@useSheetNumberingtrue} + +%% Format the quire number in lower case instead of upper case +\DeclareOption{LowerCase}{\Foliono@capitalizeQuireNumberfalse} + +%% Show folio sides 'r' and 'v'in labels. +\DeclareOption{ShowSides}{\FolioNo@ShowSideInLabelstrue} + +%% Format folio counter as arabic numbers instead of roman. +\DeclareOption{ArabicNumbers}{\FolioNo@UseArabicNumberstrue} +\ProcessOptions*{} + +%%% User-visible commands + +%% The command to place the folio number at place, this should be +%% placed in header or footer. Note that this also handles increasing +%% the folio number so this should be run exactly once per page (the +%% command inserts the number only on odd pages) +\newcommand{\folionumber}{\foliono@formatFolioNumber} + +%% This writes a new label to the .aux file with the current folio number +\newcommand{\folionolabel}[1]{% + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string \newlabel {#1}{{\foliono@createFolioLabel{}}{}}}}% + +%% This writes a new label to the .aux file complete with stylized +%% formatting. NOTE! It is very easy to get strange errors with +%% macros that are read back from .aux file +\newcommand{\folionolabelwithstyles}[1]{% + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string \newlabel {#1}{{\currentfoliowithstyles}{}}}}% + + +%% This writes its argument to the index file with the folio number as +%% the page +\newcommand{\folionoindex}[1]{% + \protected@write\@indexfile{}{% + \string\indexentry{#1}{\foliono@createFolioLabel{}}} +} + +%% This writes its argument to the index file with completely +%% formatted and styled folionumber as the page. NOTE! It is very easy +%% to get strange errors with macros that are read back from index file +\newcommand{\folionoindexwithstyles}[1]{% + \protected@write\@indexfile{}{% + \string\indexentry{#1}{\currentfoliowithstyles}}} + +%% This sets the font that is used to set the folio number. This +%% should be a name of a font that is then accessed with fontspec. +\newcommand{\folionofont}[1]{% + \gdef\foliono@font{#1}} + + +%% This sets the font size for the folio number. Note that this is +%% used only if the font is also set +\newcommand{\folionofontsize}[1]{% + \setcounter{foliono@fontSize}{#1}} + +%% This sets the font color. Note that this is used only if the font +%% is also set. +\newcommand{\folionofontcolor}[1]{% + \gdef\foliono@fontColor{#1}} + + +%% The folio number style defaults to empty if folionumber font is not selected, +%% otherwise use the defined font and style. This is user-visible so +%% that it can be redefined easier. +\newcommand{\folionostyle}[1]{% + \ifx\foliono@font\empty% + #1% + \else% + % Otherwise set the font number and size + \begingroup% + \fontsize{\value{foliono@fontSize}}{\value{foliono@fontSize}}\fontspec[Color=\foliono@fontColor]{\foliono@font}#1% + \endgroup% + \fi% +} + +%% The quire number style also defaults to empty if folionumber font +%% is not selected and otherwise uses the defined font. This and +%% folionostyle are separate so that they can be set separately if +%% desired. +\newcommand{\quirenostyle}[1]{% + \ifx\foliono@font\empty% + #1% + \else% + % Otherwise set the font number and size + \begingroup% + \fontsize{\value{foliono@fontSize}}{\value{foliono@fontSize}}\fontspec[Color=\foliono@fontColor]{\foliono@font}#1% + \endgroup% + \fi% +} + + + +%% Set how many folios there are in a quire. Each folio is two modern +%% pages. Each quire should have an even number of folios or printing +%% the quires will be challenging. +\newcommand{\folionoquirefolios}[1]{% + \setcounter{foliono@foliosPerQuire}{#1}% + \setcounter{foliono@foliosPerHalfQuire}{#1/2}% + \setcounter{foliono@foliosPerHalfQuirePlusOne}{#1/2+1}% +} + +%% Returns the current folio number as a string without styling. This +%% returns the actual quire and folio numbers even if they are not +%% printed on the page. The only exception is that the quire number is +%% left out if 'NoQuires' option is set. +\newcommand{\currentfolio}{% + \ifFolioNo@noQuires% + \foliono@getUnformattedFolioCounter% + \else% + \foliono@getUnformattedQuireCounter{} % space intentional + \foliono@getUnformattedFolioCounter% + \fi% +} + + +%% Returns the current folio number as string without styling as with +%% '\currentfolio' but this adds the folio side suffix to it +\newcommand{\currentfoliowithsides}{% + \currentfolio% + \ifFolioNo@UseArabicNumbers\relax\else{\hbox{ }}\fi% + \foliono@folioSide% +} + + +%% Returns the current folio number formatted like it would be printed +%% on the page (if it has it). +\newcommand{\currentfoliowithstyles}{% + \foliono@alwaysCreateFormattedFolioLabel% +} + + +%% Manually set the folio number. The firts argument is the quire +%% number and the second argument is the folio number +\newcommand{\setfoliono}[2]{ + \setcounter{foliono@quireCounter}{#1}% + \setcounter{foliono@folioCounter}{#2}% + \foliono@setFolioSide% +} + +%% Manually move to the next folio number +\newcommand{\stepfolio}{% + \foliono@stepFolio% + \foliono@setFolioSide% +} + +%% Add a prefix before the quire number when typeset on the page (not +%% included in labels) +\newcommand{\quirenoprefix}[1]{% + \gdef\foliono@quirePrefix{#1} +} + +%% Add a suffix after the quire number when typeset on page (not +%% included in labels) +\newcommand{\quirenosuffix}[1]{% + \gdef\foliono@quireSuffix{#1} +} + + +%% Add a prefix before the folio number when typeset on page (not +%% included in labels) +\newcommand{\folionoprefix}[1]{% + \gdef\foliono@folioPrefix{#1} +} + +%% Add a suffix after the folio number when typeset on page (not +%% included in labels) +\newcommand{\folionosuffix}[1]{% + \gdef\foliono@folioSuffix{#1} +} + +%% The separator that is put between the quire and folio numbers. This +%% defaults to a single space. (Not included in labels) +\newcommand{\folionoseparator}[1]{% + \gdef\foliono@separator{#1} +} + + +%% Internal workings that should not concern the end user start here + +%% the counter for folios per quire, half quire, and half quire plus one +\newcounter{foliono@foliosPerQuire} +\newcounter{foliono@foliosPerHalfQuire} +\newcounter{foliono@foliosPerHalfQuirePlusOne} + +%% Default value: 8 folios +\setcounter{foliono@foliosPerQuire}{8} +\setcounter{foliono@foliosPerHalfQuire}{4} +\setcounter{foliono@foliosPerHalfQuirePlusOne}{5} + +%% The font size, default value 10 +\newcounter{foliono@fontSize} +\setcounter{foliono@fontSize}{10} + + +%% The quirrent quire number +\newcounter{foliono@quireCounter} +\setcounter{foliono@quireCounter}{1} + +%% The current folio number inside the current quire. +\newcounter{foliono@folioCounter} +\setcounter{foliono@folioCounter}{1} + +% The default color is black +\newcommand{\foliono@fontColor}{000000} + + + + +%% This creates the label that is written to .aux file when folioLabel +%% is used. +\newcommand{\foliono@createFolioLabel}{% + \ifFolioNo@ShowSideInLabels% + \currentfoliowithsides% + \else% + \currentfolio% + \fi% +} + + +%% The font name defaults to empty +\gdef\foliono@font{} + +\newcount\halfpages +%% This command creates the next folio number. +\newcommand{\foliono@stepFolio}{% + % Increase the folio counter + \stepcounter{foliono@folioCounter}% + % If we pass the last page of the quire, move to the next quire. We + % don't do the reset if quires are not used + \ifFolioNo@noQuires\else% + \ifnum\value{foliono@folioCounter}>\value{foliono@foliosPerQuire}% + \setcounter{foliono@folioCounter}{1}% + \stepcounter{foliono@quireCounter}% + % Skip 'i' and 'u' quire numbers because 'i' and 'j' are two forms + % of the same letter and similarly 'u' and 'v'. + \ifFolioNo@skipQuires% + \ifnum\value{foliono@quireCounter}=9\stepcounter{foliono@quireCounter}\fi% + \ifnum\value{foliono@quireCounter}=21\stepcounter{foliono@quireCounter}\fi% + \fi\fi\fi% +} + + + + + +%% Create the folio label formatted for adding to the page +\newcommand{\foliono@createFormattedFolioLabel}{% + \quirenostyle{% + \foliono@getQuireCounter% + }% + \folionostyle{\foliono@separator}% + \folionostyle{% + \foliono@getFolioCounter% + }% +} + + +%% Create complete formatted folio label even if we are on page that +%% will not get a printed folio number +\newcommand{\foliono@alwaysCreateFormattedFolioLabel}{% + %% However, skip the quire counter if it is not in use + \ifFolioNo@noQuires\else% + \quirenostyle{% + \foliono@getFormattedQuireCounter% + }% + \quirenostyle{\foliono@separator}% + \fi% + \folionostyle{% + \foliono@getFormattedFolioCounter% + }% +} + +%% This function returns which side of the folio we are currently +%% processing. This starts as 'r' for recto and +%% '\foliono@formatFolioNumber' will toggle it between 'r' and 'v'. +\gdef\foliono@folioSide{r} + +%% The default settings for the prefix, suffix and separator commands +\gdef\foliono@quirePrefix{} +\gdef\foliono@quireSuffix{} +\gdef\foliono@folioPrefix{} +\gdef\foliono@folioSuffix{} +\gdef\foliono@separator{\hbox{ }} + + +%% The main function for folio numbering. This should be called at +%% least for each even odd page but it should be called also for even +%% pages if folio side labeling is turned on. This should not be +%% called multiple times per page as this also increases the counters. +\newcommand{\foliono@formatFolioNumber}{% + % Folio number is placed only on odd pages + \ifodd\thepage% + % First format the folio label and then step to next folio with + % counter + \foliono@createFormattedFolioLabel% + \foliono@stepFolio% + \fi% + % Set also folio side + \foliono@setFolioSide% +} + +%% Set the folio side to either 'r' or 'v' based on whether we are on +%% an odd or even page +\newcommand{\foliono@setFolioSide}{% + \ifodd\thepage% + \gdef\foliono@folioSide{r}% + \else% + \gdef\foliono@folioSide{v}% + \fi% +} + + +%% Function that formats the folio counter when are printing it. It is +%% formatted either as roman or arabic numbers +\newcommand{\foliono@getFormattedFolioCounter}{% + \begingroup% + \foliono@folioPrefix% + \ifFolioNo@UseArabicNumbers% + \arabic{foliono@folioCounter}% + \else% + \roman{foliono@folioCounter}% + \fi% + \foliono@folioSuffix% + \endgroup% +} + +%% Function that returns the folio counter without prefix or suffix +\newcommand{\foliono@getUnformattedFolioCounter}{% + \ifFolioNo@UseArabicNumbers% + \arabic{foliono@folioCounter}% + \else% + \roman{foliono@folioCounter}% + \fi% +} + + + +%% Function that formats the quire counter when are printing it. It is +%% formatted either as upper or lower case +\newcommand{\foliono@getFormattedQuireCounter}{% + \begingroup% + \foliono@quirePrefix% + \ifFoliono@capitalizeQuireNumber% + \Alph{foliono@quireCounter}% + \else% + \alph{foliono@quireCounter}% + \fi% + \foliono@quireSuffix% + \endgroup% +} + + +%% Function that returns the quire counter without prefix or suffix +\newcommand{\foliono@getUnformattedQuireCounter}{% + \ifFoliono@capitalizeQuireNumber% + \Alph{foliono@quireCounter}% + \else% + \alph{foliono@quireCounter}% + \fi% +} + + +\newif\ifFoliono@showThisFolioCounter +\Foliono@showThisFolioCountertrue +%% Function that determines wheter we want to print the folio counter +%% in this case and then calls '\foliono@getFormattedFolioCounter' to +%% get the representation of the counter. +\newcommand{\foliono@getFolioCounter}{% + \relax% + % If the first is skipped and we are looking at it, skip + \ifFolioNo@skipFirstFolioNumber% + \ifnum\value{foliono@folioCounter}=1% + \relax\Foliono@showThisFolioCounterfalse% + \fi% + \fi% + % With sheet numbering skip the latter half of the quire + \ifFolioNo@useSheetNumbering% + \ifnum\value{foliono@folioCounter}>\value{foliono@foliosPerHalfQuire}% + \relax\Foliono@showThisFolioCounterfalse% + \fi% + \fi% + %% Check if we should skip the last folio number completely + \ifFolioNo@onlyFirstHalf% + \ifnum\value{foliono@folioCounter}>\value{foliono@foliosPerHalfQuirePlusOne}% + \relax\Foliono@showThisFolioCounterfalse% + \fi\fi% + % If only quire number is shown, remove the folio number + \ifFolioNo@showOnlyQuireNumber% + \Foliono@showThisFolioCounterfalse% + \fi% + % Show the counter if not skipped + \ifFoliono@showThisFolioCounter% + \foliono@getFormattedFolioCounter% + \fi% +} + +%% Function that returns the quire counter string without styling. +%% This first checks if we want to show it at all, and then returns it +%% either as a lower or upper case capital +\newif\ifFoliono@showThisQuireCounter +\Foliono@showThisQuireCountertrue +\newcommand{\foliono@getQuireCounter}{% + \relax% + % If quire numbers are not used, skip + \ifFolioNo@noQuires% + \Foliono@showThisQuireCounterfalse% + \fi% + %% When only quire numbers are shown, show it only on the first page + %% of quire. + \ifFolioNo@showOnlyQuireNumber% + \ifnum\value{foliono@folioCounter}>1% + \relax\Foliono@showThisQuireCounterfalse% + \fi\fi% + %% Check if we show half+1 and + \ifFolioNo@onlyFirstHalf% + \ifnum\value{foliono@folioCounter}>\value{foliono@foliosPerHalfQuirePlusOne}% + \relax\Foliono@showThisQuireCounterfalse% + \fi\fi% + %% If sheet numbering is in use, hide the number from + %% the second half of the quire + \ifFolioNo@useSheetNumbering% + \ifnum\value{foliono@folioCounter}>\value{foliono@foliosPerHalfQuire}% + \relax\Foliono@showThisQuireCounterfalse%% + \fi\fi% + \ifFoliono@showThisQuireCounter% + \relax\foliono@getFormattedQuireCounter% + \fi% +} + +\makeatother
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/foliono.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/foliono.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..627406f7bb --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/foliono.tex @@ -0,0 +1,923 @@ +%% missaali.tex +%% Copyright 2021 Tommi Syrjänen +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2005/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. +% +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Tommi Syrjänen +% +% See file MANIFEST-Foliono.txt to a list of files that make up this +% work. +\documentclass[a4paper, 12pt]{article} +%% Author: Tommi Syrjänen (tssyrjan@iki.fi) +%% +%% This software is distributed under the LPPL license + +%% This is the documentation file for the foliono LaTeX package. +\usepackage{fontspec} +\usepackage{graphicx} + +\newcommand{\feature}[1]{\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\command}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash{}#1}} +\newcommand{\commandone}[2]{\texttt{\textbackslash{}#1\{#2\}}} +\newcommand{\commandtwo}[3]{\texttt{\textbackslash{}#1\{#2\}\{#3\}}} +\newcommand{\argument}[1]{\texttt{#1}} + +\makeatletter + +\newcommand{\foliodemo}[2]{% + \setfoliono{#1}{#2}% + \currentfoliowithstyles% +} + +\makeatother + + + +\title{The \texttt{foliono} package \\ + Folio numbering for old books} + +\author{Tommi Syrjänen\\ \texttt{tssyrjan@iki.fi}} +\date{Version 1.0, 25 March, 2021} + +\usepackage{foliono} + + +% Define the folionumber font. This font is available in the package +% 'missaali' +\folionofont{Missaali} +\folionofontsize{14} + +\begin{document} + +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} + The \texttt{foliono} package implements medieval and early modern + folio numbering with a few customizable options. In folio numbering + only every other page gets a number and the number has two parts + that identify both the quire and the folio inside of the quire. The + package works best in conjunction with the \texttt{fancyhdr} package + but it can be used also without it. +\end{abstract} + +\section{Introduction} + +Before modern page numbering was introduced, the pages of a book were +numbered using \emph{folio numbering}. In this context \emph{folio} +means a single leaf of a page, an odd page and the even page that is +on the other side of. + +A medieval book was composed of \emph{quires}. A quire is a collection +of sheets of paper or parchment that are folded together to form +pages. As the name suggests, most quires had four sheets that were +folded to form eight folios and 16 pages, but there were also three, +five, and even six sheet quires. With printed books the modern term +\emph{gathering} is usually used in place of \emph{quire}, but I have +used \emph{quire} throughout because it is shorter. + +A medieval scribe would write the text on quires and then a bookbinder +would sew the completed quires together and attach the book covers. +Most texts needed more than one quire. Scribes started to number the +quires to help bookbinders to keep the quires in order. They were +usually marked by writing letters in alphabetical order at the bottom +or top right corner of the first page of the quire. + +\begin{figure} + \centering +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage{foliono} +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\cfoot{} +\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt} +\fancyfoot[R]{\folionumber} +\end{verbatim} + \caption{Quick-start minimal code skeleton with \feature{fancyhdr}.} + \label{fig:quick_start} +\end{figure} + + +Later scribes started to add numbers for the individual folios of a +quire. This was usually done for books that needed a table of contents +or an index. Folio numbering became more prevalent with the advent of +printing as including them helped the bookbinder to ensure that the +sheets were folded right and put in the correct order. + +For printed books the quires are formed using two basic principles. +The largest book format is called \emph{folio} and there the sheet is +folded once so that the result has two folios and four pages. These +sheets are collected in quires the same ways as manuscript sheets +were. In late medieval and early modern times the number of sheets put +in a quire varied also for printed books. I have seen examples ranging +from three sheets (6 folios) to six sheets (12 folios), with five +sheets (10 folios) being very common. + +In smaller format books one printed sheet usually makes up a quire by +itself. In \emph{quarto} size the sheet is folded twice, so a quire +will have only four folios, in \emph{octavo} it is folded three times +so there are eight folios per quire, and in \emph{duodecimo} sheets +are folded four times to produce 12 folios. + +\begin{table}[b] + \centering + \begin{tabular}{lcc} + Format & Folios per quire & Pages per quire \\ + \hline + Folio (2:o) & 6-12 & 12-24 \\ + Quarto (4:o) & 4 & 8 \\ + Octavo (8:o) & 8 & 16 \\ + Duodecimo (12:o) & 12 & 24 \\ + \end{tabular} + \caption{Common old printed book formats} + \label{fig:formats} +\end{table} + +A medieval or early modern folio number generally consists of two +parts, the quire number (A, B) and the folio number within quire in +Roman numerals (i, ii). There are some examples where the folios are +numbered sequentially from the start with no respect to the quire +structure. In many of these cases the folio numbers were added after +the book had already been bound. + +In modern reference convention the +two pages of a folio are called \emph{recto} (r) and \emph{verso} (v). +The recto is the first page of the folio that is shown on the right +hand side of the spread and the verso is the second page on the left +hand side. + +Bookprinters often did not include the folio number for each folio of +the quire. For example, with the \emph{folio} and \emph{octavo} +formats it was common that only the folios of the first half of a +quire had numbers. Similarly, with \emph{quarto} the last folio number +of a quire was often left out. + +The \feature{foliono} package supports several different folio +numbering conventions and it also provides very rudimentary support +for creating tables of content and indices for folio-numbered +documents. However, a lot of manual work is necessary for creating +them. + +\begin{figure} + \centering + \begin{tabular}{cc} + \includegraphics[width=5cm]{pics/standard.png} & + \includegraphics[width=5cm]{pics/skip-first.png} \\ + (a) Default & (b) \feature{SkipFirst} \\ + \includegraphics[width=5cm]{pics/only-quire.png} & + \includegraphics[width=5cm]{pics/only-folio} \\ + (c) \feature{OnlyQuire} & (d) \feature{NoQuires} \\ + \end{tabular} + \caption{Mode of operation samples} + \label{fig:modes} +\end{figure} + +In the examples I will be using the font \emph{Missaali} to typeset +the folio numbers as they would appear on the page. \emph{Missaali} is +a free opentype font that comes with the package \feature{missaali} +that is based on late 15th century book Northern German book textura. + +\section{Modes of operation} + +The \feature{foliono} package can operate in several different modes +that are controlled using the package options. A folio number consists +of two parts, the quire number and the folio number, and the different +modes show them using different principles. Figure \ref{fig:modes} +shows four of the basic modes in schematics. + +\begin{description} +\item [Default] \mbox{} \\ + The default behavior of \emph{foliono} is that each folio is + numbered with both the quire number and the folio number inside a + quire. Thus, the folio numbers advance like: + \begin{center} + A 1, A 2, \textellipsis, A 8, B 1, B 2, \textellipsis, B 8, C 1, \textellipsis + \end{center} + +\item [Skip first folio number (\feature{SkipFirst})] \mbox{} \\ + The first folio number skipping mode is otherwise the same as the + default mode, but the first folio of a quire contains only the quire + number and not the folio counter. The numbers advance like: + \begin{center} + A, A 2, A 3, \textellipsis, A 8, B, B 2, \textellipsis, C , C 2 \textellipsis + \end{center} + + + +\item [Only quire numbers (\feature{OnlyQuire})] \mbox{}\\ + In the only quire numbers mode the folio numbers are not included + at all and only the first pages of a quire have the mark: + \begin{center} + A, \{\}, \{\}, \{\}, \{\}, \{\}, \{\}, \{\}, B, \{\}, \textellipsis + \end{center} + +\item [No quires (\feature{NoQuires})]\mbox{} \\ + In this mode the folios are numbered sequentially from the start of + the book paying no regards to the quire structure. Here the numbers + are simply: + \begin{center} + 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, \textellipsis + \end{center} + +\item [Sheet numbering (\feature{SheetNumbering})] \mbox{}\\ + In sheet numbering mode there is only one folio number per a two + page sheet. In practice, this means that the first half folios of a + quire are numbered using the default style and the latter half are + left unnumbered: + \begin{center} + A 1, A 2, A 3, A 4, \{\}, \{\}, \{\}, \{\}, B 1, B 2, \textellipsis + \end{center} + This mode can be combined with skipping the first folio number. + + +\item [Skip end half (\feature{SkipEnd})] \mbox{} \\ + In this mode the folio numbers are printed to the first half + 1 + folios of a quire and the rest are left empty. In practice the + effect is otherwise same as with sheet numbering except that one + more folio has a number. + + For quarto format the numbers go: + \begin{center} + A 1, A 2, A 3, \{\}, B 1, B 2, \textellipsis + \end{center} + For octavo format the numbers are: + \begin{center} + A 1, A 2, \textellipsis, A 5, \{\}, \{\}, \{\}, B 1, B 2, \textellipsis + \end{center} + For duodecimo they go: + \begin{center} + A 1, A 2, \textellipsis, A 7, \{\}, \{\}, \{\}, \{\}, \{\}, B 1, B 2, \textellipsis + \end{center} + This mode can be combined with skipping the first folio number. + +\end{description} + +\section{General usage} + +The basic command in the package is \command{folionumber}. This should +be put either in the header or footer of the page and it should be run +exactly once on each page since it keeps track of the folio number +counters and also whether we are on recto or verso side of the folio. +Manipulating headers and footers is simplest with the +\feature{fancyhdr} package. For the basic functionality you can add +the following to the preamble of the document: + +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\usepackage{foliono} +\cfoot{} +\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt} +\fancyfoot[R]{\folionumber} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\end{verbatim} + +Here the \command{cfoot} removes the modern page number, +\command{fancyfoot} adds the folio number to the right footer, +overriding the \command{headrulewidth} removes the horizontal line +from top that \feature{fancyhdr} wants to add there, and +\command{pagestyle} enables the fancy header style. + +You need to decide how big your quires are. The package defaults to +eight folio quires, meaning that when printed there are four sheets in +the quire. Historically that was the most common quire size for +manuscripts, but other sizes were also used. You can set the quire +size with the \command{folionoquirefolios} command. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\folionoquirefolios{10} +\end{verbatim} +sets the quires to have 10 folios and 20 pages each. It is possible to +change the value in the middle of the document to get quires of +different sizes. + +In case you need to set the folio number manually, there are two ways +to do it: + +\begin{enumerate} +\item \command{stepfolio}: this moves the counters to the next folio. +\item \commandtwo{setfoliono}{quireNo}{folioNo}: sets the quire + counter to \argument{quireNo} and the folio counter to + \argument{folioNo}. +\end{enumerate} + +There are three commands that you can use to access the current folio +number from text. All of these commands set the folio number even if +\command{folionumber} does not print it on the page. +\begin{enumerate} +\item \command{currentfolio} this sets the current folio number as + unformatted string. + +\item \command{currentfoliowithsides} this sets the current folio + number as unformatted string that is followed by the side reference + \feature{r} or \feature{v}. + +\item \command{currentfoliowithstyles} this sets the current folio + number formatted and styled the exact same way as it is + +\end{enumerate} + +Here is an example for their use: + +\begin{center} +\begin{tabular}{lc} + \begin{minipage}{0.5\linewidth} +\begin{verbatim} +\setfoliono{2}{4} +1: \currentfolio \\ +2: \currentfoliowithsides \\ +3: \currentfoliowithstyles \\ +\end{verbatim} + \end{minipage} +& + \begin{minipage}{0.4\linewidth} + \setfoliono{3}{4}\strut\mbox{}\\ + \strut\mbox{}\\ + 1: \currentfolio \\ + 2: \currentfoliowithsides \\ + 3: \currentfoliowithstyles \\ + \end{minipage} + \end{tabular} +\end{center} + +\subsection{Font selection and properties} + +By default the folio numbers are set using the default document font +and size. There are commands that allow you to select the font when +using the \feature{fontspec} package. If you are using some other +environment, you can redefine the \command{folionostyle} command that +adds style to the folio numbers. + +The font selection commands are: +\begin{enumerate} +\item \commandone{folionofont}{FontName}: set the \feature{fontspec} + font that is used to set the folio number. You need to set this for + the other two font setting commands having effect. + +\item \commandone{folionofontsize}{size}: set the size of the folio + number. The font must have been set eariler. + +\item \commandone{folionofontcolor}{color}: set the color for the + folio number. The font must have been set eariler. + +\end{enumerate} + +\begin{center} + \begin{tabular}{lc} + \begin{minipage}{0.6\linewidth} +\begin{verbatim} +Before: \currentfoliowithstyles \\ +\folionofont{Missaali} +\folionofontsize{18} +\folionofontcolor{c55e47} +After: \currentfoliowithstyles +\end{verbatim} + \end{minipage} + & + \begin{minipage}{0.3\linewidth} + \begingroup + Before: \currentfoliowithstyles \\ + \folionofont{Missaali} + \folionofontsize{18} + \folionofontcolor{c55e47} + After: \currentfoliowithstyles + \folionofontsize{14} + \folionofontcolor{000000} + \endgroup + \end{minipage} + \end{tabular} +\end{center} + +\subsection{Controlling the formatting} + +By default the folio number is typeset with a space between the quire +and folio numbers. There are commands to add content or commands +before and after the both commands as well as to override the default +separator. + +\begin{enumerate} +\item \commandone{quirenoprefix}{text}: the \emph{text} is added + before the quire number. +\item \commandone{quirenosuffix}{text}: the \emph{text} is added + after the quire number. +\item \commandone{folionoprefix}{text}: the \emph{text} is added + before the folio number. +\item \commandone{folionosuffix}{text}: the \emph{text} is added + after the folio number. +\item \commandone{folionoseparator}{text}: the \emph{text} is added + between the quire and folio numbers. +\end{enumerate} + +\begin{figure} + \centering +\begin{verbatim} +\quirenostyle{% + \quirenoprefix% + QUIRE COUNTER% + \quirenosuffix% + \folionoseparator}% +\folionostyle{% + \folionoprefix% + FOLIO COUNTER% + \folionosuffix% +} +\end{verbatim} + \caption{A pseudocode explanation on how the quire number is + formatted. The separator is formatted using the quire number + style.} + \label{fig:foliono} +\end{figure} +For example, you can add periods before, after, and in the middle of +the folio number with: +\begin{center} + \begin{tabular}{lc} + \begin{minipage}{0.6\linewidth} +\begin{verbatim} +\quirenoprefix{.} +\folionoseparator{.} +\folionosuffix{.} +\currentfoliowithstyles +\end{verbatim} + \end{minipage} + & + \begin{minipage}{0.3\linewidth} + \quirenoprefix{.} + \folionoseparator{.} + \folionosuffix{.} + \currentfoliowithstyles + \quirenoprefix{} + \folionosuffix{} + \folionoseparator{\hbox{ }} + \end{minipage} + \end{tabular} +\end{center} + +You can also add formatting commands to the prefixes. For example, you +can achieve two-colored folio numbers with: +\begin{verbatim} +\quirenoprefix{\addfontfeature{Color=455f9b}} +\folionoprefix{\addfontfeature{Color=c55e47}} +\currentfoliowithstyles +\end{verbatim} +This produces the result: +\begin{center} + \begin{minipage}{0.3\linewidth} + \quirenoprefix{\addfontfeature{Color=455f9b}} + \folionoprefix{\addfontfeature{Color=c55e47}} + \currentfoliowithstyles + \quirenoprefix{} + \folionoprefix{} + \end{minipage} +\end{center} + +\subsection{Labels and indices} + +There are two commands for creating labels that have folio numbers for +the reference and two commands for creating index entries. The basic +forms of the commands typeset the folio numbers without formatting or +prefixes and suffixes, and the two others typeset the numbers as they +appear on page. All of these commands produce the folio number string +even if it is not printed on the current page. Note that commands that +are read in from auxiliary and index files break easily and often +cause weird error messages. + +If you want to create a medieval-styled table of contents, the best +way to proceed is probably to use the indexing commands, copy the +index file as a base for a new LaTeX document, and then manipulate +them by hand to get the desired outcome. You can then combine the +original document and the index using the \feature{pdfpages} package. +There are two main reasons to do it this way: as far as I know there +are no existing index formats that would produce results that are even +remotely close to medieval tables of contents or indices, and the main +text should start on the folio A 1 of the document. If the table of +contents is at the beginning, it should be on a separate unnumbered +sheet. + +\begin{enumerate} +\item \commandone{folionolabel}{label}: defines a label whose + reference string is unformatted version of the current folio number. + +\item \commandone{folionolabelwithstyles}{label}: defines a label + whose reference string is the formatted version of the current folio + number. + +\item \commandone{folionoindex}{text}: adds \feature{text} as an index + entry in the index file.\footnote{Remember to use + \command{makeindex} command in the preamble if you use index + commands.} + +\item \commandone{folionoindexwithstyles}{text}: adds \feature{text} + as an index entry in the index file with complete styling. + +\end{enumerate} + + + + + + + + +\section{Package options} + +The \feature{foliono} package defines the following options: + +\begin{description} +\item [\feature{AllQuires}] \mbox{} \\ + Before the 17th century the letters \emph{i} and \emph{j} were not + yet separated and they were considered to be two variant forms of + the same letter that could be used almost interchangeably. + Similarly, \emph{u} and \emph{v} were still the same. Because of + this \feature{foliono} does not use \emph{i} and \emph{u} as quire + numbers by default. The package option \feature{AllQuires} takes the + two missing letters in use as quire numbers. + +\item [\feature{ArabicNumbers}] \mbox{} \\ + This option changes the folio numbers into Arabic numerals instead + of the Roman numberals. This is most useful together with the + \feature{NoQuires} option. However, some later printed books used + Arabic numerals in folio numbers. + + \item [\feature{LowerCase}] \mbox{} \\ + This changes the quire numbers to be in lower case instead of the + default upper case letters. + + \item [\feature{NoQuires}] \mbox{} \\ + This turns on the no quires mode where folio numbers are numbered + sequentially from one upwards with no regard to quire structure. + + \item [\feature{OnlyQuire}] \mbox{} \\ + This turns on the only quires mode where folio numbers are left out + and the quires have a quire number on their first page. + + \item [\feature{SheetNumbers}] \mbox{} \\ + This turns on sheet numbering mode where there is only one folio + number on a two-folio sheet of paper. In practice the first half + of folios on a quire will have a number and the rest are empty. + This does not work together with \feature{NoQuires}. + + \item [\feature{ShowSides}] \mbox{} \\ + If enabled, it will add the indicator \emph{r} or \emph{v} to + labels and index entries to show if they land on recto or verso + side of the folio. This is not added to the folio numbers printed + on pages, only on the references. + + \item [\feature{SkipFirst}] \mbox{} \\ + When enabled the first folio of a quire will have only the quire + number and not the folio number. + + + \item [\feature{SkipEnd}] \mbox{} \\ + When enabled the folio numbers are printed on first half + 1 + folios of a quire. The effect is otherwise the same as with + \feature{SheetNumbers} except that one more folio has the number. +\end{description} + +\section{Command Reference} + + +\begin{description} +\item [\command{folionumber}] \mbox{} \\ + Sets both the formatted and styled folio number to the page and it + also keeps track of the quire and folio counters as well as the + recto and verso sides on the document. It should be run exactly once + per page of output. + +\item [\commandone{folionoquirefolios}{folioNo}] \mbox{} \\ + Sets the size of quires to \argument{folioNo} folios. + The value should be even. This can be run multiple times inside a + document to get quires of different sizes. + +\item [\commandone{folionofont}{fontId}] \mbox{} \\ + Sets the font that is used to folio numbers to the + \feature{fontspec} font \argument{fontId}. If you are using some + other font system, you need to redefine \command{folionostyle} and + \command{quirenostyle} instead. + +\item [\commandone{folionofontsize}{points}] \mbox{} \\ + Sets the size of the folio number font to \argument{points}. This + has an effect only if the font has been selected with + \command{folionofont}. Default size is 10 points. + +\item [\commandone{folionofontcolor}{color}] \mbox{} \\ + Sets the folio number font color to \argument{color}. This has an + effect only if the font has been selected with + \command{folionofont}. Default color is black. + +\item [\commandone{quirenostyle}{commands}] \mbox{} \\ + A styling command for non-\feature{fontspec} users. Redefine this + command to apply styling to the quire counter. This defaults to + using the font, size, and color set using the previous font + selection commands. + +\item [\commandone{folionostyle}{commands}] \mbox{} \\ + A styling command for non-\feature{fontspec} users. Redefine this to + apply styling to the folio counter. This defaults to using the font, + size, and color set using the previous font selection commands. + +\item [\commandone{folionolabel}{label}] \mbox{} \\ + Adds a \argument{label} that can be accessed with the \command{ref} + command. The label text will be an unformatted folio number string. + This creates a reference using the folio number of that particular + page even if the number is not printed on the page. This has the + most obvious effect when the \feature{SheetNumbers} option is turned + on. + +\item [\commandone{folionolabelwithstyles}{label}] \mbox{} \\ + Adds a \argument{label} whose reference text contains all the styles + and formatting of the current folio number. Otherwise this works the + same as \command{folionolabel}. \emph{Note! It is very easy to get + weird TeX error messages if there is anything complex or fragile + in the commands read from .aux files}. + +\item [\commandone{folionoindex}{text}] \mbox{} \\ + This adds \argument{text} as an index entry where the page number is + replaced with unformatted current folio number. Using this command + and some manual manipulation is the easiest way to create medieval + tables of context. + +\item [\commandone{folionoindexwithstyles}{text}] \mbox{} \\ + This adds \argument{text} as an index entry where the page number is + replaced with styled current folio number. + +\item [\commandtwo{setfoliono}{quireNo}{folioNo}] \mbox{} \\ + Sets the quire counter to \argument{quireNo} and the folio counter + to \argument{folioNo}. + +\item [\command{stepfolio}] \mbox{} \\ + Moves the folio number to the next folio. This is most useful in + cases you want to remove the folio number from a single page as + setting the page style to \argument{empty} also prevents + \command{folionumber} from moving to the next number. + +\item [\commandone{quirenoprefix}{text}] \mbox{} \\ + Sets a prefix of the quire number to be \argument{text}. The prefix + can contain formatting commands, but the more complex the commands + are, the more likely is that \command{folionolabelwithstyles} and + \command{folionoindexwithstyles} commands break. + +\item [\commandone{quirenosuffix}{text}] \mbox{} \\ + Sets the quire number suffix to \argument{text}. The suffix may + contain both text and commands. + +\item [\commandone{folionoprefix}{text}] \mbox{} \\ + Sets the folio counter prefix to \argument{text}. + +\item [\commandone{folionosuffix}{text}] \mbox{} \\ + Sets the folio number suffix to \argument{text}. + +\item [\commandone{folionoseparator}{text}] \mbox{} \\ + Sets the separator that is placed between quire and folio numbers to + \argument{text}. The separator is formatted according to the quire + number style. + +\item [\command{currentfolio}] \mbox{} \\ + Gives the unformatted and non-styled version of the current folio + number. In particular, the prefixes, suffixes, and the separator are + left out of it. + +\item [\command{currentfoliowithsides}] \mbox{} \\ + Gives the unformatted and non-styled version of the current folio + number with the side indicator (\emph{r} or \emph{v}) added to its + end. + +\item [\command{currentfoliowithstyles}] \mbox{} \\ + Gives the current folio number formatted the same way as it is added + to the page by \command{folionumber}. This gives the real folio + number even if \command{folionumber} will skip it, for example, if + we are in the second half of a quire and \feature{SheetNumbers} is + turned on. + + +\end{description} + +\section{Examples} + +\begin{description} + +\item [Codex Montpellier, c.1300] \mbox{} \\ + \begin{tabular}{lp{7cm}} + Author: & unknown \\ + Format: & manuscript \\ + Folio numbers: & continuously running folio numbers, roman numbers + surrounded by centered dots. \\ + Sample: & + \begin{minipage}{7cm} + \makeatletter + \FolioNo@noQuirestrue + \folionoprefix{·} + \folionosuffix{·} + \folionoseparator{} + \foliono@createFormattedFolioLabel + \folionoprefix{} + \folionosuffix{} + \folionoseparator{\hbox{ }} + \makeatother + \end{minipage} \\ + \end{tabular} + + Code: + + \begin{minipage}{5cm} + \verb!\usepackage[NoQuires]{foliono}!\\ + \verb!\folionoprefix{·}! \\ + \verb!\folionosuffix{·}! \\ + \end{minipage} + + +\item [Glogauer Liederbuch, c. 1480] \mbox{} \\ + \begin{tabular}{lp{7cm}} + Author: & unknown \\ + Format: & manuscript \\ + Folios: & 12 per quire \\ + Folio numbers: & on top right of every folio, most quires have + lower case quire numbers but some use upper case \\ + Sample: & + \begin{minipage}{6cm} + \makeatletter + \Foliono@capitalizeQuireNumberfalse + \foliono@createFormattedFolioLabel + \makeatother + \end{minipage} \\ + \end{tabular} + + Code: + + \begin{minipage}{5cm} + \verb!\usepackage[LowerCase]{foliono}!\\ + \verb!\folionoquirefolios{12}!\\ + \end{minipage} + +\item [Missale Aboense, 1488] \mbox{} \\ + \begin{tabular}{lp{7cm}} + Bookprinter: & Barthomolew Ghotan \\ + Format: & folio \\ + Folios: & 12 per quire \\ + Folio numbers: & on every folio, capital quire number, centered dots surround folio number \\ + Sample: & + \begin{minipage}{6cm} + \folionoprefix{·} + \folionosuffix{·} + \folionoseparator{} + \currentfoliowithstyles + \folionoprefix{} + \folionosuffix{·} + \folionoseparator{\hbox{ }} + \end{minipage} \\ + \end{tabular} + + Code: + + \begin{minipage}{5cm} + \verb!\usepackage{foliono}!\\ + \verb!\folionoquirefolios{12}!\\ + \verb!\folionoprefix{·}! \\ + \verb!\folionosuffix{·}! \\ + \verb!\folionoseparator{}! + \end{minipage} + + +\item [Revelationes Sancti Birgitte, 1492] \mbox{} \\ + \begin{tabular}{lp{7cm}} + Bookprinter: & Barthomolew Ghotan \\ + Format: & folio \\ + Folios: & 10 per quire \\ + Folio numbers: & on first half of a quire, lower case quire number, periods surround folio number \\ + Sample: & + \begin{minipage}{6cm} + \makeatletter + \Foliono@capitalizeQuireNumberfalse + \makeatother + \folionoprefix{.} + \folionosuffix{.} + \folionoseparator{} + \currentfoliowithstyles + \folionoprefix{} + \folionosuffix{} + \folionoseparator{\hbox{ }} + \end{minipage} + \end{tabular} + +Code: + +\begin{minipage}{5cm} + \verb!\usepackage[LowerCase,SheetNumbers]{foliono}!\\ + \verb!\folionoquirefolios{10}!\\ + \verb!\folionoprefix{.}! \\ + \verb!\folionosuffix{.}! \\ + \verb!\folionoseparator{}! +\end{minipage} + +\item[Messu eli Herran Echtolinen, 1549] \mbox{} \\ + \begin{tabular}{lp{7cm}} + Author: & Mikael Agricola \\ + Format: & quarto \\ + Folios: & 8 per quire \\ + Folio numbers: & first folio of a quire has only quire number, + quire numbers are capitalized. \\ + Sample: & + \begin{minipage}{6cm} + \currentfoliowithstyles + \end{minipage} + \end{tabular} + +Code: + +\begin{minipage}{5cm} + \verb!\usepackage[SkipFirst]{foliono}!\\ + \verb!\folionoquirefolios{8}!\\ +\end{minipage} + +\item[Historiae animalum, 1551] \mbox{} \\ + \begin{tabular}{lp{7cm}} + Author: & Conrad Gessner \\ + Format: & folio \\ + Folios: & 6 or 8 per quire \\ + Folio numbers: & quire numbers are set in Roman typeface, most are + upper case but preface uses lower case, folio + numbers with arabic numbers, only one folio number per sheet. + \\ + Sample: & + \begin{minipage}{6cm} + \makeatletter + \def\quirenostyle{} + \def\folionostyle{} + \FolioNo@useSheetNumberingtrue + \FolioNo@UseArabicNumberstrue + \setfoliono{3}{2} + \makeatother + \currentfoliowithstyles + \end{minipage} + \end{tabular} + + Code: + +\begin{minipage}{5cm} + \verb!\usepackage[SheetNumbers,ArabicNumbers]{foliono}!\\ + \verb!\folionoquirefolios{6}!\\ +\end{minipage} + + + +\item[Wanhain Suomen maan Pijspain Latinan kielised laulud, 1616] \mbox{} \\ + \begin{tabular}{lp{7cm}} + Author: & Hemminki Maskulainen \\ + Format: & octavo \\ + Folios: & 8 per quire \\ + Folio numbers: & folio numbers on first five folios of a quire, + the first folio has just the quire number, quire number in upper + case. \\ + Sample: & + \begin{minipage}{6cm} + \makeatletter + \setfoliono{3}{4} + \FolioNo@skipFirstFolioNumbertrue + \FolioNo@onlyFirstHalftrue + \makeatother + \currentfoliowithstyles + \end{minipage} + \end{tabular} + +Code: + +\begin{minipage}{5cm} + \verb!\usepackage[SkipFirst,SkipEnd]{foliono}!\\ + \verb!\folionoquirefolios{8}!\\ +\end{minipage} + + +\item[Somen Kielinen Catechismus, 1628] \mbox{} \\ + \begin{tabular}{lp{7cm}} + Author: & Martin Luther \\ + Translator: & Knut Carelius \\ + Format: & quarto \\ + Folios: & 4 per quire \\ + Folio numbers: & first folio of a quire has only quire number, + last folio of a quire is without number, + quire numbers are capitalized. \\ + Sample: & + \begin{minipage}{6cm} + \currentfoliowithstyles + \end{minipage} + \end{tabular} + +Code: + +\begin{minipage}{5cm} + \verb!\usepackage[SkipFirst,SkipEnd]{foliono}!\\ + \verb!\folionoquirefolios{4}!\\ +\end{minipage} + + +\end{description} + + + + + +\end{document} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/lppl.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/lppl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90e5e3ab79 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/lppl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,416 @@ +The LaTeX Project Public License +=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- + +LPPL Version 1.3c 2006-05-20 + +Copyright 1999 2002-2006 LaTeX3 Project + Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this + license document, but modification of it is not allowed. + + +PREAMBLE +======== + +The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the primary license under +which the the LaTeX kernel and the base LaTeX packages are distributed. + +You may use this license for any work of which you hold the copyright +and which you wish to distribute. This license may be particularly +suitable if your work is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but +it is written in such a way that you can use it even if your work is +unrelated to TeX. + +The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE', +below, gives instructions, examples, and recommendations for authors +who are considering distributing their works under this license. + +This license gives conditions under which a work may be distributed +and modified, as well as conditions under which modified versions of +that work may be distributed. + +We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you +the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of your work +that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while +maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of +that work. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while +meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex' +and `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions. + + +DEFINITIONS +=========== + +In this license document the following terms are used: + + `Work' + Any work being distributed under this License. + + `Derived Work' + Any work that under any applicable law is derived from the Work. + + `Modification' + Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any applicable + law -- for example, the production of a file containing an + original file associated with the Work or a significant portion of + such a file, either verbatim or with modifications and/or + translated into another language. + + `Modify' + To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any + applicable law. + + `Distribution' + Making copies of the Work available from one person to another, in + whole or in part. Distribution includes (but is not limited to) + making any electronic components of the Work accessible by + file transfer protocols such as FTP or HTTP or by shared file + systems such as Sun's Network File System (NFS). + + `Compiled Work' + A version of the Work that has been processed into a form where it + is directly usable on a computer system. This processing may + include using installation facilities provided by the Work, + transformations of the Work, copying of components of the Work, or + other activities. Note that modification of any installation + facilities provided by the Work constitutes modification of the Work. + + `Current Maintainer' + A person or persons nominated as such within the Work. If there is + no such explicit nomination then it is the `Copyright Holder' under + any applicable law. + + `Base Interpreter' + A program or process that is normally needed for running or + interpreting a part or the whole of the Work. + + A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these + are not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each + external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used + interactively. Unless explicitly specified when applying the + license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a + `LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the + `LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `TeX language'. + + + +CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION +=========================================== + +1. Activities other than distribution and/or modification of the Work +are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In +particular, the act of running the Work is not restricted and no +requirements are made concerning any offers of support for the Work. + +2. You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as you +received it. Distribution of only part of the Work is considered +modification of the Work, and no right to distribute such a Derived +Work may be assumed under the terms of this clause. + +3. You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been generated from a +complete, unmodified copy of the Work as distributed under Clause 2 +above, as long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that +the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system exactly +as it would have been installed if they generated a Compiled Work +directly from the Work. + +4. If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may, without +restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a Derived Work. You may +also distribute the Derived Work without restriction, including +Compiled Works generated from the Derived Work. Derived Works +distributed in this manner by the Current Maintainer are considered to +be updated versions of the Work. + +5. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may modify +your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived Work based on the Work, +and compile this Derived Work, thus creating a Compiled Work based on +the Derived Work. + +6. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may +distribute a Derived Work provided the following conditions are met +for every component of the Work unless that component clearly states +in the copyright notice that it is exempt from that condition. Only +the Current Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption +to a component of the Work. + + a. If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct replacement + for a component of the Work when that component is used with the + Base Interpreter, then, wherever this component of the Work + identifies itself to the user when used interactively with that + Base Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived Work + clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a modified version + of this component to the user when used interactively with that + Base Interpreter. + + b. Every component of the Derived Work contains prominent notices + detailing the nature of the changes to that component, or a + prominent reference to another file that is distributed as part + of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and accurate log + of the changes. + + c. No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons, + including (but not limited to) the authors of the original version + of the Work, provide any support, including (but not limited to) + the reporting and handling of errors, to recipients of the + Derived Work unless those persons have stated explicitly that + they do provide such support for the Derived Work. + + d. You distribute at least one of the following with the Derived Work: + + 1. A complete, unmodified copy of the Work; + if your distribution of a modified component is made by + offering access to copy the modified component from a + designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy + the Work from the same or some similar place meets this + condition, even though third parties are not compelled to + copy the Work along with the modified component; + + 2. Information that is sufficient to obtain a complete, + unmodified copy of the Work. + +7. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may +distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived Work, as long as +the Derived Work is distributed to all recipients of the Compiled +Work, and as long as the conditions of Clause 6, above, are met with +regard to the Derived Work. + +8. The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not +apply to, the modification, by any method, of any component so that it +becomes identical to an updated version of that component of the Work as +it is distributed by the Current Maintainer under Clause 4, above. + +9. Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an alternative +format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part) is +then produced by applying some process to that format, does not relax or +nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to the results of +applying that process. + +10. a. A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license + provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in + Clause 6 above, in regard to the Work, though it does not have + to honor the rest of the conditions in this license. + + b. If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license, that + Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part of + itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor the + restrictions in Clause 6 above, concerning changes from the Work. + +11. This license places no restrictions on works that are unrelated to +the Work, nor does this license place any restrictions on aggregating +such works with the Work by any means. + +12. Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used to, prevent +complete compliance by all parties with all applicable laws. + + +NO WARRANTY +=========== + +There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise stated in +writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work `as is', without +warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not +limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a +particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance +of the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you assume +the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction. + +In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing +will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the components of the +Work, or any other party who may distribute and/or modify the Work as +permitted above, be liable to you for damages, including any general, +special, incidental or consequential damages arising out of any use of +the Work or out of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited +to, loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by +anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to operate with any other +programs), even if the Copyright Holder or said author or said other +party has been advised of the possibility of such damages. + + +MAINTENANCE OF THE WORK +======================= + +The Work has the status `author-maintained' if the Copyright Holder +explicitly and prominently states near the primary copyright notice in +the Work that the Work can only be maintained by the Copyright Holder +or simply that it is `author-maintained'. + +The Work has the status `maintained' if there is a Current Maintainer +who has indicated in the Work that they are willing to receive error +reports for the Work (for example, by supplying a valid e-mail +address). It is not required for the Current Maintainer to acknowledge +or act upon these error reports. + +The Work changes from status `maintained' to `unmaintained' if there +is no Current Maintainer, or the person stated to be Current +Maintainer of the work cannot be reached through the indicated means +of communication for a period of six months, and there are no other +significant signs of active maintenance. + +You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by agreement with +any existing Current Maintainer to take over this role. + +If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current Maintainer of +the Work through the following steps: + + 1. Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current Maintainer (and + the Copyright Holder, if the two differ) through the means of + an Internet or similar search. + + 2. If this search is successful, then enquire whether the Work + is still maintained. + + a. If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer + to update their communication data within one month. + + b. If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume active + maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer, then announce + within the pertinent community your intention to take over + maintenance. (If the Work is a LaTeX work, this could be + done, for example, by posting to comp.text.tex.) + + 3a. If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass + maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect + immediately upon announcement. + + b. If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the Copyright + Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be passed to you, + then this takes effect immediately upon announcement. + + 4. If you make an `intention announcement' as described in 2b. above + and after three months your intention is challenged neither by + the Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other + people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as + to name you as the (new) Current Maintainer. + + 5. If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes + reachable once more within three months of a change completed + under the terms of 3b) or 4), then that Current Maintainer must + become or remain the Current Maintainer upon request provided + they then update their communication data within one month. + +A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself, alter the fact +that the Work is distributed under the LPPL license. + +If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should +immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and unambiguous +statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You should also +announce your new status to the same pertinent community as +in 2b) above. + + +WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE +====================================================== + +This section contains important instructions, examples, and +recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their +works under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in +this section. + +Choosing This License or Another License +---------------------------------------- + +If for any part of your work you want or need to use *distribution* +conditions that differ significantly from those in this license, then +do not refer to this license anywhere in your work but, instead, +distribute your work under a different license. You may use the text +of this license as a model for your own license, but your license +should not refer to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that +your work is distributed under the LPPL. + +The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains +the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains, +for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public +License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your work is +unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be +relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works under any +license are encouraged to read it. + +A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution +----------------------------------------------------- + +It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even for your own +personal use, without also meeting the above conditions for +distributing the modified component. While you might intend that such +modifications will never be distributed, often this will happen by +accident -- you may forget that you have modified that component; or +it may not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified +version that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions +of this license in ways that could have legal implications and, worse, +cause problems for the community. It is therefore usually in your +best interest to keep your copy of the Work identical with the public +one. Many works provide ways to control the behavior of that work +without altering any of its licensed components. + +How to Use This License +----------------------- + +To use this license, place in each of the components of your work both +an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year the work +was authored and/or last substantially modified. Include also a +statement that the distribution and/or modification of that +component is constrained by the conditions in this license. + +Here is an example of such a notice and statement: + + %% pig.dtx + %% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name + % + % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the + % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 + % of this license or (at your option) any later version. + % The latest version of this license is in + % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX + % version 2005/12/01 or later. + % + % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. + % + % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name. + % + % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins + % and the derived file pig.sty. + +Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions +given in this license document would apply, with the `Work' referring +to the three files `pig.dtx', `pig.ins', and `pig.sty' (the last being +generated from `pig.dtx' using `pig.ins'), the `Base Interpreter' +referring to any `LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright Holder' and +`Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'. + +If you do not want the Maintenance section of LPPL to apply to your +Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'. +However, we recommend that you use `maintained', as the Maintenance +section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful to +the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it +yourself. + +Derived Works That Are Not Replacements +--------------------------------------- + +Several clauses of the LPPL specify means to provide reliability and +stability for the user community. They therefore concern themselves +with the case that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a +(compatible or incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If +this is not the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a +completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not apply. + + +Important Recommendations +------------------------- + + Defining What Constitutes the Work + + The LPPL requires that distributions of the Work contain all the + files of the Work. It is therefore important that you provide a + way for the licensee to determine which files constitute the Work. + This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the + files of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by + using a line such as: + + % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. + + in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be + impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you + to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be + entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise + the Work. + diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/pics/only-folio.png b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/pics/only-folio.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b85e4debd --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/pics/only-folio.png diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/pics/only-quire.png b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/pics/only-quire.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..10d07ffdfe --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/pics/only-quire.png diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/pics/skip-first.png b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/pics/skip-first.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..778bec094e --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/pics/skip-first.png diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/pics/standard.png b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/pics/standard.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..798655e013 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/foliono/pics/standard.png diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/README b/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/README index 139e300a9b..44d82ea943 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/README +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/README @@ -1,50 +1,50 @@ -powerdot v1.5c --------------- - -powerdot is a presentation class for LaTeX that allows for the quick -and easy development of professional presentations. It comes with -many tools that enhance presentations and aid the presenter. -Examples are automatic overlays, personal notes and a handout mode. -To view a presentation, DVI, PS or PDF output can be used. A -powerful template system is available to easily develop new styles. -A LyX layout file is provided. See for more information the PDF -documentation of this package. - - -Installation ------------- - -First check whether this package can be installed by the -distribution that you use, since that will simplify installation. -For manual installations, the structure and supposed location in a -TDS compliant TeX-tree is shown in manifest.txt. Don't forget -to update your filename database after installing the files. - -The package includes pregenerated run and doc files, but you can -reproduce them from the source if necessary. See the first lines -of powerdot.dtx for information how to do this. - -See the documentation of your LaTeX distribution or the TeX -Frequently Asked Questions for more information on installing -powerdot into your LaTeX distribution -(http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=instpackages). - - -License -------- - -Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Hendri Adriaens, Chris Ellison; 2009-2017 Hendri Adriaens - -This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -of this license or (at your option) any later version. -The latest version of this license is in - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -version 2003/12/01 or later. - -This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". - -This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. - -This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. +powerdot v1.6
+-------------
+
+powerdot is a presentation class for LaTeX that allows for the quick
+and easy development of professional presentations. It comes with
+many tools that enhance presentations and aid the presenter.
+Examples are automatic overlays, personal notes and a handout mode.
+To view a presentation, DVI, PS or PDF output can be used. A
+powerful template system is available to easily develop new styles.
+A LyX layout file is provided. See for more information the PDF
+documentation of this package.
+
+
+Installation
+------------
+
+First check whether this package can be installed by the
+distribution that you use, since that will simplify installation.
+For manual installations, the structure and supposed location in a
+TDS compliant TeX-tree is shown in manifest.txt. Don't forget
+to update your filename database after installing the files.
+
+The package includes pregenerated run and doc files, but you can
+reproduce them from the source if necessary. See the first lines
+of powerdot.dtx for information how to do this.
+
+See the documentation of your LaTeX distribution or the TeX
+Frequently Asked Questions for more information on installing
+powerdot into your LaTeX distribution
+(http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=instpackages).
+
+
+License
+-------
+
+Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Hendri Adriaens, Chris Ellison; 2009-2021 Hendri Adriaens
+
+This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+version 2003/12/01 or later.
+
+This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+
+This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+
+This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot-example.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot-example.tex index 3321cc0863..095fe6a351 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot-example.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot-example.tex @@ -1,159 +1,159 @@ -%% LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info, see http://www.lyx.org/. -%% Do not edit unless you really know what you are doing. -\documentclass[size=10pt,letterpaper,landscape,english,nopsheader,style=fyma,display=slidesnotes]{powerdot} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} - -\makeatletter - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands. -\providecommand{\LyX}{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@} -\newcommand{\lyxarrow}{\leavevmode\,$\triangleright$\,\allowbreak} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% User specified LaTeX commands. -\usepackage{listings} -\pdsetup{% - lf=left footer, - rf=right footer -} - -\usepackage{babel} -\makeatother -\begin{document} - -\title{A \LyX{} sample} - - -\author{Mael Hillreau \and Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison} - - -\date{\today} - -\maketitle - -\lyxend\lyxslide{My first slide} - -We use a \texttt{Slide} style (magenta color, see above this text -into \LyX{} window) for the title of each slide of a section or document. - - -\lyxend\lyxwideslide{My wide slide} - -\label{toc}But we may also use wide slides (green color, see above -this text into \LyX{} window). - -Let's have a look at the TOC: -\medskip{} - -\tableofcontents{} - - -\lyxend\section{This is the first section} - - -\lyxend\lyxslide[toc=This slide has...]{This slide has a very very long title} - -This slide's title is different in the TOC, see slide \pageref{toc} -or at the left of all slides in this section. - - -\lyxend\lyxnote{Important note!} - -Don't forget to use \texttt{Insert}\lyxarrow{}\texttt{Short title} -in order to specify slide options. - - -\lyxend\lyxslide{Using \texttt{\textbackslash{}pause}} - -Let's make a pause! \pause - -\ldots{} and then continue. - - -\lyxend\section{Second section} - - -\lyxend\lyxslide{Using \texttt{enumerate}} - -Let's enumerate things:\pause - -\begin{enumerate}[type=1] -\item The first thing;\pause -\item The second thing;\pause -\item The third thing;\pause -\item The final thing! -\end{enumerate} - -\lyxend\lyxslide{Using \texttt{itemize}} - -We may also make some items and nest them:\pause - -\begin{itemize}[type=1] -\item <2> The first; -\item <3> The second; - -\begin{itemize}[type=1] -\item <4> One, -\item <5> Two, -\item <6> Three, -\end{itemize} -\item <7> The last one. -\end{itemize} - -\lyxend\lyxemptyslide[toc=,randomdots]{The empty slide!} - -\bigskip{} -\begin{center}This slide is empty\ldots{} \end{center} - -\pause - -\begin{center}It uses \texttt{EmptySlide} style for its title (see -cyan color into \LyX{} window).\end{center} - -\pause - -\begin{center}You may also have noticed the use of \texttt{randomdots} -slide option which\\ -allows displaying those multicolor dots into the slide background.\end{center} - - -\lyxend\lyxslide[method=direct]{Example of \LaTeX{} source code} - -Let's now use the \texttt{listings} package in order to typeset some -source code. Here's the \texttt{\textbackslash{}HelloWorld} \LaTeX{} -command: - -\lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX} -\begin{lstlisting} -\newcommand{\HelloWorld}{Hello World!} -\end{lstlisting} - -Note that this slide uses the \texttt{method=direct} option (see its -short title options box above into \LyX{} window). - - -\lyxend\lyxslide[method=file]{Verbatim material with overlays} - -Here's \texttt{HelloWorld()} C function: - -\lstset{language=C} -\begin{lstlisting} -void HelloWorld() { - printf("Hello World!\n"); -} -\end{lstlisting} - -\pause Unlike the previous one, this slide must use \texttt{method=file} -as it employs two overlays. - - -\lyxend\lyxslide{The end.} - -Don't forget to put an \texttt{EndSlide} style at the end of the document -(see the black symbol below into \LyX{} window). - -Have fun! - - -\lyxend{} -\end{document} +%% LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info, see http://www.lyx.org/.
+%% Do not edit unless you really know what you are doing.
+\documentclass[size=10pt,letterpaper,landscape,english,nopsheader,style=fyma,display=slidesnotes]{powerdot}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+
+\makeatletter
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands.
+\providecommand{\LyX}{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
+\newcommand{\lyxarrow}{\leavevmode\,$\triangleright$\,\allowbreak}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% User specified LaTeX commands.
+\usepackage{listings}
+\pdsetup{%
+ lf=left footer,
+ rf=right footer
+}
+
+\usepackage{babel}
+\makeatother
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{A \LyX{} sample}
+
+
+\author{Mael Hillreau \and Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison}
+
+
+\date{\today}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\lyxend\lyxslide{My first slide}
+
+We use a \texttt{Slide} style (magenta color, see above this text
+into \LyX{} window) for the title of each slide of a section or document.
+
+
+\lyxend\lyxwideslide{My wide slide}
+
+\label{toc}But we may also use wide slides (green color, see above
+this text into \LyX{} window).
+
+Let's have a look at the TOC:
+\medskip{}
+
+\tableofcontents{}
+
+
+\lyxend\section{This is the first section}
+
+
+\lyxend\lyxslide[toc=This slide has...]{This slide has a very very long title}
+
+This slide's title is different in the TOC, see slide \pageref{toc}
+or at the left of all slides in this section.
+
+
+\lyxend\lyxnote{Important note!}
+
+Don't forget to use \texttt{Insert}\lyxarrow{}\texttt{Short title}
+in order to specify slide options.
+
+
+\lyxend\lyxslide{Using \texttt{\textbackslash{}pause}}
+
+Let's make a pause! \pause
+
+\ldots{} and then continue.
+
+
+\lyxend\section{Second section}
+
+
+\lyxend\lyxslide{Using \texttt{enumerate}}
+
+Let's enumerate things:\pause
+
+\begin{enumerate}[type=1]
+\item The first thing;\pause
+\item The second thing;\pause
+\item The third thing;\pause
+\item The final thing!
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\lyxend\lyxslide{Using \texttt{itemize}}
+
+We may also make some items and nest them:\pause
+
+\begin{itemize}[type=1]
+\item <2> The first;
+\item <3> The second;
+
+\begin{itemize}[type=1]
+\item <4> One,
+\item <5> Two,
+\item <6> Three,
+\end{itemize}
+\item <7> The last one.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\lyxend\lyxemptyslide[toc=,randomdots]{The empty slide!}
+
+\bigskip{}
+\begin{center}This slide is empty\ldots{} \end{center}
+
+\pause
+
+\begin{center}It uses \texttt{EmptySlide} style for its title (see
+cyan color into \LyX{} window).\end{center}
+
+\pause
+
+\begin{center}You may also have noticed the use of \texttt{randomdots}
+slide option which\\
+allows displaying those multicolor dots into the slide background.\end{center}
+
+
+\lyxend\lyxslide[method=direct]{Example of \LaTeX{} source code}
+
+Let's now use the \texttt{listings} package in order to typeset some
+source code. Here's the \texttt{\textbackslash{}HelloWorld} \LaTeX{}
+command:
+
+\lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX}
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\newcommand{\HelloWorld}{Hello World!}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+Note that this slide uses the \texttt{method=direct} option (see its
+short title options box above into \LyX{} window).
+
+
+\lyxend\lyxslide[method=file]{Verbatim material with overlays}
+
+Here's \texttt{HelloWorld()} C function:
+
+\lstset{language=C}
+\begin{lstlisting}
+void HelloWorld() {
+ printf("Hello World!\n");
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\pause Unlike the previous one, this slide must use \texttt{method=file}
+as it employs two overlays.
+
+
+\lyxend\lyxslide{The end.}
+
+Don't forget to put an \texttt{EndSlide} style at the end of the document
+(see the black symbol below into \LyX{} window).
+
+Have fun!
+
+
+\lyxend{}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot.layout b/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot.layout index da0163e99d..1ce390b01e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot.layout +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/lyx/powerdot.layout @@ -1,461 +1,461 @@ -#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -# \DeclareLaTeXClass[powerdot]{powerdot presentation} -# PowerDot textclass definition file. -# Created (29.Aug.05): Mael Hillreau -# Last modified: 17.Sep.05 -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------- -# Copyright (C) 2005 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison -# ---------------------------------------------------------- -# -# This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -# conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -# of this license or (at your option) any later version. -# The latest version of this license is in -# http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -# and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -# version 2003/12/01 or later. -# -# This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -# -# This Current Maintainer of this work is Christopher Ellison. -# -# This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. - -### -# General textclass parameters -### -Columns 1 -Sides 1 -MaxCounter Counter_EnumI -ProvidesUrl 1 -DefaultStyle Standard - -DefaultFont - Family Sans - Series Medium - Shape Up - Size Normal - Color None -EndFont - -### -# General textclass parameters -### -ClassOptions - FontSize size=8|size=9|size=10|size=11|size=12|size=14|size=17|size=20 - PageStyle "" -End - -### -# Title style definition -### -Style Title - Margin Static - LatexType Command - InTitle 1 - LatexName title - ParSkip 0.4 - ItemSep 0 - TopSep 0 - BottomSep 1 - ParSep 1 - Align Center - AlignPossible Center - LabelType No_Label - - Font - Series Bold - Size Largest - Color Blue - EndFont -End - -### -# Author style definition -### -Style Author - Margin Static - LatexType Command - InTitle 1 - LatexName author - LabelSep xxx - ParSkip 0.4 - TopSep 1.3 - BottomSep 0.7 - ParSep 0.7 - Align Center - AlignPossible Center - LabelType No_Label - - Font - Size Large - Color Blue - EndFont -End - -### -# Date style definition -### -Style Date - Margin Dynamic - LatexType Command - InTitle 1 - LatexName date - LabelSep xxx - ParSkip 0.4 - TopSep 0.9 - BottomSep 0.5 - ParSep 1 - Align Center - AlignPossible Center - LabelType No_Label - - Font - Size Large - Color Blue - EndFont -End - -### -# Standard style definition -### -Style Standard - Margin Static - LatexType Paragraph - LatexName dummy - ParSkip 0.4 - Align Block - AlignPossible Block, Left, Right, Center - LabelType No_Label -End - -### -# Slide styles definition -### -Style Slide - Margin Static - LatexType Command - LatexName lyxend\lyxslide - LabelSep xxx - ParSkip 0.4 - TopSep 1.3 - BottomSep 0.7 - ParSep 0.7 - Align Center - AlignPossible Center - LabelType Counter_Subsection - LabelString " " - OptionalArgs 1 - - Font - Series Bold - Size Large - Color Magenta - EndFont -End - -Style EndSlide - CopyStyle Slide - KeepEmpty 1 - LatexName lyxend - Margin Static - ParSkip 0 - TopSep 0 - BottomSep 1 - ParSep 0 - LabelType Static - LabelBottomSep 0 - LeftMargin MMMMMMM - LabelString "~=~" - OptionalArgs 0 - - Font - Color None - EndFont -End - - - -### -# Wideslide style definition -### -Style WideSlide - CopyStyle Slide - LatexName lyxend\lyxwideslide - - Font - Color Green - EndFont -End - -### -# EmptySlide style definition -### -Style EmptySlide - CopyStyle Slide - LatexName lyxend\lyxemptyslide - LeftMargin MMMMMMMMMMMMMM - LabelString "Empty slide:" - LabelType Static - KeepEmpty 1 - - Font - Color Cyan - EndFont -End - -### -# Note style definition -### -Style Note - CopyStyle Slide - LatexName lyxend\lyxnote - LeftMargin MMMMMMM - LabelString "Note:" - LabelType Static - KeepEmpty 1 - OptionalArgs 0 - - Font - Color Red - EndFont -End - -### -# Section style definition -### -Style Section - CopyStyle Slide - LatexName lyxend\section - LabelType Counter_Section - LabelString "" - - Font - Size Larger - Color Blue - EndFont -End - -### -# Itemize styles definition -### -Style Itemize - Margin Static - LatexType Item_Environment - LatexName itemize - NextNoIndent 1 - LeftMargin MMN - LabelSep xx - ItemSep 0.2 - TopSep 0.7 - BottomSep 0.7 - ParSep 0.3 - Align Block - AlignPossible Block, Left - LabelType Static - LabelString * -End - -Style ItemizeType1 - CopyStyle Itemize - LatexParam [type=1] -End - -### -# Enumerate styles definition -### -Style Enumerate - Margin Static - LatexType Item_Environment - LatexName enumerate - NextNoIndent 1 - LeftMargin MMN - LabelSep xx - ParSkip 0.0 - ItemSep 0.2 - TopSep 0.7 - BottomSep 0.7 - ParSep 0.3 - Align Block - AlignPossible Block, Left - LabelType Counter_EnumI -End - -Style EnumerateType1 - CopyStyle Enumerate - LatexParam [type=1] -End - -### -# Bibliography style definition -### -Style Bibliography - Margin First_Dynamic - LatexType Item_Environment - LatexName thebibliography - NextNoIndent 1 - LeftMargin MM - ParSkip 0.4 - ItemSep 0 - TopSep 0.7 - BottomSep 0.7 - ParSep 0.5 - Align Block - AlignPossible Block, Left - LabelType Bibliography - LabelString "" - LabelBottomSep 0 -End - -### -# Quotation style definition -### -Style Quotation - Margin Static - LatexType Environment - LatexName quotation - NextNoIndent 1 - LeftMargin MMM - RightMargin MMM - ParIndent MM - ParSkip 0 - ItemSep 0 - TopSep 0.5 - BottomSep 0.5 - ParSep 0 - Align Block - AlignPossible Block, Left, Right, Center -End - -### -# Quote style definition -### -Style Quote - Margin Static - LatexType Environment - LatexName quote - NextNoIndent 1 - LeftMargin MMM - RightMargin MMM - TopSep 0.5 - ParSep 0.5 - BottomSep 0.5 - Align Block - AlignPossible Block, Left, Right, Center - LabelType No_Label -End - -### -# Verse style definition -### -Style Verse -# LaTeX type is first dynamic because of LaTeX implementation. -# In LyX this does not make sense. - LatexType Environment - LatexName verse - Margin First_Dynamic - NextNoIndent 1 - LeftMargin MMMM - LabelIndent MMMM - ParSkip 0.4 - TopSep 0.7 - BottomSep 0.7 - ParSep 0.5 - Align Block - AlignPossible Block, Left - LabelType No_Label -End - -### -# Caption style definition -### -Style Caption - Margin First_Dynamic - LatexType Command - LatexName caption - NeedProtect 1 - LabelSep xx - ParSkip 0.4 - TopSep 0.5 - Align Center - AlignPossible Center - LabelType Sensitive - LabelString Caption - OptionalArgs 1 - - LabelFont - Series Bold - EndFont -End - -### -# Floats definitions -### -Float - Type table - GuiName Table - Extension lot - NumberWithin none - Style plain - ListName "List of Tables" - LaTeXBuiltin true -End - -Float - Type figure - GuiName Figure - Extension lof - NumberWithin none - Style plain - ListName "List of Figures" - LaTeXBuiltin true -End - -Float - Type algorithm - GuiName Algorithm - Extension loa - NumberWithin none - Style ruled - ListName "List of Algorithms" - LaTeXBuiltin false -End - -### -# Counters definitions -### -Counter - Name enumi -End - -Counter - Name enumii - Within enumi -End - -Counter - Name enumiii - Within enumii -End - -Counter - Name enumiv - Within enumiii -End - -Counter - Name bibitem -End - -Counter - Name figure -End - -Counter - Name table -End - -Counter - Name algorithm -End +#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
+# \DeclareLaTeXClass[powerdot]{powerdot presentation}
+# PowerDot textclass definition file.
+# Created (29.Aug.05): Mael Hillreau
+# Last modified: 17.Sep.05
+#
+# ----------------------------------------------------------
+# Copyright (C) 2005 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
+# ----------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+# conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+# of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+# The latest version of this license is in
+# http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+# and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+# version 2003/12/01 or later.
+#
+# This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+#
+# This Current Maintainer of this work is Christopher Ellison.
+#
+# This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+
+###
+# General textclass parameters
+###
+Columns 1
+Sides 1
+MaxCounter Counter_EnumI
+ProvidesUrl 1
+DefaultStyle Standard
+
+DefaultFont
+ Family Sans
+ Series Medium
+ Shape Up
+ Size Normal
+ Color None
+EndFont
+
+###
+# General textclass parameters
+###
+ClassOptions
+ FontSize size=8|size=9|size=10|size=11|size=12|size=14|size=17|size=20
+ PageStyle ""
+End
+ +###
+# Title style definition
+###
+Style Title
+ Margin Static
+ LatexType Command
+ InTitle 1
+ LatexName title
+ ParSkip 0.4
+ ItemSep 0
+ TopSep 0
+ BottomSep 1
+ ParSep 1
+ Align Center
+ AlignPossible Center
+ LabelType No_Label
+
+ Font
+ Series Bold
+ Size Largest
+ Color Blue
+ EndFont
+End
+
+###
+# Author style definition
+###
+Style Author
+ Margin Static
+ LatexType Command
+ InTitle 1
+ LatexName author
+ LabelSep xxx
+ ParSkip 0.4
+ TopSep 1.3
+ BottomSep 0.7
+ ParSep 0.7
+ Align Center
+ AlignPossible Center
+ LabelType No_Label
+
+ Font
+ Size Large
+ Color Blue
+ EndFont
+End
+
+###
+# Date style definition
+###
+Style Date
+ Margin Dynamic
+ LatexType Command
+ InTitle 1
+ LatexName date
+ LabelSep xxx
+ ParSkip 0.4
+ TopSep 0.9
+ BottomSep 0.5
+ ParSep 1
+ Align Center
+ AlignPossible Center
+ LabelType No_Label
+
+ Font
+ Size Large
+ Color Blue
+ EndFont
+End
+
+###
+# Standard style definition
+###
+Style Standard
+ Margin Static
+ LatexType Paragraph
+ LatexName dummy
+ ParSkip 0.4
+ Align Block
+ AlignPossible Block, Left, Right, Center
+ LabelType No_Label
+End
+
+###
+# Slide styles definition
+###
+Style Slide
+ Margin Static
+ LatexType Command
+ LatexName lyxend\lyxslide
+ LabelSep xxx
+ ParSkip 0.4
+ TopSep 1.3
+ BottomSep 0.7
+ ParSep 0.7
+ Align Center
+ AlignPossible Center
+ LabelType Counter_Subsection
+ LabelString " "
+ OptionalArgs 1
+
+ Font
+ Series Bold
+ Size Large
+ Color Magenta
+ EndFont
+End
+
+Style EndSlide
+ CopyStyle Slide
+ KeepEmpty 1
+ LatexName lyxend
+ Margin Static
+ ParSkip 0
+ TopSep 0
+ BottomSep 1
+ ParSep 0
+ LabelType Static
+ LabelBottomSep 0
+ LeftMargin MMMMMMM
+ LabelString "~=~"
+ OptionalArgs 0
+
+ Font
+ Color None
+ EndFont
+End
+
+
+
+###
+# Wideslide style definition
+###
+Style WideSlide
+ CopyStyle Slide
+ LatexName lyxend\lyxwideslide
+
+ Font
+ Color Green
+ EndFont
+End
+
+###
+# EmptySlide style definition
+###
+Style EmptySlide
+ CopyStyle Slide
+ LatexName lyxend\lyxemptyslide
+ LeftMargin MMMMMMMMMMMMMM
+ LabelString "Empty slide:"
+ LabelType Static
+ KeepEmpty 1
+
+ Font
+ Color Cyan
+ EndFont
+End
+
+###
+# Note style definition
+###
+Style Note
+ CopyStyle Slide
+ LatexName lyxend\lyxnote
+ LeftMargin MMMMMMM
+ LabelString "Note:"
+ LabelType Static
+ KeepEmpty 1
+ OptionalArgs 0
+
+ Font
+ Color Red
+ EndFont
+End
+
+###
+# Section style definition
+###
+Style Section
+ CopyStyle Slide
+ LatexName lyxend\section
+ LabelType Counter_Section
+ LabelString ""
+
+ Font
+ Size Larger
+ Color Blue
+ EndFont
+End
+
+###
+# Itemize styles definition
+###
+Style Itemize
+ Margin Static
+ LatexType Item_Environment
+ LatexName itemize
+ NextNoIndent 1
+ LeftMargin MMN
+ LabelSep xx
+ ItemSep 0.2
+ TopSep 0.7
+ BottomSep 0.7
+ ParSep 0.3
+ Align Block
+ AlignPossible Block, Left
+ LabelType Static
+ LabelString *
+End
+
+Style ItemizeType1
+ CopyStyle Itemize
+ LatexParam [type=1]
+End
+
+###
+# Enumerate styles definition
+###
+Style Enumerate
+ Margin Static
+ LatexType Item_Environment
+ LatexName enumerate
+ NextNoIndent 1
+ LeftMargin MMN
+ LabelSep xx
+ ParSkip 0.0
+ ItemSep 0.2
+ TopSep 0.7
+ BottomSep 0.7
+ ParSep 0.3
+ Align Block
+ AlignPossible Block, Left
+ LabelType Counter_EnumI
+End
+
+Style EnumerateType1
+ CopyStyle Enumerate
+ LatexParam [type=1]
+End
+
+###
+# Bibliography style definition
+###
+Style Bibliography
+ Margin First_Dynamic
+ LatexType Item_Environment
+ LatexName thebibliography
+ NextNoIndent 1
+ LeftMargin MM
+ ParSkip 0.4
+ ItemSep 0
+ TopSep 0.7
+ BottomSep 0.7
+ ParSep 0.5
+ Align Block
+ AlignPossible Block, Left
+ LabelType Bibliography
+ LabelString ""
+ LabelBottomSep 0
+End
+
+###
+# Quotation style definition
+###
+Style Quotation
+ Margin Static
+ LatexType Environment
+ LatexName quotation
+ NextNoIndent 1
+ LeftMargin MMM
+ RightMargin MMM
+ ParIndent MM
+ ParSkip 0
+ ItemSep 0
+ TopSep 0.5
+ BottomSep 0.5
+ ParSep 0
+ Align Block
+ AlignPossible Block, Left, Right, Center
+End
+
+###
+# Quote style definition
+###
+Style Quote
+ Margin Static
+ LatexType Environment
+ LatexName quote
+ NextNoIndent 1
+ LeftMargin MMM
+ RightMargin MMM
+ TopSep 0.5
+ ParSep 0.5
+ BottomSep 0.5
+ Align Block
+ AlignPossible Block, Left, Right, Center
+ LabelType No_Label
+End
+
+###
+# Verse style definition
+###
+Style Verse
+# LaTeX type is first dynamic because of LaTeX implementation.
+# In LyX this does not make sense.
+ LatexType Environment
+ LatexName verse
+ Margin First_Dynamic
+ NextNoIndent 1
+ LeftMargin MMMM
+ LabelIndent MMMM
+ ParSkip 0.4
+ TopSep 0.7
+ BottomSep 0.7
+ ParSep 0.5
+ Align Block
+ AlignPossible Block, Left
+ LabelType No_Label
+End
+
+###
+# Caption style definition
+###
+Style Caption
+ Margin First_Dynamic
+ LatexType Command
+ LatexName caption
+ NeedProtect 1
+ LabelSep xx
+ ParSkip 0.4
+ TopSep 0.5
+ Align Center
+ AlignPossible Center
+ LabelType Sensitive
+ LabelString Caption
+ OptionalArgs 1
+
+ LabelFont
+ Series Bold
+ EndFont
+End
+
+###
+# Floats definitions
+###
+Float
+ Type table
+ GuiName Table
+ Extension lot
+ NumberWithin none
+ Style plain
+ ListName "List of Tables"
+ LaTeXBuiltin true
+End
+
+Float
+ Type figure
+ GuiName Figure
+ Extension lof
+ NumberWithin none
+ Style plain
+ ListName "List of Figures"
+ LaTeXBuiltin true
+End
+
+Float
+ Type algorithm
+ GuiName Algorithm
+ Extension loa
+ NumberWithin none
+ Style ruled
+ ListName "List of Algorithms"
+ LaTeXBuiltin false
+End
+
+###
+# Counters definitions
+###
+Counter
+ Name enumi
+End
+
+Counter
+ Name enumii
+ Within enumi
+End
+
+Counter
+ Name enumiii
+ Within enumii
+End
+
+Counter
+ Name enumiv
+ Within enumiii
+End
+
+Counter
+ Name bibitem
+End
+
+Counter
+ Name figure
+End
+
+Counter
+ Name table
+End
+
+Counter
+ Name algorithm
+End
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/manifest.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/manifest.txt index 51926bc4a7..4d3c636b05 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/manifest.txt +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/manifest.txt @@ -1,83 +1,83 @@ -powerdot manifest -================= - - -This work consists of the file: - - powerdot.dtx - -and derived files: - - powerdot.cls - powerdot-styletest.tex - powerdot-styleexample.tex - powerdot-example1.tex - powerdot-example2.tex - powerdot-example3.tex - powerdot-default.sty - powerdot-tycja.sty - powerdot-ikeda.sty - powerdot-fyma.sty - powerdot-simple.sty - powerdot-ciment.sty - powerdot-elcolors.sty - powerdot-aggie.sty - powerdot-husky.sty - powerdot-sailor.sty - powerdot-upen.sty - powerdot-bframe.sty - powerdot-horatio.sty - powerdot-paintings.sty - powerdot-klope.sty - powerdot-jefka.sty - powerdot-pazik.sty - - - -The following overview shows which files constitute the -powerdot bundle and must be distributed as a whole. It -also shows the supposed location of these files in a -TDS-compliant TeX-tree: - -CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot: official location - | - |- readme : should not be installed - |- powerdot-styletest.tex : should not be installed - |- powerdot-styleexample.tex : should not be installed - |- doc - | |- lyx : /doc/latex/powerdot - | | |- powerdot.layout : /doc/latex/powerdot/lyx - | | |- powerdot-example.lyx : /doc/latex/powerdot/lyx - | | `- powerdot-example.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot/lyx - | | - | |- manifest.txt : /doc/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot.pdf : /doc/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdotDE.pdf : /doc/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdotDE.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-example1.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-example2.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot - | `- powerdot-example3.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot - | - |- run - | |- powerdot.cls : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-default.ps : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-default.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-ikeda.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-tycja.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-fyma.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-simple.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-ciment.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-elcolors.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-aggie.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-husky.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-sailor.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-upen.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-bframe.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-horatio.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-paintings.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-klope.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | |- powerdot-jefka.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | `- powerdot-pazik.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | - `- source - `- powerdot.dtx : /source/latex/powerdot +powerdot manifest
+=================
+
+
+This work consists of the file:
+
+ powerdot.dtx
+
+and derived files:
+
+ powerdot.cls
+ powerdot-styletest.tex
+ powerdot-styleexample.tex
+ powerdot-example1.tex
+ powerdot-example2.tex
+ powerdot-example3.tex
+ powerdot-default.sty
+ powerdot-tycja.sty
+ powerdot-ikeda.sty
+ powerdot-fyma.sty
+ powerdot-simple.sty
+ powerdot-ciment.sty
+ powerdot-elcolors.sty
+ powerdot-aggie.sty
+ powerdot-husky.sty
+ powerdot-sailor.sty
+ powerdot-upen.sty
+ powerdot-bframe.sty
+ powerdot-horatio.sty
+ powerdot-paintings.sty
+ powerdot-klope.sty
+ powerdot-jefka.sty
+ powerdot-pazik.sty
+
+
+
+The following overview shows which files constitute the
+powerdot bundle and must be distributed as a whole. It
+also shows the supposed location of these files in a
+TDS-compliant TeX-tree:
+
+CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot: official location
+ |
+ |- readme : should not be installed
+ |- powerdot-styletest.tex : should not be installed
+ |- powerdot-styleexample.tex : should not be installed
+ |- doc
+ | |- lyx : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ | | |- powerdot.layout : /doc/latex/powerdot/lyx
+ | | |- powerdot-example.lyx : /doc/latex/powerdot/lyx
+ | | `- powerdot-example.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot/lyx
+ | |
+ | |- manifest.txt : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot.pdf : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdotDE.pdf : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdotDE.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-example1.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-example2.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ | `- powerdot-example3.tex : /doc/latex/powerdot
+ |
+ |- run
+ | |- powerdot.cls : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-default.ps : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-default.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-ikeda.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-tycja.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-fyma.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-simple.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-ciment.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-elcolors.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-aggie.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-husky.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-sailor.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-upen.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-bframe.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-horatio.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-paintings.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-klope.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | |- powerdot-jefka.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ | `- powerdot-pazik.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot
+ |
+ `- source
+ `- powerdot.dtx : /source/latex/powerdot
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/powerdot.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/powerdot.pdf Binary files differindex 0f2e98fccf..d40db78d71 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/powerdot.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/powerdot.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/run/powerdot-default.ps b/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/run/powerdot-default.ps index 2a8a22c4a3..71683ca5cd 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/run/powerdot-default.ps +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/run/powerdot-default.ps @@ -1,109 +1,109 @@ -%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0 -%%Creator: jpeg2ps V1.8 by Thomas Merz -%%Title: flower.jpg -%%CreationDate: Thu Sep 04 15:25:36 2003 -%%BoundingBox: 20 20 592 284 -%%DocumentData: Clean7Bit -%%LanguageLevel: 2 -%%EndComments -%%BeginProlog -%%EndProlog -%%Page: 1 1 -/languagelevel where {pop languagelevel 2 lt}{true} ifelse { - (JPEG file 'flower.jpg' needs PostScript Level 2!\n) dup print flush - /Helvetica findfont 20 scalefont setfont 100 100 moveto show showpage stop -} if -save -/RawData currentfile /ASCII85Decode filter def -/Data RawData << >> /DCTDecode filter def -20 20 translate -572.00 264.00 scale -/DeviceRGB setcolorspace -{ << /ImageType 1 - /Width 130 - /Height 60 - /ImageMatrix [ 130 0 0 -60 0 60 ] - /DataSource Data - /BitsPerComponent 8 - /Decode [0 1 0 1 0 1] - >> image - Data closefile - RawData flushfile - showpage - restore -} exec -s4IA0!"_al8O`[\!WW42!+Z'0s6K^t7!3!TGlRjF"98E%49,B]mJm__A8bpg!+`k -F!!!'"gAlm,"p>&3"U##5"U58;"U58@#R1J=$Od@L$OR4L&.AsU$k*OU$k<dZ%h9 -!]',2,o'-%r1)]TqA+!2RH+!2RH!=&i7%1E[_&.fZs'bM0!+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+! -2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+90+V&I8A!!.k:R&HDkE! -<Wo7s24o6!!!*%!<E3%!<<*"z!!EH0!s\l-#QXr+!WrH(!<<*"z!!!!$"T\Z-!!W -Z>!!*-(!sAf5#6P)2z!<N?'&J>3i0a0iV'F%ECEM4R3JWWi>,8CHg_9kS*;\nkSU ->bX*1h2^q&HDh7!!EE,":553z!!*'3!WsT#&d1Kt'*[l6EIjf-16JiXdIBOJ1DJf -B,S^O`g&MN`!<<05!tbMt!:(f:P\/(]CAkV"H=Pldo3Re8T<1>XN3Z:X6s;cH_#n -are&,T53dks\9SG$Zl5G#oW3*g6DlV0*;Q"Dmm:LhSB?`Xim1@:M<4\dbIWfbJ8[ -Z2Wb>WrU:KT\H0AcE]4Cdt2ZEZ&_ci]542OhlYL#G%QbasVUdYZCKE>TE4bne-\m -o0'UR7FhZnKC`hAN((=`[JX\Ten:'QLe_S->qt>/VIqq];k^sGN?=?(11jG?2L/4 -W7kH4<'jZ3L0Lm6iA:*rD6ADd1-F5had59Rc$&74PFHU_$:WdN'UKH*;PJgW&?0f -L:kQ:F,7Va,q.+si!:`leK2B7)fp8+*T@=0e&dDf[;K3cF-6H85!(k<V;;A5P!2k -"/F&pmB[NXKBdqnEens<43[%4Rr#sBEJ*q),%62\W!EZ>e7N.Tqie]#_n[a2d+dl -ruE!Sd#6LZ44/YXl/2A\3%\P>][-6=c[dh+lVDWHFf!bIX"@l>A5*6TLtMg"R:WG -?mM0RZB=#r(bku*a2ujo88Mn2@QtXHjWN!@/g4/af(4*CF-4M4GkSZBi(0OE?K=' -"U+B8R1;)?rPnF#Lbq]]?!IL^g//JLP4DE1gZjBIGpu=m/Mbo;_P+SK6AF.G9u\Y -g7I'_EUSk&mT,U]UN5oTck)I;1%!,B#1.H;f5<l&1\QYespm>DRc;6+]C).$r8tB -En'kOLgG:MBN[b^oB<atPrfmQ-m;U_qJ?kbDN)d_F3N/<3][&T96JPaqo6`t3@.5 -/.$5'C:"X2(,u@gII"*ASIa`FcR;",a[ue(V?^Lj!N>#mDeVHmo[4@in*LWeQEe? -#J_dSJrLX*D<ouTp>^u\?emhGa)2f+PJfj"?>3]=;74hrrA:k'ffd%lP@c1G_NFT -pQVXJ>"Vh]*#/1QT%G$k2HTF98hGt+dt]f`,1&'dH+1/gjXs36d-QA<;Zh3=\3Y( -P'W%b-6c)O'5C>,r?KZ?FZhf"aXgE]]aX1E\>(K=MHR6LjI#/tl:3!"S+cORqR\A -1*?GfR(cCjBMj#WHU#G=EL\$E@!J7,4;7s0K1),:8_?m@49i`,/Er5RdQou4Kc8f -HG^[\)b4ZdOO>pVEb$\Y0/NNCfN<>]:1,VQTG,V+L5UbA-EN`h^qV9HNsJ81A,&g -0u$Z2P<gkpCKmN7VeNjf/?^o8IBB^J^Q%:&Z-=3qPeTpW>$OtRpPB2:kggek.%?2 -@CN^cAS=V%LrD!RE]l,V!,#hsGqAPQl&7!WFR-%N<H!9.<4IWRC;mi$RR2mCOdM9 -R2-Ko@`KcrhL-`2'`/-!N?ho%,m&>XrK^Q]Z-j]B7.R8q=Q6">`@RQD(F8)M3f]N -_OT$I6ZKh*?-pdCoiB9-l(7c'5-=j:u*WkVB<40-2mg4]nr<#6QJC6;_V_Q%W5b6 -[_ZI@)>V-69dM1-[KcGuFI=h)A9_F_e\FbU't4.[,m43!=m;m@Y(f6tj;B]FIYkh -<:?Y>d0H"+.Fp]eUEUcZ?Gu+o_7fH<I4>%46IBIe_s-B2,8DkZ&bID+O^%7.4dT, --.7m7ZI>$74c*\&Og)9/dbVe;^eMih&i/*[8F-BnoQ??A))SL6&:qmX<H#%7EX-+ -g8/MJ"7'fGt5V#mg9jPU>0/Y8.e^*Tcrr?;$a$4n2PE*(@"i9EJ2Y?'N#U#o0Dd% -71(P.mfEI^fi1CE';%:$UInL@hLSAZq2>?B)V9f773#Sa<IR1Pk7To*5I[2N(I(A -:fpLJX73U^4U\397W7LG<g]Lpkn*Oh6]#X;V*2_gS.sZkdjcPQ>%/fP(1PVKmU8, -3IZ0LT[.M6CTG-*R\2c-qQ3EOcNU=N<+"I&mt1jk`ssINg2nFk2OpG.[`q#,Yg[* -cD)S)(r0:r5&!^[32`2lU<.Wel=P'6+Hb:b'TF7=WSVmr&A<Et?G!">,dDDBrL2d -q;"dK63LFYZEWWHLCIL-q+LA(TVk68^m4$V)\VB'%G76+4Xd`,(>/0WT?'9p=c0h -YH0D8;ld2piiDAIbA!@\(A'#?"7@F6-'E5kNr9+4dB`fAU?e@/'''e@4Ve>WTh-D -5PE@<A\1Q5HM]="t\\f(OE$WbG'k,;hGIQ2XXP<mGJmPY,kr5bol-a:&;q#hLBH] -lA5pf_*40ATK7'l)@-I!SK-?E;Wsd/B\c4gSE(e>)uN'G6%g[4I(Sc7e&CZ,n;LK -gj^03#"laJpqCCQ7OYihZP3&NNKd1G.g`C/kC%1liOW#APUGo3@G@eBKeA%gk:UO -h)BVjCkQr>=K#_</)26_BSR5@Y(Zr2s.l')oV&3i61l_i>O]2+*V1.S]>INQCDlP -+mB/pMf3)H>>D,AN"^f5;*a^Ma@>uFk_ZL^UVnP62Y,2pBcKe0;9KeLRQ#7iZO." -N?lpZ9H9,bj7TVp[:&+!<A>>q)tl(s-=A#>2DPm[c`O8Q@40LLA,Oekq%B;.C>4C -NcNs9UV;[e[@3Xo9(d89=t/O.j<&A;GQGZ)5q+tc7s<[Ou,Hb.?`ERdY62I4GM9i -[$o@;Q"Hg;T+E\3FE$9/Dn!S6,[/rS6BG$;QrLp%!%@)*o1*-^G(#S.,\!4bZLtb -<Ti'O$k?5@=mgs5Y!S&>/)kkAcdXcn7=VIpjp93n:_fg8.@2&gT*L_I=4V]'C60# -M=\-QTAfqA.?Y<YYIJotU(Q4%,Yl"QU<YrJhW<"MUj/"IVnb+-AJK=bf"[BXWZh" -qa7TQY6'Y<Rj6$D`mrWQY3lU'^ETZ,Bo1_HX%(fd)h6pHe$!DQ`qqfQ/MO@-4+Bk -F6pl[qKmN'2<q+6Ipn5BIuR_?<W1hq[@c\gT]NPCUQUrq?B5u^3+tE3_uPeqQ?L< -e/$(3j0!@g/LX4(["9\p5Qe;uLu!Io_!-&Z:Qed=8jW#R(J)6q>q47_/N8r5P(nO -.L4CaK6d1su\`=nTi*iR3^KLH>A.G#M@;DiF-K,8>8Qo(p5s[7TD'<H2iWTNojX= -,>-)Va\HdmifAE)?G@Co^+'VpLO8t\pO.KNGaP>,7+*/'9`Gi4W$b/N\eT=ITr(@ -J'Y[4+hu,g[6hm,C85B*0C;,S8a3b%\iJ#bF2c]h630i_lEu:rf:QL`A0D_.7=Bm -FY,_21q>u!W-7[gW)0f$IE)CY,ZEp"=WE0M+;M?mY^4qaJ^iS[/U-eIe3R>njZn& -7"2$VUIjUP/gXXp?$Ma@"_VtHg0"KCM4[WAikYAhFl[92cO^^<#Q!*oeppg3MIVp -?X*K$].J=G6*k33!V^R7<&ZPS,Rb:]Q.7Ot$(_\QIirLLM:*j"2EfPVFRB>7*jc5 -/eBp@*fFdZ#V6!rRlYI/OgU'.S.:o@_D.cD0[qN*os>f3^,938+oC*_sdELLI/I0 --u:N!I8DJlO=+Z-72hS?LN29q`h\8PE:R%5(<Z[mW2<<Q7S3_sVf,U)?ZGKS) -Vui8LHi%ZNn,tLn/Qgr<o!SGEd!YE=>d(bmDHALPAR3S^!ec>#tg]onIcJ,%!dl` -]%l%#(_APEA]N/GW7TQ$`.qn=b#dBYXm7oHeoo5`i3pg0N04Me>H%`?W;-KA<`QF -GmpWZ!Y[grNkLoOB?>BS?P#sKQ?E\"9l\@jHgQ]8gEr@:L3n[5F2RDg'.0+I564l -noX/l&!o_J)"UGQoLLXM^`%GnLp?#rGhVe.L7d[NR?d"RW'2\f6[1'>VScBuT,X0 -.RaX-Tku^QtGu.0i]Q1-3SD:t';ZC@eGS8/s^EP;MY3Xts8f=q$!m!3E8aCOXhX/ -_hipL.[e+-*gF"nm*e$9<U25Tk[3=,rq,QY?Ydq`CMVI]$#oH76kBANl]Tc3gH!O -.Z:HP8uf<u/uVk`(WbF^-^NH]^Bg"*&RQ07\>F[qS=iu(<s]qGo==WOn+9@5e'd6 -P7.Y?f4jV.)r465SFZQA-^8Q7[kWU(Q"^/UF:Kmbu*Vj4"Wcs[JeGR#,`dM`tGPb -B52@GPQ^jP+T)h#Wm<L#YGE3>Y<:-Fa)FKoIh[_4h"LVR8k^6&?p&,?St.%L;;4` -o:)q#%X7S:'r-L\Y4Oe]W^n`f1md:F-nO#E8X`IIf*UnF5;[lODZ7fdT:KeYf)^T -=<GB<KfTr_rq?I3,NkZ0;$a_WgE[!4;<9elKa-'!;/KVWW)s4^UoB!F7N2>`;X`$ -npG'aXliDYR_,9-htDtU\l>!F(LZ;R3,@gDYD,ODg88V[d@>J'kjKQf=Vg.>l@e: -p(Pb]a!)e7aF.ZDFB;sFABpUDk>WOg-SeC:[<+b!ni.t>!CNh+<rr?Y5bLlQa%c- -[9Zdm*Z5jmd9,u7QAH]c#pN3gF*]0F:_(!HX1~> -%%EOF +%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0
+%%Creator: jpeg2ps V1.8 by Thomas Merz
+%%Title: flower.jpg
+%%CreationDate: Thu Sep 04 15:25:36 2003
+%%BoundingBox: 20 20 592 284
+%%DocumentData: Clean7Bit
+%%LanguageLevel: 2
+%%EndComments
+%%BeginProlog
+%%EndProlog
+%%Page: 1 1
+/languagelevel where {pop languagelevel 2 lt}{true} ifelse {
+ (JPEG file 'flower.jpg' needs PostScript Level 2!\n) dup print flush
+ /Helvetica findfont 20 scalefont setfont 100 100 moveto show showpage stop
+} if
+save
+/RawData currentfile /ASCII85Decode filter def
+/Data RawData << >> /DCTDecode filter def
+20 20 translate
+572.00 264.00 scale
+/DeviceRGB setcolorspace
+{ << /ImageType 1
+ /Width 130
+ /Height 60
+ /ImageMatrix [ 130 0 0 -60 0 60 ]
+ /DataSource Data
+ /BitsPerComponent 8
+ /Decode [0 1 0 1 0 1]
+ >> image
+ Data closefile
+ RawData flushfile
+ showpage
+ restore
+} exec
+s4IA0!"_al8O`[\!WW42!+Z'0s6K^t7!3!TGlRjF"98E%49,B]mJm__A8bpg!+`k
+F!!!'"gAlm,"p>&3"U##5"U58;"U58@#R1J=$Od@L$OR4L&.AsU$k*OU$k<dZ%h9
+!]',2,o'-%r1)]TqA+!2RH+!2RH!=&i7%1E[_&.fZs'bM0!+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!
+2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+!2RH+90+V&I8A!!.k:R&HDkE!
+<Wo7s24o6!!!*%!<E3%!<<*"z!!EH0!s\l-#QXr+!WrH(!<<*"z!!!!$"T\Z-!!W
+Z>!!*-(!sAf5#6P)2z!<N?'&J>3i0a0iV'F%ECEM4R3JWWi>,8CHg_9kS*;\nkSU
+>bX*1h2^q&HDh7!!EE,":553z!!*'3!WsT#&d1Kt'*[l6EIjf-16JiXdIBOJ1DJf
+B,S^O`g&MN`!<<05!tbMt!:(f:P\/(]CAkV"H=Pldo3Re8T<1>XN3Z:X6s;cH_#n
+are&,T53dks\9SG$Zl5G#oW3*g6DlV0*;Q"Dmm:LhSB?`Xim1@:M<4\dbIWfbJ8[
+Z2Wb>WrU:KT\H0AcE]4Cdt2ZEZ&_ci]542OhlYL#G%QbasVUdYZCKE>TE4bne-\m
+o0'UR7FhZnKC`hAN((=`[JX\Ten:'QLe_S->qt>/VIqq];k^sGN?=?(11jG?2L/4
+W7kH4<'jZ3L0Lm6iA:*rD6ADd1-F5had59Rc$&74PFHU_$:WdN'UKH*;PJgW&?0f
+L:kQ:F,7Va,q.+si!:`leK2B7)fp8+*T@=0e&dDf[;K3cF-6H85!(k<V;;A5P!2k
+"/F&pmB[NXKBdqnEens<43[%4Rr#sBEJ*q),%62\W!EZ>e7N.Tqie]#_n[a2d+dl
+ruE!Sd#6LZ44/YXl/2A\3%\P>][-6=c[dh+lVDWHFf!bIX"@l>A5*6TLtMg"R:WG
+?mM0RZB=#r(bku*a2ujo88Mn2@QtXHjWN!@/g4/af(4*CF-4M4GkSZBi(0OE?K='
+"U+B8R1;)?rPnF#Lbq]]?!IL^g//JLP4DE1gZjBIGpu=m/Mbo;_P+SK6AF.G9u\Y
+g7I'_EUSk&mT,U]UN5oTck)I;1%!,B#1.H;f5<l&1\QYespm>DRc;6+]C).$r8tB
+En'kOLgG:MBN[b^oB<atPrfmQ-m;U_qJ?kbDN)d_F3N/<3][&T96JPaqo6`t3@.5
+/.$5'C:"X2(,u@gII"*ASIa`FcR;",a[ue(V?^Lj!N>#mDeVHmo[4@in*LWeQEe?
+#J_dSJrLX*D<ouTp>^u\?emhGa)2f+PJfj"?>3]=;74hrrA:k'ffd%lP@c1G_NFT
+pQVXJ>"Vh]*#/1QT%G$k2HTF98hGt+dt]f`,1&'dH+1/gjXs36d-QA<;Zh3=\3Y(
+P'W%b-6c)O'5C>,r?KZ?FZhf"aXgE]]aX1E\>(K=MHR6LjI#/tl:3!"S+cORqR\A
+1*?GfR(cCjBMj#WHU#G=EL\$E@!J7,4;7s0K1),:8_?m@49i`,/Er5RdQou4Kc8f
+HG^[\)b4ZdOO>pVEb$\Y0/NNCfN<>]:1,VQTG,V+L5UbA-EN`h^qV9HNsJ81A,&g
+0u$Z2P<gkpCKmN7VeNjf/?^o8IBB^J^Q%:&Z-=3qPeTpW>$OtRpPB2:kggek.%?2
+@CN^cAS=V%LrD!RE]l,V!,#hsGqAPQl&7!WFR-%N<H!9.<4IWRC;mi$RR2mCOdM9
+R2-Ko@`KcrhL-`2'`/-!N?ho%,m&>XrK^Q]Z-j]B7.R8q=Q6">`@RQD(F8)M3f]N
+_OT$I6ZKh*?-pdCoiB9-l(7c'5-=j:u*WkVB<40-2mg4]nr<#6QJC6;_V_Q%W5b6
+[_ZI@)>V-69dM1-[KcGuFI=h)A9_F_e\FbU't4.[,m43!=m;m@Y(f6tj;B]FIYkh
+<:?Y>d0H"+.Fp]eUEUcZ?Gu+o_7fH<I4>%46IBIe_s-B2,8DkZ&bID+O^%7.4dT,
+-.7m7ZI>$74c*\&Og)9/dbVe;^eMih&i/*[8F-BnoQ??A))SL6&:qmX<H#%7EX-+
+g8/MJ"7'fGt5V#mg9jPU>0/Y8.e^*Tcrr?;$a$4n2PE*(@"i9EJ2Y?'N#U#o0Dd%
+71(P.mfEI^fi1CE';%:$UInL@hLSAZq2>?B)V9f773#Sa<IR1Pk7To*5I[2N(I(A
+:fpLJX73U^4U\397W7LG<g]Lpkn*Oh6]#X;V*2_gS.sZkdjcPQ>%/fP(1PVKmU8,
+3IZ0LT[.M6CTG-*R\2c-qQ3EOcNU=N<+"I&mt1jk`ssINg2nFk2OpG.[`q#,Yg[*
+cD)S)(r0:r5&!^[32`2lU<.Wel=P'6+Hb:b'TF7=WSVmr&A<Et?G!">,dDDBrL2d
+q;"dK63LFYZEWWHLCIL-q+LA(TVk68^m4$V)\VB'%G76+4Xd`,(>/0WT?'9p=c0h
+YH0D8;ld2piiDAIbA!@\(A'#?"7@F6-'E5kNr9+4dB`fAU?e@/'''e@4Ve>WTh-D
+5PE@<A\1Q5HM]="t\\f(OE$WbG'k,;hGIQ2XXP<mGJmPY,kr5bol-a:&;q#hLBH]
+lA5pf_*40ATK7'l)@-I!SK-?E;Wsd/B\c4gSE(e>)uN'G6%g[4I(Sc7e&CZ,n;LK
+gj^03#"laJpqCCQ7OYihZP3&NNKd1G.g`C/kC%1liOW#APUGo3@G@eBKeA%gk:UO
+h)BVjCkQr>=K#_</)26_BSR5@Y(Zr2s.l')oV&3i61l_i>O]2+*V1.S]>INQCDlP
++mB/pMf3)H>>D,AN"^f5;*a^Ma@>uFk_ZL^UVnP62Y,2pBcKe0;9KeLRQ#7iZO."
+N?lpZ9H9,bj7TVp[:&+!<A>>q)tl(s-=A#>2DPm[c`O8Q@40LLA,Oekq%B;.C>4C
+NcNs9UV;[e[@3Xo9(d89=t/O.j<&A;GQGZ)5q+tc7s<[Ou,Hb.?`ERdY62I4GM9i
+[$o@;Q"Hg;T+E\3FE$9/Dn!S6,[/rS6BG$;QrLp%!%@)*o1*-^G(#S.,\!4bZLtb
+<Ti'O$k?5@=mgs5Y!S&>/)kkAcdXcn7=VIpjp93n:_fg8.@2&gT*L_I=4V]'C60#
+M=\-QTAfqA.?Y<YYIJotU(Q4%,Yl"QU<YrJhW<"MUj/"IVnb+-AJK=bf"[BXWZh"
+qa7TQY6'Y<Rj6$D`mrWQY3lU'^ETZ,Bo1_HX%(fd)h6pHe$!DQ`qqfQ/MO@-4+Bk
+F6pl[qKmN'2<q+6Ipn5BIuR_?<W1hq[@c\gT]NPCUQUrq?B5u^3+tE3_uPeqQ?L<
+e/$(3j0!@g/LX4(["9\p5Qe;uLu!Io_!-&Z:Qed=8jW#R(J)6q>q47_/N8r5P(nO
+.L4CaK6d1su\`=nTi*iR3^KLH>A.G#M@;DiF-K,8>8Qo(p5s[7TD'<H2iWTNojX=
+,>-)Va\HdmifAE)?G@Co^+'VpLO8t\pO.KNGaP>,7+*/'9`Gi4W$b/N\eT=ITr(@
+J'Y[4+hu,g[6hm,C85B*0C;,S8a3b%\iJ#bF2c]h630i_lEu:rf:QL`A0D_.7=Bm
+FY,_21q>u!W-7[gW)0f$IE)CY,ZEp"=WE0M+;M?mY^4qaJ^iS[/U-eIe3R>njZn&
+7"2$VUIjUP/gXXp?$Ma@"_VtHg0"KCM4[WAikYAhFl[92cO^^<#Q!*oeppg3MIVp
+?X*K$].J=G6*k33!V^R7<&ZPS,Rb:]Q.7Ot$(_\QIirLLM:*j"2EfPVFRB>7*jc5
+/eBp@*fFdZ#V6!rRlYI/OgU'.S.:o@_D.cD0[qN*os>f3^,938+oC*_sdELLI/I0
+-u:N!I8DJlO=+Z-72hS?LN29q`h\8PE:R%5(<Z[mW2<<Q7S3_sVf,U)?ZGKS)
+Vui8LHi%ZNn,tLn/Qgr<o!SGEd!YE=>d(bmDHALPAR3S^!ec>#tg]onIcJ,%!dl`
+]%l%#(_APEA]N/GW7TQ$`.qn=b#dBYXm7oHeoo5`i3pg0N04Me>H%`?W;-KA<`QF
+GmpWZ!Y[grNkLoOB?>BS?P#sKQ?E\"9l\@jHgQ]8gEr@:L3n[5F2RDg'.0+I564l
+noX/l&!o_J)"UGQoLLXM^`%GnLp?#rGhVe.L7d[NR?d"RW'2\f6[1'>VScBuT,X0
+.RaX-Tku^QtGu.0i]Q1-3SD:t';ZC@eGS8/s^EP;MY3Xts8f=q$!m!3E8aCOXhX/
+_hipL.[e+-*gF"nm*e$9<U25Tk[3=,rq,QY?Ydq`CMVI]$#oH76kBANl]Tc3gH!O
+.Z:HP8uf<u/uVk`(WbF^-^NH]^Bg"*&RQ07\>F[qS=iu(<s]qGo==WOn+9@5e'd6
+P7.Y?f4jV.)r465SFZQA-^8Q7[kWU(Q"^/UF:Kmbu*Vj4"Wcs[JeGR#,`dM`tGPb
+B52@GPQ^jP+T)h#Wm<L#YGE3>Y<:-Fa)FKoIh[_4h"LVR8k^6&?p&,?St.%L;;4`
+o:)q#%X7S:'r-L\Y4Oe]W^n`f1md:F-nO#E8X`IIf*UnF5;[lODZ7fdT:KeYf)^T
+=<GB<KfTr_rq?I3,NkZ0;$a_WgE[!4;<9elKa-'!;/KVWW)s4^UoB!F7N2>`;X`$
+npG'aXliDYR_,9-htDtU\l>!F(LZ;R3,@gDYD,ODg88V[d@>J'kjKQf=Vg.>l@e:
+p(Pb]a!)e7aF.ZDFB;sFABpUDk>WOg-SeC:[<+b!ni.t>!CNh+<rr?Y5bLlQa%c-
+[9Zdm*Z5jmd9,u7QAH]c#pN3gF*]0F:_(!HX1~>
+%%EOF
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/source/powerdot.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/source/powerdot.dtx index 4b3ef47246..d8057d2a69 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/source/powerdot.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/source/powerdot.dtx @@ -1,8751 +1,8758 @@ -% \iffalse meta-comment -% -% powerdot class by Hendri Adriaens. -% -% Extract package files and create documentation: -% Find powerdot.dtx -% latex powerdot.dtx -% latex powerdot.dtx -% bibtex powerdot -% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo -% makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx -% latex powerdot.dtx -% latex powerdot.dtx -% -% If you also want to generate the source code documentation, -% remove \OnlyDescription from the preamble of powerdot.dtx -% prior to compiling the source. -% -% To generate style examples, do -% (after extracting powerdot-styleexample.tex): -% latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}" -% latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}" -% dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-default.ps -% Do this for all available styles (replace `default' by any -% other style name) to generate .001 and .002 files which -% will be included by the documentation. -% -%% --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Hendri Adriaens, Chris Ellison; 2009-2017 Hendri Adriaens -%% --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. -%% -%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -%% -% \fi -% -% \iffalse -%<*batchfile> -\begingroup -\input docstrip -\keepsilent -\preamble -\endpreamble -\askforoverwritefalse -\generate{ - \file{powerdot.cls}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{powerdot}} - \file{powerdot-default.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pddefault}} - \file{powerdot-tycja.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdtycja}} - \file{powerdot-ikeda.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdikeda}} - \file{powerdot-fyma.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdfyma}} - \file{powerdot-simple.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdsimple}} - \file{powerdot-ciment.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdciment}} - \file{powerdot-elcolors.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdelcolors}} - \file{powerdot-aggie.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdaggie}} - \file{powerdot-husky.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdhusky}} - \file{powerdot-sailor.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdsailor}} - \file{powerdot-upen.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdupen}} - \file{powerdot-bframe.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdbframe}} - \file{powerdot-horatio.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdhoratio}} - \file{powerdot-paintings.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdpaintings}} - \file{powerdot-klope.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdklope}} - \file{powerdot-jefka.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdjefka}} - \file{powerdot-pazik.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdpazik}} - \file{powerdot-styletest.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdstyletest}} - \file{powerdot-styleexample.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdstyleexample}} - \file{powerdot-example1.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample1}} - \file{powerdot-example2.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample2}} - \file{powerdot-example3.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample3}} - \file{pdpream.ble}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{preamble}} - \file{powerdot.bib}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{bib}} -} -\endgroup -%</batchfile> -%<*driver> -\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc} -\input{pdpream.ble} -\OnlyDescription -%\EnableCrossrefs -\def\fileversion{v1.5c} -\def\filedate{2017/08/28} -\begin{document} -\DocInput{powerdot.dtx} -\let\Section\section\def\section*#1{\Section*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}} -\bibliographystyle{plain} -\bibliography{powerdot} -\section*{Acknowledgements} -The author is grateful to Christopher Ellison for help with setting up the package, styles -and examples, Mael Hill\'ereau for contributing the \LyX\ layout file and -description, and Herbert Vo\ss\ for contributions and maintaining the package -from 2006 to 2012. Further, I would like to thank all style contributors -(see section~\ref{sec:styles}). Moreover, I wish to thank everyone who contributed -to this package in any other way.\\[1em] -\hspace*{\stretch{1}} -\begin{minipage}{.9\linewidth} -Ramon van den Akker, David Carlisle, Pavel \v C\'i\v zek, Darren Dale, Hans Marius -Eikseth, Alexander Grahn, Morten H\o gholm, Andr\'as Horv\'ath, Laurent Jacques, Akira -Kakuto, Uwe Kern, Kyanh, Theo Stewart, and Don P. Story. -\end{minipage} - -\PrintChangesX\PrintIndexX -\end{document} -%</driver> -% \fi -% -% \changes{v1.0}{2005/09/04}{Initial release} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Fixed some small bugs} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \texttt{tocsecindent} and -% \texttt{tocslideindent} options} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \pf{elcolors}, \pf{aggie}, \pf{husky} -% and \pf{sailor} styles} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Changed \texttt{size\protect\equals 10} -% to \texttt{size\protect\equals 10pt}} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \LyX\ layout, description and example} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added graphical examples of styles to documentation} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved section title handling} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{\texttt{blackslide} options adds hyperlink -% to slide and section titles} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Extended FAQ} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved \pf{tycja}, \pf{ciment} and \pf{fyma} styles} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \pf{upen} and \pf{bframe} styles} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Solved some small bugs} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Simplified coding of most styles} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Speeded up compilations} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Solved some small bugs} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Improved \texttt{figure} and \texttt{table} handling} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added \pf{horatio}, \pf{paintings}, \pf{klope}, \pf{jefka} -% and \pf{pazik} styles} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes feature} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added random dots feature} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added optional argument to \cs{maketitle}} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added clock feature} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated all styles} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes to \pf{default}, \pf{fyma} and \pf{sailor} styles} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Revised docs} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated \LyX\ example and information} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Cleaned up options} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added possibility to create horizontal table of contents} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added logo feature} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added examples and example file} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added two slide processing methods to do verbatim on slides easily} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Moved \texttt{lf} and \texttt{rf} keys from -% \texttt{global} to \texttt{glslide} family} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added \texttt{cf} option} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Updated styles} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Solved some small bugs} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Moved footers out of slide box in handout mode} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added \texttt{clockformat} and \texttt{clockrefresh} keys to \texttt{global} family} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{\texttt{blackslide} and \texttt{emptyslide} no longer have logos or randomdots} -% \changes{v1.5}{2014/01/01}{Option \texttt{blackslide} transformed to \texttt{pauseslide}} -% \changes{v1.5}{2014/01/01}{Restored package and added changes from CTAN} -% \changes{v1.5}{2014/01/01}{Modifications to work with the latest version of pstricks} -% \changes{v1.5a}{2015/11/29}{Added requirement for \texttt{pst-ovl} to get overlays working after \texttt{pstricks} moved the code there} -% \changes{v1.5b}{2017/07/22}{Added requirement for latest \texttt{graphicx} to work with latest \texttt{dvips}} -% \changes{v1.5b}{2017/07/22}{Updated documentation with respect to handout options} -% \changes{v1.5c}{2017/08/28}{Replaced clock code by the version by Alexander Grahn to achieve compatibility with the \pf{animate} package.} -% -% \CheckSum{3375} -% -% \CharacterTable -% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -% -%\title{\vspace*{-2cm}\mktitledecor The \pf{powerdot} class -%\thanks{This class can be downloaded from the CTAN mirrors: -%\texttt{/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. See \texttt{powerdot.dtx} for -%information on installing \pf{powerdot} into your \LaTeX\ -%distribution and for the license of this class.}} -%\author{Hendri Adriaens} -%\date{\fileversion\ (\filedate)} -%\maketitle -% -%\begin{abstract}\noindent -%\pf{powerdot} is a presentation class for \LaTeX\ that allows for -%the quick and easy development of professional presentations. It -%comes with many tools that enhance presentations and aid the -%presenter. Examples are automatic overlays, personal notes and a -%handout mode. To view a presentation, DVI, PS or PDF output can be -%used. A powerful template system is available to easily develop new -%styles. A \LyX\ layout file is provided. -%\end{abstract} -% -%\begin{multicols}{2} -%[\section*{Contents} -%\setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt} -%\setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}] -%\tableofcontents -%\end{multicols} -% -%\newpage -%\section{Introduction}\label{sec:intro} -%This class gives you the possibility to easily create professionally -%looking slides. The class is designed to make the development of -%presentations as simple as possible so that you can concentrate on -%the actual content instead of keeping yourself busy with technical -%details. Of course, some knowledge of \LaTeX\ is still required -%though. -% -%This class builds on and extends the \pf{prosper} class -%\cite{prosper} and the \pf{HA-prosper} package \cite{HA-prosper}. -%The \pf{HA-prosper} package was initially intended to extend -%\pf{prosper} and correct some bugs and problems of that class. As -%developments on that package progressed, it was found that -%unfortunately, not all of the problems could be overcome with the -%package. That discovery was the start of a new project set up to -%make a new class to replace the \pf{prosper} plus \pf{HA-prosper} -%combination. You're currently reading the result of that project. -% -%The remainder of this section will be devoted to giving a feel of -%what the \pf{powerdot} presentation source looks like and giving an -%overview of this documentation. -% -%The document structure of a presentation is always the same. You can -%find it in the example below. -% -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass[<class options>]{powerdot} -% \pdsetup{<presentation options>} -% \begin{document} -% \begin{slide}{a slide} -% Contents of the slide. -% \end{slide} -% \section{first section} -% \begin{slide}[<slide options>]{another slide} -% Contents of the slide. -% \end{slide} -% \begin{note}{personal note} -% The note. -% \end{note} -% \end{document} -%\end{example} -% -%There are several elements that define the document structure. First -%of all, the class accepts some class options that control the output -%of the class, for instance, paper type and style. These class -%options will be discussed in section~\ref{sec:classopts}. Then there -%are presentation specific options which control some of the elements -%of the presentation globally, for instance, the footers. These will -%be discussed in section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}. -% -%Once the setup has been decided on, you can use the slide -%environment to produce slides (see section~\ref{sec:slides}) and the -%note environment to produce notes that go with the slides (see -%section~\ref{sec:notes}). You can use overlays to display material -%in steps. This is described in section~\ref{sec:overlays}. The -%|\section| command provides a way to structure your presentation. -%This is discussed in section~\ref{sec:structure}. -%Section~\ref{sec:styles} will show an overview of the styles that -%come with this class and the characteristics of each style. -%Section~\ref{sec:compiling} will tell you more about how to produce -%output. This section contains important information on required -%packages. -% -%Section~\ref{sec:writestyle} is mostly interesting for people that -%want to develop their own style for this class or want to modify an -%existing style. Section~\ref{sec:lyx} explains how \LyX\ -%\cite{LyXWeb} can be used to create \pf{powerdot} presentations. -%This documentation concludes with a section devoted to questions -%(section~\ref{sec:questions}), like `Where can I find examples?'. It -%also tells you where to turn to in case your questions are still not -%solved. -% -%\section{Setting up the presentation}\label{sec:setup} -%This section will describe all options that are available to control -%the output of the presentation and the looks of it. -% -%\subsection{Document class options}\label{sec:classopts} We will -%start with the class options that are typed in the |\documentclass| -%command as a comma-separated list. For each option, the preset -%value\footnote{The value that will be used when you don't use the -%option.} will be mentioned in the description. This is the value -%that will be used if you decide to not give a value to the option or -%not use the option at all. -% -%\DescribeOption{mode} -%This options controls the kind of output that we want to produce. -%The preset value is |present|. -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{mode=present}\\ -%This mode is used when you want to create the actual presentation. It -%will enable overlays and transition effects. You can read more about -%overlays in section~\ref{sec:overlays}. -%\item\option{mode=print}\\ -%This mode can be used when printing the slides including their visual -%markup, but without any overlay or transition effects. -%\item\option{mode=handout}\\ -%This mode will produce a black and white overview of your slides that -%can be used to make personal notes on, for distribution to students, -%a personal guide during your talk, etcetera. -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{nohandoutpagebreaks}\\ -%By default, the handout mode produces a document with two slides per -%page. If you want to fit more slides on a page, specify this option -%in the |\documentclass| command and \pf{powerdot} will let \LaTeX\ -%decide on the places to insert a page break, namely when a page is -%full. -%\item\option{nohandoutframes}\\ -%By default, the handout frames the slides. This option will remove -%the frames around slides on handouts. -%\end{description} -%\end{description} -% -%\DescribeOption{paper} This option has three possible values. The -%preset value is |screen|. -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{paper=screen}\\ -%This is a special format with screen optimized ratio (4/3). The -%actual page dimensions will be 8.25 inch by 11 inch. This paper format -%is not available for print or handout mode. In these modes, \pf{powerdot} -%will switch to a4 paper and put a warning that it did this in the -%log file of your presentation. -%\item\option{paper=a4paper}\\ -%A4 paper will be used for the presentation or handout. -%\item\option{paper=letterpaper}\\ -%Letter size paper will be used. -%\item\option{paper=smartboard}\\ -%For presentation on a smartboard (widescreen). -%\end{description} -%Some important information with respect to paper size, compiling and -%viewing presentations is available in section~\ref{sec:compiling}. -% -%\DescribeOption{orient} This controls the orientation of the -%presentation. The preset value is |landscape|. -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{orient=landscape}\\ -%The presentation will be in landscape format. This value is not -%available in handout mode. In that mode, \pf{powerdot} will switch -%to portrait orientation and will warn you about this in the log -%file. -%\item\option{orient=portrait}\\ This produces slides in portrait -%format. Notice that not all styles support portrait orientation. Please -%refer to section~\ref{sec:styles} for information about which styles -%do support the portrait orientation. -%\end{description} -% -%\DescribeOption{display} This controls the production of slides and -%notes. The preset value is |slides|. -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{display=slides}\\ -%This will only typeset the slides in your presentation. -%\item\option{display=slidesnotes}\\ -%This will typeset both the slides and the notes in your -%presentation. See also section~\ref{sec:notes} for more information -%about notes. -%\item\option{display=notes}\\ -%This will typeset the notes only. -%\end{description} -% -%Here are some more options to control the output. -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{size}\option{size}\\ -%This is the size of the normal text font in points. Possible values -%are 8pt, 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt, 14pt, 17pt and 20pt and the preset -%value is 11pt.\footnote{Note that sizes other than 10pt, 11pt and -%12pt are non-standard and it is assumed that you have the -%\pf{extsizes} bundle \cite{extsizes} installed, which provides these -%sizes.} -%\item\DescribeOption{style}\option{style}\\ -%This controls the style to be loaded for the presentation. By -%default, the \pf{default} style will be loaded. For more styles, see -%section~\ref{sec:styles}. -%\item\DescribeOption{fleqn}\option{fleqn}\\ -%This option makes equations flushed left. It does the same as the -%equally named option for the article class. -%\item\DescribeOption{leqno}\option{leqno}\\ -%Put equation numbers at the left. Also the same as in the article -%class. -%\item\DescribeOption{nopsheader}\option{nopsheader}\\ -%By default, \pf{powerdot} will write a postscript command to the ps -%file to make sure that post processors like ps2pdf know which paper -%to use without the need to specify it on the command line. See also -%section~\ref{sec:compiling}. If you experience problems with post -%processing or printing or you want to specify the paper size in the -%post processing steps yourself, use this option. -%\item\DescribeOption{hlentries}\option{hlentries}\\ -%This highlights table of contents entries when the entry matches -%with the current slide and its preset value is |true|. See also -%section~\ref{sec:structure}. If you don't want highlighting of table -%of contents entries (for instance in print mode), use -%|hlentries=false|. -%\item\DescribeOption{hlsections}\option{hlsections}\\ -%This highlights table of contents sections when the section matches -%with the current section in the presentation and is preset to |false|. -%See also section~\ref{sec:structure}. Specifying this -%option turns highlighting of sections on. This could be useful when -%you are using a style that implements a split table of contents. -%\item\DescribeOption{pauseslide}\option{pauseslide}\\ -%This option inserts a black slide in the presentation on page 1 and -%will automatically advance to page 2 when opening the presentation -%in a PDF viewer like Acrobat (Reader). The option also inserts a -%link behind every slide or section title that brings you to the -%black slide when clicked. When you click anywhere in the black -%slide, you will go back to the originating slide. This option can be -%used to temporarily pause a presentation, for instance, to do a -%proof on the black board. Optionally, a color can be supplied, for instance, -%|pauseslide=white| to have a pause on a white screen. -%\item\DescribeOptions{clock}\option{clock}\\ -%This displays a small digital clock on slides which you can use to -%check the time left for your presentation. -%\end{description} -% -%Here is an example of a |\documentclass| command. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass[ -% size=12pt, -% paper=screen, -% mode=present, -% display=slidesnotes, -% style=tycja, -% nohandoutpagebreaks, -% pauseslide, -% fleqn -% ]{powerdot} -%\end{example} -%This example sets up a presentation in \pf{tycja} style, with a black -%slide, normal size 12 points and flushed left equations. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass[ -% size=12pt, -% paper=letterpaper, -% mode=handout, -% display=slidesnotes, -% style=tycja, -% nohandoutpagebreaks, -% pauseslide, -% fleqn -% ]{powerdot} -%\end{example} -%Changing the |paper| and |mode| options, now produces a handout with -%possibly more than two slides per page due to the |nohandoutpagebreaks| -%option. -% -%\subsection{Setup options}\label{sec:pdsetup} -%\DescribeMacro{\pdsetup} -%There are several extra options that can help customizing your -%presentation. These options are not available via the -%|\documentclass| command. This has a technical reason.\footnote{The -%interested reader is referred to the section about the \pf{xkvltxp} -%package in the \pf{xkeyval} package documentation \cite{xkeyval}.} -%We distinguish two types of options. Options that can only be set -%globally (acting for the entire presentation) using the |\pdsetup| -%command and options that can be accessed both globally (via -%|\pdsetup|) and locally (via slide environments, see section~\ref{sec:slides}). -% -%\subsubsection{Global options}\label{sec:gopts} -%This section describes options that can only be used globally in the -%preamble of your presentation via the |\pdsetup| command. -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{palette}\option{palette}\\ -%This specifies the palette to be used. A palette is a set of colors -%defined by a style. To find out which palettes are defined by each -%style, see section~\ref{sec:styles}. -%\item\DescribeOption{theslide}\option{theslide}\\ -%This option controls how the slide number appears on the slide. This -%is preset to the value |\arabic{slide}~/~\pageref*{lastslide}|, -%which could appear like |5/22|. Notice that the |\arabic{slide}| -%typesets the number of the current slide and that -%|\pageref*{lastslide}| typesets the number of the last -%slide.\footnote{We use the starred version of \cs{pageref} which is -%defined by \pf{hyperref} and does not create a link to the page that -%it is referring to.} -%\item\DescribeOption{thenote}\option{thenote}\\ -%This is similar to the |theslide| option, but typesets the slide -%numbers of notes. The preset value is -%|note~\arabic{note}~of~slide~\arabic{slide}| and |\arabic{note}| -%here typesets the number of the current note that goes with the -%current slide. This could appear like |note 2 of slide 7|. -%\item\DescribeOption{counters}\option{counters}\\ -%The |counters| option lists counters that you might want to protect -%on overlays. As material on overlays (see -%section~\ref{sec:overlays}) is processed multiple times, also -%\LaTeX\ counters, like the |equation| counter, might be increased -%too often. To avoid that your equations get different numbers on -%every overlay, use this option. The |equation|, |table|, |figure|, -%|footnote| and |mpfootnote| counters are already protected for you. -%If you use extra counters, for instance for theorems, list them in -%this option. Example: -%\begin{example} -% counters={theorem,lemma} -%\end{example} -%\item\DescribeOption{list}\option{list}\\ -%This option takes a list of options that will be passed on to the -%\pf{enumitem} package that controls the layout of lists created by -%the |enumerate| and |itemize| environments. Example: -%\begin{example} -% list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -%\end{example} -%See for more information on controlling the layout of lists the -%\pf{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}. -%\item\DescribeOptions{enumerate,itemize}\option{enumerate,itemize}\\ -%As the |list| option, but only control |enumerate| and |itemize| -%environments respectively. -%\item\DescribeOption{clockformat}\option{clockformat}\\ -%This option specifies the format of the clock. The format is set using -%Acrobat's |util.printd| function.\footnote{For a complete listing of -%allowable formats, consult the \textit{Acrobat JavaScript Scripting -%Reference}\cite{javascript}.} The default value is |HH:MM:ss|, which -%shows a 00-23 hour, 00-59 minute, 00-59 second clock. Example: -%\begin{example} -% clockformat=h:MM tt -%\end{example} -%The above setting will display a 1-12 hour, 00-59 minute, am/pm clock. -%That is, the clock might show |5:53 pm|. -%\item\DescribeOption{clockrefresh}\option{clockrefresh}\\ -%This option should be a number which specifies how often -%the clock is refreshed in milliseconds. The default behavior is to refresh -%the clock every second. Thus, the default value is 1000. Notice, if the -%|clockformat| is such that seconds are not shown, then it makes no sense -%to update that clock every second. A corresponding example: -%\begin{example} -% clockrefresh=60000 -%\end{example} -%The interpretation of this is that the clock will be updated every minute. -%\end{description} -% -%\subsubsection{Global and local options}\label{sec:glopts} -%This section describes options that can be used both globally via -%|\pdsetup| and locally via slide environments (see section~\ref{sec:slides}). -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOptions{lf,cf,rf}\option{lf,cf,rf}\\ -%This determines the content of the left, center and right footers. -%These are preset to empty. -%\item\DescribeOption{trans}\option{trans}\\ -%This option sets the default transition effect to be used in the -%presentation. These transition effects only work after compiling the -%presentation to PDF format. See also section~\ref{sec:compiling}. -%The following transition effects are supported: |Split|, |Blinds|, -%|Box|, |Wipe|, |Dissolve|, |Glitter| and |Replace|. When you are using -%a viewer that understands PDF 1.5, you can also use |Fly|, |Push|, -%|Cover|, |Uncover| or |Fade|. It is important to notice that most -%viewers are case sensitive, so, for instance, |box| will not work. -% -%The preset effect is |Replace| which just replaces one slide with -%another when browsing the slides. Note that some PDF viewers (like -%Acrobat Reader 5 and higher) only produce the transition effect in -%full screen mode. If you want to use a custom transition effect that -%is not listed in the list above (for instance, a wipe effect with a -%custom wipe direction), then that is possible. However, -%\pf{powerdot} will put a warning in your log file that the effect -%that you have chosen, might not work in the PDF viewer. Here is an -%example that does work. -%\begin{example} -% trans=Wipe /Di 0 -%\end{example} -%In Acrobat (Reader), this wipes from left to right instead of the -%default top to bottom. For more information, see a PDF Reference -%Manual. -%\item\DescribeOption{method}\option{method}\\ -%This option can be used when a slide contains special material that -%does not get treated in the `usual' way by \LaTeX. Verbatim material -%is an example of this. Possible values are |normal| (the preset value), -%|direct| and |file|. We will come back to this option in detail in -%section~\ref{sec:verbatim}. -%\item\DescribeOptions{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\option{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\\ -%If |logopos| is specified, a logo defined by the value of the -%|logocmd| option will be put on slides. The position can be -%specified relative to the width and height of the slide. |{0,0}| is -%the lower left corner of the paper and |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}| -%is the upper right corner. For positioning the logo, the |\rput| -%command of \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} is used. This -%command also allows to specify the point of the logo that should be -%positioned there. This point can be entered via the |logohook| -%option and can take the values |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|, -%|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. For more information about -%|\rput|, consult the \pf{pstricks} documentation. Here is an example -%that integrates the flower of the \pf{default} style into the -%\pf{husky} style. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass[style=husky]{powerdot} -% \pdsetup{ -% logohook=t, -% logopos={.088\slidewidth,.99\slideheight}, -% logocmd={\includegraphics[height=.08\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}} -% } -% \begin{document} -% ... -% \end{document} -%\end{example} -%The preset value for |logohook| is |tl|. -%\end{description} -% -%A special feature of \pf{powerdot}, which can be used to make -%presentations come alive, is the use of random dots. These dots will -%be placed anywhere on your slides and use the colors defined by the -%palette that you use. Overlays will carry the same dots. This -%feature uses |random.tex| \cite{random}. Several options are -%available to control the appearance of the random dots. -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{randomdots}\option{randomdots}\\ -%By default, random dots are turned off. If this option is set to -%|true|, random dots will be generated. |false| will turn off the -%feature. When no value is submitted to the option, |true| will be -%used. -%\item\DescribeOptions{dmindots,dmaxdots}\option{dmindots,dmaxdots}\\ -%The number of dots per slide is also random. These options set the -%minimum and maximum dots per slide. Preset values are |5| and |40|, -%respectively. -%\item\DescribeOptions{dminsize,dmaxsize}\option{dminsize,dmaxsize}\\ -%The minimum and maximum radius of the dots. Preset values are |5pt| -%and |40pt|, respectively. -%\item\DescribeOptions{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight} -%\option{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}\\ -%These options determine the area on the slide that can be used for -%the random dots. These values are preset such that dots go anywhere -%on the slide, but you might want to adjust these such that, for -%instance, dots can only appear in the text area. The preset values -%are |0pt|, |\slidewidth|, |0pt|, |\slideheight|. -% -%Here is an example that allows dots in a smaller rectangle on the -%slide. -%\begin{example} -% \pdsetup{ -% dminwidth=.1\slidewidth,dmaxwidth=.9\slidewidth, -% dminheight=.2\slideheight,dmaxheight=.8\slideheight -% } -%\end{example} -%\item\DescribeOption{dbright}\option{dbright}\\ -%This option can be used to adjust the brightness of the dots. The -%number should be an integer between -100 and 100. If the number is -%negative, the color will be adjusted towards black, with -100 giving -%black. If the number is positive, the color will be adjusted towards -%white, with 100 giving white. With a light background, you may want -%to choose |bright| to be positive. With a dark background, you may -%want to set it negative. The preset value is |60|, meaning a mixture -%of 40\% of the original color and 60\% white. -%\item\DescribeOption{dprop}\option{dprop}\\ -%This option is used for passing extra parameters to the |\psdot| -%command, which creates the random dots. You could, for instance, -%change the style of the dots or the line width. See for more -%information about |\psdot| the \pf{pstricks} documentation -%\cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}. \pf{powerdot} defines two extra dot -%styles that can be used for the random dots. These styles are -%|ocircle| (open circle) and |osquare| (open square). -%\end{description} -% -%Here are two examples for the use of random dots. -%\begin{example} -% \pdsetup{ -% randomdots,dminwidth=.2\slidewidth -% } -%\end{example} -%This turns on random dots and doesn't use the left 20\% of the slide -%for placing random dots. -%\begin{example} -% \pdsetup{ -% randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.5pt}, -% dminsize=500pt,dmaxsize=600pt,dmindots=2,dmaxdots=5 -% } -%\end{example} -%This example puts at most 5 big circles on slides. These circles do -%not fit on the slides and you will only see parts of them in the -%shape of curves. -% -%\subsubsection{\cs{pdsetup} example} -%Here is an example of a |\pdsetup| command that one could use to set up -%the presentation. -%\begin{example} -% \pdsetup{ -% lf=My first presentation, -% rf=For some conference, -% trans=Wipe, -% theslide=\arabic{slide}, -% randomdots,dmaxdots=80 -% } -%\end{example} -%This sets the left and right footers and will initialize the -%transition effect to |Wipe|. Further, slide numbers will not include -%the number of the last slide, but only the number of the current -%slide. Finally, slides will be covered with at most 80 random dots. -% -%A small note is necessary with respect to the appearance of footers. -%The slide number (controlled by the |theslide| option) will be added -%to a footer. Most styles add it too the right footer. If both the -%footer and the slide number are non empty, |~--~| will be inserted -%in between them to separate them. Styles might modify this default -%behavior however. -% -%\section{Making slides}\label{sec:slides} -%\subsection{The title slide}\label{sec:titleslide} -%\DescribeMacro{\title} -%\DescribeMacro{\author} -%\DescribeMacro{\and} -%\DescribeMacro{\date} -%\DescribeMacro{\maketitle} -%The title slide is created by the |\maketitle| command. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{maketitle}\oarg{options}' -%\end{command} -%Its use is the same as in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes. The -%optional argument \meta{options} can contain any option from -%section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Specifying such an option in the -%|\maketitle| command will only have an effect on the title slide and -%not on other slides. See an example below. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass{powerdot} -% \title{Title} -% \author{You \and me} -% \date{August 21, 2005} -% \begin{document} -% \maketitle -% ... -% \end{document} -%\end{example} -%The |author|, |title| and |date| declarations provide the text to be -%used when making a title page. The design of the title page is -%specific to the style in use. Notice the use of |\and| for -%separating multiple authors. See a \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion} -%for more information on commands such as |\title| and |\author|. -% -%\subsection{Other slides}\label{sec:otherslides} -%\DescribeEnv{slide} The centerpiece of every presentation is the -%slide. In \pf{powerdot}, the content of each slide is placed in a -%|slide| environment. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{begin}\texttt{\{slide\}}\oarg{options}\marg{slide title}' -% `\meta{body}' -% `\cs{end}\texttt{\{slide\}}' -%\end{command} -% -%In section~\ref{sec:overlays} we'll see how to give some life to the -%slides, but for now, let's look at a simple example. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{First slide} -% Hello World. -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%The slide environment has one required argument, namely the slide -%title. When a slide is created, the slide title is used to create an -%entry in the table of contents and in the list of bookmarks. The -%table of contents is a listing of the slides and section titles in -%the presentation that appears on each slide. -% -%The table of contents is clickable (when the presentation is -%compiled into PDF) and serves as a nice way to jump from location to -%location within the presentation. The bookmark list is only present -%when compilation is taken all the way to the PDF file format. It -%also serves as a table of contents, but this list does not appear on -%\textit{any} of the slides, but in a separate window in a PDF -%viewer. In the example above, the entries in both table contents and -%the list of bookmarks would be titled |First slide|. -% -%The \meta{options} for the |slide| environment can contain any -%option listed in section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Additionally, the -%following options can be used. -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{toc}\option{toc}\\ -%When specified, the value is used for the entry in the table of -%contents; otherwise, the slide title is used. If |toc=| is -%specified, then no entry is created. -%\item\DescribeOption{bm}\option{bm}\\ -%When specified, the value is used for the bookmark entry; otherwise, -%the slide title is used. If |bm=| is specified, then no entry is -%created. -%\end{description} -% -%These optional arguments are especially useful when the title of a -%slide is extremely long or when the title contains \LaTeX\ commands -%that do not render correctly in the bookmarks.\footnote{The -%bookmarking procedure uses \cs{pdfstringdef} from the \pf{hyperref} -%package, and it can process accented characters such as \cs{"i}.} -%When specifying entries, be sure to hide special characters `|,|' -%and `|=|' between curly brackets `|{|' and `|}|'. Let's look at an -%example that uses these optional arguments. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm={LaTeX, i*i=-1}]{\color{red}\LaTeX, $i^2=-1$} -% My slide contents. -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -% -%In this example, the slide title will appear as {\color{red}\LaTeX, -%$i^2=-1$}. This text will not render correctly in a bookmark entry. -%An attempt is made to correct this, but often, the correction does -%not produce an equivalent text. This particular title would be -%rendered in the bookmark list as |redLaTeX, i2=-1|. On the other -%hand, the manually specified bookmark entry is rendered as: -%|LaTeX, i*i=-1|. Notice, no entry is created in the table of contents, -%because of the use of |toc=|. -% -%In addition to the |slide| environment, each individual style can -%define its own environments. Many styles have a |wideslide| -%environment. The idea is that one might have information that does -%not fit nicely on a slide with a table of contents listed, as this -%consumes some space. In such cases, it is preferable to use a slide -%that does not list the table of contents. The |wideslide| -%environment provides this functionality and has more space for the -%actual slide content. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for information -%on the various environments provided by the styles. -% -%\section{Overlays}\label{sec:overlays} -%It is often the case that you don't want all the information on the -%slide to appear at once. Rather, the information should appear one -%item at a time. In \pf{powerdot}, this is achieved with overlays. -%Each slide can be comprised of many overlays, and the overlays are -%displayed one at a time. -% -%\subsection{The \cs{pause} command}\label{sec:pause} -%\DescribeMacro{\pause} The easiest way to display information -%sequentially is to use the |\pause| command. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{pause}\oarg{number}' -%\end{command} -%Below is a simple example: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Simple overlay} -% power\pause dot -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%The slide's information is displayed and continues until the -%|\pause| command is encountered. No further output within the same -%slide is displayed until the click of the mouse or the touch of the -%keyboard. Then, the content will continue to display until all the -%information is displayed or until another |\pause| command is -%encountered. In this example, |power| is displayed on the first -%overlay, and |powerdot| is the displayed on the second overlay. The -%|\pause| command is often used within the |itemize| and |enumerate| -%environments. For example, -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Multiple pauses} -% power\pause dot \pause -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Let me pause\ldots \pause -% \item \ldots while I talk \pause and chew bubble gum. \pause -% \item Perhaps you'll be persuaded. -% \item Perhaps not. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%Since |\pause| was used before the |itemize| environment, no item -%will appear until the third overlay. Then, each item will be -%displayed one at a time, each on their own overlay. More information -%on using lists will follow in the next section. -% -%The optional argument of the |\pause| command specifies the number -%of overlays to pause. An example usage is: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Pause longer} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item A \pause -% \item B \pause[2] -% \item C -% \end{itemize} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%In the example above, item |C| will appear on the fourth overlay. -%The usefulness of this option will become more apparent in the next -%section; so we will revisit a similar example at that time. -% -%\subsection{List environments}\label{sec:lists} -%The list environments, |itemize| and |enumerate|, have special -%treatments in \pf{powerdot}. They have an optional argument that -%will be taken care off by the \pf{enumitem} package (see -%\cite{enumitem}). \pf{powerdot} supplies an extra key for this -%optional argument. In the examples that follow, features will be -%described using the |itemize| environment but they also apply to the -%|enumerate| environment. -% -%Here is the typical usage of the |itemize| environment: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Basic itemize} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item A \pause -% \item B \pause -% \item C -% \end{itemize} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%The display is simple, each item appears one at a time with each -%overlay. -% -%\DescribeOption{type} -%Suppose we wanted every item to show, but we only wanted one item to -%appear `active' at once. This can be accomplished via the |type| -%option for the |itemize| environment. The preset value is |0|. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Type 1 itemize} -% \begin{itemize}[type=1] -% \item A \pause -% \item B \pause -% \item C -% \end{itemize} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%Now, every item will be displayed in the \emph{inactive -%color}\index{inactive color|usage} (which is defined by the style -%that you use), and the item's font color will become the active one -%on the overlay that it would normally appear on. The default -%behavior is given by |type=0|. It is still possible -%to pass optional arguments to \pf{enumitem} via the second optional argument: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Type 1 itemize} -% \begin{enumerate}[type=1][label=\roman*a)] -% \item A \pause -% \item B \pause -% \item C -% \end{enumerate} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%Take care, that this must always be the second optional argument! It is -%possible to leave the first one empty, which is valid only for \pf{powerdot}. -% -%Lists can also be nested to create complicated structures. When a -%list is nested, it inherits the setting of the |type| option from -%the `parent' list, but that can be overruled by specifying the -%|type| option in the optional argument of the nested list. We -%present here one example, but many more can be created by nesting -%lists of different types in different ways. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Nested lists} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item A\pause -% \begin{itemize}[type=1] -% \item B\pause -% \end{itemize} -% \item C -% \end{itemize} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%This displays |A| and |B| on the first overlay, but |B| is inactive. -%On overlay 2, |B| will become active and on overlay 3, |C| will -%become visible. -% -%\subsection{The \cs{item} command} -%\DescribeMacro{\item} -%The |\item| command has an extra \emph{optional} argument in -%\pf{powerdot} which allows for creating overlays in a more flexible -%way then |\pause| provides. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{item}\oarg{label}\larg{overlays}' -%\end{command} -%This optional argument should contain an overlay specification -%stating on which overlays you want the item to appear. This -%specification is a comma separated list where each item can used the -%notation as in table \ref{tab:item}. -%\begin{table}[htb]\centering -%\begin{tabular}{d} -%Syntax&Meaning\\\hline -%\texttt{x}&Only overlay \texttt{x}\\ -%\texttt{-x}&All overlays up to and including \texttt{x}\\ -%\texttt{x-}&All overlays from \texttt{x}, including \texttt{x}\\ -%\texttt{x-y}&All overlays from \texttt{x} to \texttt{y}, -%including \texttt{x} and \texttt{y}\\ -%\end{tabular} -%\caption{\cs{item} and \cs{onslide} notation}\label{tab:item} -%\end{table} -%The \meta{label} argument is the standard optional argument for -%|\item| in \LaTeX. A \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion} can tell you -%more about this argument. -% -%Here is an example. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Active itemize} -% \begin{itemize}[type=1] -% \item<1> A -% \item<2> B -% \item<3> C -% \end{itemize} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%Here we have said that |A| should only be active on overlay 1, |B| -%should only be active on overlay 2, and |C| should only be active on -%overlay 3. Again, when the item is not active, it appears in the -%inactive color because of |type=1|. -% -%If |type=0| is specified and if each item is given an overlay -%option, then each item will appear only when it is active. When the -%item is not active, then it will not show on the slide at all. More -%examples demonstrating the syntax for \meta{overlays} will be -%discussed in the next section. -% -%\subsection{The \cs{onslide} command}\label{sec:onslide} -%\DescribeMacro{\onslide} Overlays can also be achieved using the -%|\onslide| command. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{onslide}\marg{overlays}\marg{text}' -%\end{command} -%This command takes an \meta{overlays} specification as first -%argument and the \meta{text} to apply it to as second argument. The -%\meta{overlays} on which the text will appear are specified as a -%comma separated list with syntax as in table \ref{tab:item}. We -%start off with a simple example. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide} -% \onslide{1,2}{power}\onslide{2}{dot} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%We have instructed |power| to appear on overlays one and two, and -%|dot| to appear only on overlay two. As you might guess, this -%example has the same output as our first |\pause| example. Yet, it -%is clearly the case that our syntax is more complicated. However, -%this slight ``complication'' also allows for much more flexibility. -% -%\DescribeMacro{\onslide+}Consider the above example with the -%following modifications: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide+} -% \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\ -% \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%The |\onslide+| command displays its content in a different manner -%altogether. Now, |dot| appears on every overlay, but it is in -%inactive color\index{inactive color|usage} and matches the normal -%font color \textit{only} on overlay two. This is comparable to the -%|type=1| behavior for lists (see section~\ref{sec:lists}). -% -%When executing this example, we will also notice that the |\onslide| -%command does hide material, but still reserves the right amount of -%space for it: on overlay 2, the |dot|s appear right above each -%other. The next command does not reserve space. -% -%\DescribeMacro{\onslide*} Instead of hiding and reserving space -%(|\onslide|) or putting \meta{text} in the inactive color -%(|\onslide+|) when the overlay doesn't match \meta{overlays}, this -%command just eats the material altogether. To understand the -%differences, consider the following example: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide*} -% \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\ -% \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}\\ -% \texttt{onslide*}: \onslide*{1}{power}\onslide*{2}{dot} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%The output of the first two lines, we are already familiar with. The -%third line displays |power| on overlay 1 and |dot| on overlay 2, but -%no space for |power| is reserved on overlay 2. Hence |dot| will -%start on the cursor position that |power| started on overlay 1 and -%it is not aligned below the other two |dots|. -% -%We finish with an example of the syntax that is possible with -%|\item| and |\onslide|. Remember that these commands take a comma -%separated list for the \meta{overlays} specification and that each -%element can used the syntax as explained in table \ref{tab:item}. -%The various variations are demonstrated in the example below. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Lists} -% \onslide{10}{on overlay 10 only}\par -% \onslide{-5}{on every overlay before and including overlay 5}\par -% \onslide{5-}{on every overlay after and including overlay 5}\par -% \onslide{2-5}{on overlays 2 through 5, inclusive}\par -% \onslide{-3,5-7,9-}{on every overlay except overlays 4 and 8} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -% -%\subsection{Relative overlays} -%Sometimes it is a pain to keep track of when an item should appear -%or become active. You might, for example, just care that some text -%appears on the overlay \textit{after} some other item. This -%functionality is provided through the use of relative overlays which -%should not be used outside list environments that use |\item|. Let's -%consider a simple, illuminating example. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Relative overlays} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item A \pause -% \item B \onslide{+1}{(visible 1 overlay after B)}\pause -% \item C \onslide{+2-}{(appears 2 overlays after C, visible until the end)} -% \pause -% \item D \onslide{+1-6}{(appears 1 overlay after D, visible until overlay 6)} -% \pause -% \item E \pause -% \item F \pause -% \item G \onslide{+1-+3}{(appears 1 overlay after G for 3 overlays)}\pause -% \item H \pause -% \item I \pause -% \item J \pause -% \item K -% \End{itemize} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%As you can see, we still use |\onslide|. The only change is with the -%syntax of the list of overlays. Now, we can specify a `|+|' symbol -%in the list. In its simplest usage, |\onslide{+1}| will make text -%display one overlay after the overlay it would \textit{normally} -%appear on. You can still use the syntax in table \ref{tab:item}. -%These are demonstrated in the above example. Notice, -%|\onslide{+1-6}| means that the text will appear one overlay after -%the overlay it would normally appear on and that the text should -%remain shown until overlay seven. To make text appear for a range of -%relative overlays, see the final demonstration in the above example. -% -%\section{Presentation structure}\label{sec:structure} -%\subsection{Making sections}\label{sec:section} -%\DescribeMacro{\section} -%This section describes the |\section| command which provides a way -%to structure a presentation. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{section}\oarg{options}\marg{section title}' -%\end{command} -%This command will produce a slide with \meta{section title} on it -%and will also use this text to create sections in the table of -%contents and in the bookmarks list. There are several \meta{options} -%to control its output. -% -%\DescribeOption{tocsection} This option controls the creation of a -%section in the table of contents. The preset value is |true|. -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{tocsection=true}\\ -%This does create a section in the table of contents. This means that -%all following slides, until the next section, will be nested under -%this section. -%\item\option{tocsection=false}\\ -%This does not create a section in the table of contents and hence -%the section will be listed as an ordinary slide. -%\item\option{tocsection=hidden}\\ -%This does create a section in the table of contents, but this is -%only visible when you view a slide that is part of this section. -%This could be used to append a section to the presentation which you -%can discuss if there is some extra time. -%\end{description} -% -%\DescribeOption{slide} This option controls whether the |\section| -%command creates a slide. The preset value is |true|. -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{slide=true}\\ -%A slide is created. -%\item\option{slide=false}\\ -%No slide will be created. If also |tocsection| is |false|, the -%|\section| command doesn't do anything. If it does create a table of -%contents section (|tocsection=| |true| or |hidden|), its link will -%point to the first slide in the section as the section itself -%doesn't have a slide. -%\end{description} -% -%\DescribeOption{template} This option can be used to make the -%section slide with another template. By default, a normal |slide| -%environment is used to create the section slide, but if a style -%offers other templates that could be used for this purpose (for -%instance, the |wideslide| environment), then you can use this option -%to select that template. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for an -%overview of the available templates with every style. -% -%Finally, all options available to normal slides are available to -%slides created by |\section| as well (see section~\ref{sec:slides}). -%However, when the section does make a |tocsection|, |toc=| or |bm=| -%won't remove the table of contents entry or the bookmark -%respectively. -% -%\subsection{Making an overview}\label{sec:tableofcontents} -%\DescribeMacro{\tableofcontents} -%This command creates an overview of your presentation and can only -%be used on a slide. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{tableofcontents}\oarg{options}' -%\end{command} -%There are several \meta{options} to control the output of this -%command. -% -%\DescribeOption{type} -%This option controls whether certain material (depending on the -%input in the |content| option below) will be hidden or displayed in -%the inactive color\index{inactive color|usage}. The preset value is -%|0|. Compare with the |type| option for list environments -%(section~\ref{sec:lists}). -% -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{type=0}\\ -%When material is not of the requested type as specified in the -%|content| option, it will be hidden. -%\item\option{type=1}\\ -%As |type=0|, but instead of hiding material, it will be typeset in -%the inactive color. -%\end{description} -% -%\DescribeOption{content} -%The |content| option controls which elements will be included in the -%overview. The preset value is |all|. The description below assumes -%that |type=0| was chosen, but the alternative text for |type=1| can -%easily be deduced. -% -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{content=all}\\ -%This will display a full overview of your presentation including all -%sections and slides, except the slides in hidden sections (see -%section~\ref{sec:section}). -%\item\option{content=sections}\\ -%This displays only the sections in the presentation. -%\item\option{content=currentsection}\\ -%This displays the current section only. -%\item\option{content=future}\\ -%This displays all content starting from the current slide. -%\item\option{content=futuresections}\\ -%This displays all sections, starting from the current section. -%\end{description} -% -%We finish this section with a small example that will demonstrate -%how you can make a presentation that contains an overall overview of -%sections in the presentation, giving a general idea of the content, -%and per section a detailed overview of the slides in that section. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview} -% \tableofcontents[content=sections] -% \end{slide} -% \section{First section} -% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview of the first section} -% \tableofcontents[content=currentsection,type=1] -% \end{slide} -% \begin{slide}{Some slide} -% \end{slide} -% \section{Second section} -% ... -%\end{example} -% -%\section{Miscellaneous} -%\subsection{Notes}\label{sec:notes} -%\DescribeEnv{note} -%The |note| environment can be used to make personal notes that -%accompany a slide. You can control displaying notes using the -%|display| option (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}). Here is an -%example. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Chewing gum} -% ... -% \end{slide} -% \begin{note}{Reminder for chewing gum} -% Don't forget to mention that chewing gum is sticky. -% \end{note} -%\end{example} -% -%\subsection{Empty slides}\label{sec:emptyslides} -%\DescribeEnv{emptyslide} -%The |emptyslide| environment creates a totally empty slide. The text -%box on the slide can be used for special things like displaying -%photos. This allows for creating a dia show. Example: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{emptyslide}{} -% \centering -% \vspace{\stretch{1}} -% \includegraphics[height=0.8\slideheight]{me_chewing_gum.eps} -% \vspace{\stretch{1}} -% \end{emptyslide} -%\end{example} -%The |\includegraphics| command is defined by the \pf{graphicx} -%package \cite{graphics}. The |\stretch| command is used to -%vertically center the picture. Both commands are described in your -%favorite \LaTeX\ manual, for instance \cite{companion}. Note that -%you can use the lengths |\slideheight| and |\slidewidth| to scale -%pictures to fit nicely on the slide. -% -%\subsection{Bibliography slide}\label{sec:bib} -%\DescribeEnv{thebibliography} -%\pf{powerdot} redefines the standard \pf{article} -%|thebibliography| environment to suppress the creation of a section -%heading and running headers. All other properties are maintained. -%You can do either of the next two (depending whether you are -%using BiB\TeX\ or not):\\ -%\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth} -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Slide} -% \cite{someone} -% \end{slide} -% \begin{slide}{References} -% \begin{thebibliography}{1} -% \bibitem{someone} Article of someone. -% \end{thebibliography} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%\end{minipage}\hfill -%\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth} -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Slide} -% \cite{someone} -% \end{slide} -% \begin{slide}{References} -% \bibliographystyle{plain} -% \bibliography{YourBib} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%\end{minipage} -% -%In case you have a big reference list that you want to spread over -%multiple slides, have a look at the packages \pf{natbib} and -%\pf{bibentry} \cite{natbib}. Using both packages allows you to do: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{References (1)} -% \bibliographystyle{plain} -% \nobibliography{YourBib} -% \bibentry{someone1} -% \bibentry{someone2} -% \end{slide} -% \begin{slide}{References (2)} -% \bibentry{someone3} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%Have a look at your favorite \LaTeX\ manual for more information -%about citations and bibliographies. -% -%\subsection{Verbatim on slides}\label{sec:verbatim}\DescribeOption{verbatim} -%\pf{powerdot} has three different methods of processing slides, from -%which two have mainly been developed to make the inclusion of -%verbatim content\footnote{And other content that needs catcode -%changes when processing.} on slides easier. These methods can be -%accessed by the |method| key which is available in slide -%environments and the |\pdsetup| command (see -%section~\ref{sec:glopts}). -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{method=normal}\\ -%This is the preset method for processing slides. It is fast and -%allows for overlays, but it does not allow for -%verbatim.\footnote{Except when it has been saved in a box outside -%the slide.} -%\item\option{method=direct}\\ -%This method is also fast, but does not allow for overlays. Overlays -%will silently be disabled. However, it does allow for verbatim -%content on slides. -%\item\option{method=file}\\ -%This method uses a temporary file to export the slide body to and -%read it back in. This method does allow for verbatim content and -%overlays, but could be slow when many slides use this method because -%the filesystem is used. -%\end{description} -% -%Below is an example demonstrating the use of all three different -%methods of slide processing. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass{powerdot} -% \usepackage{listings} -% \lstnewenvironment{code}{% -% \lstset{frame=single,escapeinside=`', -% backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20}, -% basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily} -% }{} -% \begin{document} -% \begin{slide}{Slide 1} -% Normal \pause content. -% \end{slide} -% \begin{slide}[method=direct]{Slide 2} -% Steps 1 and 2: -% \begin{code} -% compute a;`\pause' -% compute b; -% \end{code} -% \end{slide} -% \begin{slide}[method=file]{Slide 3} -% Steps 1 and 2: -% \begin{code} -% compute a;`\pause' -% compute b; -% \end{code} -% \end{slide} -% \end{document} -%\end{example} -%The first slide shows the default behavior for normal content. It -%produces two overlays. The second slide does not produce overlays, -%despite the use of the |\pause| command. This command has been -%disabled by choosing the |direct| method to process the verbatim -%content. The third slide has the same body as the second slide, but -%now does create two overlays, because the method using a temporary -%file has been chosen. Notice that we used |\pause| inside the listing, -%but that it can also be used outside the listing. -% -%\subsection{The \cs{twocolumn} command}\label{sec:twocolumn} -%\DescribeMacro{\twocolumn} -%The |\twocolumn| macro allows to split content into two columns. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{twocolumn}\oarg{options}\marg{left}\marg{right}' -%\end{command} -%This typesets \meta{left} and \meta{right} in two columns. The -%dimensions of those columns can be controlled by \meta{options}. -%Below are the available options. -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{lineheight}\option{lineheight}\\ -%If |lineheight| is specified, a line of the specified height will be -%created using |\psline| in between the two columns. Example: -%|lineheight=6cm|. -%\item\DescribeOption{lineprop}\option{lineprop}\\ -%Any \pf{pstricks} declaration to specify the line properties. Example: -%\begin{example} -% lineprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt} -%\end{example} -%\item\DescribeOptions{lfrheight,lfrprop}\option{lfrheight,lfrprop}\\ -%The first creates a frame of the specified height around the left -%column. The second is as |lineprop|, but for the left frame. -%\item\DescribeOptions{rfrheight,rfrprop}\option{rfrheight,rfrprop}\\ -%As |lfrheight| and |lfrprop|, but for the right frame. -%\item\DescribeOptions{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\option{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\\ -%Width of the left and right columns. Both are preset to: |0.47\linewidth|. -%\item\DescribeOption{frsep}\option{frsep}\\ -%Space between text and the frames. Preset: |1.5mm|. -%\item\DescribeOption{colsep}\option{colsep}\\ -%Space between the two columns. Preset: |0.06\linewidth|. -%\item\DescribeOption{topsep}\option{topsep}\\ -%The extra space (additional to |\baselineskip|) between text above -%the columns and the text within the columns. Preset: |0cm|. -%\item\DescribeOption{bottomsep}\option{bottomsep}\\ -%Idem for the bottom of the columns. Preset: |0cm|. -%\item\DescribeOption{indent}\option{indent}\\ -%Horizontal indent left to the left column. Preset: |0cm|. -%\end{description} -%The dimensions described above are represented graphically in -%figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}. -%\begin{figure}[htb] -%\centering -%\begin{pspicture}(0,.5)(13,10.5) -%\psline(0,0.5)(0,10) -%\rput[tl](.05,9.95){Top} -%\psframe[dimen=middle](1,9)(7,2) -%\psline{C-C}(8.5,9)(11,9) -%\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(8.5,9) -%\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(11,2) -%\qdisk(1.7,8.3){.1cm} -%\psset{linestyle=dashed} -%\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(6.3,8.3) -%\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(1.7,3) -%\psline{C-C}(6.3,5)(6.3,8.3) -%\psline{C-C}(11,9)(12,9) -%\psline{C-C}(11,2)(12,2) -%\psline{C-C}(11,7)(12,7) -%\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(12,8.3) -%\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(9.2,3) -%\rput[tl](1.75,8.25){Left column text} -%\rput[tl](9.25,8.25){Right column text} -%\rput[tl](.05,1){Bottom} -%\psset{linestyle=dotted,dotsep=2pt} -%\psline(0,8.3)(1.7,8.3) -%\psline(0,9.6)(1,9.6) -%\psline(0,2)(1,2) -%\psline(0,1.1)(1,1.1) -%\psset{linestyle=solid} -%\psline{<->}(.2,8.33)(.2,9.57) -%\psline{<->}(4,8.33)(4,8.97) -%\psline{<->}(1.73,7)(6.27,7) -%\psline{<->}(1.03,6.5)(1.67,6.5) -%\psline{<->}(0.03,5.5)(1.67,5.5) -%\psline{<->}(6.33,7.4)(9.17,7.4) -%\psline{<->}(8.53,6.5)(9.17,6.5) -%\psline{<->}(6.33,6.5)(6.97,6.5) -%\psline{<->}(10.7,8.33)(10.7,8.97) -%\psline{<->}(7.3,8.97)(7.3,2.03) -%\psline{<->}(.2,1.13)(.2,1.97) -%\psline{->}(1.7,9.3)(1.7,8.45) -%\psline{<-}(9.23,7)(11,7) -%\cput(4,6.6){\small 1} -%\cput(11.1,6.6){\small 2} -%\cput(8,7){\small 3} -%\cput(7.7,3){\small 4} -%\cput(4.4,8.65){\small 5} -%\cput(1.35,6.1){\small 5} -%\cput(8.85,6.1){\small 5} -%\cput(11.1,8.65){\small 5} -%\cput(6.65,6.1){\small 5} -%\cput(0.6,8.95){\small 6} -%\cput(0.6,5.1){\small 7} -%\cput(0.6,1.55){\small 8} -%\cput(1.7,9.6){\small 9} -%\end{pspicture} -%\begin{tabular}{c p{4cm}cl} -%\multicolumn{4}{c}{Meaning of the labels}\\\hline -%1&|lcolwidth|&5&|frsep|\\ -%2&|rcolwidth|&6&|topsep|\\ -%3&|colsep|&7&|indent|\\ -%4&|lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,&8&|bottomsep|\\ -%&|lineheight|&9&Reference point -%\end{tabular} -%\caption{Two-column dimensions.}\label{fig:twocolumndim} -%\end{figure} -%Important to notice is that the |\twocolumn| macro uses the current -%cursor position as the reference point to position the first line of -%text of the left column (see also figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}). This -%means that optional frames can extend to the text on the previous -%line. Use for instance |topsep=0.3cm| in that case to add extra -%space between the two lines of text. The preset value of |topsep| -%is based on the situation that there is no text on top of the two -%columns. In that case, it is best to locate the first line of text -%of the left column at the same spot as text that is not created by -%|\twocolumn| on other slides. The setting |topsep=0cm| does exactly -%this. However, with a combination of |topsep| and |indent| you can -%change this behavior and position the first line of text of the left -%column anywhere you want. -% -%The |\twocolumn| macro computes the height of the construction to -%position text below the construction correctly. The computation is -%done by taking the maximum height of |lfrheight|, |rfrheight|, -%|lineheight| (if specified) and the left and right column content. -%Hence when frames nor a line is requested, |bottomsep| is the -%vertical space between the lowest line of text in the columns and -%the text below the columns (additional to |\baselineskip|). Here is -%an example. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Two columns} -% Here are two columns. -% \twocolumn[ -% lfrprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt}, -% lfrheight=4cm,rfrheight=5cm,lineheight=3cm,topsep=0.3cm -% ]{left}{right} -% Those were two columns. -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%Note that the use of the \pf{xkeyval} commands |\savevalue| and -%|\usevalue| \index{savevalue=\verb!*+\savevalue+|usage} -%\index{usevalue=\verb!*+\usevalue+|usage} could be handy here, for -%instance for copying the properties of the left frame to the right -%frame. This avoids typing them twice and avoids making errors -%resulting in different frames. See an example below. -%\begin{example} -% \twocolumn[ -% \savevalue{lfrheight}=3cm, -% \savevalue{lfrprop}={ -% linestyle=dotted,framearc=.2,linewidth=3pt}, -% rfrheight=\usevalue{lfrheight}, -% rfrprop=\usevalue{lfrprop} -% ]{left}{right} -%\end{example} -%See the \pf{xkeyval} documentation \cite{xkeyval} for more -%information about |\savevalue| and |\usevalue|. -% -%\section{Available styles}\label{sec:styles} -%\pf{powerdot} comes with a number of styles which are listed in the -%overview below. The characteristics of each style are described -%shortly and a sample of a title slide and a normal slide is provided -%for each style. Styles support the |wideslide| environment, have a -%table of contents on the left part of the paper in landscape -%orientation and on the bottom part in portrait orientation and -%support portrait orientation unless states otherwise. -%\begin{description} -%\item\pf{default}\\ -%This style provides six different palettes. A flower in the top left -%corner decorates the slides for all palettes. The default palette is -%\texttt{blue} which has as main colors light blue and white. You can -%see an example of that palette below. Other available palettes are -%\texttt{red}, \texttt{green}, \texttt{yellow}, \texttt{brown} and -%\texttt{purple}.\\ -%\styleexample{default} -%\item\pf{simple}\\ -%This is a simple style in black and white. This style could be -%useful if you want to print your slides.\\ -%\styleexample{simple} -%\item\pf{tycja}\\ -%This style is set in shades of yellow and dark blue. The table of -%contents on slides is on the right side of the paper in landscape -%orientation and on the bottom part in portrait.\\ -%\styleexample{tycja} -%\item\pf{ikeda}\\ -%This style uses dark shades of red and blue and a light text color. -%It has nice patterns on the slide for decoration.\\ -%\styleexample{ikeda} -%\item\pf{fyma}\\ -%This style was originally created by Laurent Jacques for -%\pf{prosper}. Based on that style, he created a version for -%\pf{HA-prosper} with extended features. With his kind permission, -%this style has been converted by Shun'ichi J. Amano for -%\pf{powerdot}. The style has an elegant design with a light blue and -%white gradient background in the default \texttt{blue} palette. -%Other available palettes are \texttt{green}, \texttt{gray}, -%\texttt{brown} and \texttt{orange}. It has special templates for -%sections on slides and sections on wide slides. Below is a sample of -%the blue palette.\\ -%\styleexample{fyma} -%\item\pf{ciment}\\ -%This style was originally created by Mathieu Goutelle for -%\pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper}. With his kind permission, this style -%has been converted for \pf{powerdot}. The style has a background -%that is hatched with light gray horizontal lines. Titles and table -%of contents highlighting are done with dark red.\\ -%\styleexample{ciment} -%\item\pf{elcolors}\\ -%This is a style using light shades of the elementary colors red, -%blue and yellow.\\ -%\styleexample{elcolors} -%\item\pf{aggie}\\ -%This style was created by Jack Stalnaker for \pf{HA-prosper} and he -%has converted this style for \pf{powerdot}. The style uses dark red -%and light brown colors.\\ -%\styleexample{aggie} -%\item\pf{husky}\\ -%This style is created by Jack Stalnaker and has a background of -%light gray sun beams combined with dark red highlights.\\ -%\styleexample{husky} -%\item\pf{sailor}\\ -%This style is contributed by Mael Hill\'ereau and supplies five -%different palettes: \texttt{Sea} (the default), \texttt{River}, -%\texttt{Wine}, \texttt{Chocolate} and \texttt{Cocktail}. Below is a -%sample of the palette \texttt{Sea}.\\ -%\styleexample{sailor} -%\item\pf{upen}\\ -%This style has a nice dark blue background and text in yellow. It is -%contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\ -%\styleexample{upen} -%\item\pf{bframe}\\ -%The \pf{bframe} style has blue frames on the slide in which text is -%positioned. The style is contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\ -%\styleexample{bframe} -%\item\pf{horatio}\\ -%The \pf{horatio} style has been contributed by Michael Lundholm and -%is a more conservative blue style.\\ -%\styleexample{horatio} -%\item\pf{paintings}\\ -%This is a simple style without a table of contents on slides. It has -%been contributed by Thomas Koepsell and provides 10 different -%palettes. The colors used in the palettes are drawn from famous -%paintings.\footnote{The style defines a color \texttt{pdcolor7} -%which is not used in the style but comes from the same painting and -%complements the other colors. It can be used, for example, to -%highlight text against the main background color.} If you are -%interested, open the style file to read which paintings have been -%used. The available palettes are: \texttt{Syndics} (the default), -%\texttt{Skater}, \texttt{GoldenGate}, \texttt{Lamentation}, -%\texttt{HolyWood}, \texttt{Europa}, \texttt{Moitessier}, -%\texttt{MayThird}, \texttt{PearlEarring} and \texttt{Charon} (all -%case sensitive). Below is a sample of the \texttt{Syndics} -%palette.\\ -%\styleexample{paintings} -%\item\pf{klope}\\ -%The \pf{klope} style implements a horizontal table of contents that -%only lists the sections. The style is available in the following -%palettes: \texttt{Spring}, \texttt{PastelFlower}, \texttt{BlueWater} -%and \texttt{BlackWhite}. The \texttt{Spring} palette is the default -%and you can see a sample of that below.\\ -%\styleexample{klope} -%\item\pf{jefka}\\ -%The \pf{jefka} style comes with four palettes: \texttt{brown} (the -%default), \texttt{seagreen}, \texttt{blue} and \texttt{white}. Below -%you see a sample of the \texttt{brown} palette.\\ -%\styleexample{jefka} -%\item\pf{pazik}\\ -%This style is available in two palettes: \texttt{red} and -%\texttt{brown}. Below is a sample of the default \texttt{red} -%palette.\\ -%\styleexample{pazik} -%\end{description} -% -%\section{Compiling your presentation}\label{sec:compiling} -%\subsection{Dependencies}\label{sec:dependencies} -%In table \ref{tab:dependencies} is a list of packages that -%\pf{powerdot} uses to perform specific tasks. Dependencies of -%packages in this table are not listed. In the table, `required' -%means that you should have a version \emph{at least} as new as -%listed and `tested' means that \pf{powerdot} was tested with this -%version, but that it could equally well work with an older or newer -%version than the one listed in the table. So, when trying to solve -%an error, first concentrate on solving version issues for the -%`required' packages. To find out which version of a package you are -%currently using, put |\listfiles| on the first line of your -%document, run it with \LaTeX, open the |.log| file and read the file -%list (see a \LaTeX\ manual for more information). If you need to -%update a package, you can get it from CTAN \cite{CTAN}. -%\begin{table}[htb] -%\centering -%\begin{tabular}{e} -%Package/file & Version & Date & Required/tested\\\hline -%\pf{xkeyval} \cite{xkeyval} & 2.5c & 2005/07/10 & required\\ -%\texttt{pstricks.sty} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} & 0.60 & 2013/12/12 & required\\ -%\pf{xcolor} \cite{xcolor} & 1.11 & 2004/05/09 & required\\ -%\pf{enumitem} \cite{enumitem} & 3.5.2 & 2011/09/28 & required\\ -%\pf{article} class & 1.4f & 2004/02/16 & tested\\ -%\pf{geometry} \cite{geometry} & 3.2 & 2002/07/08 & tested\\ -%\pf{hyperref} \cite{hyperref} & 6.74m & 2003/11/30 & tested\\ -%\pf{graphicx} \cite{graphics} & 1.1a & 2017/06/01 & required\\ -%\pf{verbatim} & 1.5q & 2003/08/22 & tested -%\end{tabular} -%\caption{Dependencies}\label{tab:dependencies} -%\end{table} -% -%\subsection{Creating and viewing output}\label{sec:creation} -%To compile your presentation, run it with \LaTeX. The DVI that is -%produced this way can be viewed with MiK\TeX's DVI viewer -%YAP.\footnote{Unless you are using \pf{pstricks-add} which distorts -%the coordinate system in DVI.} Unfortunately, xdvi and kdvi (kile) -%do not support all PostScript specials and hence these will display -%the presentation incorrectly. If your DVI viewer does support -%this, make sure that your DVI display settings match that of the -%presentation. In case you are using the |screen| paper, you should -%set the DVI display setting to using the letter paper format. If -%your DVI viewer allows for custom paper formats, use 8.25 inch by 11 -%inch. -% -%Note that certain things that are produced with PostScript or PDF -%techniques will not work in a DVI viewer. Examples are hiding of -%material via postscript layers (as is done, for instance, by -%|\pause|, see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and hyperlinks, for -%instance in the table of contents. -% -%If you want to produce a postscript document, run dvips over the DVI -%\emph{without any particular command line options related to -%orientation or paper size}. \pf{powerdot} will write information to -%the DVI file that helps dvips and ps2pdf (ghostscript) to create a -%proper document. If you have some reason that this does not work for -%you and you want to specify the paper and orientation yourself, you -%should use the |nopsheader| option that is described in -%section~\ref{sec:setup}. The PostScript document could, for -%instance, be used to put multiple slides on a page using the |psnup| -%utility. -% -%To create a PDF document for your presentation, run ps2pdf over the -%PS file created with dvips. Also here, you can \emph{leave out any -%command line arguments related to paper size or orientation}. If -%this is problematic for you somehow, use the |nopsheader| option as -%before and specify the paper and orientation at each intermediate -%step yourself. -% -%\section{Creating your own style}\label{sec:writestyle} -%\subsection{General information} -%Writing or customizing \pf{powerdot} styles is simple. If you want -%to modify a style or build a new one, locate the style that you want -%to use as basis in your \TeX\ tree (styles are named as -%|powerdot-<style_name>.sty|), copy that and rename it as to avoid -%license\footnote{The \LaTeX\ Public Project License requires -%renaming files when modifying them, see -%\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl}.} or naming conflicts. You -%might want to install the new style in your local \TeX\ tree to be -%able to access it from any place on your hard drive. See your -%\LaTeX\ distribution for more information. -% -%Once that has been taken care of, we can start creating the style. -%We strongly recommend to study a style file (for example, -%|powerdot-default.sty|) while reading the remainder of this section -%as it provides good examples for the content of this section. -% -%A style has several components. We describe these components below. -%\begin{description} -%\item\textbf{Identification and packages}\\ -%This identifies the package in the log of a presentation and loads -%all required packages. The \pf{default} style contains something like: -%\begin{example} -% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -% \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2005/10/09 v1.2 default style (HA)] -% \RequirePackage{pifont} -%\end{example} -%See for more information about these commands a \LaTeX\ manual, for -%instance \cite{companion}. -%\item\textbf{Palette or color definitions}\\ -%This section contains the definitions of palettes or colors that you -%want to use in the style. \pf{powerdot} uses \pf{xcolor} (via -%\pf{pstricks}). Hence, for more information about colors, see the -%\pf{xcolor} documentation. We will discuss palettes in more detail -%in section~\ref{sec:defpals}. -%\item\textbf{Template definitions}\\ -%We will come back to this in sections~\ref{sec:deftemps} -%to~\ref{sec:defbg}. -%\item\textbf{Custom declarations}\\ -%These can include anything that you want to be part of the style. -%The \pf{default} style, for instance, includes definitions for the labels -%in list environments like |itemize| and some initializations for -%lists in general (done with |\pdsetup|, see -%section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). This part could also include some -%customizations as described in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}. -%\item\textbf{Font initializations}\\ -%This initializes font definitions (which can be done by -%loading a package like \pf{helvet}). -%\end{description} -% -%\subsection{Defining palettes}\label{sec:defpals} -%We will be defining templates formally in -%section~\ref{sec:deftemps}. For now, it's enough to have the general -%idea that a template controls the design of a slide. Palettes are -%sets of colors that color a template or design. A palette does not -%change the overall design of a template. -% -%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinepalettes} -%The following command can be used to define palettes for your style. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{pddefinepalettes}\marg{name1}\marg{cmds1}\dots' -%\end{command} -%This macro takes \emph{any} even number of mandatory arguments with -%a minimum of two. For every \meta{name}, a set of \meta{commands} -%can be given which define the palette with name \meta{name}. These -%commands can define colors with names |pdcolor1|, |pdcolor2|, -%etcetera. These colors can be used when designing the template (see -%section~\ref{sec:deftemps}). |pdcolor1| will always be used as text -%color. -% -%The user can access these palettes via the |palette| key for the -%|\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). If the user does -%not specify a palette, the first palette defined when compiling the -%presentation, will be used. Here is an example for defining 2 -%palettes. -%\begin{example} -% \pddefinepalettes{reds}{ -% \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{1,0,0} -% \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.1,0} -% \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.2,0} -% }{greens}{ -% \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,1,0} -% \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.1,1,0} -% \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.2,1,0} -% } -%\end{example} -%In this example, the |reds| palette is the default one. For more -%information about |\definecolor|, see the documentation of the -%\pf{xcolor} package \cite{xcolor}. -% -%Notice that it is not necessary to use the names |pdcolor2|, -%|pdcolor3| etcetera as color names. But if these colors are defined, -%\pf{powerdot} will use them, for instance, in the random dots -%feature (see section~\ref{sec:glopts}). The flexibility adds extra -%possibilities in setting up templates and palettes. See for an -%example of its use, the \pf{klope} style. -% -%\subsection{Defining templates}\label{sec:deftemps} -%We start off with a definition of what a template is. A template is -%a collection of settings for slide components together with custom -%definitions, which controls the visual appearance of a slide. A -%style can contain multiple templates. -% -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{pddefinetemplate}\oarg{basis}\marg{name}\marg{options}\marg{commands}' -%\end{command} -%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinetemplate} -%This defines the environment \meta{name} to produce a slide with -%characteristics determined by \meta{basis}, \meta{options} and -%\meta{commands}. We will discuss these elements in more detail -%in the coming sections. -% -%If you want to create several templates that differ only slightly -%from each other, define a \meta{basis} template, and then use it to -%define other templates. All \meta{options} and \meta{commands} for -%the new template \meta{name} will be appended to the existing list -%of \meta{options} and \meta{commands} from the \meta{basis} -%template. -% -%Make sure you choose a \emph{proper} name for the template, and -%avoid redefining existing templates or environments. \pf{powerdot} -%defines |pauseslide|, |note| and |emptyslide| internally, so you -%shouldn't use these names unless you know what you're doing. -%Furthermore, each style needs to define at least the templates -%|slide| and |titleslide|. The |titleslide| environment will be used -%to create the title slide and |slide| will (by default) also be used -%to create section slides. Titles and sections are a bit special in -%the way they use the \meta{options} and will be discussed in more -%detail in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}. -% -%\subsection{Controlling setup} -%\DescribeOption{ifsetup} -%The \meta{options} (keys) are described in the following sections. -%You can control how these options apply to the various setups by -%using the |ifsetup| key. Any key appearing before the first -%|ifsetup| declaration in \meta{options} will apply to every possible -%setup. Once the |ifsetup| key is used, then all subsequent key -%declarations will apply \textit{only} to the setups declared in the -%|ifsetup| key. The |ifsetup| key can be used multiple times. -% -%By possible setups, we mean the allowed values of the |mode|, -%|paper|, |orient|, and |display| keys that are described in -%section~\ref{sec:classopts}. If a value (or values!) for any of -%these four keys is not specified in a |ifsetup| declaration, then -%all subsequent key declarations will apply to any layout of that -%type. Consider the following as an example. -%\begin{example}[numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,% -% escapeinside=`',numbersep=1em,xleftmargin=1em] -% ... -% textpos={.2\slidewidth,.3\slideheight},% -% ifsetup={portrait,screen},% -% textpos={.3\slidewidth,.2\slideheight}% -% ... -% ifsetup=landscape,% -% ... -% ifsetup, -% ... -%\end{example} -%Assuming there was no |ifsetup| declaration before the first -%|textpos| declaration, this first |textpos| will apply to every -%possible setup. However, for the screen format in portrait -%orientation, the next |textpos| declaration will be used. In fact, -%all declarations that appear until we switch to the next |ifsetup| -%(which specifies all paper sorts and only landscape orientation) -%will be used in the portrait screen layout. All keys after the next -%|ifsetup| declaration will be used in landscape orientation, -%\emph{with any paper, mode and display}. If, after declaring some -%specializations, you want to switch back to settings that apply to -%all possible setups, set |ifsetup| to empty as is done in the -%example. All subsequent declarations will then again be applied -%under any setup. -% -%The following command is a stand-alone implementation of the -%mechanism described above. It allows you to control the setup -%outside the \meta{options} argument of the |\pddefinetemplate| -%command. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{pdifsetup}\marg{desired}\marg{true}\marg{false}' -%\end{command} -%\DescribeMacro{\pdifsetup} -%This macro executes \meta{true} when the setup that the user chose -%matches with the \meta{desired} setup, \meta{false} in all other cases. -%For instance, if the user has chosen landscape, then -%\begin{example} -% \pdifsetup{landscape}{yes}{no} -%\end{example} -%will typeset |yes|. If the user would have chosen portrait instead, -%then |no| would have been typeset. -% -%This macro can be used to check setup requests from the user and, -%for instance, generate an error if a certain setup is not supported -%by your style. \pf{powerdot} provides one predefined error message -%which can be used in one of the first lines of your style. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{pd@noportrait}' -%\end{command} -%\DescribeMacro{\pd@noportrait} -%This macro generates an error when the user requests portrait -%orientation. Notice that the handout mode only works in portrait -%orientation. This macro takes that into account and doesn't generate -%an error in the case that the user requested a handout. -% -%\subsection{Main components}\label{sec:maincomps} -%The \meta{options} control several key components of a slide. Every -%component has several properties. A key that can be used in the -%\meta{options} argument is the name of the component postfixed by -%its property that you want to control. -% -%The components |title|, |text|, |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc| have -%properties |hook|, |pos|, |width| and |font|. Additionally, the -%|text| component has a |height| property. The components |lf|, |cf| and -%|rf| have properties |hook|, |pos|, |temp| and |font|. Hence, -%examples of valid keys are |titlefont|, |tocpos| and |lftemp|. All -%components and properties will be discussed below. -% -%Here is an overview of the components that can be controlled from -%the \meta{options} argument in |\pddefinetemplate|. -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{title-}\option{title-}\\ -%The slide title. -%\item\DescribeOption{text-}\option{text-}\\ -%The main text box on the slide. -%\item\DescribeOption{toc-}\option{toc-}\\ -%The (full) table of contents on a slide containing sections and -%slides. -%\item\DescribeOption{stoc-}\option{stoc-}\\ -%This is a table of contents containing only the sections. See also -%|ntoc| below. -%\item\DescribeOption{ntoc-}\option{ntoc-}\\ -%This is a table of contents containing only the entries for the -%active section. Together with |stoc|, this can be used to create a -%split table of contents. In a particular template, one would usually -%have a |toc|, a combination of |stoc| and |ntoc| or no table of -%contents at all. -%\item\DescribeOptions{lf-,cf-,rf-}\option{lf-,cf-,rf-}\\ -%The left, center and right footers. -%\end{description} -% -%Notice that all positioning of components described above will be -%done with |\rput| from \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} -%internally. See the \pf{pstricks} documentation for more information -%about this command. It should also be noted that all components -%(except |lf|, |cf| and |rf|) put their content in a |minipage| -%environment. -% -%Now we list all properties of the components listed above and -%describe what they mean. Remember that keys are formed by combining -%a component name and a property. -% -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{-hook}\option{-hook}\\ -%This option defines the |\rput| hook that will be used when -%positioning the item. This can be |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|, -%|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. See the \pf{pstricks} -%documentation for more information. -%\item\DescribeOption{-pos}\option{-pos}\\ -%This defines the position of the |hook| on the paper. The lower left -%corner of the paper is given by the point |{0,0}| and the upper right -%corner by the point |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|. So if you want to -%position the main text box at 20\% from the left edge and 30\% from -%the top edge of the paper, you have to do the following. -%\begin{example} -% textpos={.2\slidewidth,.7\slideheight} -%\end{example} -%If the position of any component has not been specified, this -%component will not be placed on the slide. This gives an opportunity -%to design slides without footers or table of contents, for instance. -%\item\DescribeOption{-width}\option{-width}\\ -%The width of the component. All component positioned by -%\pf{powerdot} will be put in a surrounding |minipage| environment. -%The |width| property determines the width of the |minipage|. Example: -%\begin{example} -% textwidth=.7\slidewidth -%\end{example} -%This property does not exist for the |lf|, |cf| and |rf| components. -%\item\DescribeOption{-height}\option{-height}\\ -%This option is only available for the |text| component. In other -%words, for this property, there is only one key, namely -%|textheight|. This can be used to specify the height of the -%|minipage| used for the main text. This does not imply that users -%are restricted to this length or that \pf{powerdot} does automatic -%slide breaking. This height is only used for vertical alignments of -%material, for instance by footnotes. The preset value is -%|\slideheight|. -%\item\DescribeOption{-font}\option{-font}\\ -%This will be inserted just before the text that is about to be -%typeset. This can be used to declare deviations from the main text -%font and color. It can be a font declaration, like -%|\large\bfseries|, but can also contain other things like -%|\color{red}| or |\raggedright|. -%\item\DescribeOption{-temp}\option{-temp}\\ -%This property is only available for the footers (|lf|, |cf| and |rf|) and -%can be used to change the template of the footers. This means that -%you can, for instance, add content to the footer, besides the -%content specified by the user. The default declaration by -%\pf{powerdot} is the following. -%\begin{example} -% rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty -% \else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide -%\end{example} -%Here |\pd@@rf| will contain the content of the right footer defined -%by the user via the |\pdsetup| command. Similarly, |\pd@@lf| -%contains the content of the left footer. The above declaration -%checks whether the footer and |\theslide| are both non-empty and if -%so, it inserts | -- | to separate both. -%\item\DescribeOption{-orient}\option{-orient}\\ -%This property is only available for the |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc| -%components. This property can be |h| or |v| and determines the -%orientation of the table of contents. The preset is |v|. See -%also section~\ref{sec:slidetoc} for more information about the -%construction of the table of contents. -%\end{description} -% -%\subsection{Slide toc}\label{sec:slidetoc} -%The small table of contents that is placed on slides can be -%controlled by four macros and several options. -% -%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocslide} -%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocsection} -%These macros take one argument. When building the table of contents, -%\pf{powerdot} first passes the content through |\pd@tocslide| or -%|\pd@tocsection|, depending on the type of entry that it is building -%at that moment. You could, for instance, do -%\begin{example} -% \def\pd@tocslide#1{$\bullet$\ #1} -% \def\pd@tocsection#1{#1} -%\end{example} -%which will prefix all normal entries (not the sections) with a -%bullet. By default, these two macros are defined to just pass on -%their argument. -% -%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocdisplay} -%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tochighlight} -%These two macros also take one argument. After processing an entry -%with the command |\pd@tocslide| or |\pd@tocsection|, \pf{powerdot} -%continues building the entry by passing it through |\pd@tocdisplay|, -%when the entry needs to be displayed only, or |\pd@tochighlight|, -%when the entry needs to be highlighted. These macros are a little -%more involved and take care of putting the content in the proper -%font and color in a |minipage|. Further, |\pd@tochighlight| also -%puts a box around the item. -% -%Notice, that by default, both the separate table of contents entries -%as well as the table of contents as a whole are typeset in -%|minipage| environments by these macros, in case the table of -%contents is vertical. The |-width| properties then determines the -%width of the table of contents and, together with |tocsecindent| and -%|tocslideindent| (see below) the width of the individual entries. If -%it is horizontal, only the separate entries will be in |minipage|s -%and the table of contents itself not and the |-width| properties -%determine only the width of the individual entries (together with -%|tocsecindent| and |tocslideindent|). -% -%Several aspects of the process of generating the table of contents -%can be controlled via the keys that are available in the -%|\pddefinetemplate| command that will be described below. If these -%keys do not provide enough handles to do what you want, you might -%need to have a look at the two macros in the source and decide to -%rewrite them in your style as to fit your needs. An example can be -%found in the \pf{fyma} style. -% -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{tocfrsep}\option{tocfrsep}\\ -%This length is the distance between the box around the content -%created by the |minipage| and the highlight frame box created by -%|\pd@tochighlight|. Preset: |0.5mm|. -%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecsep}\option{tocsecsep}\\ -%The distance inserted before a section (unless it is the -%first element in the table of contents). Preset: |2ex|. -%Notice that if the orientation of the table of contents is set to -%vertical, this length creates a vertical skip, otherwise, it creates -%a horizontal skip. -%\item\DescribeOption{tocslidesep}\option{tocslidesep}\\ -%The distance inserted before other entries (unless it is the -%first element in the table of contents). Preset: |0ex|. Like -%|tocsecsep|, the effect of this length depends on the orientation of -%the table of contents. -%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecindent}\option{tocsecindent}\\ -%The horizontal space left to a section entry. Preset: |0pt|. -%\item\DescribeOption{tocslideindent}\option{tocslideindent}\\ -%The horizontal space left to a slide entry. The horizontal skip will -%not be inserted left to slide entries that appear before the first -%section. Preset: |0pt|. -%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecm}\option{tocsecm}\\ -%This is inserted just before typesetting a section. This can be used -%to mark a section, for instance with a line as in the \pf{default} -%style. Preset: empty. -%\item\DescribeOption{toctcolor}\option{toctcolor}\\ -%This is the text color used for non-highlighted elements in the -%table of contents. Preset: |black|. -%\item\DescribeOption{tochltcolor}\option{tochltcolor}\\ -%This is the text color used for highlighted elements in the table of -%contents. Preset: |white|. -%\item\DescribeOption{tochlcolor}\option{tochlcolor}\\ -%This is the color used for the frame behind highlighted elements. -%Preset: |black|. -%\end{description} -% -%\subsection{Miscellaneous options}\label{sec:miscoptions} -%There are some options that fall outside of the scope of the previous -%sections. These will be discussed here. -% -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{iacolor}\option{iacolor}\\ -%The |iacolor| option can be used to specify the color that is used -%for inactive things, produced for instance by |\onslide|, |\pause| -%(see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and |\tableofcontents| (see -%section~\ref{sec:tableofcontents}). As \pf{xcolor} is used by -%\pf{powerdot}, one can use special notation here, like -%\begin{example} -% iacolor=black!20 -%\end{example} -%The preset value for this key is |lightgray|. -%\end{description} -% -%The following options control the digital clock (see -%section~\ref{sec:classopts}). The clock is a form text field with -%dynamic content, driven by a javascript via \pf{hyperref} text -%fields. Some options for the clock work similarly as for, for -%instance, the title component, but there are also special options. -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOptions{clockhook,clockpos}\option{clockhook,clockpos}\\ -%These work in the same way as the |-hook| and |-pos| properties -%discussed in section~\ref{sec:maincomps}. The preset value of -%|clockhook| is |tr|. -%\item\DescribeOptions{clockwidth,clockheight}\option{clockwidth,clockheight}\\ -%These control the width and height of the text field containing the -%clock. Preset values come from \pf{hyperref} and are |3cm| and -%|\baselineskip|, respectively. -%\item\DescribeOption{clockcharsize}\option{clockcharsize}\\ -%The size of characters of the clock. Preset: |14pt|. -%\item\DescribeOption{clockalign}\option{clockalign}\\ -%The alignment of the clock in the text field. |0| is left-aligned, -%|1| is centered and |2| is right aligned. Preset is |2|. -%\item\DescribeOption{clockcolor}\option{clockcolor}\\ -%This determines the text color of the clock. The value should be a -%named color. The preset value is |black|. -%\end{description} -% -%\subsection{Template presets} -%Below, we have copied the preset setting for the keys described -%above. These will be used if you didn't supply other input for these -%keys in a particular template. If the preset value meets your -%needs, you don't have to specify it again in your style. -%\begin{example} -% titlehook=Bl,titlepos=,titlewidth=\slidewidth, -% titlefont=\raggedright,texthook=tl,textpos=, -% textwidth=\slidewidth,textfont=\raggedright, -% textheight=\slideheight, -% tochook=tl,tocpos=,tocwidth=.2\slidewidth, -% tocfont=\tiny\raggedright, -% stochook=tl,stocpos=,stocwidth=.2\slidewidth, -% stocfont=\tiny\raggedright, -% ntochook=tl,ntocpos=,ntocwidth=.2\slidewidth, -% ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright, -% tocorient=v,stocorient=v,ntocorient=v, -% tocfrsep=.5mm,tocsecsep=2ex,tocslidesep=0ex, -% tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white, -% tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt, -% lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf, -% cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf, -% rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf -% \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide, -% iacolor=lightgray, -% clockhook=tr,clockpos=,clockwidth=3cm,clockheight=\baselineskip, -% clockcharsize=14pt,clockalign=2,clockcolor=black -%\end{example} -% -%\subsection{The background}\label{sec:defbg} -%This leaves only one argument of the |\pddefinetemplate| macro -%undiscussed. This is the \meta{commands} argument. This argument can -%contain any code that you want to execute \textit{after} setting the -%options and \textit{before} building the slide components like the -%slide title, main text, and footers. This argument is designed to -%contain declarations that will build the background of a template -%using, for instance, \pf{pstricks}, but it can also hold other -%commands you might need for building your template. -% -%Important to notice is that these commands may not create \TeX\ -%material as that might destroy the construction of the slide. So, if -%you want to place the word `Hello' in the bottom left corner of the -%slide, don't type `Hello', but make its width, height and depth -%equal to zero, for instance by using \pf{pstricks}' |\rput|. -%\begin{example} -% \rput[bl](0,0){Hello} -%\end{example} -% -%\subsection{Title slide, titles and sections}\label{sec:specialtemps} -%As mentioned before, the style that you write needs to define at -%least the templates |slide| and |titleslide|. The latter treats some -%of the keys in a special way. Besides, a section slide is also done -%in a special way. -% -%The title slide (made with |\maketitle|) puts the title with -%author(s) and date in the main text box. This means that you have to -%supply a position for the main text box (|textpos|). It will use the -%main text font for the text (together with declarations in the -%|textfont| key) for the author(s) and the date. But it will use the -%declarations in |titlefont| for the title of the presentation. This -%is done so that title and author(s) form a coherent block and to -%make sure that long titles can push down the author(s) instead of -%overwriting it. -% -%\DescribeMacro{\pd@slidetitle} -%The |\pd@slidetitle| macro is used to typeset the slide title on -%slides. This macro is comparable to for instance |\pd@tocslide|. The -%macro takes one argument which is the slide title in the right font -%and formatting. By default, this macro just passes on the content -%for typesetting, but you could redefine this macro so do something -%with its input prior to typesetting it. An example is in the -%\pf{fyma} style which underlines the title after putting it in a -%|minipage| to support multi line titles. -% -%\DescribeMacros{\pd@title,\pd@sectiontitle} -%These macros are similar to |\pd@slidetitle| and typeset the title -%on the title slide and the title on section slides respectively. By -%default, these also pass there argument (which is the presentation -%title or section title), but these can be redefined to do something -%with the input prior to typesetting it, just as |\pd@slidetitle|. -% -%\DescribeOptions{sectemp,widesectemp} -%The |\section| command uses (by default) the |slide| environment and -%puts the section title in the title box with font |titlefont|. If -%you want to change the default use of the |slide| environment for -%sections to, for instance, the |sectionslide| environment or any -%other especially designed section template, change the section -%template preset in your style, using -%\begin{example} -% \setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide} -%\end{example} -%This means that if the user asks for |template=slide| in the -%|\section| command, the |sectionslide| environment will be used -%silently. To avoid surprises, |sectionslide| should preferably be -%based on the |slide| environment. -% -%A similar option is available in case the user asks for -%|template=wideslide|. One could for instance do the following. -%\begin{example} -% \setkeys[pd]{section}{widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -%\end{example} -%Whenever the user requests a |wideslide| to be used for a -%|\section|, instead, the |sectionwideslide| environment will be -%used. Other input to the |template| key by the user does not get a -%special treatment. -% -%Notice that these keys are available in the |section| family of keys -%and that you cannot use them in the |\pddefinetemplate| command. -% -%\subsection{Testing the style}\label{sec:styletest} -%\pf{powerdot} has a test file that should test most of the style. -%This test file can be produced by running \LaTeX\ over -%|powerdot.dtx|. This generates |powerdot-styletest.tex| which will -%help you with the testing job. Feel free to contact us when you -%would like to contribute your style to \pf{powerdot}. See also -%section~\ref{sec:questions}. -% -%\section{Using \LyX\ for presentations}\label{sec:lyx} -%\LyX\ \cite{LyXWeb} is a WYSIWYM (What You See Is What You Mean) -%document processor based on \LaTeX. It supports standard \LaTeX\ -%classes but needs special files, called layout files, in order to -%support non-standard classes such as \pf{powerdot}. -% -%To start using \LyX\ for \pf{powerdot} presentations, copy the -%layout file |powerdot.layout| to the \LyX\ layout directory. You can -%find this file in the doc tree of your \LaTeX\ installation: -%\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find it there, download -%it from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. Once that is -%done, reconfigure \LyX\ (\texttt{Edit\LyXarrow Reconfigure} and -%restart \LyX\ afterwards). Now you can use the \pf{powerdot} -%document class as any other supported class. Go to -%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} and select \texttt{powerdot -%presentation} as document class. For more information, see the \LyX\ -%documentation, which is accessible from the |Help| menu. -% -%\subsection{How to use the layout} -%The \pf{powerdot} \LyX\ layout provides some environments\footnote{Don't -%confuse these with \LaTeX\ environments.} which can be used in \LyX. -%Some of these environments (for instance |Title| or |Itemize|) are -%natural to use since they exist also in the standard document -%classes such as \pf{article}. For more information on these standard -%environments, see the \LyX\ documentation. -% -%This section will explain how to use the \pf{powerdot} specific -%environments |Slide|, |WideSlide|, |EmptySlide| and |Note|. These -%environments correspond to the \pf{powerdot} environments |slide|, -%|emptyslide|, |wideslide| and |note|. -% -%We start with a simple example. The following \LaTeX\ code -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Slide title} -% Slide content. -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%can be obtained using the following \LyX\ environments. The right -%column represents the text typed into the \LyX\ window and the left -%column represents the environment applied to this text). -%\begin{example} -% Slide Slide title -% Standard Slide content. -% EndSlide -%\end{example} -%Some remarks concerning this example. -%\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt] -%\item You can use the environment menu (under the menu bar, top-left -%corner) to change the environment applied to text. -%\item The slide title should be typed on the line of the |Slide| -%environment. -%\item |EndSlide| finishes the slide and its line is left blank. -%\end{itemize} -% -%In the \LyX\ window, the |Slide| environment (that is, the slide -%title) is displayed in magenta, the |WideSlide| style in green, the -%|EmptySlide| style in cyan and the |Note| style in red and hence -%these are easily identifiable. -% -%Here is another example. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{First slide title} -% The first slide. -% \end{slide} -% \begin{note}{First note title} -% The first note, concerning slide 1. -% \end{note} -% \begin{slide}{Second slide title} -% The second slide. -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%This can be done in \LyX\ in the following way. -%\begin{example} -% Slide First slide title -% Standard The first slide. -% Note First note title -% Standard The first note, concerning slide 1. -% Slide Second slide title -% Standard The second slide. -% EndSlide -%\end{example} -%This example demonstrates that it is often sufficient to insert the -%|EndSlide| style after the last slide or note only. Only when you -%want certain material not to be part of a slide, you need to finish -%the preceding slide manually using the |EndSlide| style. Example: -%\begin{example} -% Slide First slide title -% Standard The first slide. -% EndSlide -% [ERT box with some material] -% Slide Second slide title -% ... -%\end{example} -% -%Options can be passed to slide environments by using -%\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the slide title. -%The following example uses the |direct| method (see -%section~\ref{sec:verbatim}) in the short title argument (delimited by -%square brackets) to allow for a |lstlisting| environment (defined by -%the \pf{listings} package) within the slide content. -%\begin{example} -% Slide [method=direct]Example of LaTeX source code -% Standard Here's the \HelloWorld command: -% [ERT box: -% \lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX} -% \begin{lstlisting} -% \newcommand{\HelloWorld}{Hello World!} -% \end{lstlisting} -% ] -% EndSlide -%\end{example} -%Note that you are not obliged to use a |verbatim| environment to -%type the |\HelloWord| text into the \LyX\ window because \LyX\ -%directly supports standard verbatim.\footnote{\LyX\ translates -%special characters into their corresponding \LaTeX\ command. For -%instance, the backslash character is translated into -%\cs{textbackslash{}}. Resulting, the font is not the same as in true -%verbatim and you might want to change that via the -%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Character} dialog.} Consequently, the use of -%the slide processing methods |direct| and |file| is not necessary -%when you need standard verbatim, but it is necessary when doing more -%advanced things, like in the example above. -% -%\subsection{Support of syntax} -%This section lists options, commands and environments that are -%supported through the \LyX\ interface directly, without using an ERT -%box (\TeX-mode). -% -%All class options (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}) are supported -%via the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog (|Layout| pane). -%Options for the |\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:setup}) -%should be specified in the |Preamble| pane of the -%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog. -% -%Table \ref{tab:lyxcommands} lists the \pf{powerdot} commands that -%are supported in \LyX. -%\begin{table}[htb] -%\centering -%\begin{tabular}{f} -%Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline -%\cs{title} & Use \texttt{Title} environment.\\ -%\cs{author} & Use \texttt{Author} environment.\\ -%\cs{date} & Use \texttt{Date} environment.\\ -%\cs{maketitle} & Managed directly by \LyX.\\ -%\cs{section} & Use the \texttt{Section} environment. Options to this -%command (see section~\ref{sec:section}) can be specified using -%\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the section title.\\ -%\cs{tableofcontents} & Use \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Lists \& -%TOC\LyXarrow Table of contents}. You will need an ERT box if you -%want to use the optional argument, see below. -%\end{tabular} -%\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} commands in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxcommands} -%\end{table} -%Table \ref{tab:lyxenvs} lists the \pf{powerdot} environments that, -%besides the earlier discussed |slide|, |wideslide|, |note| and -%|emptyslide| environments, are supported in \LyX. -%\begin{table}[htb] -%\centering -%\begin{tabular}{f} -%Environment & Method in \LyX\\\hline -%\texttt{itemize} & Use \texttt{Itemize} and \texttt{ItemizeType1} -%environments. The latter will create a list with |type=1| (see -%section~\ref{sec:lists}).\\ -%\texttt{enumerate} & Use \texttt{Enumerate} and -%\texttt{EnumerateType1} environments.\\ -%\texttt{thebibliography} & Use \texttt{Bibliography} environment. -%\end{tabular} -%\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} environments in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxenvs} -%\end{table} -%Table \ref{tab:lyxERT} lists commands that can only be done by using -%an ERT box (via \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow TeX}). -%\begin{table}[ht] -%\centering -%\begin{tabular}{f} -%Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline -%\cs{and} & Within \texttt{Author} environment.\\ -%\cs{pause} & \\ -%\cs{item} & An ERT box is only required for the optional argument, -%not mandatory for overlays specifications.\\ -%\cs{onslide} & And the versions \cs{onslide+} and \cs{onslide*}.\\ -%\cs{twocolumn} & \\ -%\cs{tableofcontents} & Only when using the optional argument. -%\end{tabular} -%\caption{\pf{powerdot} commands needing an ERT box in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxERT} -%\end{table} -%Note that you may use the clipboard in order to repeat often used -%commands like |\pause|. Finally, table \ref{tab:lyxadd} lists -%additional commands and environments that are supported by the layout. -%\begin{table}[htb] -%\centering -%\begin{tabular}{f} -%Env./Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline -%\texttt{quote} & Use \texttt{Quote} environment.\\ -%\texttt{quotation} & Use \texttt{Quotation} environment.\\ -%\texttt{verse} & Use \texttt{Verse} environment.\\ -%\cs{caption} & Use \texttt{Caption} environment within standard -%float environments. -%\end{tabular} -%\caption{Additional environments for \LyX}\label{tab:lyxadd} -%\end{table} -% -%\subsection{Compiling with \LyX} -%First of all, make sure that you have also read -%section~\ref{sec:compiling}. Then, in order to get a proper -%PostScript or PDF file, you have to set your \LyX\ document -%properties depending on which paper and orientation you want. When -%your \LyX\ document is open, go to the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow -%Document} dialog. In the \texttt{Layout} pane, put the |nopsheader|, -%|orient| and |paper| keys as class options (see -%section~\ref{sec:classopts} for a description). Then, go to the -%|Paper| pane and select corresponding paper size and orientation -%(you may choose |letter| paper in the case you set |paper=screen| in -%the class options). Finally, go to the |View| (or -%\texttt{File\LyXarrow Export}) menu and select your output -%(PostScript or PDF). -% -%\subsection{Extending the layout} -%If you have created a custom style (see section~\ref{sec:writestyle}) -%which defines custom templates, you may want to extend the layout -%file\footnote{The LPPL dictates to rename a file if you modify it as -%to avoid confusion.} so that these templates are also supported in -%\LyX. The explanation below assumes that you have defined a template -%called |sunnyslide|. -% -%To support this new template in \LyX, you have to use the following -%command. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{pddefinelyxtemplate}\meta{cs}\marg{template}' -%\end{command} -%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinelyxtemplate} -%This will define the control sequence \meta{cs} such that it will -%create a slide with template \meta{template} (which has been defined -%using |\pddefinetemplate|. This new control sequence can be used in -%the layout file as follows. -%\begin{example} -% # SunnySlide environment definition -% Style SunnySlide -% CopyStyle Slide -% LatexName lyxend\lyxsunnyslide -% Font -% Color Yellow -% EndFont -% Preamble -% \pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxsunnyslide{sunnyslide} -% EndPreamble -% End -%\end{example} -%Note that you must begin the |LatexName| field with |lyxend|. The -%definition of the \LyX\ template has been inserted in between -%|Preamble| and |EndPreamble| which assures that the new \LyX\ -%environment will work in every presentation. After modifying the -%layout file, don't forget to restart \LyX. See for more information -%about creating \LyX\ environments, the documentation of \LyX\ in the -%|Help| menu. -% -%\section{Questions}\label{sec:questions} -%\subsection{Frequently Asked Questions}\label{sec:FAQ} -%This section is devoted to Frequently Asked Questions. Please read -%it carefully; your problem might be solved by this section. -%\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt] -%\question -%Does \pf{powerdot} have example files? Where can I find them? -%\answer -%\pf{powerdot} comes with several examples that should be in the doc -%tree of your \LaTeX\ installation. More precisely: -%\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find them there, -%download them from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot} -%\cite{CTAN}. -%\question I'm getting errors or unexpected output when compiling -%the simplest example! -%\answer Did you read section~\ref{sec:compiling}? -%\question I made a typo in the slide code, ran the file, got an -%error, corrected the typo and reran, but now get an error that -%doesn't go away. -%\answer Remove the |.bm| and |.toc| files and try again. -%\question |\pause| does not work in the |align|\footnote{There are -%several environments doing similar things as \texttt{align}. Another -%example is the \texttt{split} environment, but more (often from the -%\pf{amsmath} package) can cause similar trouble for \cs{pause}.} -%environment. -%\answer |align| does several tricky things, which make it impossible -%to use |\pause|. Use |\onslide| instead. See -%section~\ref{sec:onslide}. -%\question My \pf{pstricks} nodes appear on all overlays. Also: color -%doesn't seem to work with |\onslide|. -%\answer Some PostScript tricks like nodes and color do not work with -%|\onslide|. Use |\onslide*| instead. See an example below. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass{powerdot} -% \usepackage{pst-node} -% \begin{document} -% \begin{slide}{Color} -% \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{A}} -% This is {\onslide*{2-}{\color{red}} red} text. -% \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{B}} -% \onslide{2}{\ncline{A}{B}} -% \end{slide} -% \end{document} -%\end{example} -%\question Do I need to edit style files to change a style a bit? -%\answer No, you do not need to edit any style file. You can change -%any part of a certain style using the |\pddefinetemplate| and -%|\pddefinepalettes| commands. Here is an example that removes the -%left and right footers from the \pf{default} style, places the slide -%number in the center footer and adds another palette. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass{powerdot} -% \pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{ -% lfpos=,rfpos=,cftemp=\theslide -% }{} -% \pddefinepalettes{mypalette}{ -% \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.27,.31,.44} -% \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.85,.85,.92} -% \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.8,.75,.98} -% } -% \pdsetup{palette=mypalette} -% \begin{document} -% \begin{slide}{Title} -% \end{slide} -% \end{document} -%\end{example} -%See section~\ref{sec:writestyle} for more information about these -%two commands. -%\question Can I contribute to this project? -%\answer -%Certainly. If you find bugs\footnote{Make sure that you confirm that -%the bug is really caused by \pf{powerdot} and not by another package -%that you use.} or typos, please send a message to the mailinglist -%(see section~\ref{sec:mailinglist}). If you have developed your own -%style that is distinct from existing styles and would like to see it -%included in \pf{powerdot}, please inform us by private e-mail and we -%will consider your contribution. Notice that included contributions -%will fall under the overall \pf{powerdot} license and copyright -%notice, but that your name will be included in the documentation -%when you make a contribution. This is done to guarantee that we can -%adapt files if maintenance is needed. -%\end{itemize} -% -%If your question has not been answered at this point, advance to the -%next section to read where to find more answers. -% -%\subsection{Mailinglist}\label{sec:mailinglist} -%\pf{powerdot} has a mailinglist from \url{freelists.org} and has its -%website here: -%\begin{center} -%\url{http://www.freelists.org/list/powerdot} -%\end{center} -%There is a link to `List Archive'. Please search this archive before -%posting a question. Your problem might already have been solved in -%the past. -% -%If that is not the case, use the box on the page to type your e-mail -%address, choose the action `Subscribe' and click `Go!'. Then follow -%the instructions that arrive to you by e-mail. At a certain moment, -%you can login for the first time using an authorization code sent to -%you by e-mail. After logging in, you can create a password for -%future sessions using the `Main Menu' button. The other buttons -%provide you some info and options for your account. -% -%When you are all set, you can write to the list by sending an e-mail -%to -%\begin{center} -%\url{powerdot [at] freelists [dot] org} -%\end{center} -% -%When writing to the list, please keep in mind the following very -%important issues. -%\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt] -%\item We are volunteers! -%\item Keep your questions related to \pf{powerdot}. -%\item Always supply a \emph{minimal} example demonstrating your -%problem. -%\item Don't send big files over the list. -%\end{enumerate} -% -%We hope you will enjoy this service. -% -%\section{Source code documentation}\label{sec:source} -%In case you want regenerate the package files from the source or -%want to have a look at the source code description, locate -%|powerdot.dtx|, search in the file for |\OnlyDescription| and remove -%that and do -%\begin{example} -% latex powerdot.dtx -% latex powerdot.dtx -% bibtex powerdot -% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo -% makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx -% latex powerdot.dtx -% latex powerdot.dtx -%\end{example} -% -%\StopEventually{} -% -%\section{Implementation}\label{sec:imple} -%\subsection{General construction} -%This section explains the general idea of the class, how paper -%dimensions are chosen and how slides are created. We start with the -%paper. -% -%This class uses the same idea as \pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper}, -%namely that we create a background with \pf{pstricks} and position -%text on it using |\rput| and some |minipage| environments. This is -%easier than writing a dedicated output routine that can handle all -%the material, but doesn't break pages when we don't want that. So, -%when starting to write the class, we first investigated how to deal -%with landscape slides and paper dimensions. -% -%The job of making landscape slides can be done using \pf{geometry}. -%The paper dimension was more of a problem. As \LaTeX\ doesn't have -%the huge fonts that we need for presentations, we need to scale the -%usual fonts somehow. This could be done by using unusual paper -%dimensions (as \pf{beamer} does) and hence relying on ps2pdf to cut -%off all the redundant material. But this doesn't produce a usable -%DVI or PS file. Instead, it was chosen to use DVI magnification. The -%entire slide is magnified by a factor of 2 and only the top left -%quarter of the paper is used (but you will never notice that due to -%the magnification). As we already decided to place all material in -%|minipage|s using |\rput|, we didn't need the page anymore and it -%was easiest to use \pf{geometry} to just remove the page margins -%altogether so that the bottom left corner would be |(0,0)| and the -%top right corner |(\slidewidth,\slideheight)|. -% -%One extra remark on the paper type is necessary. We found that most -%common configurations of dvips use the |A4size| code when A4 -%dimensions are found. This code doesn't write an explicit PostScript -%paper command in the PS document and hence programs using this PS -%(like ps2pdf) don't know what paper to use and revert to the -%default, which is letter paper in most cases. This, of course, is -%something that we don't want and hence, \pf{powerdot} will write -%these commands to the PS itself as to guarantee proper post -%processing of the PS. -% -%Now that we made the decisions on how to create proper DVI, PS and -%PDF output, the next task was to create an easy interface to -%overlays. To avoid counting the overlays as is necessary with -%\pf{prosper}, we implemented a system that first collects the entire -%body of an environment in a macro which can be reused multiple -%times. During execution of the body, the overlay commands like -%|\onslide| will keep a record of the biggest number that they find -%and that is the number of overlays to produce. Getting the body of -%the environment is done by collecting all material up to the next -%|\end| occurrence. If that control sequence has the proper argument -%(namely the slide that we started with), then we stop scanning and -%start processing the slide. With normal use, you will not notice -%this, but when doing special tricks like hiding |\end{slide}| in a -%macro, the process will fail as it relies on finding |\end{slide}| -%in the input stream without doing expansions. Often a work around -%can be found though. Have a look for instance at how |\section| -%creates a slide. -% -%The next task was to provide a simple way to create templates. As -%the class is based on the idea of having a background with some -%material spread out over it, the template system follows this idea. -%One argument can be used to create the background, the other -%argument controls, via keys and options, several properties of the -%material that should be placed. By adding an |ifsetup| key, full -%control could be gained over the design of the template in every -%possible setup chosen by the user. -% -%The final task for the class was to fill in all the `details'. All -%the mechanisms were present, but sometimes they should not be -%active. For instance, overlays should not be created in handout -%mode. Other things to add to the class were counter protection on -%overlays, handles to the layout of the slide number, footnotes, a -%bibliography environment, empty slides, etcetera. -% -%We hope that this section has made clear a little bit what you will -%be seeing when reading the next section with coding and why we chose -%to do it this way. -% -% \subsection{The code} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*powerdot> -% \end{macrocode} -% Identification. -% \begin{macrocode} -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesClass{powerdot} - [2017/08/28 v1.5c powerdot presentation class (HA)] -% \end{macrocode} -% Initializations. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\ifpd@overlay -\newif\ifpd@section -\newif\ifpd@ifsetup -\newif\ifpd@display -\newif\ifpd@pauseslide -\newcounter{note} -\newcounter{slide} -\newcounter{pd@pause} -\newcounter{pd@section} -\newcounter{pd@overlay} -\newcounter{pd@trivlist} -\newcounter{pd@onslidedepth} -\newbox\pd@tba -\newbox\pd@tbb -\newtoks\pd@body -\newwrite\pd@bmout -\newwrite\pd@tocout -\newlength\pd@frsep -\newlength\pd@colsep -\newlength\slidewidth -\newlength\slideheight -\let\pd@cursetup\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% Setup options section. -% \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2005/07/10] -% \end{macrocode} -% Orientation. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{orient}[\pd@tempa\pd@orient]{% - landscape,portrait}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa} -% \end{macrocode} -% Paper type. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{paper}[\pd@tempa\pd@paper]{% - screen,a4paper,letterpaper,smartboard}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa} -% \end{macrocode} -% Display type. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{display}[\pd@tempa\pd@display]{% - slides,notes,slidesnotes}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa} -% \end{macrocode} -% Mode. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{mode}[\pd@tempa\pd@mode]{% - present,print,handout}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa} -% \end{macrocode} -% Pause slide. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key[pd]{class}{pauseslide}[black]{% - \pd@pauseslidetrue - \def\pd@pauseslidecolor{#1}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Some boolean keys. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@boolkeys[pd]{class}[pd@@]{% - nopsheader,hlentries,hlsections,nohandoutpagebreaks,nohandoutframes% -}[true] -% \end{macrocode} -% Clock definitions. Contributed by Alexander Grahn. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@boolkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{clock}[true]{% - \ifpd@@clock - \newcount\pd@clockcnt - \def\pd@startclock##1##2{% - function pdshowtime(){% - var pdtime=new Date();% - this.getField("pdclock.\the\pd@clockcnt").value=util.printd("##1",pdtime);% - this.dirty=false;% - }% - pdshowtime();% - var pdclock_\the\pd@clockcnt=app.setInterval("pdshowtime()",##2);% - }% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% The size and style to be used. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{size}{% - \def\pd@tempa##1pt{##1}% - \edef\pd@@size{\expandafter\pd@tempa\pd@@size}% -} -\define@cmdkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{style}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% Some usual article options. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key[pd]{class}{fleqn}[]{\input{fleqn.clo}} -\define@key[pd]{class}{leqno}[]{\input{leqno.clo}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Some presets, used in case the user doesn't supply enough input. -% \begin{macrocode} -\presetkeys[pd]{class}{% - size=11pt,style=default,orient=landscape,paper=screen,% - display=slides,hlentries=true,mode=present}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% Process all options. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ProcessOptionsX[pd]<class>\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@warn} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@error} -% \marg{msg}\\ -% Warnings and errors. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@warn{\ClassWarning{powerdot}} -\def\pd@error#1{\ClassError{powerdot}{#1}\@ehd} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@noportrait} -% The standard error for styles that do not support portrait orientation. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@noportrait{% - \ifnum\pd@orient=\@ne\ifnum\pd@mode=2\else\pd@error{% - `\pd@@style' style does not support portrait orientation - }\fi\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Check paper for print and handout mode. No |screen| allowed. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\pd@mode>0 - \ifnum\pd@paper=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Remove erroneous input. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{screen}\pd@cursetup\pd@cursetup -% \end{macrocode} -% Switch to a4paper. -% \begin{macrocode} - \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup{a4paper} - \def\pd@paper{1} - \pd@warn{you can't use `screen' format for this mode; - \MessageBreak I've switched to a4paper - } - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Check orientation for handout mode. No |landscape| allowed. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\pd@mode=2 - \newbox\pd@textbox - \ifnum\pd@orient=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Remove erroneous input. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{landscape}\pd@cursetup\pd@cursetup -% \end{macrocode} -% Switch to portrait. -% \begin{macrocode} - \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup{portrait} - \def\pd@orient{1} - \pd@warn{you can't use `landscape' for handout mode; - \MessageBreak I've switched to portrait - } - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Pass paper size and orientation to \pf{geometry} package. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifcase\pd@paper - \def\pd@tempa{papersize={8.25in,11in}} -\or - \def\pd@tempa{papersize={210mm,297mm}} -\or - \def\pd@tempa{papersize={8.5in,11in}} -\or - \def\pd@tempa{papersize={900pt,1440pt}} -\fi -\ifnum\pd@orient=\z@ - \edef\pd@tempa{\pd@tempa,landscape} -\else - \edef\pd@tempa{\pd@tempa,portrait} -\fi -\PassOptionsToPackage\pd@tempa{geometry} -% \end{macrocode} -% Load class and packages. -% \begin{macrocode} -\LoadClass{article} -% \end{macrocode} -% Load font size definitions. Take into account that article has -% loaded some already. This trick actually also allows bigger sizes like -% 14pt or 20pt. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@tempa\newcommand -\let\newcommand\def -\input{size\pd@@size.clo} -\let\newcommand\pd@tempa -% \end{macrocode} -% Remaining packages. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\pd@mode=2 -% \end{macrocode} -% Handout mode. -% \begin{macrocode} - \RequirePackage[margin=2cm,includefoot]{geometry} -\else -% \end{macrocode} -% Magnify DVI by factor 2, no margins at all. -% The offset is to neutralize the |\vskip| inserted by TeX to -% go from the top of the letters to the baseline and position chars -% there. Here we don't want any offset and start at the bottom left -% corner of the paper. -% \begin{macrocode} - \RequirePackage[mag=2000,margin=0pt,voffset=-\pd@@size pt]{geometry} - \geometry{top=.5\paperheight} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Xe\TeX\ support. \pf{hyperref} should not set ps paper size as it doesn't do -% landscape format we don't want it to redefine internals either. -% \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{ifxetex} -\ifxetex - \RequirePackage[setpagesize=false,pdfstartview=Fit, - pageanchor=false,bookmarks=false]{hyperref}[2009/12/14] - \def\pd@pdftrans{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@@trans,}{% - ,Split,Blinds,Box,Wipe,Dissolve,Glitter,% - Replace,Fly,Push,Cover,Uncover,Fade,}% - \ifin@\else - \pd@warn{Transition `\pd@@trans' might not be understood by - your ps to pdf converter}% - \fi - \special{pdf:put @thispage % - <</Trans<</S/\pd@@trans>>>>% - }% - } - \def\pd@pdbookmark#1#2#3#4{% - \pdfstringdef\pd@tempa{#4}% - \special{pdf:outline - \pd@pdb@@kmark{#1}% - <<% - /Title(\pd@tempa)% - /A<<% - /S/GoTo - /D(slide.#3)% - >>% - >>% - }% - } -\else - \RequirePackage[setpagesize=false,dvips,pdfstartview=Fit,% - pageanchor=false,bookmarks=false]{hyperref} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% For some strange reason, it doesn't work to put the below in the above. -% So we do it here as we don't want colored borders. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{\def\@pdfborder{0 0 0}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Necessary for inserting and creating graphics. Notice: \pf{pstricks} -% needs to be loaded after \pf{graphicx} for proper |\scalebox| definition. -% We make sure that \pf{xcolor} is loaded. -% \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage[nosetpagesize]{graphicx}[2017/06/01] -\RequirePackage{pstricks}[2013/12/12] -\RequirePackage{pst-ovl} -\RequirePackage{xcolor}[2004/05/09] -% \end{macrocode} -% For lists and verbatim reading of slide content. -% \changes{v1.5}{2014/01/01}{Fix for latest enumitem (20110915 hv)} -% \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{enumitem}[2007/03/12] -\let\orig@enumerate\enumerate -\def\enumerate{\@ifnextchar[\enumerate@i{\enumerate@i[]}} -\def\enumerate@i[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\enumerate@ii[#1]}{\enumerate@ii[#1][]}} -\def\enumerate@ii[#1][#2]{% - \ifx\relax#1\relax\else\setkeys{enumitem}{#1}\fi - \orig@enumerate[#2]% -} -\let\orig@itemize\itemize -\def\itemize{\@ifnextchar[\itemize@i{\itemize@i[]}} -\def\itemize@i[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\itemize@ii[#1]}{\itemize@ii[#1][]}} -\def\itemize@ii[#1][#2]{% - \ifx\relax#1\relax\else\setkeys{enumitem}{#1}\fi - \orig@itemize[#2]% -} -\let\orig@description\description -\def\description{\@ifnextchar[\description@i{\description@i[]}} -\def\description@i[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\description@ii[#1]}{\description@ii[#1][]}} -\def\description@ii[#1][#2]{% - \ifx\relax#1\relax\else\setkeys{enumitem}{#1}\fi - \orig@description[#2]% -} -\RequirePackage{verbatim} -% \end{macrocode} -% This is needed for the implementation of the clock. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifpd@@clock - \RequirePackage{pdfbase} - \ExplSyntaxOn - \let\pd@PdfAnnot\pbs_pdfannot:nnnn - \let\pd@PdfLastAnn\pbs_pdflastann: - \let\pd@AppendToFields\pbs_appendtofields:n - \ExplSyntaxOff -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Here are some basic properties of the slides. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\pd@mode<2 - \pagestyle{empty} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Avoid making black slide in print mode} -% No black slide in handout or print mode. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\pd@mode>0 - \pd@pauseslidefalse -\fi -\setlength\parindent{0pt} -% \end{macrocode} -% Slide dimensions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\setlength\slidewidth{.5\paperwidth} -\setlength\slideheight{.5\paperheight} -% \end{macrocode} -% Write landscape correction to the ps to avoid ps to be rotated by -% 180 degrees. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\pd@orient=\z@ - \special{!/landplus90 true store} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Write paper dimensions. -% The specials solve a config problem with ghostscript not picking up info from -% ps, due to the fact that some paper formats defined in config.ps do -% not write explicit ps commands. For instance, when dvips finds a4 paper dimensions, -% it writes |%%Papersize: A4|, but no ps command. So ghostscript doesn't -% find a paper size and takes it's default which could be |letter| -% in fact. -% Notice further that screen size is based on letter, but will be cropped in pdf. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifpd@@nopsheader\else - \special{papersize=\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight} - \ifcase\pd@paper - \special{!% - \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: letter - ^^Jletter^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize - } - \or - \special{!% - \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: a4 - ^^Ja4^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize - } - \or - \special{!% - \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: letter - ^^Jletter^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize - } - \or\relax - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Crop pdf for optimal screen ratio. This does not work in DVI or PS. -% Note, the ps rotation takes care of orientation irrespective of -% crop dimensions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifcase\pd@paper\def\@pdfpagescrop{0 0 594 842}\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \pf{hyperref} writes this to the pdf. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@pdfcreator{LaTeX with powerdot class} -% \end{macrocode} -% Save the number of the last slide at the end of the document. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtEndDocument{% - \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\newlabel{lastslide}% - {{}{\the\c@slide}{\relax}{}{}}}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Set up options. |global| is for global only keys (so to be used only -% in the preamble. |slide| is only for slides. |glslide| keys can be -% used in both locations. -% Create an interface to change the typesetting of the page numbers. -% This follows the usual \LaTeX\ idea to change typesetting of numbers -% via |\thepage| etcetera. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key[pd]{global}{theslide}{\def\theslide{#1}} -\define@key[pd]{global}{thenote}{\def\thenote{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Options to be used by \pf{enumitem}. These store input incrementally -% in macros used by \pf{enumitem} to store options. By allowing options -% to be added, both the style and the user can insert options. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key[pd]{global}{enumerate}{% - \ifx\enit@@enum\@undefined - \def\enit@@enum{#1}% - \else - \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@@enum{#1}% - \fi -} -\define@key[pd]{global}{itemize}{% - \ifx\enit@@item\@undefined - \def\enit@@item{#1}% - \else - \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@@item{#1}% - \fi -} -\define@key[pd]{global}{list}{% - \ifx\enit@@list\@undefined - \def\enit@@list{#1}% - \else - \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@@list{#1}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Counters that need overlay protection. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key[pd]{global}{counters}{% - \XKV@addtolist@n\pd@@counters{#1}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Initialize the counters list. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@@counters{table,figure,equation,footnote,mpfootnote} -% \end{macrocode} -% Clock format and refresh rate. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkeys[pd]{global}[pd@@]{clockformat,clockrefresh} -% \end{macrocode} -% Footers and transition effect. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkeys[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{lf,cf,rf,trans} -% \end{macrocode} -% Palettes. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkey[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{palette}{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Check whether the chosen palette exists. If yes, execute it, set -% |\default@color| (for equation numbers etcetera) and copy the -% current color for |\twocolumn|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@mode<2 - \XKV@ifundefined{pd@pe@\pd@@palette @colors}{% - \pd@error{palette `\pd@@palette' not defined}% - }{% - \@nameuse{pd@pe@\pd@@palette @colors}% - \color{pdcolor1}% - \let\default@color\current@color - \let\pd@color\XC@current@color - }% - \pd@countcolors - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Slide processing method. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{glslide}{method}[\pd@tempa\pd@method]{% - normal,file,direct}{% - \ifnum\pd@method=2 - \ifx\pd@textbox\@undefined\newbox\pd@textbox\fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Random dots. Load |random.tex| if necessary. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@boolkey[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{randomdots}[true]{% - \ifx\randomi\@undefined - \InputIfFileExists{random}{\newcount\pd@tempcnta}{% - \global\pd@@randomdotsfalse - \pd@warn{random.tex not found, random dots canceled}% - }% - \fi - \ifnum\pd@mode=\tw@\global\pd@@randomdotsfalse\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Keys for random dots and the logo. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkeys[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{% - dminsize,dmaxsize,dbright,dmindots,dmaxdots,dminwidth,dmaxwidth,% - dminheight,dmaxheight,dprop,logohook,logopos% -} -\define@key[pd]{glslide}{logocmd}{% - \ifx\pd@logobox\@undefined\newbox\pd@logobox\fi - \sbox\pd@logobox{#1}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Initialize some of the keys that we just defined. -% \begin{macrocode} -\setkeys[pd]{glslide,global}{% - lf=,cf=,rf=,theslide=\arabic{slide} / \pageref*{lastslide},% - thenote=note \arabic{note} of slide \arabic{slide},% - trans=Replace,dminsize=5pt,dmaxsize=40pt,dminwidth=0pt,% - dmaxwidth=\slidewidth,dminheight=0pt,dbright=60,% - dmaxheight=\slideheight,dmindots=5,dmaxdots=40,dprop=,% - logohook=tl,logopos=,logocmd=,method=normal,% - clockformat=HH:MM:ss,clockrefresh=1000% -% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pdsetup} -% The interface for users. Disable global keys |\AtBeginDocument|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pdsetup{\setkeys[pd]{global,glslide}} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \disable@keys[pd]{global}{% - theslide,thenote,enumerate,itemize,list,counters% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Local keys: |toc| and |bm|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkeys[pd]{slide}[pd@@]{toc,bm} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pdifsetup} -% \marg{desired}\marg{yes}\marg{no}\\ -% Execute \meta{yes} if the \meta{desired} setup matches with the -% current (user) setup. Execute \meta{no} else. We first check whether -% information in \meta{desired} is complete. If not, we amend it. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pdifsetup#1{% - \edef\pd@tempb{#1}% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{landscape,portrait}% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{screen,a4paper,letterpaper,smartboard}% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{slides,notes,slidesnotes}% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{present,print,handout}% - \pd@pdifs@tup\pd@tempb -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdifsetup} -% \meta{desired}\marg{check}\\ -% This macro checks whether at least one element of \meta{check} -% occurs in the list in \meta{desired}. If not, the entire list in -% \meta{check} is added to \meta{desired}, meaning that later on, any -% setup for this type will satisfy the check. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pdifsetup#1#2{% - \in@true - \@tempcnta\z@ - \XKV@for@n{#2}\pd@tempa{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@tempa,}{,#1,}% - \ifin@\advance\@tempcnta\@ne\fi - }% - \ifnum\@tempcnta=\z@\XKV@addtolist@x#1{#2}\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdifs@tup} -% \marg{desired}\marg{yes}\marg{no}\\ -% Checks whether the \meta{desired} setup matches the current setup. -% This macro is used internally when setting template keys. The idea -% is to first correct the input in the |ifsetup| key by amending -% specifications if they where not there. Then, when setting a -% template key, we just check whether all elements of the current -% setup appear in the \meta{desired} setup. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pdifs@tup#1{% - \in@true - \XKV@whilist\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa\ifin@\fi{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@tempa,}{,#1,}% - }% - \ifin@\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Set up the template system. -% First define all the options and presets available to create -% templates. All options save their argument to be used later. -% The |ifsetup| option controls for which the following options should -% be used. This: -% |textfont=\raggedright,| |ifsetup={a4paper,portrait},textfont=\small| -% makes the text font |\small|, but only for a4 portrait slides. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@tempa#1{% - \define@key[pd]{template}{#1}[]{% - \ifpd@ifsetup\@namedef{pd@@#1}{##1}\fi - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Define all keys. -% \begin{macrocode} -\XKV@for@n{% - titlehook,titlepos,titlewidth,titlefont,% - texthook,textpos,textwidth,textfont,textheight,% - tochook,tocpos,tocwidth,tocfont,% - stochook,stocpos,stocwidth,stocfont,% - ntochook,ntocpos,ntocwidth,ntocfont,% - tocfrsep,tocsecsep,tocslidesep,% - tocsecm,toctcolor,tochlcolor,tochltcolor,% - tocsecindent,tocslideindent,% - lfhook,lfpos,lffont,lftemp,% - cfhook,cfpos,cffont,cftemp,% - rfhook,rfpos,rffont,rftemp,% - iacolor,% - clockhook,clockpos,clockwidth,clockheight,% - clockcharsize,clockalign,clockcolor% -}\pd@tempb{\expandafter\pd@tempa\expandafter{\pd@tempb}} -% \end{macrocode} -% The |ifsetup| key first amends missing input using |\pd@pdifsetup|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkey[pd]{template}[pd@@]{ifsetup}[]{% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{landscape,portrait}% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{screen,a4paper,letterpaper,smartboard}% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{slides,notes,slidesnotes}% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{present,print,handout}% - \pd@pdifs@tup\pd@@ifsetup\pd@ifsetuptrue\pd@ifsetupfalse -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Choice keys for orientation of toc. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{tocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@tocorient]{% - v,h}{} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{stocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@stocorient]{% - v,h}{} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{ntocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@ntocorient]{% - v,h}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Replaced \texttt{\~} by \cs{space} to avoid -% problems with Spanish babel} -% Presets so that templates do not need to specify every key. -% This also initializes some keys as to avoid errors in constructing -% the slide. -% \begin{macrocode} -\setkeys[pd]{template}{% - ifsetup,% - titlehook=Bl,titlepos=,titlewidth=\slidewidth,% - titlefont=\raggedright,texthook=tl,textpos=,% - textwidth=\slidewidth,textfont=\raggedright,% - textheight=\slideheight,% - tochook=tl,tocpos=,tocwidth=.2\slidewidth,% - tocfont=\tiny\raggedright,% - stochook=tl,stocpos=,stocwidth=.2\slidewidth,% - stocfont=\tiny\raggedright,% - ntochook=tl,ntocpos=,ntocwidth=.2\slidewidth,% - ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright,% - tocorient=v,stocorient=v,ntocorient=v,% - tocfrsep=.5mm,tocsecsep=2ex,tocslidesep=0ex,% - tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white,% - tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt,% - lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf,% - cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,% - rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf - \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide,% - iacolor=lightgray,% - clockhook=tr,clockpos=,clockwidth=3cm,clockheight=\baselineskip,% - clockcharsize=14pt,clockalign=2,clockcolor=black% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pddefinepalettes} -% \marg{name}\marg{commands}\\ -% Save the text color number and start scanning for palettes. |\pd@nopalettes| -% contains the number of palettes that we have seen in total in the -% style or preamble. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pddefinepalettes#1#2{% - \ifx\pd@nopalettes\@undefined\@tempcnta\z@\else - \@tempcnta\pd@nopalettes - \fi - \pd@pddefinepalettes{#1}{#2}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pddefinepalettes} -% \marg{name}\marg{commands}\\ -% Save the current \meta{name} and \meta{commands} to numbered macros -% to be used later again. If we find another brace |{| after these -% arguments, repeat the process. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pddefinepalettes#1#2{% - \advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \@namedef{pd@pe@\the\@tempcnta @name}{#1}% - \@namedef{pd@pe@#1@colors}{#2}% - \@ifnextchar\bgroup\pd@pddefinepalettes{% - \edef\pd@nopalettes{\the\@tempcnta}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@countcolors} -% Count the number of colors in the palette. We do this only once. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@countcolors{% - \@tempcnta\@ne - \@whilesw\ifx\pd@nocolors\@undefined\fi{% - \XKV@ifundefined{\string\color@pdcolor\the\@tempcnta}{% - \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne - \edef\pd@nocolors{\the\@tempcnta}% - }{\advance\@tempcnta\@ne}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Define the startpage to be 2 when using a pauseslide. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifpd@pauseslide\def\@pdfstartpage{2}\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% If the style or preamble does not define palettes, do nothing. If -% there are palettes, but the user didn't specify one, use the first. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \ifx\pd@nopalettes\@undefined\else\ifx\pd@@palette\@undefined - \@nameuse{pd@pe@\@nameuse{pd@pe@1@name}@colors}% - \color{pdcolor1}% - \let\default@color\current@color - \let\pd@color\XC@current@color - \fi\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Text color is black in handout mode. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@mode=2 - \color{black}% - \def\pd@@iacolor{black}% - \let\default@color\current@color - \let\pd@color\XC@current@color - \else\pd@countcolors\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Insert the pause slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifpd@pauseslide - \begin{pauseslide}[toc=,bm=,trans=Replace,randomdots=false]{}% - \end{pauseslide}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pddefinetemplate} -% Define a template. This stores options and the background to macros. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pddefinetemplate{\@testopt\pd@pddefinetemplate{}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pddefinetemplate} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Changed to \cs{pd@namelet} for changed \pf{xcolor}} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Made it possible to redefine basis templates and -% convey the changes to templates based on this basis} -% \oarg{basis}{name}{options}{background}\\ -% Store options and background and define the environment \meta{name}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pddefinetemplate[#1]#2#3#4{% -% \end{macrocode} -% The beginning of the environment just gets and sets its arguments -% and gets the body of the environment. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@namedef{#2}{\pd@getargsandbody{#2}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% The end of the environment. We process the body at least once, maybe -% more times, but that we will find out along the way. In case the -% body is not eaten in advance, this macro starts an |lrbox|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@namedef{end#2}{\ifpd@display\pd@slide\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% If there is no basis, we just store the options and the background. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \@namedef{pd@template@#2@options}{\setkeys[pd]{template}{#3}}% - \@namedef{pd@template@#2@bg}{#4}% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Otherwise, add options and background to existing macros. -% \begin{macrocode} - \XKV@ifundefined{pd@template@#1@options}{% - \pd@error{template `#1' undefined}}{% - \def\pd@tempa{#1}\def\pd@tempb{#2}% -% \end{macrocode} -% If \meta{basis} and \meta{name} are the same, expand options and -% background to avoid infinite loops. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb - \pd@namelet{pd@template@#2@options}{pd@template@#1@options}% - \expandafter - \XKV@addtomacro@n\csname pd@template@#2@options\endcsname -% \end{macrocode} -% Make sure to reset the |ifsetup| key so that options are for all -% possible setups again. -% \begin{macrocode} - {\setkeys[pd]{template}{ifsetup,#3}}% - \pd@namelet{pd@template@#2@bg}{pd@template@#1@bg}\expandafter - \XKV@addtomacro@n\csname pd@template@#2@bg\endcsname{#4}% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Else, use existing macros options and background macros and add the -% current settings. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@namedef{pd@template@#2@bg}{\@nameuse{pd@template@#1@bg}#4}% - \@namedef{pd@template@#2@options}{% - \@nameuse{pd@template@#1@options}% - \setkeys[pd]{template}{ifsetup,#3}% - }% - \fi - }% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@getargsandbody} -% \marg{name}\\ -% First eat the optional argument and the slide title. Then -% collect the body of the slide: we -% read every time up to |\end|, we check whether we find the |\end| that -% has the name of the current slide environment. If not, we add all -% content and continue the search. If |method| is 1, we use \pf{verbatim} -% to read the body and write it to a temporary file. If |method| is 2, we do not -% eat the body at all, but redefine the end of the current environment -% to finish the |lrbox| that we will start later on. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@getargsandbody#1{\@testopt{\pd@get@rgsandbody{#1}}{}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgsandbody} -% \marg{name}\oarg{options}\marg{title} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@get@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{% - \pd@get@rgs@ndbody{#2}{#3}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Here are three possible methods to process slides. The first will -% eat the entire body while scanning for |\end{slide}|. This fixes -% catcodes. The second writes the body to file. This allows for -% verbatim and overlays, but may be slow. The third uses an |lrbox| to -% typeset material directly. That allows for verbatim, but no -% overlays. Notice that we always use the first method when the slide -% should not be displayed. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase\ifnum\pd@method>\z@\ifpd@display\@ne\fi\fi\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Start eating the body. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@body{}% - \def\pd@tempa{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy{#1}}% - \else - \ifnum\pd@method=\@ne -% \end{macrocode} -% Start verbatim reading and writing to file. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{% - \immediate\openout\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax - \def\verbatim@processline{% - \immediate\write\@inputcheck{\the\verbatim@line}% - }% - \begingroup\let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active - \verbatim@start - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% Redefine the end macro to stop verbatim reading and closing the file. -% Afterwards, execute the slide producing macro. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@namedef{end#1}{% - \endgroup\immediate\closeout\@inputcheck - \let\verbatim@processline\pd@orig@verbatim@processline - \pd@slide - }% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% No overlays allowed with this method. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@deloverlays -% \end{macrocode} -% Create the slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pd@tempa\pd@sl@de -% \end{macrocode} -% Typeset content directly and store it in a box using |lrbox|. We -% redefine the end to finish this box and position it on the page. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@namedef{end#1}{% - \end{pd@minipage}\end{lrbox}% - \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){\usebox\pd@textbox}% - \fi - }% - \fi - \fi - \pd@tempa -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgs@ndbody} -% \marg{options}\marg{title}\\ -% A common component in processing slides in \LaTeX\ or \LyX. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@get@rgs@ndbody#1#2{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Set user keys. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setkeys[pd]{glslide,slide}{#1}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Save title. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@t@tle{#2}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Perform some initial checks to see whether we actually need to process -% this slide or not. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@displaytrue - \def\pd@tempa{note}% - \ifcase\pd@display - \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\relax\pd@displayfalse\fi - \or - \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else - \def\pd@tempa{titleslide}% - \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else - \pd@displayfalse - \stepcounter{slide}% - \fi - \fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy} -% \marg{name}\meta{text}|\end|\marg{envir}\\ -% If \meta{envir} is equal to \meta{name}, we found the end of the -% environment and stop parsing. Otherwise, we add material to the token -% and continue. -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy#1#2\end#3{% - \def\pd@tempa{#1}% - \def\pd@tempb{#3}% - \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb - \pd@body\expandafter{\the\pd@body#2}% - \def\pd@tempa{\end{#1}}% - \else - \pd@body\expandafter{\the\pd@body#2\end{#3}}% - \def\pd@tempa{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy{#1}}% - \fi - \pd@tempa -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@slide} -% This macro processes the slide, possibly many times, depending on -% what we encounter on the first run. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@slide{% - \pd@overlayfalse - \def\pd@nooverlays{1}% - \setcounter{pd@overlay}\@ne - \let\pd@labels\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% Save counter values so that these can be restored on overlays. -% \begin{macrocode} - \XKV@for@o\pd@@counters\pd@tempa{% - \expandafter\xdef\csname pd@counter@\pd@tempa\endcsname{% - \expandafter\the\csname c@\pd@tempa\endcsname - }% - }% - \pd@sl@de - \@whilenum\c@pd@overlay<\pd@nooverlays\do{% - \pd@overlaytrue -% \end{macrocode} -% Restore counters. -% \begin{macrocode} - \XKV@for@o\pd@@counters\pd@tempa{% - \setcounter\pd@tempa{\csname pd@counter@\pd@tempa\endcsname}% - }% - \stepcounter{pd@overlay}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Re-initialize the info for random dots. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifpd@@randomdots - \let\pd@trandim\pd@randim - \let\pd@tranpos\pd@ranpos - \let\pd@trancol\pd@rancol - \fi - \pd@sl@de - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@sl@de} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added missing \cs{pd@currenttype} initialization} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \cs{@currentlabel} definition} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Template specific \texttt{textfont} properly sets \cs{default@color}} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added exceptions to inhibit logo/randomdots on blackslide/emptyslide.} -% This is the main slide producing macro. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@sl@de{% - \stepcounter{slide}\newpage - \ifpd@overlay\addtocounter{slide}\m@ne\fi - \edef\@currentlabel{\the\c@slide}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Initialize the overlays and switch to overlay 0. The material on this -% overlay will be visible. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin InitOL /TheOL (0) def end}% - \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (0) BOL end}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Load all template settings. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@nameuse{pd@template@\@currenvir @options}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Insert background. Execute in a group to avoid local settings getting out. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@nameuse{pd@template@\@currenvir @bg}% - \ifpd@@randomdots - \ifpd@overlay\else - \ifnum\pd@nocolors>\z@ - \let\pd@randim\@empty - \let\pd@ranpos\@empty - \let\pd@rancol\@empty - \setrannum\pd@tempcnta\pd@@dmindots\pd@@dmaxdots - \edef\pd@nodots{\the\pd@tempcnta}% - \pd@tempcnta\z@ - \@whilesw\ifnum\pd@tempcnta<\pd@nodots\fi{% - \advance\pd@tempcnta\@ne - \setrandim\@tempdima\pd@@dminsize\pd@@dmaxsize - \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@randim{\the\@tempdima}% - \setrandim\@tempdima\pd@@dminwidth\pd@@dmaxwidth - \setrandim\@tempdimb\pd@@dminheight\pd@@dmaxheight - \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@ranpos{\the\@tempdima,\the\@tempdimb}% - \setrannum\@tempcntb1\pd@nocolors - \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@rancol{\the\@tempcntb}% - }% - \let\pd@trandim\pd@randim - \let\pd@tranpos\pd@ranpos - \let\pd@trancol\pd@rancol - \else - \let\pd@nodots\z@ - \fi - \fi - \@tempcnta\z@ - \@whilesw\ifnum\@tempcnta<\pd@nodots\fi{% - \advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \pd@pop\pd@trandim\pd@tempa\pd@pop\pd@tranpos\pd@tempb - \pd@pop\pd@tranpos\pd@tempc\pd@pop\pd@trancol\pd@tempd - \ifnum\pd@@dbright<\z@ - \@tempcntb\pd@@dbright - \advance\@tempcntb100 - \edef\pd@tempd{\pd@tempd!\the\@tempcntb!black}% - \else - \@tempcntb-\pd@@dbright - \advance\@tempcntb100 - \edef\pd@tempd{\pd@tempd!\the\@tempcntb}% - \fi - {\ifx\pd@@dprop\@empty\else - \expandafter\psset\expandafter{\pd@@dprop}% - \fi - \psdot[dotsize=\pd@tempa,linecolor=pdcolor\pd@tempd]% - (\pd@tempb,\pd@tempc)}% - }% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Insert the logo. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{pauseslide}% - \def\pd@tempb{emptyslide}% - \ifx\pd@@logopos\@empty\else - \ifx\pd@logobox\@undefined\else - \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else - \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempb\else - \rput[\pd@@logohook](\pd@@logopos){\usebox\pd@logobox}% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Clock coding. Contributed by Alexander Grahn. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifpd@@clock -% \end{macrocode} -% Extract the color specification, convert it to |rgb| and store it -% to be used for the clock. This uses some \pf{xcolor} macros. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa##1,##2,##3\@nil{##1 ##2 ##3}% - \extractcolorspec\pd@@clockcolor\pd@tempb - \expandafter\convertcolorspec\pd@tempb{rgb}\pd@tempb - \edef\pd@tempa{\expandafter\pd@tempa\pd@tempb\@nil}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Insert the clock. -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added arguments for \texttt{clockformat} and \texttt{clockrefresh} values.} -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@@clockpos\@empty\else - \@tempdima\pd@@clockcharsize - \rput[\pd@@clockhook](\pd@@clockpos){% - \makebox[\pd@@clockwidth][l]{\rule{0pt}{\pd@@clockheight}% - \pd@PdfAnnot{\pd@@clockwidth}{\pd@@clockheight}{0pt}{% - /Subtype/Widget/FT/Tx/T (pdclock.\the\pd@clockcnt) /Ff 1 - /DA (/Helv \strip@pt\@tempdima\space Tf \pd@tempa\space rg) - /MK<</R \ifnum\pd@orient=\z@ 90\else 0\fi /BG []/BC []>> - /Q \pd@@clockalign\space - /AA << - /PO << /S/JavaScript/JS(\pd@startclock\pd@@clockformat\pd@@clockrefresh) >> - /PC << /S/JavaScript/JS(app.clearInterval(pdclock_\the\pd@clockcnt);) >> - >> - }% - }% - \pd@AppendToFields{\pd@PdfLastAnn}% - \global\advance\pd@clockcnt\@ne - }% - \fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Write transition effect to PDF. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@pdftrans - \ifpd@overlay\else -% \end{macrocode} -% When not an overlay or note, make a bookmark and toc entry. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{note}% - \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else - \pd@maketocbm0% -% \end{macrocode} -% Make a target on this page so that we can make links to this page. -% We don't use pdf page links as that won't give good link in handout -% mode with 2 slides per page. -% \begin{macrocode} - \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend - \fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Initialize numbers and macros for relative stepping and pausing. -% |\pd@currentstate| remembers the state when doing overlays. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@reloverlay{1}% - \let\pd@closeitem\relax - \def\pd@currentstate{0}% - \let\pd@currenttype\relax - \setcounter{pd@pause}\@ne - \let\pd@revert\@firstofone - \setcounter{pd@onslidedepth}\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Position the title. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@@titlepos\@empty\else - \def\pd@tempa{% - \begin{minipage}\pd@@titlewidth - \pd@@titlefont\strut - \ifpd@section - \expandafter\pd@sectiontitle\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}% - \else - \expandafter\pd@slidetitle\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}% - \fi - \end{minipage}% - }% - \rput[\pd@@titlehook](\pd@@titlepos){% - \ifpd@pauseslide - \hyperlink{pauseslide}{\pd@tempa}% - \else - \pd@tempa - \fi - }% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Position the table of contents, possibly split. No |minipage| when -% making a horizontal toc. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@@tocpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@tochook](\pd@@tocpos){% - \ifnum\pd@tocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi - \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@tocfont - \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@tocorient - \pd@puttoc0% - \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi - }% - \fi - \ifx\pd@@stocpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@stochook](\pd@@stocpos){% - \ifnum\pd@stocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi - \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@stocfont - \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@stocorient - \pd@puttoc1% - \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi - }% - \fi - \ifx\pd@@ntocpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@ntochook](\pd@@ntocpos){% - \ifnum\pd@ntocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi - \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@ntocfont - \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@ntocorient - \pd@puttoc2% - \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi - }% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Position footers. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@@lfpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@lfhook](\pd@@lfpos){\pd@@lffont\pd@@lftemp}% - \fi - \ifx\pd@@cfpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@cfhook](\pd@@cfpos){\pd@@cffont\pd@@cftemp}% - \fi - \ifx\pd@@rfpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@rfhook](\pd@@rfpos){\pd@@rffont\pd@@rftemp}% - \fi - \ifnum\pd@method<2 - \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else -% \end{macrocode} -% Position the main text box and put the material in, maybe coming -% from eating the body into |\pd@body| or reading it from a file. -% \begin{macrocode} - \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){% - \pd@sl@d@ - \ifnum\pd@method=\z@\the\pd@body\else - \input\jobname.vrb - \fi - \end{pd@minipage}% - }% - \fi - \let\pd@tempa\relax - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% For direct processing, start the |lrbox| to typeset and capture -% content. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{\begin{lrbox}\pd@textbox\pd@sl@d@}% - \fi - \pd@tempa -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@sl@d@} -% A common component in |\pd@sl@de|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@sl@d@{% - \begin{pd@minipage}% - \let\pd@tempa\color - \def\color##1{\pd@tempa{##1}\let\default@color\current@color}% - \pd@@textfont - \let\color\pd@tempa -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Redefine \cs{pd@slidetitle} in note template} -% The implementation of notes. -% The first macro is a temporary counter to find whether the new note -% still belongs to the current slide or that it belongs to a new slide. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@notet{0} -% \end{macrocode} -% Define the template using our mechanism. -% \begin{macrocode} -\pddefinetemplate{note}{% - titlepos={.04\slidewidth,.92\slideheight},% - titlefont=\let\pd@slidetitle\@firstofone\color{black}\Large,% - textpos={.07\slidewidth,.82\slideheight},% - textfont=\color{black},textwidth=.86\slidewidth,% - lfpos={.04\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},% - lffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,% - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},% - cffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,% - rfpos={.96\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},% - rffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,% - rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty\else - \ifx\thenote\@empty\else\space--\space\fi\fi\thenote,% -}{% - \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne -% \end{macrocode} -% If this is another note with the same slide, count it. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\c@slide=\pd@notet - \stepcounter{note}% - \else - \setcounter{note}{1}% - \fi - \xdef\pd@notet{\the\c@slide}% -% \end{macrocode} -% The background. -% \begin{macrocode} - \psline[linewidth=.5pt](0,.87\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)% - \psline[linewidth=.5pt](0,.08\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Implement pauseslide. -% This is an empty slide with just a very big button on it to go back -% to the original page where we came from. -% \begin{macrocode} -\pddefinetemplate{pauseslide}{}{% - \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne - \hyper@anchorstart{pauseslide}\hyper@anchorend - \psframe*[linecolor=\pd@pauseslidecolor](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - {\color{\pd@pauseslidecolor}% - \rput[cm](.5\slidewidth,.5\slideheight){% - \Acrobatmenu{GoBack}{\setlength\fboxsep{10cm}\fbox{GoBack}}}}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Empty slides. For special uses like displaying big tables or photos. -% \begin{macrocode} -\pddefinetemplate{emptyslide}{textpos={0,\slideheight}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\maketitle} -% This implementation -% is more or less similar as what is in \pf{article}. First we make a -% backup of the original |\maketitle| to be used maybe in handout mode, -% see below. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@orig@maketitle\maketitle -\def\maketitle{\@testopt\pd@maketitle{}} -\def\pd@maketitle[#1]{% - \begin{titleslide}[#1,toc=,bm=,trans=Replace,method=normal]{}% - \let\footnote\thanks - \def\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}% - {\pd@title{\pd@@titlefont\@title}\par}{% - \vskip2em\pd@@textfont - \begin{tabular}[t]{@{} c @{}}% - \@author - \end{tabular}\par - \vskip1.5em\small\@date - }\par - \small\@thanks - \vfil\null - \end{titleslide}% - \c@footnote\z@ -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@maketocbm} -% \marg{type}\\ -% \meta{type} indicates the kind of entry that we need to write to toc and -% or bookmark file. 0 is a normal slide, 1 is a section, 2 is a hidden -% section. The title of the entry is assumed to be in |\pd@slidetitle|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@maketocbm#1{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Make the bookmark entry so that it allows for easy counting of entries -% in sections. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{\immediate\write\pd@bmout{% - \string\pdbookmark{sec.\the\c@pd@section\ifnum#1=\z@.slide\fi}{% - \ifnum#1=\z@ sec.\the\c@pd@section\fi}{\the\c@slide}% - {\the\@temptokena}% - }}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Notice that |\pd@@bm| can be undefined at every slide, even after -% use on one slide, as the definition is done locally in the slide -% environment. So no resetting is necessary on the start of a slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@@bm\@undefined - \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}% - \else - \ifx\pd@@bm\@empty - \let\pd@tempa\relax - \else - \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@@bm}% - \fi - \fi - \pd@tempa -% \end{macrocode} -% Write the toc entry. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{\immediate\write\pd@tocout{% - \string\pdcontentsline{#1}{\the\c@slide}{\the\@temptokena}% - }}% - \ifx\pd@@toc\@undefined - \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}% - \else - \ifx\pd@@toc\@empty - \let\pd@tempa\relax - \else - \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@@toc}% - \fi - \fi - \pd@tempa -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pdbookmark} -% \marg{sec1}\marg{sec2}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\ -% First we defined |\pdbookmark| to count the number of bookmarks -% that needs to be nested below every section bookmark. We need to -% know that for the pdf bookmark specification. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pdbookmark#1#2#3#4{% - \@tempcnta\pd@pdb@@kmark{#2}% - \advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \@nameedef{pd@be@#2}{\the\@tempcnta}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdb@@kmark} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved bug with unexpandable \cs{XKV@ifundefined} -% when not running the $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ engine (e.g. te\TeX\ 2)} -% \marg{section}\\ -% Returns the number of slides that we already counter for the -% current section. Don't use |\XKV@ifundefined| here as that is not -% expandable when not running $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ engine. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pdb@@kmark#1{% - \@ifundefined{pd@be@#1}0{\csname pd@be@#1\endcsname}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdbookmark} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Solved bug with Acrobat Distiller} -% \marg{sec1}\marg{sec2}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\ -% Redefine the macro to make the actual bookmark. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifxetex\else - \def\pd@pdbookmark#1#2#3#4{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Use |\pdfstringdef| to clean the title. Not everything can enter as -% a bookmark in pdf. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pdfstringdef\pd@tempa{#4}% - \pdfmark{pdfmark=/OUT,% - Count={\pd@pdb@@kmark{#1}},Dest={slide.#3},% - View={/XYZ null null null},Title={\pd@tempa}% - }% - } -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pdcontentsline} -% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\ -% Saves all input arguments to macros with names like |\pd@te@i|. -% Further, it computes with a lag the starting and stopping targets -% for every entry, |\pd@te@i@start| and |\pd@te@i@stop|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pdcontentsline#1#2#3{% - \ifnum\@tempcnta>\z@ - \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}{\pd@tempa}% - \@namedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}{#2}% - \fi - \def\pd@tempa{#2}% - \advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \@namedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}{% - \pdcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Reading \texttt{.bm} and \texttt{.toc} -% file \cs{AtBeginDocument} to allow for using \pf{inputenc} for toc -% and bm entries} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Solved bug in computing stopping slide for last toc entry} -% Read the bm and toc files into memory to speed up compilation. -% Along the way, we compute the starting and stopping target numbers -% for highlighting toc entries and the number of slides to be nested -% under a section bookmark entry. At begin document for allowing -% loading of \pf{inputenc} also for bm and toc entries. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.bm}{}{}% - \let\pdbookmark\pd@pdbookmark - \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.bm}{}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Rewrite the bookmarks file. -% \begin{macrocode} - \immediate\openout\pd@bmout\jobname.bm\relax - \@tempcnta\z@ - \def\pd@tempa{0}% - \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.toc}{}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Save the number of toc entries. -% \begin{macrocode} - \edef\pd@notocentries{\the\@tempcnta}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Compute the starting and stopping number for the last entry. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\r@lastslide\@undefined\@tempcntb\pd@tempa\else - \edef\pd@tempb{\expandafter\@secondoffive\r@lastslide}% - \@tempcntb\pd@tempb - \fi - \advance\@tempcntb\@ne - \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}{\pd@tempa}% - \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}{\the\@tempcntb}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Rewrite the toc file. -% \begin{macrocode} - \immediate\openout\pd@tocout\jobname.toc\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% Initialize the |\pdcontentsline| macro for making toc entries. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pdcontentsline\pd@pdcontentsline -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@puttoc} -% \marg{type}\\ -% Typeset the table of contents of type \meta{type} from memory. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@puttoc#1{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Initialize some numbers that we will use. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@tempcnta\z@ - \@tempcntb\z@ - \@tempswatrue - \def\pd@toctype{#1}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Parse all available toc entries. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@whilenum\@tempcnta<\pd@notocentries\do{% - \advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdcontentsline} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved bug using different toc widths} -% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\ -% Typesets a toc entry. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pdcontentsline#1#2#3{% - \let\pd@tempa\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% Full table of contents (sections and slides). -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase\pd@toctype -% \end{macrocode} -% A normal slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase#1\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% Slides before section 1. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@ - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% A slide in the current section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay - \fi - \fi - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% A normal section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% A hidden section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay - \fi - \fi - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% Typeset only sections. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase#1\relax\or -% \end{macrocode} -% A normal section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% A hidden section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay - \fi - \fi - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% Only slides in current section or before the first section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum#1=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% An entry in the current section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay - \fi - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Count sections. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne - \fi - \fi - \ifpd@@hlentries\ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else - \ifnum#1=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% A normal highlighted slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\c@slide<\@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}% - \else - \ifnum\c@slide<\@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}% - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight - \fi - \fi - \else - \ifpd@@hlsections -% \end{macrocode} -% A highlighted section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight - \fi - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% A section with a page. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum#2=\c@slide\ifnum\@nameuse{pd@te@\the - \@tempcnta @stop}=\c@slide\else - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight - \fi\fi - \fi - \fi - \fi\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Build the entry, but only if the entry should be visible. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else -% \end{macrocode} -% Some skip. Execute the font settings so that skips like |.6ex| work -% properly. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@tempswa\@tempswafalse\else - \pd@usedtocfont - \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@ - \ifnum#1=\z@\vskip\pd@@tocslidesep\else\vskip\pd@@tocsecsep\fi - \else - \ifnum#1=\z@\hskip\pd@@tocslidesep\else\hskip\pd@@tocsecsep\fi - \fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Add a section marker. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum#1=\z@\else\pd@@tocsecm\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Output the entry. This works as follows. -% The text |#3| is passed through one macro of |\pd@tocslide| or -% |\pd@tocsection| which adds a `per entry layout' (eg a bullet). -% Then |\pd@tempa| (which is |\pd@tocdisplay| or |\pd@tochighlight|) -% displays the item as requested and |\hyperlink| adds a link to the entry. -% The lengths |\@tempdima| and |\@tempdimb| contain the horizontal -% indent and the remaining space for the entry respectively. The first -% entry does not get an indent if it is a slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase\pd@toctype - \@tempdimb\pd@@tocwidth - \or - \@tempdimb\pd@@stocwidth - \or - \@tempdimb\pd@@ntocwidth - \fi - \ifnum#1=\z@ - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@\@tempdima\z@\else - \@tempdima\pd@@tocslideindent - \advance\@tempdimb-\pd@@tocslideindent - \fi - \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\pd@tempa{\pd@tocslide{#3}}}% - \else - \@tempdima\pd@@tocsecindent - \advance\@tempdimb-\pd@@tocsecindent - \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\pd@tempa{\pd@tocsection{#3}}}% - \fi - \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\par\fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% The keys for the |\tableofcontents| macro. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey[pd]{toc}{content}[\pd@tempa\pd@content]{% - all,sections,currentsection,future,futuresections}{} -\define@choicekey[pd]{toc}{type}[\pd@tempa\pd@type]{0,1}{} -\presetkeys[pd]{toc}{content=all,type=0}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% Typesets overviews. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\tableofcontents{\@testopt\pd@tableofcontents{}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@tableofcontents} -% \oarg{options}\\ -% Workhorse. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@tableofcontents[#1]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% To keep definitions like |\pd@@type| (reused in |itemize|) local. -% \begin{macrocode} - \begingroup -% \end{macrocode} -% Set keys with use input. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setkeys[pd]{toc}{#1}% -% \end{macrocode} -% This keeps track of whether we are in a hidden section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pd@tempc\z@ - \def\pdcontentsline##1##2##3{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Count sections in the toc. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum##1>\z@\advance\@tempcntb\@ne\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Used for additional markup like |\bfseries|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pd@tempb\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% The line that is to be typeset. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{\hyperlink{slide.##2}{\pd@tempb##3}\par}% -% \end{macrocode} -% If a line should not be displayed, then here is the action to be -% taken depending on the type. 0 leaves out material, 1 typesets it -% in inactive color. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@type=\z@ - \def\pd@tempd{\let\pd@tempa\relax}% - \else - \def\pd@tempd{\def\pd@tempb{\color\pd@@iacolor}}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Update whether we are in a hidden section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase##1\or\let\pd@tempc\z@\or - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section - \let\pd@tempc\z@ - \else - \let\pd@tempc\@ne - \fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% If in hidden section, hide it. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@tempc=\@ne\pd@tempd\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Here are the rules for displaying material, given the input of the user. -% Case 0 is `all'. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase\pd@content\or -% \end{macrocode} -% Case `sections'. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum##1=\z@\let\pd@tempa\relax\fi - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% Case `currentsection'. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section\else\pd@tempd\fi - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% Case `future'. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcnta<\c@slide\pd@tempd\fi - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% Case `futuresections'. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcntb<\c@pd@section\pd@tempd\fi - \ifnum##1=\z@\pd@tempd\fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% If a section, use bold font. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum##1>\z@\XKV@addtomacro@n\pd@tempb\bfseries\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Finally, typeset the entry and add some spacing. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else - \if@tempswa\@tempswafalse\else - \ifnum##1=\z@\else\vskip5pt\fi - \fi - \ifnum##1=\z@\ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@\else\hskip15pt\fi\fi - \pd@tempa - \fi - }% - \@tempcnta\z@ - \@tempcntb\z@ - \@tempswatrue -% \end{macrocode} -% Loop over all available toc entries. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@whilenum\@tempcnta<\pd@notocentries\do{% - \advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% Restore everything. -% \begin{macrocode} - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Options for parts and sections. The template key allows for modification -% of user input for normal slide and wide slide. A style can define -% the environment that should take the place of, eg, |wideslide| when -% the user requests that template. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{section}{tocsection}[\pd@tempa\pd@tempb]{% - false,true,hidden}{} -\define@boolkey[pd]{section}[pd@@]{slide}[true]{} -\define@cmdkey[pd]{section}[pd@@]{template}{% - \def\pd@tempa{slide}% - \ifx\pd@@template\pd@tempa - \let\pd@@template\pd@@sectemp - \else - \def\pd@tempa{wideslide}% - \ifx\pd@@template\pd@tempa - \let\pd@@template\pd@@widesectemp - \fi - \fi -} -\presetkeys[pd]{section}{tocsection=true,slide=true,template=slide}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% Keys for style developers to overwrite user requests silently. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkeys[pd]{section}[pd@@]{sectemp,widesectemp} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=slide,widesectemp=slide} -\AtBeginDocument{\disable@keys[pd]{section}{sectemp,widesectemp}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@section} -% Make a backup of the original |\section|, to be used later. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@orig@section\section -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Corrected bug not allowing commas in section titles} -% Used to create parts in the presentation and sections in the toc. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\section{\@testopt\pd@section{}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@section} -% \oarg{options}\marg{title}\\ -% Creates the part. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@section[#1]#2{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Necessary to keep toc and bm definitions local. -% \begin{macrocode} - \begingroup - \pd@sectiontrue -% \end{macrocode} -% Extract the keys specific for |\part| first as to know what we are -% going to produce. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setkeys*[pd]{section}{#1}% -% \end{macrocode} -% |\pd@tempb| comes from the |tocsection| key. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@tempb=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% |\XKV@rm| -% contains all remaining keys that could not be set in the previous -% |\setkeys| (namely, keys not in the |part| family). -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifpd@@slide - \toks@{#2}% - \@temptokena\expandafter{\XKV@rm}% - \edef\pd@tempa{% - \noexpand\begin{\pd@@template}% - [bm={\the\toks@},toc={\the\toks@},% - \the\@temptokena]{\the\toks@}% - \noexpand\end{\pd@@template}% - }% - \pd@tempa - \fi - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Set all slide specific keys as |bm| and |toc|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setrmkeys*[pd]{slide}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Make the toc and bm entries. -% \begin{macrocode} - \stepcounter{pd@section}% - \stepcounter{slide}% - \def\pd@t@tle{#2}% - \pd@maketocbm\pd@tempb - \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne - \ifpd@@slide -% \end{macrocode} -% Produce a slide if necessary. -% \begin{macrocode} - \toks@{#2}% - \@temptokena\expandafter{\XKV@rm}% - \edef\pd@tempa{% - \noexpand\begin{\pd@@template}% - [\the\@temptokena,bm=,toc=]{\the\toks@}% - \noexpand\end{\pd@@template}% - }% - \pd@tempa - \fi - \fi - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\onslide} -% The normal version puts material on overlay 1, hence invisible in -% ps or pdf. The starred version eats its argument, hence does not -% move the cursor. The plus version put material in the inactive -% color. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\onslide{% - \@ifnextchar-\pd@@nslide{\XKV@ifstar{\pd@onslide1}{% - \XKV@ifplus{\pd@onslide2}{\pd@onslide0}}}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@onslide} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Replaced \cs{ignorespaces} by \cs{@bsphack} -% \cs{@esphack} in starred version} -% \marg{type}\marg{overlays}\\ -% The workhorse. First determine whether the material should be -% visible from the \meta{overlays} information. If not, process it in -% the chosen way in \meta{type}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@onslide#1#2{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Display or not? -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@testdisp0{#2}% - \if@tempswa -% \end{macrocode} -% Display. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pd@tempa\@firstofone - \else - \ifcase#1\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% Switch to overlay 1 (invisible), output |#1|, switch back to overlay 0. -% We record the depth. This allows us to check whether we are in -% hidden material already. If that is the case, don't step back to -% overlay 0 as that will make following material visible again. -% \begin{macrocode} - \long\def\pd@tempa##1{% - \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (1) BOL end}% - \stepcounter{pd@onslidedepth}% - ##1% - \addtocounter{pd@onslidedepth}\m@ne - \ifnum\c@pd@onslidedepth=\z@\ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@ - \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (0) BOL end}% - \fi\fi - }% - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% Eat material. -% \begin{macrocode} - \long\def\pd@tempa##1{\@bsphack\@esphack}% - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% Put material in inactive color. -% \begin{macrocode} - \long\def\pd@tempa##1{{\color\pd@@iacolor##1}}% - \fi - \fi - \pd@tempa -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@testdisp} -% \marg{type}\marg{overlays}\\ -% This macro is used by both |\onslide| and |\item|. The former can -% use relative notation for which \meta{type} should be 0. For the -% latter, \meta{type} is 1. \meta{overlays} is a specification of -% overlays where material should be visible. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@testdisp#1#2{% - \@tempswafalse -% \end{macrocode} -% Parse the comma separated specification. -% \begin{macrocode} - \XKV@for@n{#2}\pd@tempa{\expandafter\pd@t@stdisp\pd@tempa--\@nil#1}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@t@stdisp} -% \meta{s1}|-|\meta{s2}|-|\meta{s3}|\@nil|\marg{type}\\ -% Separate the input and check in which case we ended up. This macro -% also computes the number of overlays that is necessary for this -% slide. Notice several |\relax| at possibly unexpected places. This -% seemed necessary for \TeX\ to properly set |\@tempswa|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@t@stdisp#1-#2-#3\@nil#4{% - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% |-x| case. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum#4=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Parse input further to find if relative syntax was used. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@checkrel#2\@nil\@tempcnta - \else - \@tempcnta#2% -% \end{macrocode} -% The item has no particular starting point, so it starts from overlay -% 1. Save this for relative |\onslide| syntax in the current item. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@reloverlay{1}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% |\@tempcnta| now contains the number of overlays necessary for this -% part of the specification. Take the maximum. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcnta - \ifnum\c@pd@overlay>\@tempcnta\else\@tempswatrue\fi - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% |x|, |x-| and |x-y| cases. Check relative syntax and store the -% corrected number in |\@tempcnta|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum#4=\z@ - \pd@checkrel#1\@nil\@tempcnta - \else - \@tempcnta#1% -% \end{macrocode} -% Here, the item has a special starting point. Save that to be able -% to compute relative syntax in subsequent |\onslide|s. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@reloverlay{#1}% - \fi - \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% |x| and |x-| cases. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcnta - \ifx\@empty#3\@empty\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% |x| case. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\c@pd@overlay=\@tempcnta\@tempswatrue\fi - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% |x-| case. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\c@pd@overlay<\@tempcnta\else\@tempswatrue\fi - \fi - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% |x-y| case. Store the final number |y| in |\@tempcntb|, maybe -% corrected for relative syntax. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum#4=\z@ - \pd@checkrel#2\@nil\@tempcntb - \else - \@tempcntb#2% - \fi - \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcntb - \ifnum\c@pd@overlay<\@tempcnta\else - \ifnum\c@pd@overlay>\@tempcntb\else\@tempswatrue\fi - \fi - \fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@checkrel} -% \meta{number}|\@nil|\marg{counter}\\ -% Checks whether \meta{number} starts with a |+| and if yes, adds the -% current item number in |\pd@reloverlay| to \meta{counter} to make -% relative syntax possible. -% \begin{macrocode} -% Check whether relative syntax has been used. -\def\pd@checkrel#1#2\@nil#3{% - \def\pd@tempa{#1}% - \def\pd@tempb{+}% - \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb - #3#2\advance#3\pd@reloverlay - \else#3#1#2\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@compnooverlays} -% Keep track of the biggest number that we see as to compute the -% number of overlays that we need to produce. Notice the |\relax| again. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@compnooverlays#1{% - \ifnum#1>\pd@nooverlays\xdef\pd@nooverlays{\the#1}\fi\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@item} -% Copy of \LaTeX's |\@item|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@orig@item\@item -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\@item} -% \oarg{label}\\ -% Creates the item label etcetera. We add an optional argument for -% overlay specifications. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@item[#1]{\@ifnextchar<{\pd@item[#1]}{\pd@item[#1]<>}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@item} -% \oarg{label}\larg{overlays}\\ -% This item allows for hiding the bullet and following content. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@item[#1]<#2>{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Possibly switch state. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@closeitem -% \end{macrocode} -% Enter some corrections when switching list type. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@@type\pd@currenttype\else - \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@ - \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (1) BOL end}% - \else - \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (0) BOL end}% - \normalcolor - \fi - \global\let\pd@currenttype\pd@@type - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Make sure that we are on overlay 0 when the current state is such. -% Then check if we need hiding. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@ - \normalcolor\pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (0) BOL end}% - \pd@hide{#2}% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Enter this color, just in case no other declarations will follow. -% \begin{macrocode} - \color\pd@@iacolor - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% We need to switch state at the next item. Take care of local definition. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\else - \def\pd@closeitem{\gdef\pd@currentstate{0}}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Insert |\leavevmode| to avoid ps code to `leak into' |\item|, like -% which used to be the case when |\item\onslide{2-}{test}\pause|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@orig@item[#1]\leavevmode\ignorespaces -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@@trivlist} -% \begin{macro}{\@trivlist} -% Save the current state for later (after getting back from nested -% lists). And we initialize some helper functions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@orig@@trivlist\@trivlist -\def\@trivlist{% - \global\expandafter\let\csname pd@currentstate\the\c@pd@trivlist - \endcsname\pd@currentstate - \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@\let\pd@closeitem\relax\fi - \stepcounter{pd@trivlist}% - \pd@orig@@trivlist -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@endtrivlist} -% \begin{macro}{\endtrivlist} -% At the end of each list, make sure that we re-initialize the state -% of that level, if necessary. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@orig@endtrivlist\endtrivlist -\def\endtrivlist{% - \addtocounter{pd@trivlist}\m@ne - \pd@revert{% - \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\pd@currentstate\csname - pd@currentstate\the\c@pd@trivlist\endcsname - }% - \pd@orig@endtrivlist -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@hide} -% \meta{overlays}\\ -% Hides following material until the end of the current group, usually -% the end of an environment like |itemize|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@hide#1{% - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\else -% \end{macrocode} -% If still active, we might need to become inactive. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Check the state of this item. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@testdisp1{#1}% - \if@tempswa\else - \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Hide material onto overlay 1. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (1) BOL end}% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Switch to inactive color. -% \begin{macrocode} - \color\pd@@iacolor - \fi - \gdef\pd@currentstate{1}% - \fi - \fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pause} -% Hide following material on the current overlay. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pause{\@testopt\pd@p@use1} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@p@use} -% \oarg{steps}\\ -% This inserts a |\pd@hide| that hides material for the following -% overlays, possibly some extra, when the optional argument is used. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@p@use[#1]{% - \addtocounter{pd@pause}{#1}% - \expandafter\pd@hide\expandafter{\the\c@pd@pause-}% - \global\let\pd@revert\@gobble - \ignorespaces -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@deloverlays} -% This macro disables overlays by redefining some internals. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@deloverlays{% - \def\pd@hide##1{}% - \def\pd@onslide##1##2{\@firstofone}% - \let\@trivlist\pd@orig@@trivlist - \let\endtrivlist\pd@orig@endtrivlist - \def\pd@item[##1]<##2>{\pd@orig@item[##1]\leavevmode\ignorespaces}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% We insert an extra key in the |enumitem| family to allow for changing -% the type of the list. 0 uses ps hiding, 1 uses inactive color when -% items are inactive. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkey{enumitem}[pd@@]{type}{} -\setkeys{enumitem}{type=0} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdftrans} -% Inserts a pdf transition effect. It allows custom transition effects -% like wipes in different directions. But if you do that, it will warn -% that it might not work. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifxetex\else - \def\pd@pdftrans{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@@trans,}{% - ,Split,Blinds,Box,Wipe,Dissolve,Glitter,% - Replace,Fly,Push,Cover,Uncover,Fade,}% - \ifin@\else - \pd@warn{Transition `\pd@@trans' might not be understood by - your ps to pdf converter}% - \fi - \pdfmark{% - pdfmark=/PUT,% - Raw={\string{ThisPage\string}% - <</Trans << /S /\pd@@trans\space >> >>% - }% - }% - } -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Two column keys. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkeys[pd]{twocolumn}[pd@@]{% - lineheight,lfrheight,rfrheight,lcolwidth,rcolwidth,% - topsep,bottomsep,indent,lineprop,lfrprop,rfrprop% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% We use two lengths as we need to do some computations with these -% key settings. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key[pd]{twocolumn}{colsep}{\setlength\pd@colsep{#1}} -\define@key[pd]{twocolumn}{frsep}{\setlength\pd@frsep{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Presets. -% \begin{macrocode} -\presetkeys[pd]{twocolumn}{frsep=1.5mm,colsep=.06\linewidth,% - lcolwidth=.47\linewidth,rcolwidth=.47\linewidth,topsep=0cm,% - bottomsep=0cm,indent=0cm,lineprop=,lfrprop=,rfrprop=,% - lineheight=,lfrheight=,rfrheight=% -}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\twocolumn} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@twocolumn} -% Construct two columns and put material in it. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\twocolumn{\@testopt\pd@twocolumn{}} -\long\def\pd@twocolumn[#1]#2#3{% - \setkeys[pd]{twocolumn}{#1}% - \sbox\pd@tba{\begin{minipage}\pd@@lcolwidth\pd@@textfont#2\end{minipage}}% - \setlength\@tempdima{\the\ht\pd@tba}% - \addtolength\@tempdima{\the\dp\pd@tba}% - \sbox\pd@tbb{\begin{minipage}\pd@@rcolwidth\pd@@textfont#3\end{minipage}}% - \setlength\@tempdimb{\the\ht\pd@tbb}% - \addtolength\@tempdimb{\the\dp\pd@tbb}% - \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\@tempdima\@tempdimb}% - \ifx\pd@@lfrheight\@empty\else - \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lfrheight\@tempdimc}% - \fi - \ifx\pd@@lineheight\@empty\else - \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lineheight\@tempdimc}% - \fi - \ifx\pd@@rfrheight\@empty\else - \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@rfrheight\@tempdimc}% - \fi - \begin{pspicture}(-\pd@@indent,\pd@@topsep)(\linewidth,-\@tempdimc)% - \psset{linewidth=.25pt,linecolor=\pd@color}% - \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@lcolwidth - \addtolength\@tempdima\pd@frsep - \ifx\pd@@lfrheight\@empty\else - \expandafter\psframe\expandafter[\pd@@lfrprop]% - (-\pd@frsep,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdima,-\pd@@lfrheight)% - \fi - \rput[tl](0,0){\usebox\pd@tba}% - \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@lcolwidth - \addtolength\@tempdima{.5\pd@colsep}% - \ifx\pd@@lineheight\@empty\else - \expandafter\psline\expandafter[\pd@@lineprop]% - (\@tempdima,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdima,-\pd@@lineheight)% - \fi - \addtolength\@tempdima{.5\pd@colsep}% - \setlength\@tempdimc\@tempdima - \addtolength\@tempdima{-\pd@frsep}% - \setlength\@tempdimb\@tempdima - \addtolength\@tempdimb\pd@@rcolwidth - \addtolength\@tempdimb{2\pd@frsep}% - \ifx\pd@@rfrheight\@empty\else - \expandafter\psframe\expandafter[\pd@@rfrprop]% - (\@tempdima,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdimb,-\pd@@rfrheight)% - \fi - \rput[tl](\@tempdimc,0){\usebox\pd@tbb}% - \end{pspicture}\par -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{environment}{figure} -% \begin{environment}{table} -% Avoid floating |figure| and |table| environments. -% \begin{macrocode} -\renewenvironment{figure}[1][]{% - \def\@captype{figure}% - \par\begin{center}% -}{\par\end{center}} -\renewenvironment{table}[1][]{% - \def\@captype{table}% - \par\begin{center}% -}{\par\end{center}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \begin{macro}{\pddefinelyxtemplate} -% \meta{cs}\marg{template} -% Support for \LyX, where slides are delimited by an explicit |\lyxend|. -% This defines the \meta{cs} to look optional keys, the slide title -% and finally for |\lyxend| to collect the body of the slide. -% After that, it creates a slide with \meta{template}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pddefinelyxtemplate#1#2{\def#1{\pd@lyxgetargsandbody{#2}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxgetargsandbody} -% \marg{template}\\ -% Check for optional keys. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@lyxgetargsandbody#1{\@testopt{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody{#1}}{}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody} -% \marg{template}\oarg{options}\marg{title}\\ -% This pretends to be an environment with name \meta{template}. The -% slide title and body are saved, keys are set and the slide is executed. -% This all happens in a local group to keep definitions (eg |toc| key) -% local. We again have three different methods to process the slide. -% Now, the verbatim version is more complicated as we have to look -% for |\lyxend| instead of |\end{slide}|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{% - \begingroup -% \end{macrocode} -% Initial settings and checks. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\@currenvir{#1}% - \pd@get@rgs@ndbody{#2}{#3}% - \ifcase\ifnum\pd@method>\z@\ifpd@display\@ne\fi\fi\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Eat the body until |\lyxend|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pd@tempa\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndbody - \else - \ifnum\pd@method=\@ne - \def\pd@tempa{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Start writing to a temporary file and redefine |\verbatim@processline| -% to scan lines for |\lyxend|. We only stop if |\lyxend| occurs on the -% first character of the input line. -% \begin{macrocode} - \immediate\openout\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax - \def\verbatim@processline{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Check for |\lyxend|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@dy - \ifin@ -% \end{macrocode} -% If we found it, stop. |\pd@tempa| eats the next four tokens which -% would otherwise make \pf{verbatim} continue with reading. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pd@tempa\@gobblefour -% \end{macrocode} -% |\next| occurs in the \pf{verbatim} macros. We define it to close -% the output file, execute the slide, write the remaining part of -% the line with |\lyxend| to file and read it back in. We need to -% do this as this content (probably |\lyxslide|) has been sanitized -% while reading in verbatim mode. We could also use |\scantokens| -% if we keep in mind that that, just as |\input|, introduces line -% feeds and end-of-file characters in the input stream which the -% \pf{verbatim} macros can't handle. Morten H\o gholm proposed the -% following instead. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass{article} -% \begin{document} -% \long\def\ReinsertTokens#1{% -% \begingroup\endlinechar=-1\everyeof{}% -% \scantokens{\def\next{\endgroup#1}}\next -% } -% \ReinsertTokens{\begin{verbatim}} -% test -% \end{verbatim} -% \end{document} -%\end{example} -% We don't use that here as we don't want to force the use of -% $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ at this moment. Instead, we read back exactly -% one line via an input stream and execute that. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\next{% - \endgroup\immediate\closeout\@inputcheck - \let\verbatim@processline\pd@orig@verbatim@processline - \pd@slide\endgroup - \immediate\openout\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax - \immediate\write\@inputcheck{\pd@lyxrem}% - \immediate\closeout\@inputcheck - \immediate\openin\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax - \immediate\read\@inputcheck to\pd@tempa - \immediate\closein\@inputcheck\pd@tempa - }% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Write a line of the body to file. -% \begin{macrocode} - \immediate\write\@inputcheck{\the\verbatim@line}% - \let\pd@tempa\relax - \fi - \pd@tempa - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% Start the verbatim reading. -% \begin{macrocode} - \begingroup\let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active - \verbatim@start - }% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% This is the |direct| method, similar as before. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@deloverlays - \let\pd@tempa\pd@sl@de - \def\lyxend{% - \end{pd@minipage}\end{lrbox}% - \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){\usebox\pd@textbox}% - \fi - \endgroup - }% - \fi - \fi - \pd@tempa -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndbody} -% \meta{body}|\lyxend|\\ -% Collect material until |\lyxend|, save that in the token register -% and start processing the slide, if necessary. -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndbody#1\lyxend{% - \pd@body{#1}% - \ifpd@display\pd@slide\fi - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup\lccode`\!`\\\lowercase{\endgroup -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndb@dy} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndb@dy} -% These macros check if |\lyxend| occurs in the input line (in -% sanitize version) and if so, if it occurs on the first character. -% That allows for including |\lyxend| somewhere in the line, for -% instance, in a verbatim text. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@dy{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{!lyxend}{\the\verbatim@line}% - \ifin@\expandafter\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@d@\the\verbatim@line\@nil\fi -} -\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@d@#1!lyxend#2\@nil{% - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\gdef\pd@lyxrem{#2}\else\in@false\fi -}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\lyxend} -% This macro acts mainly as delimiter and doesn't need to be defined -% but we do it anyway as to make it harmless when there is a superfluous -% one in the file. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\lyxend{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\lyxnote} -% \begin{macro}{\lyxslide} -% \begin{macro}{\lyxwideslide} -% \begin{macro}{\lyxemptyslide} -% These create the standard available templates. Any template can be -% supported for \LyX\ in this way. -% \begin{macrocode} -\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxnote{note} -\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxslide{slide} -\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxwideslide{wideslide} -\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxemptyslide{emptyslide} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved \texttt{itemize} and \pf{frenchb} problem} -% Some compatibility things. We don't want \pf{frenchb} from -% \pf{babel} to redefine the |itemize| environment. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,frenchb.ldf,}{,\@filelist,}% - \ifin@ - \let\bbl@frenchindent\relax - \let\bbl@frenchitemize\relax - \let\bbl@frenchlistspacing\relax - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{environment}{thebibliography} -% Redefine the |thebibliography| environment. This is based on -% \pf{article}, but does not create marks or a section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]{% - \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}{% - \settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}% - \leftmargin\labelwidth - \advance\leftmargin\labelsep - \@openbib@code - \usecounter{enumiv}% - \let\p@enumiv\@empty - \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}% - }% - \sloppy - \clubpenalty4000 - \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty - \widowpenalty4000% - \sfcode`\.\@m - }{% - \def\@noitemerr - {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}% - \endlist - }% - \@ifpackageloaded{CJK}{% - \count@=127 - \@whilenum\count@<255\do{% - \advance\count@\@ne - \lccode`\~=\count@ - \catcode\count@=\active - \lowercase{\def~{\kern1ex}}% - }% - \hypersetup{CJKbookmarks=true}% - }{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \begin{macrocode} -} -\ifnum\pd@mode=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\label} -% \begin{macro}{\label@in@display} -% \marg{name}\\ -% We redefine these two macros (|\AtBeginDocument| for \pf{nameref}). -% For the current slide, we put all label names in a list. If the name -% reappears, we don't issue the original command anymore. This is necessary -% to avoid writing the same label multiple times because of overlays. -% This disables the check for multiply defined labels inside slides, -% but leaves this system in place over multiple slides. The latter -% macro is used in \pf{amsmath}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \AtBeginDocument{% - \let\pd@orig@label\label - \def\label{\pd@label\pd@orig@label}% - \let\pd@orig@label@in@display\label@in@display - \def\label@in@display{\pd@label\pd@orig@label@in@display}% - } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@label} -% \meta{label-macro}\marg{name}\\ -% Helper macro that checks reappearance of labels on slides. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@label#1#2{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,#2,}{,\pd@labels,}% - \ifin@\else - \global\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@labels{#2}% - #1{#2}% - \fi - } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% No overlays in print of handout mode. -% \begin{macrocode} -\else\pd@deloverlays\let\pd@pdftrans\relax\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% For handout mode, we make some redefinitions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\pd@mode=2 -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@newpage} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@n@wpage} -% Alternate between making a |\newpage| and not. This results in -% two slides per page. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@n@wpage{% - \gdef\pd@newpage{% - \global\let\pd@newpage\pd@n@wpage - \newpage - }% -} -\let\pd@newpage\pd@n@wpage -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgsandbody} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \cs{@currentlabel} definition} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Made body text \cs{raggedright}} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Fixed \LyX\ handout mode} -% The new slide environment. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@get@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{% - \setkeys[pd]{glslide,slide}{#2}% - \def\pd@t@tle{#3}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Determine to include this slide or not. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{note}% - \let\pd@resa\@currenvir - \pd@displaytrue - \ifcase\pd@display - \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\relax\pd@displayfalse\fi - \or - \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\else\pd@displayfalse\fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% No bookmarks or targets for notes. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\else - \stepcounter{slide}% - \edef\@currentlabel{\the\c@slide}% - \let\pd@tempb\@empty - \pd@maketocbm0% - \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% For \LyX\ handout mode. Reset it immediately to avoid any problems -% with superfluous occurrences of |\lyxend|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \gdef\lyxend{\gdef\lyxend{}\pd@slide}% -% \end{macrocode} -% The |lrbox| will typeset and capture content. This allows for -% verbatim on slides. -% \begin{macrocode} - \begin{lrbox}\pd@textbox -% \end{macrocode} -% $16=2\times7+2\times1$. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@tempdima\linewidth - \ifpd@@nohandoutframes\else - \advance\@tempdima-16pt - \fi - \begin{minipage}\@tempdima - \subsection*\pd@t@tle -% \end{macrocode} -% This |\pd@displaytrue| only acts locally to make sure that |\endslide| -% is executed. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@displaytrue\raggedright -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody} -% In \LyX\ handout mode, we start making slides in the same way as in -% \LaTeX\ handout mode, but in |\pd@get@rgsandbody|, we need to make -% |\lyxend| to finish the slide boxes which is normally done by -% |\end{slide}| (or friends). -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody\pd@get@rgsandbody -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@slide} -% This creates the slide, if necessary. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@slide{% - \end{minipage}\end{lrbox}% -% \end{macrocode} -% If this slide should be visible, include it in a frame. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifpd@display - \ifpd@@nohandoutframes - \usebox\pd@textbox - \else - \fboxrule1pt\fboxsep7pt - \fbox{\usebox\pd@textbox}% - \fi - \par\smallskip - \pd@@lf\hfill\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty\else\pd@@rf\ -- \fi - \def\pd@tempa{note}% - \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa -% \end{macrocode} -% Determine if this is another note with the same slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\c@slide=\pd@notet - \stepcounter{note}% - \else - \setcounter{note}{1}% - \fi - \xdef\pd@notet{\the\c@slide}% - \thenote - \else\theslide\fi - \par\bigskip - \ifpd@@nohandoutpagebreaks\else\vfill\pd@newpage\fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@maketitle} -% Uses the original \pf{article} |\maketitle| and puts the table of -% contents below it. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@maketitle[#1]{% - \pd@orig@maketitle - \vskip50pt - \pd@puttoc0% - \newpage - \stepcounter{slide}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdcontentsline} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved toc bug in handout mode} -% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\ -% Make table of contents entries. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pdcontentsline#1#2#3{% - \ifnum#1=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcntb>\z@\hskip15pt\fi - \hyperlink{slide.#2}{#3}% - \leaders\hbox{\hss.\ \hss}\hfill#2\par - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@tempswa\else\vskip10pt\fi - \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\bfseries#3}% - {\hfill\bfseries#2}\par - \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne - \fi - \@tempswafalse -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@section} -% \oarg{options}\marg{title}\\ -% Like before, but simplified. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@section[#1]#2{% - \begingroup - \setkeys*[pd]{section}{#1}% - \setrmkeys*[pd]{slide}% - \def\pd@tempa{% - \stepcounter{slide}% - \def\pd@t@tle{#2}% - \pd@maketocbm\pd@tempb - \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend - \pd@orig@section*{#2\normalfont\hfill\theslide}% - }% - \ifnum\pd@display=\@ne\ifpd@@slide\stepcounter{slide}\fi\else - \ifnum\pd@tempb=\z@ - \ifpd@@slide\pd@tempa\fi - \else - \stepcounter{pd@section}% - \pd@tempa - \ifpd@@slide\else\addtocounter{slide}\m@ne\fi - \fi - \fi - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% End of handout mode specific definitions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Here follow some miscellaneous utility macros. -% \begin{macro}{\@nameedef} -% \marg{csname}\\ -% Similar as |\@namedef|, but uses |\edef| to define the command with -% name \meta{csname}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@nameedef#1{\expandafter\edef\csname#1\endcsname} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@namelet} -% \marg{cs1}\marg{cs2}\\ -% Copy the replacement text of macro with name \meta{cs2} to the macro -% with name \meta{cs1}. We use a private version as |\@namelet| has -% many conflicting definitions is different packages. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@namelet#1#2{% - \expandafter\let\csname#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname#2\endcsname -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pop} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@p@p} -% \meta{list}\meta{cmd} -% Remove the first element of a comma separated \meta{list} and store -% that in \meta{cmd}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pop#1#2{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,}{#1}% - \ifin@\expandafter\pd@p@p#1\@nil#2#1\else\let#2#1\let#1\@empty\fi -} -\def\pd@p@p#1,#2\@nil#3#4{\def#3{#1}\def#4{#2}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@maxdim} -% \marg{dim1}\marg{dim2}\\ -% Compute the maximum of two dimensions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@maxdim#1#2{\ifdim#1>#2#1\else#2\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@minipage} -% \begin{macro}{\endpd@minipage} -% Adapted version of the |minipage| environment to do normal footnote -% typesetting. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@minipage{% - \leavevmode - \@pboxswfalse - \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@textwidth - \def\@mpargs{{t}{\pd@@textheight}[t]{\pd@@textwidth}}% - \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup - \color@begingroup - \hsize\@tempdima - \textwidth\hsize - \columnwidth\hsize - \@parboxrestore - \let\@footnotetext\@mpfootnotetext - \let\@listdepth\@mplistdepth - \@mplistdepth\z@ - \@minipagerestore - \@setminipage -} -\def\endpd@minipage{% - \par - \unskip - \ifvoid\@mpfootins\else - \vfill - \normalcolor - \footnoterule - \unvbox\@mpfootins - \fi - \@minipagefalse - \color@endgroup - \egroup - \expandafter\@iiiparbox\@mpargs{\unvbox\@tempboxa}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@verbatim@processline} -% Backup of |\verbatim@processline| for restoring after verbatim -% reading of the body of a slide. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@orig@verbatim@processline\verbatim@processline -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\psds@ocircle} -% \begin{macro}{\psds@osquare} -% Two macros for open circle and open square dots by Herbert Vo\ss. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\psds@ocircle{\pst@gdot{ 0 0 DS 0 360 arc stroke }} -\def\psds@osquare{% - \pst@gdot{ - DS .886 mul /r ED - r r moveto r r neg L r neg r neg L r neg r L - closepath stroke }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% Load style. -% \begin{macrocode} -\IfFileExists{powerdot-\pd@@style.sty}{ - \RequirePackage{powerdot-\pd@@style} -}{ - \pd@error{unknown style `\pd@@style'} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Check integrity of the style file. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifx\titleslide\@undefined - \pd@error{`titleslide' environment - not defined by style `\pd@@style'} -\fi -\ifx\slide\@undefined - \pd@error{`slide' environment not - defined by style `\pd@@style'} -\fi -\ifx\pd@title\@undefined\let\pd@title\@firstofone\fi -\ifx\pd@slidetitle\@undefined\let\pd@slidetitle\@firstofone\fi -\ifx\pd@sectiontitle\@undefined\let\pd@sectiontitle\@firstofone\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Define the standard ways to make toc entries and highlighted entries. -% We do this here so that designers could use |\newcommand| or |\def| -% in the style file. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifx\pd@tocdisplay\@undefined - \def\pd@tocdisplay#1{% - \hskip\@tempdima - \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb - \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@toctcolor#1% - \end{minipage}% - } -\fi -\ifx\pd@tochighlight\@undefined - \def\pd@tochighlight#1{% - \psframebox*[framesep=\pd@@tocfrsep,% - fillcolor=\pd@@tochlcolor,boxsep=false]{% - \hskip\@tempdima - \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb - \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1% - \end{minipage}% - }% - } -\fi -\ifx\pd@tocslide\@undefined\let\pd@tocslide\@firstofone\fi -\ifx\pd@tocsection\@undefined\let\pd@tocsection\@firstofone\fi -%</powerdot> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \Finale -% \endinput -% -%<*pddefault> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2014/01/01 v1.5 default style (HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44} -\definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.75,.85,.92} -\definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.9,.95,.98} -\pddefinepalettes{blue}{}{red}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,150} - \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,150} - \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,150} -}{green}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,290} - \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,290} - \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,290} -}{yellow}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,-150} - \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,-150} - \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,-150} -}{brown}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,180} - \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,180} - \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,180} -}{purple}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,45} - \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,45} - \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,45} -} -\newbox\pd@imagebox -\pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \sbox\pd@imagebox{\includegraphics[trim=50 20 0 20,clip,% - width=.17\slidewidth,height=.1\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}% - }% -}{% - \sbox\pd@imagebox{\includegraphics[trim=170 0 80 0,clip,% - height=.1\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{% - titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - textheight=.6\slideheight -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.8\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{% - titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight, - titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - toctcolor=pdcolor1, - tochlcolor=pdcolor1, - tochltcolor=pdcolor3, - ifsetup=portrait, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \rput[tl](0,\slideheight){\usebox\pd@imagebox}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{% - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{% - ifsetup=landscape, - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)} -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor3,linestyle=none,% - linewidth=0pt](0,.9\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - }{}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{% - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight} -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{% - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight} -}{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{% - sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide -} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pddefault> -% -%<*pdtycja> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-tycja}[2005/12/10 v1.4 tycja style (HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{pst-grad} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.27,.47} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.81,.42} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.97,.84} -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - lffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3}, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockhook=tl,clockalign=0, - clockpos={0,\slideheight}, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - ifsetup=landscape, - textheight=.66\slideheight, - toctcolor=pdcolor1, - tochlcolor=pdcolor1, - tochltcolor=pdcolor3, - tocpos={.845\slidewidth,.81\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}, - ifsetup=portrait, - toctcolor=pdcolor3, - tochlcolor=pdcolor3, - tochltcolor=pdcolor1, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - textheight=.68\slideheight, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight} -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor1](0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (0,.85\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)% - (.1\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,texthook=t, - textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - textheight=.55\slideheight, - ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,stocpos,ntocpos -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - titlehook=Br,titlepos={.81\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.76\slidewidth,titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft, - textpos={.12\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},textwidth=.67\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.9\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlewidth=.88\slidewidth, - textwidth=.76\slidewidth -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]% - (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]% - (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - titlehook=Br,titlepos={.81\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.76\slidewidth,titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft, - textpos={.12\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},textwidth=.84\slidewidth, - ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.9\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlewidth=.88\slidewidth, -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]% - (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (.79\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]% - (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (.9\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - }% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (0,.85\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)% - (.1\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.455\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.67\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.76\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.76\slidewidth -}{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdtycja> -% -%<*pdikeda> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-ikeda}[2005/12/10 v1.4 ikeda style (CE,HA)] -\RequirePackage{calc} -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.941,.98,1} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.435,.031,.165} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.051,.094,.29} - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.051,.329,.29} -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - textpos={.13\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth, - textfont=\centering, - textheight=.56\slideheight -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (.05\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.95\slidewidth,.05\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.01]% - (.1\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.01]% - (.9\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.9\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[linestyle=none,fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.1\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)% - (.5\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.75\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)% - (.9\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[linestyle=none,fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.1\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.93\slideheight)% - (.5\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)(.75\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)% - (.9\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlehook=Bc,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - toctcolor=pdcolor1, - tochlcolor=pdcolor3, - tochltcolor=pdcolor1, - ifsetup=portrait, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.47\slidewidth,.15\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.53\slidewidth,.15\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.84\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth, - lfpos={.19\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}, - cfpos={.58\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.025\slideheight} -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.92\slideheight}, - tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor3](-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}, - textheight=.72\slideheight, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.88\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.95\slidewidth, - textheight=.64\slideheight -}{{% - \psset{linestyle=none}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(.16\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \setlength\@tempdima{.16\slidewidth-.4cm}% - \setlength\@tempdimb{.97\slideheight-.8cm}% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (.16\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)% - \setlength\@tempdima{.16\slidewidth+.4cm}% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (.16\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor3]% - (0,.935\slideheight)(.02\slidewidth,.945\slideheight)% - (.065\slidewidth,.935\slideheight)(.11\slidewidth,.925\slideheight)% - (.13\slidewidth,.935\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.185\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.335\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)% - (.58\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.58\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.825\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)% - (.975\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)% - }{% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.02\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)% - (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.82\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)% - (.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)% - \pd@ikedapbg - }% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.95\slidewidth, - textwidth=.95\slidewidth, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.88\slideheight}, - textpos={.025\slidewidth,.84\slideheight}, - textheight=.72\slideheight, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.92\slideheight}, - textpos={.025\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - textheight=.68\slideheight -}{{% - \psset{linestyle=none}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.02\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)% - (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)% - (.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.02\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)% - (.5\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.5\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)% - (.98\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)% - }\pd@ikedapbg -}} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\def\pd@ikedapbg{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,.17\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor3,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=1.6pt]% - (.05\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.08\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)% - (.14\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.20\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)% - (.23\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor3,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=1.6pt]% - (.77\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.80\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)% - (.86\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)% - (.95\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor4}\small\ding{115}} -\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor4}\tiny\ding{115}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdikeda> -% -%<*pdfyma> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-fyma}[2005/12/10 v1.3 fyma style (SA,HA)] -\RequirePackage{pst-grad} -\definecolor{fymahltcolor}{rgb}{1,0,0} -\pddefinepalettes{blue}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.14,.34,.55} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.24,.45,.7} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.88,.95,1} -}{green}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.1,.45,.3} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.24,.7,.45} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.88,1,.9} -}{gray}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{gray}{0.25} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{gray}{0.55} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{gray}{0.85} -}{brown}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.52,.32,.12} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.45,.24} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.97,.92,.92} -}{orange}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.8,.23,.24} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.95,.53,.44} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.92,.87} - \definecolor{fymahltcolor}{rgb}{.23,.25,.5} -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright, - clockpos={.96\slidewidth,.97\slideheight},clockcolor=pdcolor1, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - toctcolor=pdcolor1, - tochlcolor=pdcolor1, - tochltcolor=fymahltcolor, - ifsetup=portrait, - textheight=.67\slideheight, - titlepos={.06\slidewidth,.9\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - textpos={.09\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.85\slidewidth, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.12\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.12\slideheight}, - lfpos={.06\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - rfpos={.94\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.205\slidewidth,.9\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - textheight=.72\slideheight, - textpos={.23\slidewidth,.82\slideheight}, - textwidth=.72\slidewidth, - lfpos={.04\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - rfpos={.96\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - tocpos={.04\slidewidth,.82\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)} -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,% - gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer]% - (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)% - \psline - (.02\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)% - \psline - (.03\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)% - \psline - (.97\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=.85,dimen=outer]% - (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)% - \psline - (.02\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)% - \psline - (.03\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.02\slideheight)% - \psline - (.97\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.02\slideheight)% - }% - \psline - (.02\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)% - \psline - (.03\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.955\slideheight)% - \psline - (.97\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.955\slideheight)% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{ - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - textheight=.6\slideheight, - titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=white,% - gradmidpoint=1,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=.8pt]% - (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.195\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)% - }{}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - ifsetup=landscape,tocpos, - titlepos={.055\slidewidth,.9\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - textpos={.07\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.83\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.59\slidewidth,.525\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.5\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.525\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.68\slidewidth -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]% - (.34\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - \psline - (.33\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)% - \psline - (.33\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - \psline - (.34\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.34\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)% - \psline - (.34\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.34\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]% - (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - \psline - (.15\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)% - \psline - (.15\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - \psline - (.16\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)% - \psline - (.16\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)% - }% - \psline - (.84\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)% - \psline - (.84\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{% - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.525\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.68\slidewidth -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]% - (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - \psline - (.15\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)% - \psline - (.15\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - \psline - (.16\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)% - \psline - (.16\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)% - \psline - (.84\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)% - \psline - (.84\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)% -}} -\def\pd@slidetitle#1{% - \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}% - \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi - \psline[linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (0,-.15cm)(\@tempdima,-.15cm)% - \parbox[b]\pd@@titlewidth{#1}% -} -\def\pd@tochighlight#1{% - \begin{minipage}[b]\pd@@tocwidth - \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1% - \end{minipage}% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\ensuremath\bullet} #1}}{} -\def\labelitemi{\small\ensuremath\bullet} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ensuremath\circ} -\def\labelitemiii{\scriptsize\ensuremath\bullet} -\def\labelitemiv{\scriptsize\ensuremath\circ} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{phv} -\def\sfdefault{phv} -\def\Hv@scale{.86} -%</pdfyma> -% -%<*pdsimple> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-simple}[2005/12/10 v1.3 simple style (HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{amssymb} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{\colorlet{pdcolor1}{black}} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright, - clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - texthook=tl,textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\tabcolsep0pt, - textheight=.66\slideheight -}{% - \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.9\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight, - titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright, - clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - tocslidesep=.6ex,textheight=.68\slideheight, - ifsetup=portrait, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth -}{% - \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.9\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=gray]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)} -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=black!10,linestyle=none,% - linewidth=.8pt](-.01\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - (.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - }{}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@tocsimple\phantom{#1}} -\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@tocsimple\@firstofone{#1}} -\def\pd@tocsimple#1#2{% - \@tempdima\pd@@tocwidth - \settowidth\@tempdimb{\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleright\hskip1mm}% - \advance\@tempdima-\@tempdimb - \ifnum\pd@toctype=\@ne\else - #1{\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleright\hskip1mm}% - \fi - \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdima - \pd@usedtocfont#2% - \end{minipage}% - \ifnum\pd@toctype=\@ne - #1{\hskip1mm\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleleft}% - \fi -} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ensuremath\square} -\def\labelitemii{\small--} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ensuremath\triangleright} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{110}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdsimple> -% -%<*pdciment> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-ciment}[2005/12/10 v1.3 ciment style (HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{black} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.1,.1} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.2,.2,.2} - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.75,.75,.75} -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlepos={.1\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.85\slidewidth, - titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\large\bfseries\raggedright, - clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - lffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize, - rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - toctcolor=black, - tochlcolor=pdcolor2, - tochltcolor=white, - ifsetup=portrait, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.13\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.13\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.7\slideheight -}{% - \psframe[linewidth=0pt,linestyle=none,fillstyle=hlines,% - hatchwidth=.4pt,hatchangle=0,hatchcolor=pdcolor4]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](.05\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)% - (.95\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)% - }{% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](.05\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - (.95\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\large\bfseries\centering, - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - textheight=.6\slideheight,titlepos, - ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.53\slideheight -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)} -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor4,linestyle=none,% - linewidth=0pt](0,.85\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - }{}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\def\pd@slidetitle#1{% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,-.15cm)(.85\slidewidth,-.15cm)% - \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}% - \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=2.5pt]% - (0,-.15cm)(\@tempdima,-.15cm)% - \parbox[b]\pd@@titlewidth{#1}% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\ding{226}}#1}}{} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdciment> -% -%<*pdelcolors> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-elcolors}[2005/12/10 v1.3 elcolors style (HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44} - \colorlet{pdcolor2}{yellow!10} - \colorlet{pdcolor3}{red!10} - \colorlet{pdcolor4}{blue!10} - \colorlet{pdcolor5}{rgb,2:pdcolor2,1;pdcolor3,1} - \colorlet{pdcolor6}{rgb,2:pdcolor2,1;pdcolor4,1} -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlepos={.95\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlehook=Br, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight, - titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockhook=tl,clockalign=0, - clockpos={0,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - toctcolor=pdcolor1, - tochlcolor=pdcolor1, - tochltcolor=pdcolor4, - ifsetup=portrait, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.42\slidewidth,.13\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.46\slidewidth,.13\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.68\slidewidth -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=0pt}% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (0,0)(.44\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.56\slidewidth,.86\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (.09\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.91\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor5]% - (.09\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.44\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor5]% - (.91\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)(.56\slidewidth,.86\slideheight)% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.76\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - textheight=.55\slideheight -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - textpos={.12\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.76\slidewidth -}{} -\pdifsetup{portrait}{% - \pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{slide}{}{}% -}{% - \pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)} - }{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor6,linewidth=0pt]% - (.09\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)% - } -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.54\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.68\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.76\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.76\slidewidth -}{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdelcolors> -% -%<*pdaggie> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-aggie}[2005/12/10 v1.3 aggie style (JS,HA)] -\RequirePackage{times} -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{pst-grad} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.51,.13,.16} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.96,.94,.89} - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.89,.85,.69} -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny, - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.65\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - textheight=.5\slideheight, - ifsetup=portrait, - textheight=.55\slideheight, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight} -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)% - \psellipse[linestyle=solid,linecolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid,% - fillcolor=pdcolor4](.5\slidewidth,0)(.7\slidewidth,.1\slidewidth)% -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight, - titlefont=\Large\sl\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\raggedright, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny, - tocslidesep=.8ex, - textheight=.74\slideheight, - toctcolor=pdcolor1, - tochlcolor=pdcolor2, - tochltcolor=white, - ifsetup=portrait, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - tocsecsep=.8ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth -}{% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.7\slideheight -}{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,% - gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \pd@aggiebg -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}, - ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.7\slideheight -}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=white,% - gradmidpoint=0,linestyle=none,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,.9\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)% - \psellipse*[linecolor=white](.25\slidewidth,.6\slideheight)% - (.075\slidewidth,.7\slideheight)% - \pd@aggiebg -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\def\pd@aggiebg{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4](0,0)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=.5pt]% - (0,.075\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4](0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=.5pt]% - (0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - }% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\pd@tocslide#1{\ding{118}\,#1} -\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{108}} -\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor2}\small\ding{70}} -\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault} -%</pdaggie> -% -%<*pdhusky> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-husky}[2005/12/10 v1.3 husky style (JS,HA)] -\RequirePackage{times} -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{pst-grad} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.03,0,.29} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.75,0,0} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.92,.92,.92} -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\Large\rmfamily\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - lffont=\tiny\color{white}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cffont=\tiny\color{white}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rffont=\tiny\color{white}, - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.75\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - textheight=.66\slideheight, - ifsetup=portrait, - textheight=.63\slideheight, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, -}{{% - \psset{linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3}% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.385\slideheight)% - (.6\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.57\slideheight)% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.25\slideheight)% - (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.35\slideheight)% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - (0,.65\slideheight)(0,\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.225\slideheight)% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)% - (0,.25\slideheight)(0,.535\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.9\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.893\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.893\slideheight)% - \pd@huskybg -}} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight, - titlefont=\Large\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\raggedright, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - lffont=\tiny\color{white}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cffont=\tiny\color{white}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rffont=\tiny\color{white}, - tocslidesep=.8ex, - toctcolor=black, - tochlcolor=pdcolor2, - tochltcolor=white, - ifsetup=portrait, - toctcolor=white, - tochlcolor=black, - titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textheight=.73\slideheight, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - tocsecsep=.8ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth, - textheight=.74\slideheight, -}{{% - \psset{linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3}% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.385\slideheight)% - (.6\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.57\slideheight)% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.25\slideheight)% - (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.35\slideheight)% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - (0,.65\slideheight)(0,\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.225\slideheight)% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)% - (0,.25\slideheight)(0,.535\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.9\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.893\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.893\slideheight)% - \pd@huskybg -}} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight} -}{% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}, -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,% - gradend=black,gradmidpoint=.5](.175\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)% - (.18\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,% - gradend=black,gradmidpoint=.25](.025\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)% - (.025\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c, - titlefont=\LARGE\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c, - titlefont=\LARGE\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\def\pd@huskybg{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=black,linewidth=1pt]% - (0,.075\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=black,linewidth=1pt]% - (0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - }% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\pd@tocslide#1{\ding{118}\,#1} -\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{108}} -\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor2}\small\ding{70}} -\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault} -%</pdhusky> -% -%<*pdsailor> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-sailor}[2005/12/10 v1.3 sailor style (MH,HA)] -\RequirePackage{calc} -\RequirePackage{amssymb} -\RequirePackage{pst-grad} -\pddefinepalettes{Sea}{% Sea sailor (default) - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.141,.188,.235} % Dark blue #24303C - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.298,.392,.490} % Medium blue #4C647D - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.522,.592,.647} % Light blue #8597A5 - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8627,.8941,.9255} % Lighter blue #DCE4EC -}{River}{% River variant - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.141,.235,.192} % Dark green #243C31 - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.298,.490,.404} % Medium green #4C7D67 - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.522,.647,.592} % Light green #85A597 - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8627,.9255,.8980} % Lighter green #DCECE5 -}{Wine}{% Wine variant - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.235,.141,.161} % Dark red #3C2429 - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.490,.298,.337} % Medium red #7D4C56 - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.647,.522,.545} % Light red #A5858B - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.9255,.8627,.8745} % Lighter red #ECDCDF -}{Chocolate}{% Chocolate variant - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.235,.212,.141} % Dark brown #3C3624 - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.490,.443,.298} % Medium brown #7D714C - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.647,.616,.522} % Light brown #A59D85 - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.9255,.9098,.8627} % Lighter brown #ECE8DC -}{Cocktail}{% Cocktail variant - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.180,.141,.235} % Dark violet #2E243C - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.380,.298,.490} % Medium violet #614C7D - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.576,.522,.647} % Light violet #9385A5 - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8902,.8627,.9255} % Lighter violet #E3DCEC -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{% - texthook=tl, - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white}\raggedleft, - clockhook=tl,clockpos={0,\slideheight},clockalign=0, - iacolor=pdcolor3, - toctcolor=pdcolor3, - tochlcolor=white, - tochltcolor=pdcolor1, - ifsetup=landscape, - lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.02\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.02\slideheight}, - rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.02\slideheight}, - tocsecsep=2.5ex, - tocslidesep=1.2ex, - tocslideindent=1ex, - tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.8\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.14\slidewidth,-.05)}, - ifsetup=portrait, - lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - tocsecsep=.1ex, - tocslidesep=.1ex, - stochook=tr, - stocpos={.49\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - stocwidth=.48\slidewidth, - ntocpos={.51\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - ntocwidth=.48\slidewidth, -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{topframe}{% - titlehook=r, - clockcolor=white, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - titlepos={.95\slidewidth,.92\slideheight}, - textheight=.74\slideheight, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.8\slideheight}, - textwidth=.77\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlewidth=.94\slidewidth, - titlepos={.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight}, - textheight=.75\slideheight, - textpos={.03\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - textwidth=.94\slidewidth -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \pd@sailorroundedtopframe{.15\slideheight}% - }{% - \pd@sailorroundedtopframe{.1\slideheight}% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{% - texthook=rt, - textpos={.95\slidewidth,.77\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - textfont=\color{pdcolor1}\raggedleft\tabcolsep0pt, - textheight=.72\slideheight, - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white}, - clockcolor=pdcolor1, - tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos -}{{% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \pd@sailorroundedframe{\slidewidth}{.25\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}% - {.17\slideheight}% - }{% - \pd@sailorroundedframe{\slidewidth}{.25\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}% - {.12\slideheight}% - }% - \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.5\slideheight}% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}% - \psarc*(0,.2\slideheight){3pt}{270}{90}% - \multips(.08\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)(.08\slidewidth,0){9}{% - \qdisk(0,0){3pt}% - }% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[topframe]{slide}{}{{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \pd@sailorgrad{.16\slidewidth}{.5\slideheight}% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}% - \multips(.16\slidewidth,0.75pt)(0,.01\slideheight){82}{% - \qdisk(0,0){.75pt}% - }% - }\pd@sailortocbg -}} -\pddefinetemplate[topframe]{wideslide}{% - tocpos,ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.03\slidewidth,.8\slideheight}, - textwidth=.94\slidewidth -}{% - \pdifsetup{portrait}\pd@sailortocbg{}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{% - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor1}\centering, - titlehook=c, - titlewidth=.55\slidewidth, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.58\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{sectionwideslide}{% - tocpos,stocpos,ntocpos, - titlehook=c,titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - titlepos={.4\slidewidth,.695\slideheight}, - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white}\centering -}{{% - \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.5\slideheight}% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \pd@sailorroundedframe{0pt}{.75\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}% - {.1\slideheight}% - }{% - \pd@sailorroundedframe{0pt}{.75\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}% - {.07\slideheight}% - }% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}% - \psarc*(\slidewidth,.2\slideheight){3pt}{90}{270}% - \multips(.92\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)(-.08\slidewidth,0){9}{% - \qdisk(0,0){3pt}% - }% -}} -\def\pd@sailorroundedtopframe#1{{% - \setlength\@tempdima{\slideheight-#1}% - \psset{linewidth=0pt,fillcolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid,linecolor=pdcolor2}% - \psframe(#1,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)% - \pswedge*(#1,\slideheight){#1}{180}{275}% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.8pt}% - \psline(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)(#1,\@tempdima)% - \psarc[fillstyle=none](#1,\slideheight){#1}{180}{270}% -}} -\def\pd@sailorroundedframe#1#2#3#4{{% - \setlength\@tempdima{#3+#4}% - \setlength\@tempdimb{#3-#4}% - \psset{linewidth=0pt,linecolor=pdcolor2,fillcolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid}% - \psframe(#1,\@tempdima)(#2,\@tempdimb)% - \ifdim#1>#2\pswedge*(#2,#3){#4}{85}{275}\else\pswedge*(#2,#3){#4}{265}{95}\fi - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.8pt}% - \psline(#1,\@tempdima)(#2,\@tempdima)% - \ifdim#1>#2\psarc(#2,#3){#4}{90}{270}\else\psarc(#2,#3){#4}{270}{90}\fi - \psline(#1,\@tempdimb)(#2,\@tempdimb)% -}} -\def\pd@sailorgrad#1#2{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,linewidth=0pt,fillstyle=gradient,% - gradbegin=pdcolor4,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0](0,0)(#1,#2)% -} -\def\pd@sailortocbg{{% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}% - \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.1\slideheight}% - \multips(1.5pt,.1\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,0){100}{% - \qdisk(0,0){.75pt}% - }% -}} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\pd@title#1{% - \parbox[c][.15\textheight]{.75\slidewidth}{\raggedleft#1}% - \vskip-3em\vskip.2\slideheight -} -\def\pd@tochighlight#1{% - \hskip\@tempdima - \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb - \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1% - \end{minipage}% -} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\color{pdcolor2}\ensuremath\blacksquare} -\def\labelitemii{\footnotesize\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\square} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\color{pdcolor2}\ensuremath\blacksquare} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\square} -\pdsetup{list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}} -\def\rmdefault{phv} -\def\sfdefault{phv} -\def\Hv@scale{.85} -%</pdsailor> -% -%<*pdupen> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-upen}[2005/12/10 v1.3 upen style (PRU,HA)] -\RequirePackage{calc} -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{pst-grad} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{white} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{0,.01,.37} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.01,.06,.65} - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.98,.78,.18} -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlefont=\large\bfseries\color{pdcolor4}, - clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - toctcolor=white, - tochlcolor=pdcolor2, - tochltcolor=pdcolor4, - ifsetup=portrait, - textheight=.64\slideheight, - titlepos={.12\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.83\slidewidth, - textpos={.12\slidewidth,.78\slideheight}, - textwidth=.83\slidewidth, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.47\slidewidth,.12\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.12\slideheight}, - lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.175\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.775\slidewidth, - textheight=.7\slideheight, - textpos={.175\slidewidth,.77\slideheight}, - textwidth=.775\slidewidth, - lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - tocpos={.02\slidewidth,.77\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.13\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor4]% - (-.05,-.05)(.12\slidewidth,-.05)} -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradangle=-90,gradmidpoint=0,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=pdcolor2,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,% - gradend=pdcolor2,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer]% - (-.01\slidewidth,1.1\slideheight)(1.05\slidewidth,-.01\slideheight)% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{ - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering\color{pdcolor4}, - textheight=.63\slideheight, - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos -}{% - \setlength\@tempdima{.8\slideheight+.5pt}% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=pdcolor4,% - gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.5,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)% - \setlength\@tempdima{.2\slideheight+.5pt}% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=pdcolor4,% - gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.5,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,.2\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=pdcolor3,% - gradmidpoint=1,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,\slideheight)(.15\slidewidth,0)% - \pd@upenbg{.15\slidewidth}{.05\slidewidth}% - }{\pd@upenbg{.1\slidewidth}{0pt}}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.77\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - ifsetup=landscape,tocpos -}{% - \setlength\@tempdima{.8\slideheight-.5pt}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,% - gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]% - (.05\slidewidth,.8\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\@tempdima)% - }{% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,% - gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]% - (0,.8\slideheight)(.45\slidewidth,\@tempdima)% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlewidth=.45\slidewidth,titlehook=c, - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering\color{pdcolor4}, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.59\slidewidth,.53\slideheight}, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.53\slideheight} -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor3}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2,linestyle=none]% - (.34\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2,linestyle=none]% - (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - }% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{% - titlewidth=.62\slidewidth,titlehook=c, - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering\color{pdcolor4}, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.53\slideheight} -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% -} -\def\pd@upenbg#1#2{% - \setlength\@tempdima{#1+.5pt}% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,% - gradmidpoint=.4,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]% - (#1,.5\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\slideheight)% - \setlength\@tempdima{.45\slidewidth+#2}% - \setlength\@tempdimb{.8\slideheight-.5pt}% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,% - gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]% - (#2,.8\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\pd@tochighlight#1{% - \begin{minipage}[b]\pd@@tocwidth - \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1% - \end{minipage}% -} -\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocentry#1{{\tiny\ensuremath\bullet}\ #1}}{} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor4}\small ---} -\def\labelitemiii{\color{red}\scriptsize\ding{115}} -\def\labelitemiv{\color{yellow}\tiny\ensuremath\circ} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{phv} -\def\sfdefault{phv} -\def\Hv@scale{.85} -%</pdupen> -% -%<*pdbframe> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-bframe}[2005/12/10 v1.2 bframe style (PRU,HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{pst-blur} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{white} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.1,.1} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.01,.05,.56} -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlehook=B,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, - clockcolor=pdcolor3,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - toctcolor=white, - tochlcolor=pdcolor2, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.91\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.69\slideheight, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.13\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.13\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.58\slidewidth,.91\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.69\slideheight -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{ - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.75\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - titlepos,textheight=.59\slideheight -}\pd@bframebg -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.91\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth -}\pd@bframebg -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)} -}{{% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3,shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe*[framearc=.3](0,.87\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - \psframe*[framearc=.1](.18\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)% - \psframe*[framearc=.1](.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - }% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{white}\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\def\pd@bframebg{{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \def\pd@tempa{.08\slideheight}% - }{% - \def\pd@tempa{.14\slideheight}% - }% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3,shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60}% - \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,\pd@tempa)% - \psframe*[framearc=.1](.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% -}} -\def\pd@slidetitle#1{% - \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}% - \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi - \rput[B](0,0){\psframebox*[framearc=.3,fillcolor=pdcolor3,% - shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60]{% - \parbox[b]\@tempdima{#1}% - }% - }% -} -\def\pd@title#1{% - {\let\thanks\@gobble\let\footnote\@gobble\settowidth\@tempdima{#1}}% - \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi - \advance\@tempdima-6pt - \psframebox*[framearc=.3,fillcolor=pdcolor2]{\parbox[b]\@tempdima{#1}}% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\color{yellow}\ding{117}} #1}}{} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{put} -%</pdbframe> -% -%<*pdhoratio> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-horatio}[2005/12/10 v1.1 horatio style (ML,HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{HTML}{004477} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{HTML}{5588ae} -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlehook=Bl, - titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.91\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.77\slidewidth, - titlefont=\color{white}\large\bfseries\raggedright, - clockcolor=white,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.2\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - lffont=\tiny\color{white}, - cfpos={.585\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cffont=\tiny\color{white}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rffont=\tiny\color{white}, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - textheight=.68\slideheight, - ifsetup=landscape, - toctcolor=pdcolor1, - tochlcolor=pdcolor1, - tochltcolor=white, - tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.81\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}, - ifsetup=portrait, - toctcolor=white, - tochlcolor=white, - tochltcolor=pdcolor1, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.55\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.57\slidewidth,.09\slideheight} -}{{% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}% - \psframe*(0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \psframe*(0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=1pt}% - \psline(.17\slidewidth,0)(.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \psline(.17\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,\slideheight)% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, - texthook=t, - textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth, - textfont=\centering, - textheight=.57\slideheight, - ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,stocpos,ntocpos -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.81\slideheight}, - textwidth=.77\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.81\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psline[linewidth=1pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (.17\slidewidth,0)(.17\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - }{}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - textpos={.03\slidewidth,.81\slideheight}, - textwidth=.94\slidewidth, - ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.81\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.6\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.7\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth -}{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\labelitemi{\small\ding{'64}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{'70}} -\def\labelitemiii{\small\ding{'63}} -\def\labelitemiv{\small\ding{'67}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdhoratio> -% -%<*pdpaintings> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-paintings}[2005/12/10 v1.1 paintings (TDK,HA)] -\RequirePackage{times} -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\pddefinepalettes{Syndics}{% Rembrandt van Rijn: "The Syndics" - 1662 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.06,.06} % Black hat - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Collar of rising man - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.22,.09,.09} % Tablecloth lower right - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.97,.97,.91} % Book page - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.58,.19,.13} % Tablecloth lower left - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.42,.2,.22} % Back wall - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.71,.55} % Forehead of man in background -}{Skater}{% Gilbert Stuart: "The Skater (Portrait of William Grant)" - 1782 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.06,.09} % Hat - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.97,.94} % White collar - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.26,.22,.19} % Ice - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.91,.87} % Sky - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.78,.52,.45} % Right cheek - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.45,.39,.26} % Ground under small figures - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.71,.71,.68} % Frozen lake at left -}{GoldenGate}{% Giotto: "Meeting of Joachim and Anne at the Golden Gate" - 1305-10 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.13,.09,.13} % Dress of woman in black - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Bridge - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.06,.09,.22} % Blue sky - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.91,.87} % Dress of woman with shawl - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.52,.26,.26} % Joachim's robe - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.65,.35,.16} % Anne's robe - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.91,.84,.42} % Joachim's halo -}{Lamentation}{% Giotto: "Lamentation of Christ" - 1305-10 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.16,.09,.06} % Dark hair of man - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.91,.91,.94} % White robe at lower left - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.19,.22,.29} % Cloak of Christ - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Skin of Christ - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.55,.26,.22} % Mary Magdalene dress - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.19,.26,.52} % Sky - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.74,.71} % Mary Magdalene sleeve -}{HolyWood}{% Piero della Francesca: "Discovery of the Holy Wood" - ca. 1455 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.19,.21,.19} % Horse's ear - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Attendant's neck - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.29,.13,.13} % Attendant's russet dress - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Horse's rear - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.22,.35,.55} % Queen of Sheba's dress - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.74,.48,.42} % Dusky rose dress - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.71,.61} % Queen of Sheba's hand -}{Europa}{% Titian: "The Rape of Europa" - 1559-62 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.06,.03} % Bull's eye - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.97,.84} % Europa's bodice - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.16,.13,.09} % Sea - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.97,.84} % Europa's breast - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.58,.26,.13} % Flying cape - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.32,.29,.39} % Deep blue sky - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.78,.52} % Bull's right front leg -}{Moitessier}{% Jean Auguste Dominque Ingres: "Madame Moitessier, Standing" - 1851 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.03,.03} % Black dress - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.87,.84,.78} % Accessories at lower left - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.22,.03,.06} % Deep red wall - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.97,.91} % Accessories at lower left - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.78,.35,.32} % Flower in hair - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.58,.55,.71} % Blue jewel on left wrist - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{1,.78,.65} % Left forearm -}{MayThird}{% Francisco Goya: "Third of May, 1808" - 1814 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0} % Black sky - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Shirt of victim - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.29,.19,.13} % Face of victim - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.97,.97,.97} % Left side of lantern - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.55,.26,.22} % Blood of man in foreground - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.68,.48,.16} % Trousers of victim - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.68,.65,.58} % Coattails of foreground soldier -}{PearlEarring}{% Johannes Vermeer: "Girl with a Pearl Earring" - 1665 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.06,.06} % Pupil of eye - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.91} % Sclera of left eye - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.26,.29,.42} % Blue head scarf - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,1,.9} % Reflection off earring - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.71,.61,.39} % Beige head scarf - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.65,.35,.29} % Lower lip - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.68,.71,.78} % Light blue over forehead -}{Charon}{% Michelangelo: "Charon" (Detail from "The Last Judgment" - 1534-41 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.91,.91,.87} % Sclera of right eye - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.13,.13,.13} % Pupil of right eye - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.39,.39,.48} % Left ear - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.91,.91,.94} % Right forehead - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.65,.71,.84} % Sky at upper right - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.81,.78,.65} % Right eyebrow - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.42,.35,.39} % Moustache -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\LARGE\sl\color{pdcolor4}\centering, - clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - texthook=t, - textpos={.5\slidewidth,.65\slideheight}, - textwidth=.8\slidewidth, - textfont=\large\color{pdcolor4}\centering, - textheight=.5\slideheight -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)% -} -\pddefinetemplate{slide}{ - titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - titlefont=\bfseries\color{pdcolor4}\raggedright, - clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - lfpos={.015\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - rftemp=\pd@@rf, - textheight=.8\slideheight -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,.89\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.89\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{} -\pddefinetemplate[titleslide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\LARGE\color{pdcolor4}\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.8\slidewidth -}{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{ - sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide -} -\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor3}\ensuremath\bullet} -\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor5}\ensuremath\bullet} -\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor6}\ensuremath\bullet} -\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\bullet} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}, - dmaxheight=.85\slideheight -} -\def\familydefault{\sfdefault} -%</pdpaintings> -% -%<*pdklope> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-klope}[2005/12/10 v1.1 klope style (CE,HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{pst-slpe} -\pddefinepalettes{Spring}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.475,.376,.271} % cedar - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.682,.749,.376} % moss - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.949,.749} % sand - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.749,.675,.376} % driftwood - \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor4} - \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4} - \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor3} - \def\pd@klopebg{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=slope,slopebegin=pdcolor3,% - slopeend=pdcolor2,slopeangle=270](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - } -}{PastelFlower}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.349,.5,.5} % sea green - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.8,.706,.561} % brown - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.812,.902,.902} % sky blue - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8,.561,.561} % rose - \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor4} - \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor4} - \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4} - \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor3} - \def\pd@klopebg{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=slope,slopebegin=pdcolor3,% - slopeend=pdcolor2,slopeangle=270](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - } -}{BlueWater}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.902,.957,1} % lightblue - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.376,.588,.749} % medblue - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376} % lighttan - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.8,.749} % pink - \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4} - \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor2} - \def\pd@klopebg{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - } -}{BlackWhite}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0} % white - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,1,1} % black - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.5,.5,.5} % gray - \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor1} - \def\pd@klopebg{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - } -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight}, - textwidth=.7\slidewidth, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering, - textfont=\centering, - textheight=.67\slideheight, - clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1 -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=0pt}\pd@klopebg - \pd@klopesq+-01\pd@klopesq++00\pd@klopesq-+10\pd@klopesq--11% -}} -\pddefinetemplate{slide}{ - titlepos={.15\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.7\slidewidth, - titlefont=\bfseries\Large\color{stitlecolor}\centering, - stochook=t, - stocpos={.5\slidewidth,.89\slideheight}, - stocwidth=.7\slidewidth,stocorient=h, - toctcolor=mytoctcolor, - tochltcolor=mytochltcolor, - tocsecsep=4pt, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.8\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - textheight=.72\slideheight, - lfpos={.015\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - lffont=\tiny, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - cffont=\tiny, - rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - rffont=\tiny, - iacolor=myiacolor, - clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1 -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=0pt}% - \psframe*[linecolor=slidebg](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=slidehbg](0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \pd@klopesq+-01\pd@klopesq--11% - \psset{linewidth=.1pt}% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1](0,.05\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.05\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=slidehbg](0,.055\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlepos={.15\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{sectitlecolor}\centering, - textpos,lfpos,cfpos,rfpos -}{{% - \psframe*[linecolor=slidebg](0,0)(\slidewidth,.5\slideheight)% - \pd@klopesq++00\pd@klopesq-+10% -}} -\def\pd@klopesq#1#2#3#4{% - \@tempdima#3\slidewidth\@tempdimb#4\slideheight - \advance\@tempdima#1.3cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.3cm - \edef\pd@tempa{\the\@tempdima}\edef\pd@tempb{\the\@tempdimb}% - \advance\@tempdima#1.8cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.8cm - \psframe*[linecolor=lgsquare](\pd@tempa,\pd@tempb)% - (\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)% - \@tempdima\pd@tempa\@tempdimb\pd@tempb - \advance\@tempdima#1.3cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.3cm - \edef\pd@tempa{\the\@tempdima}\edef\pd@tempb{\the\@tempdimb}% - \advance\@tempdima#1.7cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.7cm - \psframe*[linecolor=smsquare](\pd@tempa,\pd@tempb)% - (\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)% -} -\def\pd@tocdisplay#1{\pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@toctcolor#1} -\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdklope> -% -%<*pdjefka> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-jefka}[2005/12/10 v1.1 jefka style (CE,HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\pddefinepalettes{brown}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{121,96,69} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.949,.749} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{190,163,117} -}{seagreen}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{HTML}{FFE680} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.349,.5,.5} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{HTML}{FFC080} -}{blue}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.902,.957,1} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{HTML}{00487D} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376} -}{white}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,1,1} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.5,.5,.5} -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight}, - textwidth=.7\slidewidth, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering, - textfont=\centering, - textheight=.67\slideheight, - clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1 -}{% - \psframe*[linewidth=0pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate{slide}{ - rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - rffont=\tiny, - iacolor=pdcolor3, - clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1, - titlewidth=.7\slidewidth, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{pdcolor1}\raggedright, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - textheight=.76\slideheight -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=0pt}% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \pspolygon*[linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (0,0)(.1\slidewidth,0)(0,.1\slideheight) - \pspolygon*[linecolor=pdcolor1](\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - (.9\slidewidth,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=t,titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{pdcolor1}\centering -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdjefka> -% -%<*pdpazik> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-pazik}[2005/12/10 v1.1 pazik style (CE,HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{pst-char} -\RequirePackage{pst-grad} -\RequirePackage{type1cm} -\DeclareFixedFont\pd@psmath{OML}{cmm}{m}{it}{2cm} -\DeclareFixedFont\pd@psroman{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}{2cm} -\pddefinepalettes{red}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{225,187,100} % gold - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{RGB}{111,24,17} % brick red - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{0,0,0} % black - \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{mytochlcolor}{pdcolor2!90} - \colorlet{mytitlecolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor1!65!pdcolor3} - \def\pd@pazik@i{\pd@psmath\char25} - \def\pd@pazik@ii{\pd@psroman e} - \def\pd@pazik@iii{\pd@psroman i} - \def\pd@pazik@iv{\pd@psmath\char16} -}{brown}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{22,80,100} % blue - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376} % tan - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{0,0,0} % black - \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{mytochlcolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{mytitlecolor}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor1!70} - \def\pd@pazik@i{\pd@psmath h} - \def\pd@pazik@ii{\pd@psmath e} - \def\pd@pazik@iii{\pd@psmath c} - \def\pd@pazik@iv{\pd@psmath\char11} -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight}, - textwidth=.7\slidewidth, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering, - textfont=\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - textheight=.67\slideheight, - ifsetup=portrait, - textheight=.55\slideheight -}{{% - \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor2!90]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2!90,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=0,linewidth=0pt}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[gradangle=90](0\slidewidth,0\slideheight)% - (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \pd@pazik@lbg - }{% - \psframe[gradangle=180](0\slidewidth,0\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)% - \pd@pazik@pbg - }% -}} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{% - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{mytitlecolor}\raggedright, - rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny, - iacolor=myiacolor, - clockhook=t, - clockalign=1, - clockcolor=pdcolor1, - toctcolor=mytoctcolor, - tochltcolor=mytoctcolor, - tochlcolor=mytochlcolor, - tocfont=\tiny\raggedright, - ifsetup=landscape, - textheight=.82\slideheight, - titlepos={.02\slidewidth,.94\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.96\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.035\slideheight}, - titlepos={.02\slidewidth,.945\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.96\slidewidth, - textpos={.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - textwidth=.96\slidewidth, -}{{% - \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor2!90]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2!90,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=0,gradangle=90,linewidth=0pt}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe(.145\slidewidth,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \pd@pazik@lbg - }{% - \psframe(0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \pd@pazik@pbg - }% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - lfpos={.17\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - cfpos={.575\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - clockpos={.07\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - textpos={.17\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - textwidth=.81\slidewidth, - tocwidth=.12\slidewidth, - tocslidesep=.3em,tocslideindent=.2em, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.2pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.12\slidewidth,-.05)}, - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.86\slideheight}, - ifsetup=portrait, - textheight=.65\slideheight,tocsecsep=.2em, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.44\slidewidth,.18\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - tocslidesep=.2em, - ntocpos={.56\slidewidth,.18\slideheight}, - ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (0,0)(.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{% - ifsetup=landscape, - tocpos,textpos={.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - textwidth=.96\slidewidth, - lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - ifsetup=portrait, - textheight=.82\slideheight, -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (0,\slideheight)(.15\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - }{}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{% - titlehook=c, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.585\slidewidth,.6\slideheight}, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.6\slideheight} -}{% -} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{% - titlehook=c, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.6\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\def\pd@pazik@lbg{% - \psset{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2}% - \rput{-10}(.35\slidewidth,.6\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@i}}% - \rput{15}(.4\slidewidth,.3\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@ii}}% - \rput{-20}(.8\slidewidth,.2\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iii}}% - \rput{30}(.7\slidewidth,.7\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iv}}% -} -\def\pd@pazik@pbg{% - \psset{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2}% - \rput{-10}(.23\slidewidth,.78\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@i}}% - \rput{15}(.35\slidewidth,.4\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@ii}}% - \rput{-20}(.8\slidewidth,.3\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iii}}% - \rput{30}(.7\slidewidth,.7\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iv}}% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdpazik> -% -%<*pdstyletest> -%% -%% For testing, enter your style below. -%% Switch on only one paper/orient option at a time. -\documentclass[ - style=your style, - paper=screen, -%% paper=a4paper, -%% paper=letterpaper, - orient=landscape, -%% orient=portrait, - size=11pt, -%% hlsections, - clock -]{powerdot} - -\pdsetup{ - lf=left footer, - cf=center footer, - rf=right footer, - randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle} -} - -%% For testing text height. -\makeatletter -\def\textheightrule{% - \raisebox\baselineskip{\rule{1cm}\pd@@textheight}% -} -\makeatother - -\title{This is a test file to test new styles with -- -this title is very long on purpose.\thanks{Adjust textheight -to position this footnote.}} -\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison} -\date{August 16, 2005} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\begin{slide}{Test normal slide} - Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus - elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur - dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer - id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque - habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac - turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus sem. - - Notice the color of the equation number! - \begin{equation} - (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k - \end{equation} -\end{slide} - -\begin{slide}{Test itemize} - Some text.\pause - \begin{itemize} - \item level 1\pause - \begin{itemize} - \item level 2\pause - \begin{itemize} - \item level 3\pause - \begin{itemize} - \item level 4 - \end{itemize} - \end{itemize} - \end{itemize} - \end{itemize} - Some text.\footnote{Adjust textheight - to position this footnote.} -\end{slide} - -\section{Normal section} - -\begin{slide}{Test enumerate and inactive color} - Some text.\pause - \begin{enumerate}[type=1] - \item level 1\pause - \begin{enumerate} - \item level 2\pause - \begin{enumerate} - \item level 3\pause - \begin{enumerate} - \item level 4 - \end{enumerate} - \end{enumerate} - \end{enumerate} - \end{enumerate} - Some text. -\end{slide} - -\begin{slide}{The rule has height \texttt{textheight}} - \textheightrule -\end{slide} - -\section[template=wideslide]{Wide slide section} - -\begin{wideslide}{Test wideslide} - Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus - elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur - dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer - id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque - habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac - turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus - sem.\footnote{Adjust textheight to position this footnote.} - - Notice the color of the equation number! - \begin{equation} - (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k - \end{equation} -\end{wideslide} - -\begin{wideslide}{The rule has height \texttt{textheight}} - \textheightrule -\end{wideslide} - -\end{document} -%</pdstyletest> -% -%<*pdstyleexample> -\documentclass[paper=letterpaper,style=\style]{powerdot} -\title{Example of the \style\ style} -\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{tocpos}{} -\pdsetup{lf=left footer,rf=right footer} -\begin{document} -\maketitle -\begin{slide}{Example slide} - Here is the binomium formula. - \begin{equation}\label{binomium} - (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k - \end{equation} - We will prove formula (\ref{binomium}) on the blackboard.\\ - \begin{itemize} - \item Here - \begin{itemize} - \item is - \begin{itemize} - \item a - \begin{itemize} - \item list - \end{itemize} - \item with - \end{itemize} - \item seven - \end{itemize} - \item items. - \end{itemize} -\end{slide} -\end{document} -%</pdstyleexample> -% -%<*pdexample1> -\documentclass{powerdot} - -\title{powerdot example 1} -\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\begin{slide}{Slide 1} - \begin{itemize} - \item This is the first slide\pause - \item There is nothing special about it. - \end{itemize} -\end{slide} - -\section{First section} - -\begin{slide}{Slide 2} - \begin{itemize} - \item<1-> Here - \begin{itemize} - \item<2-> we - \begin{itemize} - \item<3-> demonstrate - \begin{itemize} - \item<4-> the itemize environment - \end{itemize} - \end{itemize} - \end{itemize} - \end{itemize} -\end{slide} - -\begin{slide}{Slide 3} - \begin{enumerate}[type=1] - \item<1> Here - \begin{enumerate} - \item<2> we - \begin{enumerate} - \item<3> demonstrate - \begin{enumerate} - \item<4> the enumerate environment - \end{enumerate} - \end{enumerate} - \end{enumerate} - \end{enumerate} -\end{slide} - -\end{document} -%</pdexample1> -% -%<*pdexample2> -\documentclass[ - size=12pt, - style=ikeda, - paper=screen, -%% Try me! -%% orient=portrait, -%% mode=handout, -%% display=slidesnotes, - pauseslide, - nohandoutpagebreaks, - fleqn -]{powerdot} - -\title{powerdot example 2} -\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison} - -\pdsetup{ - lf=Example 2, - rf=for powerdot, - trans=Wipe, - theslide=slide~\arabic{slide}, - list={itemsep=6pt} -} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\begin{slide}{Slide 1} - \begin{itemize} - \item This is a bigger example\pause - \item demonstrating more of the possibilities of powerdot. - \end{itemize} -\end{slide} - -\section{This section has a slide} - -\begin{slide}{Slide 2} - Here is the binomium formula.\pause - \begin{equation}\label{binomium} - (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k - \end{equation}\pause - We will prove formula (\ref{binomium}) on the blackboard.\\ - Click the title of this slide to switch to the black slide. -\end{slide} - -\begin{note}{Note to slide 2} - Here we could type the proof that - we want to copy to the blackboard. -\end{note} - -\begin{slide}{Slide 3} - \begin{itemize}[type=1] - \item This happens\dots\pause - \item when you change\dots\pause - \item the type of itemize. - \end{itemize} -\end{slide} - -\section[template=wideslide,tocsection=hidden]{A hidden wide section} - -\begin{slide}{Slide 4} - \begin{itemize} - \item We only treat this material\dots\pause - \begin{itemize} - \item if we have some time left.\pause - \item But don't hesitate\dots\pause - \end{itemize} - \item to read it yourself. - \end{itemize} -\end{slide} - -\begin{wideslide}{Slide 5} - This wide slide can contain more material - as it is wider and does not have a table - of contents. -\end{wideslide} - -\end{document} -%</pdexample2> -% -%<*pdexample3> -\documentclass[style=klope,clock,hlsections]{powerdot} - -\usepackage{amsmath} -\usepackage{pst-node} -\usepackage{listings} - -\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{% - \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,% - frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},% - xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1% - }\lstset{#1}}{} -\lstnewenvironment{examplesmall}[1][]{% - \lstset{basicstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,columns=flexible,% - frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},% - xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=2% - }\lstset{#1}}{} - -\title{powerdot example 3 --- verbatim and random dots} -\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison} - -\pdsetup{ - lf=Example 3, - rf=for powerdot, - palette=Spring, - randomdots, - dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.25pt}, - dmindots=5,dmaxdots=5, - dminsize=600pt,dmaxsize=700pt, - dbright=50, - logohook=c, - logopos={.505\slidewidth,.08\slideheight}, - logocmd={\includegraphics[scale=.05]{powerdot-default.ps}} -} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\begin{slide}{Overview} - \begin{enumerate}[type=1] - \item This file demonstrates \pause - \begin{itemize} - \item some uses of \texttt{verbatim} \pause - \end{itemize} - \item and \pause - \begin{itemize} - \item some uses of randomdots - \end{itemize} - \end{enumerate} -\end{slide} - -\section{section} - -\begin{slide}[palette=PastelFlower,method=direct, - dprop={dotstyle=*}, - dminsize=5pt,dmaxsize=10pt, - dmindots=5,dmaxdots=10]{Name that quote} - G\"odel, Escher, Bach: an Eternal Golden Braid \pause - - \verb|G\"odel, Escher, Bach: an Eternal Golden Braid| \pause - - \begin{quote} - The two of you may find it amusing to listen - to such totally meaningless cacophony, but I assure you it is not at - all pleasant for a sensitive composer to be subjected to such - excruciating, empty dissonances and meaningless rhythms. Achilles, - I thought you had a good feeling for music. Could it be that your - previous pieces had merit merely by coincidence? - \end{quote} -\end{slide} - -\begin{slide}[palette=BlueWater, - dprop={dotstyle=osquare,linewidth=.2pt}, - dminsize=4pt,dmaxsize=10pt, - dmindots=5,dmaxdots=10]{Itemize} - \begin{itemize} - \item<1> here - \item<2> we - \item<3> go - \end{itemize} -\end{slide} - -\begin{slide}[toc=What day is it?,bm=What day is it?,method=direct, - dprop={dotstyle=*},dminsize=4pt,dmaxsize=20pt, - dmindots=30,dmaxdots=30]{What day is it?\hfill A test} -\begin{example} - <?php - if ($day == "monday") - { - $callInSick = true; - } - else - { - $callInSick = false; - } - ?> -\end{example} -\end{slide} - -\section[slide=false]{The \texttt{direct} and \texttt{file} methods} - -\begin{slide}[method=direct,randomdots=false]{Quadratic} - With \verb|method=direct|, there are no overlays.\pause - - But you can still use display verbatim text. - - \[ - x \pause = \pause \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a} \pause - \] - - Attempting \pause a \pause pause\ldots\pause - - \verb|Plot[3x,{x,0,10}]| -\end{slide} - -\begin{slide}[method=file,randomdots=false]{Quadratic} - With \verb|method=file|, \pause you can display verbatim text and have overlays.\pause - - \[ - x \pause = \pause \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a} \pause - \] - - Attempting \pause a \pause pause\ldots\pause - - \verb|Plot[3x,{x,0,10}]| -\end{slide} - -\section[slide=false]{Nodes} - -\begin{slide}[method=file,randomdots=false]{Taylor} -\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=|,mathescape] - e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|x^2/2! + |\color{red}{\ldots}| |\pause| - e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|$\rnode{A}{\frac{x^2}{2!}}$ + |\color{red}{\ldots}| -\end{lstlisting} -\pause\vspace{.1in} -Notice, \rnode{B}{this} fraction is in \verb|mathmode|. -\onslide*{11-}{\ncarc[linecolor=blue,arcangle=-5]{->}{B}{A}}\pause \vspace{.1in} - -The above (as its own slide) was coded as follows: -\begin{examplesmall}[escapechar=@] - \begin{slide}[method=file]{Taylor} - \begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=|,mathescape] - e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|x^2/2! + |\color{red}{\ldots}| |\pause| - e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|$\rnode{A}{\frac{x^2}{2!}}$ + |\color{red}{\ldots}| - \end{lstlisting} - - \pause\vspace{.1in} - - Notice, \rnode{B}{this} fraction is in \verb|mathmode|. - \onslide*{11-}{\ncarc[linecolor=blue,arcangle=-5]{->}{B}{A}}\pause \vspace{.1in} - @\char`\\@end{slide} -\end{examplesmall} -\end{slide} - -\end{document} -%</pdexample3> -% -%<*preamble> -\usepackage{url} -\usepackage{fourier} -\usepackage{xcolor} -\usepackage{enumitem} -\usepackage{graphicx} -\usepackage{pst-char} -\usepackage{listings} -\usepackage{array} -\usepackage{xkeyval} -\usepackage[section]{placeins} -\addtolength\textheight{2cm} -\addtolength\topmargin{-1cm} -\lstnewenvironment{command}{% - \lstset{columns=flexible,frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{blue!20},% - xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,escapeinside=`',gobble=1}}{} -\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{% - \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,frame=single,% - backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},xleftmargin=\fboxsep,% - xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1,% -% language=[LaTeX]TeX,keywordstyle=\color{blue},% -% moretexcs=[1]{color,ProvidesPackage},% -% moretexcs=[2]{onslide,pause,pdsetup,maketitle,tableofcontents},% -% texcsstyle=[2]\color{red}% - }\lstset{#1}}{} -\def\mktitledecor{% - \rput[tl]{90}(-5.5,-26.51){% - \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,1.5)(\paperheight,1.5)% - \rput[lB](.075\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,% - fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]% - {\Huge\bfseries\sffamily powerdot}% - }% - \rput[rB](.925\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,% - fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]% - {\Huge\bfseries Documentation}% - }% - \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,0)(\paperheight,0)% - }% -} -\makeatletter -\def\option#1{% - \XKV@for@n{#1}\pd@tempa{% - \fcolorbox{black}{red!20}{\texttt\pd@tempa}\quad - }% - \vspace*{.2cm}% -} -\def\tableofcontents{\@starttoc{toc}} -\renewenvironment{theglossary}{% - \section*{Version history}% - For more information on bug fixes, typeset the source code - documentation (see section~\ref{sec:source}).\par\medskip - \GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces -}{}% -\def\DescribeMacros{\leavevmode\@bsphack - \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Macros} -\def\Describe@Macros#1{\endgroup\strut - \marginpar{\raggedleft - \def\@tempa{#1}\count@\z@ - \XKV@for@o\@tempa\@tempa{% - \ifnum\count@>\z@\\\fi\advance\count@\@ne - \MacroFont\expandafter\string\@tempa - \expandafter\SpecialUsageIndex\expandafter{\@tempa}% - }}% - \@esphack\ignorespaces -} -\def\DescribeOption#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack - \marginpar{\raggedleft\PrintDescribeOption{#1}}% - \SpecialOptionIndex{#1}\@esphack\ignorespaces} -\def\PrintDescribeOption#1{\strut\emph{option}\\\MacroFont #1\ } -\def\SpecialOptionIndex#1{\@bsphack - \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1} - (option)\encapchar usage}\@esphack} -\def\DescribeOptions#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack - \marginpar{\raggedleft\strut\emph{options}% - \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{% - \\\strut\MacroFont\@tempa\SpecialOptionIndex\@tempa - }}\@esphack\ignorespaces} -\def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack - \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1} - (environment)\encapchar usage}\@esphack} -\def\changes@#1#2#3{% - \protected@edef\@tempa{% - \noexpand\glossary{\textbf{#1}\hfill\emph{(#2)}% - \levelchar - \ifx\saved@macroname\@empty - \space\actualchar\generalname - \else - \expandafter\@gobble\saved@macroname - \actualchar\string\verb\quotechar*% - \verbatimchar\saved@macroname\verbatimchar - \fi - :\levelchar #3}% - }% - \@tempa\endgroup\@esphack -} -\makeatother -\def\PrintChangesX{% - \begingroup - \let\efill\relax - \PrintChanges - \endgroup -} -\def\PrintIndexX{% - \begingroup - \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} - \setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}% - \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}% - \PrintIndex - \endgroup -} -\def\larg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\<}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\>}} -\def\LyX{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@} -\def\LyXarrow{\leavevmode\,$\triangleright$\,\allowbreak} -\let\pf\textsf -\def\equals{=} -\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} -\newcolumntype{d}{c|l} -\newcolumntype{e}{c|c|c|c} -\newcolumntype{f}{l|p{8cm}} -\RecordChanges -\CodelineIndex -\newcounter{FAQ} -\def\question{% - \stepcounter{FAQ}% - \parskip4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \itemsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \parsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \item[\textbf{Q\arabic{FAQ}}]% -} -\def\answer{% - \parskip0pt - \itemsep0pt - \parsep0pt - \item[\textbf{A\arabic{FAQ}}]% -} -\def\styleexample#1{% - \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}{% - \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}{% - \hspace*{\stretch{1}}% - \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]% - {powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}}% - \hspace*{\stretch{2}}% - \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]% - {powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}}% - \hspace*{\stretch{1}}\par - }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}% - }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}% -} -%</preamble> -% -%<*bib> -@book{companion, - author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens}, - title = {The {\LaTeX} Companion}, - edition = 2, - note = {With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley}, - series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - address = {Boston, Massachusetts}, - year = 2004, - pagenums = {1120}, - bibliography = {yes}, - index = {yes}, - isbn = {0-201-36299-6} -} - -@MISC{PSTricks, - author = {{Timothy Van} {Zandt et al.}}, - title = {\pf{PSTricks} package, v1.07, 2005/05/06}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/graphics/pstricks}} -} - -@MISC{PSTricksWeb, - author = {Herbert Vo\ss}, - title = {\pf{PSTricks} website}, - howpublished = {\url{http://pstricks.tug.org}} -} - -@MISC{xkeyval, - author = {Hendri Adriaens}, - title = {\pf{xkeyval} package}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/xkeyval}} -} - -@MISC{extsizes, - author = {James Kilfiger and Wolfgang May}, - title = {\pf{extsizes} bundle}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/extsizes}} -} - -@MISC{prosper, - author = {Fr\'ed\'eric Goualard and Peter M\o ller Neergaard}, - title = {\pf{prosper} class}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/prosper}} -} - -@MISC{HA-prosper, - author = {Hendri Adriaens}, - title = {\pf{HA-prosper} package}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/HA-prosper}} -} - -@MISC{enumitem, - author = {Javier Bezos}, - title = {\pf{enumitem} package}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem}} -} - -@MISC{hyperref, - author = {Sebastian Rahtz and Heiko Overdiek}, - title = {\pf{hyperref} package}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref}} -} - -@MISC{natbib, - author = {Patrick W. Daly}, - title = {\pf{natbib} package}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/natbib}} -} - -@MISC{geometry, - author = {Hideo Umeki}, - title = {\pf{geometry} package}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/geometry}} -} - -@MISC{xcolor, - author = {Uwe Kern}, - title = {\pf{xcolor} package}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/xcolor}} -} - -@MISC{graphics, - author = {David Carlisle}, - title = {\pf{graphics} bundle}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/required/graphics}} -} - -@MISC{random, - author = {Donald Arseneau}, - title = {\texttt{random.tex}}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/generic/misc}} -} - -@MISC{CTAN, - author = {CTAN crew}, - title = {{The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network}}, - howpublished = {\url{http://www.ctan.org}} -} - -@MISC{LyXWeb, - author = {{\LyX\ crew}}, - title = {{\LyX\ website}}, - howpublished = {\url{http://www.lyx.org}} -} - -@MISC{javascript, - author = {Adobe Solutions Network}, - title = {{Acrobat JavaScript Scripting Reference}}, - howpublished = {\url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/acrobat/sdk/pdf/javascript/AcroJS.pdf}} -} -%</bib> +% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% powerdot class by Hendri Adriaens.
+%
+% Extract package files and create documentation:
+% Find powerdot.dtx
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+% bibtex powerdot
+% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo
+% makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+%
+% If you also want to generate the source code documentation,
+% remove \OnlyDescription from the preamble of powerdot.dtx
+% prior to compiling the source.
+%
+% To generate style examples, do
+% (after extracting powerdot-styleexample.tex):
+% latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
+% latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
+% dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-default.ps
+% Do this for all available styles (replace `default' by any
+% other style name) to generate .001 and .002 files which
+% will be included by the documentation.
+%
+%% ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%% Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Hendri Adriaens, Chris Ellison; 2009-2021 Hendri Adriaens
+%% ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%%
+%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%%
+%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+%%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*batchfile>
+\begingroup
+\input docstrip
+\keepsilent
+\preamble
+\endpreamble
+\askforoverwritefalse
+\generate{
+ \file{powerdot.cls}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{powerdot}}
+ \file{powerdot-default.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pddefault}}
+ \file{powerdot-tycja.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdtycja}}
+ \file{powerdot-ikeda.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdikeda}}
+ \file{powerdot-fyma.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdfyma}}
+ \file{powerdot-simple.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdsimple}}
+ \file{powerdot-ciment.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdciment}}
+ \file{powerdot-elcolors.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdelcolors}}
+ \file{powerdot-aggie.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdaggie}}
+ \file{powerdot-husky.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdhusky}}
+ \file{powerdot-sailor.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdsailor}}
+ \file{powerdot-upen.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdupen}}
+ \file{powerdot-bframe.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdbframe}}
+ \file{powerdot-horatio.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdhoratio}}
+ \file{powerdot-paintings.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdpaintings}}
+ \file{powerdot-klope.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdklope}}
+ \file{powerdot-jefka.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdjefka}}
+ \file{powerdot-pazik.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdpazik}}
+ \file{powerdot-styletest.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdstyletest}}
+ \file{powerdot-styleexample.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdstyleexample}}
+ \file{powerdot-example1.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample1}}
+ \file{powerdot-example2.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample2}}
+ \file{powerdot-example3.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample3}}
+ \file{pdpream.ble}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{preamble}}
+ \file{powerdot.bib}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{bib}}
+}
+\endgroup
+%</batchfile>
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
+\input{pdpream.ble}
+\OnlyDescription
+%\EnableCrossrefs
+\def\fileversion{v1.6}
+\def\filedate{2021/03/25}
+\begin{document}
+\DocInput{powerdot.dtx}
+\let\Section\section\def\section*#1{\Section*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
+\bibliographystyle{plain}
+\bibliography{powerdot}
+\section*{Acknowledgements}
+The author is grateful to Christopher Ellison for help with setting up the package, styles
+and examples, Mael Hill\'ereau for contributing the \LyX\ layout file and
+description, and Herbert Vo\ss\ for contributions and maintaining the package
+from 2006 to 2012. Further, I would like to thank all style contributors
+(see section~\ref{sec:styles}). Moreover, I wish to thank everyone who contributed
+to this package in any other way.\\[1em]
+\hspace*{\stretch{1}}
+\begin{minipage}{.9\linewidth}
+Ramon van den Akker, David Carlisle, Pavel \v C\'i\v zek, Darren Dale, Hans Marius
+Eikseth, Alexander Grahn, Morten H\o gholm, Andr\'as Horv\'ath, Laurent Jacques, Akira
+Kakuto, Uwe Kern, Kyanh, Theo Stewart, and Don P. Story.
+\end{minipage}
+
+\PrintChangesX\PrintIndexX
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \changes{v1.0}{2005/09/04}{Initial release}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Fixed some small bugs}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \texttt{tocsecindent} and
+% \texttt{tocslideindent} options}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \pf{elcolors}, \pf{aggie}, \pf{husky}
+% and \pf{sailor} styles}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Changed \texttt{size\protect\equals 10}
+% to \texttt{size\protect\equals 10pt}}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \LyX\ layout, description and example}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added graphical examples of styles to documentation}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved section title handling}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{\texttt{blackslide} options adds hyperlink
+% to slide and section titles}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Extended FAQ}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved \pf{tycja}, \pf{ciment} and \pf{fyma} styles}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \pf{upen} and \pf{bframe} styles}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Solved some small bugs}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Simplified coding of most styles}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Speeded up compilations}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Solved some small bugs}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Improved \texttt{figure} and \texttt{table} handling}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added \pf{horatio}, \pf{paintings}, \pf{klope}, \pf{jefka}
+% and \pf{pazik} styles}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes feature}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added random dots feature}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added optional argument to \cs{maketitle}}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added clock feature}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated all styles}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes to \pf{default}, \pf{fyma} and \pf{sailor} styles}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Revised docs}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated \LyX\ example and information}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Cleaned up options}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added possibility to create horizontal table of contents}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added logo feature}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added examples and example file}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added two slide processing methods to do verbatim on slides easily}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Moved \texttt{lf} and \texttt{rf} keys from
+% \texttt{global} to \texttt{glslide} family}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added \texttt{cf} option}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Updated styles}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Solved some small bugs}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Moved footers out of slide box in handout mode}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added \texttt{clockformat} and \texttt{clockrefresh} keys to \texttt{global} family}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{\texttt{blackslide} and \texttt{emptyslide} no longer have logos or randomdots}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2014/01/01}{Option \texttt{blackslide} transformed to \texttt{pauseslide}}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2014/01/01}{Restored package and added changes from CTAN}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2014/01/01}{Modifications to work with the latest version of pstricks}
+% \changes{v1.5a}{2015/11/29}{Added requirement for \texttt{pst-ovl} to get overlays working after \texttt{pstricks} moved the code there}
+% \changes{v1.5b}{2017/07/22}{Added requirement for latest \texttt{graphicx} to work with latest \texttt{dvips}}
+% \changes{v1.5b}{2017/07/22}{Updated documentation with respect to handout options}
+% \changes{v1.5c}{2017/08/28}{Replaced clock code by the version by Alexander Grahn to achieve compatibility with the \pf{animate} package}
+% \changes{v1.6}{2021/03/25}{Replaced usage of general \texttt{@inputcheck} by package specific \texttt{pd@vrbout} to solve a bug with references}
+%
+% \CheckSum{3382}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%
+%\title{\vspace*{-2cm}\mktitledecor The \pf{powerdot} class
+%\thanks{This class can be downloaded from the CTAN mirrors:
+%\texttt{/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. See \texttt{powerdot.dtx} for
+%information on installing \pf{powerdot} into your \LaTeX\
+%distribution and for the license of this class.}}
+%\author{Hendri Adriaens}
+%\date{\fileversion\ (\filedate)}
+%\maketitle
+%
+%\begin{abstract}\noindent
+%\pf{powerdot} is a presentation class for \LaTeX\ that allows for
+%the quick and easy development of professional presentations. It
+%comes with many tools that enhance presentations and aid the
+%presenter. Examples are automatic overlays, personal notes and a
+%handout mode. To view a presentation, DVI, PS or PDF output can be
+%used. A powerful template system is available to easily develop new
+%styles. A \LyX\ layout file is provided.
+%\end{abstract}
+%
+%\begin{multicols}{2}
+%[\section*{Contents}
+%\setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}
+%\setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}]
+%\tableofcontents
+%\end{multicols}
+%
+%\newpage
+%\section{Introduction}\label{sec:intro}
+%This class gives you the possibility to easily create professionally
+%looking slides. The class is designed to make the development of
+%presentations as simple as possible so that you can concentrate on
+%the actual content instead of keeping yourself busy with technical
+%details. Of course, some knowledge of \LaTeX\ is still required
+%though.
+%
+%This class builds on and extends the \pf{prosper} class
+%\cite{prosper} and the \pf{HA-prosper} package \cite{HA-prosper}.
+%The \pf{HA-prosper} package was initially intended to extend
+%\pf{prosper} and correct some bugs and problems of that class. As
+%developments on that package progressed, it was found that
+%unfortunately, not all of the problems could be overcome with the
+%package. That discovery was the start of a new project set up to
+%make a new class to replace the \pf{prosper} plus \pf{HA-prosper}
+%combination. You're currently reading the result of that project.
+%
+%The remainder of this section will be devoted to giving a feel of
+%what the \pf{powerdot} presentation source looks like and giving an
+%overview of this documentation.
+%
+%The document structure of a presentation is always the same. You can
+%find it in the example below.
+%
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass[<class options>]{powerdot}
+% \pdsetup{<presentation options>}
+% \begin{document}
+% \begin{slide}{a slide}
+% Contents of the slide.
+% \end{slide}
+% \section{first section}
+% \begin{slide}[<slide options>]{another slide}
+% Contents of the slide.
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{note}{personal note}
+% The note.
+% \end{note}
+% \end{document}
+%\end{example}
+%
+%There are several elements that define the document structure. First
+%of all, the class accepts some class options that control the output
+%of the class, for instance, paper type and style. These class
+%options will be discussed in section~\ref{sec:classopts}. Then there
+%are presentation specific options which control some of the elements
+%of the presentation globally, for instance, the footers. These will
+%be discussed in section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}.
+%
+%Once the setup has been decided on, you can use the slide
+%environment to produce slides (see section~\ref{sec:slides}) and the
+%note environment to produce notes that go with the slides (see
+%section~\ref{sec:notes}). You can use overlays to display material
+%in steps. This is described in section~\ref{sec:overlays}. The
+%|\section| command provides a way to structure your presentation.
+%This is discussed in section~\ref{sec:structure}.
+%Section~\ref{sec:styles} will show an overview of the styles that
+%come with this class and the characteristics of each style.
+%Section~\ref{sec:compiling} will tell you more about how to produce
+%output. This section contains important information on required
+%packages.
+%
+%Section~\ref{sec:writestyle} is mostly interesting for people that
+%want to develop their own style for this class or want to modify an
+%existing style. Section~\ref{sec:lyx} explains how \LyX\
+%\cite{LyXWeb} can be used to create \pf{powerdot} presentations.
+%This documentation concludes with a section devoted to questions
+%(section~\ref{sec:questions}), like `Where can I find examples?'. It
+%also tells you where to turn to in case your questions are still not
+%solved.
+%
+%\section{Setting up the presentation}\label{sec:setup}
+%This section will describe all options that are available to control
+%the output of the presentation and the looks of it.
+%
+%\subsection{Document class options}\label{sec:classopts} We will
+%start with the class options that are typed in the |\documentclass|
+%command as a comma-separated list. For each option, the preset
+%value\footnote{The value that will be used when you don't use the
+%option.} will be mentioned in the description. This is the value
+%that will be used if you decide to not give a value to the option or
+%not use the option at all.
+%
+%\DescribeOption{mode}
+%This options controls the kind of output that we want to produce.
+%The preset value is |present|.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{mode=present}\\
+%This mode is used when you want to create the actual presentation. It
+%will enable overlays and transition effects. You can read more about
+%overlays in section~\ref{sec:overlays}.
+%\item\option{mode=print}\\
+%This mode can be used when printing the slides including their visual
+%markup, but without any overlay or transition effects.
+%\item\option{mode=handout}\\
+%This mode will produce a black and white overview of your slides that
+%can be used to make personal notes on, for distribution to students,
+%a personal guide during your talk, etcetera.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{nohandoutpagebreaks}\\
+%By default, the handout mode produces a document with two slides per
+%page. If you want to fit more slides on a page, specify this option
+%in the |\documentclass| command and \pf{powerdot} will let \LaTeX\
+%decide on the places to insert a page break, namely when a page is
+%full.
+%\item\option{nohandoutframes}\\
+%By default, the handout frames the slides. This option will remove
+%the frames around slides on handouts.
+%\end{description}
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\DescribeOption{paper} This option has three possible values. The
+%preset value is |screen|.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{paper=screen}\\
+%This is a special format with screen optimized ratio (4/3). The
+%actual page dimensions will be 8.25 inch by 11 inch. This paper format
+%is not available for print or handout mode. In these modes, \pf{powerdot}
+%will switch to a4 paper and put a warning that it did this in the
+%log file of your presentation.
+%\item\option{paper=a4paper}\\
+%A4 paper will be used for the presentation or handout.
+%\item\option{paper=letterpaper}\\
+%Letter size paper will be used.
+%\item\option{paper=smartboard}\\
+%For presentation on a smartboard (widescreen).
+%\end{description}
+%Some important information with respect to paper size, compiling and
+%viewing presentations is available in section~\ref{sec:compiling}.
+%
+%\DescribeOption{orient} This controls the orientation of the
+%presentation. The preset value is |landscape|.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{orient=landscape}\\
+%The presentation will be in landscape format. This value is not
+%available in handout mode. In that mode, \pf{powerdot} will switch
+%to portrait orientation and will warn you about this in the log
+%file.
+%\item\option{orient=portrait}\\ This produces slides in portrait
+%format. Notice that not all styles support portrait orientation. Please
+%refer to section~\ref{sec:styles} for information about which styles
+%do support the portrait orientation.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\DescribeOption{display} This controls the production of slides and
+%notes. The preset value is |slides|.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{display=slides}\\
+%This will only typeset the slides in your presentation.
+%\item\option{display=slidesnotes}\\
+%This will typeset both the slides and the notes in your
+%presentation. See also section~\ref{sec:notes} for more information
+%about notes.
+%\item\option{display=notes}\\
+%This will typeset the notes only.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%Here are some more options to control the output.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{size}\option{size}\\
+%This is the size of the normal text font in points. Possible values
+%are 8pt, 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt, 14pt, 17pt and 20pt and the preset
+%value is 11pt.\footnote{Note that sizes other than 10pt, 11pt and
+%12pt are non-standard and it is assumed that you have the
+%\pf{extsizes} bundle \cite{extsizes} installed, which provides these
+%sizes.}
+%\item\DescribeOption{style}\option{style}\\
+%This controls the style to be loaded for the presentation. By
+%default, the \pf{default} style will be loaded. For more styles, see
+%section~\ref{sec:styles}.
+%\item\DescribeOption{fleqn}\option{fleqn}\\
+%This option makes equations flushed left. It does the same as the
+%equally named option for the article class.
+%\item\DescribeOption{leqno}\option{leqno}\\
+%Put equation numbers at the left. Also the same as in the article
+%class.
+%\item\DescribeOption{nopsheader}\option{nopsheader}\\
+%By default, \pf{powerdot} will write a postscript command to the ps
+%file to make sure that post processors like ps2pdf know which paper
+%to use without the need to specify it on the command line. See also
+%section~\ref{sec:compiling}. If you experience problems with post
+%processing or printing or you want to specify the paper size in the
+%post processing steps yourself, use this option.
+%\item\DescribeOption{hlentries}\option{hlentries}\\
+%This highlights table of contents entries when the entry matches
+%with the current slide and its preset value is |true|. See also
+%section~\ref{sec:structure}. If you don't want highlighting of table
+%of contents entries (for instance in print mode), use
+%|hlentries=false|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{hlsections}\option{hlsections}\\
+%This highlights table of contents sections when the section matches
+%with the current section in the presentation and is preset to |false|.
+%See also section~\ref{sec:structure}. Specifying this
+%option turns highlighting of sections on. This could be useful when
+%you are using a style that implements a split table of contents.
+%\item\DescribeOption{pauseslide}\option{pauseslide}\\
+%This option inserts a black slide in the presentation on page 1 and
+%will automatically advance to page 2 when opening the presentation
+%in a PDF viewer like Acrobat (Reader). The option also inserts a
+%link behind every slide or section title that brings you to the
+%black slide when clicked. When you click anywhere in the black
+%slide, you will go back to the originating slide. This option can be
+%used to temporarily pause a presentation, for instance, to do a
+%proof on the black board. Optionally, a color can be supplied, for instance,
+%|pauseslide=white| to have a pause on a white screen.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{clock}\option{clock}\\
+%This displays a small digital clock on slides which you can use to
+%check the time left for your presentation.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%Here is an example of a |\documentclass| command.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass[
+% size=12pt,
+% paper=screen,
+% mode=present,
+% display=slidesnotes,
+% style=tycja,
+% nohandoutpagebreaks,
+% pauseslide,
+% fleqn
+% ]{powerdot}
+%\end{example}
+%This example sets up a presentation in \pf{tycja} style, with a black
+%slide, normal size 12 points and flushed left equations.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass[
+% size=12pt,
+% paper=letterpaper,
+% mode=handout,
+% display=slidesnotes,
+% style=tycja,
+% nohandoutpagebreaks,
+% pauseslide,
+% fleqn
+% ]{powerdot}
+%\end{example}
+%Changing the |paper| and |mode| options, now produces a handout with
+%possibly more than two slides per page due to the |nohandoutpagebreaks|
+%option.
+%
+%\subsection{Setup options}\label{sec:pdsetup}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pdsetup}
+%There are several extra options that can help customizing your
+%presentation. These options are not available via the
+%|\documentclass| command. This has a technical reason.\footnote{The
+%interested reader is referred to the section about the \pf{xkvltxp}
+%package in the \pf{xkeyval} package documentation \cite{xkeyval}.}
+%We distinguish two types of options. Options that can only be set
+%globally (acting for the entire presentation) using the |\pdsetup|
+%command and options that can be accessed both globally (via
+%|\pdsetup|) and locally (via slide environments, see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
+%
+%\subsubsection{Global options}\label{sec:gopts}
+%This section describes options that can only be used globally in the
+%preamble of your presentation via the |\pdsetup| command.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{palette}\option{palette}\\
+%This specifies the palette to be used. A palette is a set of colors
+%defined by a style. To find out which palettes are defined by each
+%style, see section~\ref{sec:styles}.
+%\item\DescribeOption{theslide}\option{theslide}\\
+%This option controls how the slide number appears on the slide. This
+%is preset to the value |\arabic{slide}~/~\pageref*{lastslide}|,
+%which could appear like |5/22|. Notice that the |\arabic{slide}|
+%typesets the number of the current slide and that
+%|\pageref*{lastslide}| typesets the number of the last
+%slide.\footnote{We use the starred version of \cs{pageref} which is
+%defined by \pf{hyperref} and does not create a link to the page that
+%it is referring to.}
+%\item\DescribeOption{thenote}\option{thenote}\\
+%This is similar to the |theslide| option, but typesets the slide
+%numbers of notes. The preset value is
+%|note~\arabic{note}~of~slide~\arabic{slide}| and |\arabic{note}|
+%here typesets the number of the current note that goes with the
+%current slide. This could appear like |note 2 of slide 7|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{counters}\option{counters}\\
+%The |counters| option lists counters that you might want to protect
+%on overlays. As material on overlays (see
+%section~\ref{sec:overlays}) is processed multiple times, also
+%\LaTeX\ counters, like the |equation| counter, might be increased
+%too often. To avoid that your equations get different numbers on
+%every overlay, use this option. The |equation|, |table|, |figure|,
+%|footnote| and |mpfootnote| counters are already protected for you.
+%If you use extra counters, for instance for theorems, list them in
+%this option. Example:
+%\begin{example}
+% counters={theorem,lemma}
+%\end{example}
+%\item\DescribeOption{list}\option{list}\\
+%This option takes a list of options that will be passed on to the
+%\pf{enumitem} package that controls the layout of lists created by
+%the |enumerate| and |itemize| environments. Example:
+%\begin{example}
+% list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+%\end{example}
+%See for more information on controlling the layout of lists the
+%\pf{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{enumerate,itemize}\option{enumerate,itemize}\\
+%As the |list| option, but only control |enumerate| and |itemize|
+%environments respectively.
+%\item\DescribeOption{clockformat}\option{clockformat}\\
+%This option specifies the format of the clock. The format is set using
+%Acrobat's |util.printd| function.\footnote{For a complete listing of
+%allowable formats, consult the \textit{Acrobat JavaScript Scripting
+%Reference}\cite{javascript}.} The default value is |HH:MM:ss|, which
+%shows a 00-23 hour, 00-59 minute, 00-59 second clock. Example:
+%\begin{example}
+% clockformat=h:MM tt
+%\end{example}
+%The above setting will display a 1-12 hour, 00-59 minute, am/pm clock.
+%That is, the clock might show |5:53 pm|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{clockrefresh}\option{clockrefresh}\\
+%This option should be a number which specifies how often
+%the clock is refreshed in milliseconds. The default behavior is to refresh
+%the clock every second. Thus, the default value is 1000. Notice, if the
+%|clockformat| is such that seconds are not shown, then it makes no sense
+%to update that clock every second. A corresponding example:
+%\begin{example}
+% clockrefresh=60000
+%\end{example}
+%The interpretation of this is that the clock will be updated every minute.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\subsubsection{Global and local options}\label{sec:glopts}
+%This section describes options that can be used both globally via
+%|\pdsetup| and locally via slide environments (see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOptions{lf,cf,rf}\option{lf,cf,rf}\\
+%This determines the content of the left, center and right footers.
+%These are preset to empty.
+%\item\DescribeOption{trans}\option{trans}\\
+%This option sets the default transition effect to be used in the
+%presentation. These transition effects only work after compiling the
+%presentation to PDF format. See also section~\ref{sec:compiling}.
+%The following transition effects are supported: |Split|, |Blinds|,
+%|Box|, |Wipe|, |Dissolve|, |Glitter| and |Replace|. When you are using
+%a viewer that understands PDF 1.5, you can also use |Fly|, |Push|,
+%|Cover|, |Uncover| or |Fade|. It is important to notice that most
+%viewers are case sensitive, so, for instance, |box| will not work.
+%
+%The preset effect is |Replace| which just replaces one slide with
+%another when browsing the slides. Note that some PDF viewers (like
+%Acrobat Reader 5 and higher) only produce the transition effect in
+%full screen mode. If you want to use a custom transition effect that
+%is not listed in the list above (for instance, a wipe effect with a
+%custom wipe direction), then that is possible. However,
+%\pf{powerdot} will put a warning in your log file that the effect
+%that you have chosen, might not work in the PDF viewer. Here is an
+%example that does work.
+%\begin{example}
+% trans=Wipe /Di 0
+%\end{example}
+%In Acrobat (Reader), this wipes from left to right instead of the
+%default top to bottom. For more information, see a PDF Reference
+%Manual.
+%\item\DescribeOption{method}\option{method}\\
+%This option can be used when a slide contains special material that
+%does not get treated in the `usual' way by \LaTeX. Verbatim material
+%is an example of this. Possible values are |normal| (the preset value),
+%|direct| and |file|. We will come back to this option in detail in
+%section~\ref{sec:verbatim}.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\option{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\\
+%If |logopos| is specified, a logo defined by the value of the
+%|logocmd| option will be put on slides. The position can be
+%specified relative to the width and height of the slide. |{0,0}| is
+%the lower left corner of the paper and |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|
+%is the upper right corner. For positioning the logo, the |\rput|
+%command of \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} is used. This
+%command also allows to specify the point of the logo that should be
+%positioned there. This point can be entered via the |logohook|
+%option and can take the values |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|,
+%|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. For more information about
+%|\rput|, consult the \pf{pstricks} documentation. Here is an example
+%that integrates the flower of the \pf{default} style into the
+%\pf{husky} style.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass[style=husky]{powerdot}
+% \pdsetup{
+% logohook=t,
+% logopos={.088\slidewidth,.99\slideheight},
+% logocmd={\includegraphics[height=.08\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}}
+% }
+% \begin{document}
+% ...
+% \end{document}
+%\end{example}
+%The preset value for |logohook| is |tl|.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%A special feature of \pf{powerdot}, which can be used to make
+%presentations come alive, is the use of random dots. These dots will
+%be placed anywhere on your slides and use the colors defined by the
+%palette that you use. Overlays will carry the same dots. This
+%feature uses |random.tex| \cite{random}. Several options are
+%available to control the appearance of the random dots.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{randomdots}\option{randomdots}\\
+%By default, random dots are turned off. If this option is set to
+%|true|, random dots will be generated. |false| will turn off the
+%feature. When no value is submitted to the option, |true| will be
+%used.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{dmindots,dmaxdots}\option{dmindots,dmaxdots}\\
+%The number of dots per slide is also random. These options set the
+%minimum and maximum dots per slide. Preset values are |5| and |40|,
+%respectively.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{dminsize,dmaxsize}\option{dminsize,dmaxsize}\\
+%The minimum and maximum radius of the dots. Preset values are |5pt|
+%and |40pt|, respectively.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}
+%\option{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}\\
+%These options determine the area on the slide that can be used for
+%the random dots. These values are preset such that dots go anywhere
+%on the slide, but you might want to adjust these such that, for
+%instance, dots can only appear in the text area. The preset values
+%are |0pt|, |\slidewidth|, |0pt|, |\slideheight|.
+%
+%Here is an example that allows dots in a smaller rectangle on the
+%slide.
+%\begin{example}
+% \pdsetup{
+% dminwidth=.1\slidewidth,dmaxwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+% dminheight=.2\slideheight,dmaxheight=.8\slideheight
+% }
+%\end{example}
+%\item\DescribeOption{dbright}\option{dbright}\\
+%This option can be used to adjust the brightness of the dots. The
+%number should be an integer between -100 and 100. If the number is
+%negative, the color will be adjusted towards black, with -100 giving
+%black. If the number is positive, the color will be adjusted towards
+%white, with 100 giving white. With a light background, you may want
+%to choose |bright| to be positive. With a dark background, you may
+%want to set it negative. The preset value is |60|, meaning a mixture
+%of 40\% of the original color and 60\% white.
+%\item\DescribeOption{dprop}\option{dprop}\\
+%This option is used for passing extra parameters to the |\psdot|
+%command, which creates the random dots. You could, for instance,
+%change the style of the dots or the line width. See for more
+%information about |\psdot| the \pf{pstricks} documentation
+%\cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}. \pf{powerdot} defines two extra dot
+%styles that can be used for the random dots. These styles are
+%|ocircle| (open circle) and |osquare| (open square).
+%\end{description}
+%
+%Here are two examples for the use of random dots.
+%\begin{example}
+% \pdsetup{
+% randomdots,dminwidth=.2\slidewidth
+% }
+%\end{example}
+%This turns on random dots and doesn't use the left 20\% of the slide
+%for placing random dots.
+%\begin{example}
+% \pdsetup{
+% randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.5pt},
+% dminsize=500pt,dmaxsize=600pt,dmindots=2,dmaxdots=5
+% }
+%\end{example}
+%This example puts at most 5 big circles on slides. These circles do
+%not fit on the slides and you will only see parts of them in the
+%shape of curves.
+%
+%\subsubsection{\cs{pdsetup} example}
+%Here is an example of a |\pdsetup| command that one could use to set up
+%the presentation.
+%\begin{example}
+% \pdsetup{
+% lf=My first presentation,
+% rf=For some conference,
+% trans=Wipe,
+% theslide=\arabic{slide},
+% randomdots,dmaxdots=80
+% }
+%\end{example}
+%This sets the left and right footers and will initialize the
+%transition effect to |Wipe|. Further, slide numbers will not include
+%the number of the last slide, but only the number of the current
+%slide. Finally, slides will be covered with at most 80 random dots.
+%
+%A small note is necessary with respect to the appearance of footers.
+%The slide number (controlled by the |theslide| option) will be added
+%to a footer. Most styles add it too the right footer. If both the
+%footer and the slide number are non empty, |~--~| will be inserted
+%in between them to separate them. Styles might modify this default
+%behavior however.
+%
+%\section{Making slides}\label{sec:slides}
+%\subsection{The title slide}\label{sec:titleslide}
+%\DescribeMacro{\title}
+%\DescribeMacro{\author}
+%\DescribeMacro{\and}
+%\DescribeMacro{\date}
+%\DescribeMacro{\maketitle}
+%The title slide is created by the |\maketitle| command.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{maketitle}\oarg{options}'
+%\end{command}
+%Its use is the same as in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes. The
+%optional argument \meta{options} can contain any option from
+%section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Specifying such an option in the
+%|\maketitle| command will only have an effect on the title slide and
+%not on other slides. See an example below.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass{powerdot}
+% \title{Title}
+% \author{You \and me}
+% \date{August 21, 2005}
+% \begin{document}
+% \maketitle
+% ...
+% \end{document}
+%\end{example}
+%The |author|, |title| and |date| declarations provide the text to be
+%used when making a title page. The design of the title page is
+%specific to the style in use. Notice the use of |\and| for
+%separating multiple authors. See a \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion}
+%for more information on commands such as |\title| and |\author|.
+%
+%\subsection{Other slides}\label{sec:otherslides}
+%\DescribeEnv{slide} The centerpiece of every presentation is the
+%slide. In \pf{powerdot}, the content of each slide is placed in a
+%|slide| environment.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{begin}\texttt{\{slide\}}\oarg{options}\marg{slide title}'
+% `\meta{body}'
+% `\cs{end}\texttt{\{slide\}}'
+%\end{command}
+%
+%In section~\ref{sec:overlays} we'll see how to give some life to the
+%slides, but for now, let's look at a simple example.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{First slide}
+% Hello World.
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%The slide environment has one required argument, namely the slide
+%title. When a slide is created, the slide title is used to create an
+%entry in the table of contents and in the list of bookmarks. The
+%table of contents is a listing of the slides and section titles in
+%the presentation that appears on each slide.
+%
+%The table of contents is clickable (when the presentation is
+%compiled into PDF) and serves as a nice way to jump from location to
+%location within the presentation. The bookmark list is only present
+%when compilation is taken all the way to the PDF file format. It
+%also serves as a table of contents, but this list does not appear on
+%\textit{any} of the slides, but in a separate window in a PDF
+%viewer. In the example above, the entries in both table contents and
+%the list of bookmarks would be titled |First slide|.
+%
+%The \meta{options} for the |slide| environment can contain any
+%option listed in section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Additionally, the
+%following options can be used.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{toc}\option{toc}\\
+%When specified, the value is used for the entry in the table of
+%contents; otherwise, the slide title is used. If |toc=| is
+%specified, then no entry is created.
+%\item\DescribeOption{bm}\option{bm}\\
+%When specified, the value is used for the bookmark entry; otherwise,
+%the slide title is used. If |bm=| is specified, then no entry is
+%created.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%These optional arguments are especially useful when the title of a
+%slide is extremely long or when the title contains \LaTeX\ commands
+%that do not render correctly in the bookmarks.\footnote{The
+%bookmarking procedure uses \cs{pdfstringdef} from the \pf{hyperref}
+%package, and it can process accented characters such as \cs{"i}.}
+%When specifying entries, be sure to hide special characters `|,|'
+%and `|=|' between curly brackets `|{|' and `|}|'. Let's look at an
+%example that uses these optional arguments.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm={LaTeX, i*i=-1}]{\color{red}\LaTeX, $i^2=-1$}
+% My slide contents.
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%
+%In this example, the slide title will appear as {\color{red}\LaTeX,
+%$i^2=-1$}. This text will not render correctly in a bookmark entry.
+%An attempt is made to correct this, but often, the correction does
+%not produce an equivalent text. This particular title would be
+%rendered in the bookmark list as |redLaTeX, i2=-1|. On the other
+%hand, the manually specified bookmark entry is rendered as:
+%|LaTeX, i*i=-1|. Notice, no entry is created in the table of contents,
+%because of the use of |toc=|.
+%
+%In addition to the |slide| environment, each individual style can
+%define its own environments. Many styles have a |wideslide|
+%environment. The idea is that one might have information that does
+%not fit nicely on a slide with a table of contents listed, as this
+%consumes some space. In such cases, it is preferable to use a slide
+%that does not list the table of contents. The |wideslide|
+%environment provides this functionality and has more space for the
+%actual slide content. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for information
+%on the various environments provided by the styles.
+%
+%\section{Overlays}\label{sec:overlays}
+%It is often the case that you don't want all the information on the
+%slide to appear at once. Rather, the information should appear one
+%item at a time. In \pf{powerdot}, this is achieved with overlays.
+%Each slide can be comprised of many overlays, and the overlays are
+%displayed one at a time.
+%
+%\subsection{The \cs{pause} command}\label{sec:pause}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pause} The easiest way to display information
+%sequentially is to use the |\pause| command.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{pause}\oarg{number}'
+%\end{command}
+%Below is a simple example:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Simple overlay}
+% power\pause dot
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%The slide's information is displayed and continues until the
+%|\pause| command is encountered. No further output within the same
+%slide is displayed until the click of the mouse or the touch of the
+%keyboard. Then, the content will continue to display until all the
+%information is displayed or until another |\pause| command is
+%encountered. In this example, |power| is displayed on the first
+%overlay, and |powerdot| is the displayed on the second overlay. The
+%|\pause| command is often used within the |itemize| and |enumerate|
+%environments. For example,
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Multiple pauses}
+% power\pause dot \pause
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Let me pause\ldots \pause
+% \item \ldots while I talk \pause and chew bubble gum. \pause
+% \item Perhaps you'll be persuaded.
+% \item Perhaps not.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%Since |\pause| was used before the |itemize| environment, no item
+%will appear until the third overlay. Then, each item will be
+%displayed one at a time, each on their own overlay. More information
+%on using lists will follow in the next section.
+%
+%The optional argument of the |\pause| command specifies the number
+%of overlays to pause. An example usage is:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Pause longer}
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item A \pause
+% \item B \pause[2]
+% \item C
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%In the example above, item |C| will appear on the fourth overlay.
+%The usefulness of this option will become more apparent in the next
+%section; so we will revisit a similar example at that time.
+%
+%\subsection{List environments}\label{sec:lists}
+%The list environments, |itemize| and |enumerate|, have special
+%treatments in \pf{powerdot}. They have an optional argument that
+%will be taken care off by the \pf{enumitem} package (see
+%\cite{enumitem}). \pf{powerdot} supplies an extra key for this
+%optional argument. In the examples that follow, features will be
+%described using the |itemize| environment but they also apply to the
+%|enumerate| environment.
+%
+%Here is the typical usage of the |itemize| environment:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Basic itemize}
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item A \pause
+% \item B \pause
+% \item C
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%The display is simple, each item appears one at a time with each
+%overlay.
+%
+%\DescribeOption{type}
+%Suppose we wanted every item to show, but we only wanted one item to
+%appear `active' at once. This can be accomplished via the |type|
+%option for the |itemize| environment. The preset value is |0|.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Type 1 itemize}
+% \begin{itemize}[type=1]
+% \item A \pause
+% \item B \pause
+% \item C
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%Now, every item will be displayed in the \emph{inactive
+%color}\index{inactive color|usage} (which is defined by the style
+%that you use), and the item's font color will become the active one
+%on the overlay that it would normally appear on. The default
+%behavior is given by |type=0|. It is still possible
+%to pass optional arguments to \pf{enumitem} via the second optional argument:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Type 1 itemize}
+% \begin{enumerate}[type=1][label=\roman*a)]
+% \item A \pause
+% \item B \pause
+% \item C
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%Take care, that this must always be the second optional argument! It is
+%possible to leave the first one empty, which is valid only for \pf{powerdot}.
+%
+%Lists can also be nested to create complicated structures. When a
+%list is nested, it inherits the setting of the |type| option from
+%the `parent' list, but that can be overruled by specifying the
+%|type| option in the optional argument of the nested list. We
+%present here one example, but many more can be created by nesting
+%lists of different types in different ways.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Nested lists}
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item A\pause
+% \begin{itemize}[type=1]
+% \item B\pause
+% \end{itemize}
+% \item C
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%This displays |A| and |B| on the first overlay, but |B| is inactive.
+%On overlay 2, |B| will become active and on overlay 3, |C| will
+%become visible.
+%
+%\subsection{The \cs{item} command}
+%\DescribeMacro{\item}
+%The |\item| command has an extra \emph{optional} argument in
+%\pf{powerdot} which allows for creating overlays in a more flexible
+%way then |\pause| provides.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{item}\oarg{label}\larg{overlays}'
+%\end{command}
+%This optional argument should contain an overlay specification
+%stating on which overlays you want the item to appear. This
+%specification is a comma separated list where each item can used the
+%notation as in table \ref{tab:item}.
+%\begin{table}[htb]\centering
+%\begin{tabular}{d}
+%Syntax&Meaning\\\hline
+%\texttt{x}&Only overlay \texttt{x}\\
+%\texttt{-x}&All overlays up to and including \texttt{x}\\
+%\texttt{x-}&All overlays from \texttt{x}, including \texttt{x}\\
+%\texttt{x-y}&All overlays from \texttt{x} to \texttt{y},
+%including \texttt{x} and \texttt{y}\\
+%\end{tabular}
+%\caption{\cs{item} and \cs{onslide} notation}\label{tab:item}
+%\end{table}
+%The \meta{label} argument is the standard optional argument for
+%|\item| in \LaTeX. A \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion} can tell you
+%more about this argument.
+%
+%Here is an example.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Active itemize}
+% \begin{itemize}[type=1]
+% \item<1> A
+% \item<2> B
+% \item<3> C
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%Here we have said that |A| should only be active on overlay 1, |B|
+%should only be active on overlay 2, and |C| should only be active on
+%overlay 3. Again, when the item is not active, it appears in the
+%inactive color because of |type=1|.
+%
+%If |type=0| is specified and if each item is given an overlay
+%option, then each item will appear only when it is active. When the
+%item is not active, then it will not show on the slide at all. More
+%examples demonstrating the syntax for \meta{overlays} will be
+%discussed in the next section.
+%
+%\subsection{The \cs{onslide} command}\label{sec:onslide}
+%\DescribeMacro{\onslide} Overlays can also be achieved using the
+%|\onslide| command.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{onslide}\marg{overlays}\marg{text}'
+%\end{command}
+%This command takes an \meta{overlays} specification as first
+%argument and the \meta{text} to apply it to as second argument. The
+%\meta{overlays} on which the text will appear are specified as a
+%comma separated list with syntax as in table \ref{tab:item}. We
+%start off with a simple example.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide}
+% \onslide{1,2}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%We have instructed |power| to appear on overlays one and two, and
+%|dot| to appear only on overlay two. As you might guess, this
+%example has the same output as our first |\pause| example. Yet, it
+%is clearly the case that our syntax is more complicated. However,
+%this slight ``complication'' also allows for much more flexibility.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\onslide+}Consider the above example with the
+%following modifications:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide+}
+% \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\
+% \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%The |\onslide+| command displays its content in a different manner
+%altogether. Now, |dot| appears on every overlay, but it is in
+%inactive color\index{inactive color|usage} and matches the normal
+%font color \textit{only} on overlay two. This is comparable to the
+%|type=1| behavior for lists (see section~\ref{sec:lists}).
+%
+%When executing this example, we will also notice that the |\onslide|
+%command does hide material, but still reserves the right amount of
+%space for it: on overlay 2, the |dot|s appear right above each
+%other. The next command does not reserve space.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\onslide*} Instead of hiding and reserving space
+%(|\onslide|) or putting \meta{text} in the inactive color
+%(|\onslide+|) when the overlay doesn't match \meta{overlays}, this
+%command just eats the material altogether. To understand the
+%differences, consider the following example:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide*}
+% \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\
+% \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}\\
+% \texttt{onslide*}: \onslide*{1}{power}\onslide*{2}{dot}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%The output of the first two lines, we are already familiar with. The
+%third line displays |power| on overlay 1 and |dot| on overlay 2, but
+%no space for |power| is reserved on overlay 2. Hence |dot| will
+%start on the cursor position that |power| started on overlay 1 and
+%it is not aligned below the other two |dots|.
+%
+%We finish with an example of the syntax that is possible with
+%|\item| and |\onslide|. Remember that these commands take a comma
+%separated list for the \meta{overlays} specification and that each
+%element can used the syntax as explained in table \ref{tab:item}.
+%The various variations are demonstrated in the example below.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Lists}
+% \onslide{10}{on overlay 10 only}\par
+% \onslide{-5}{on every overlay before and including overlay 5}\par
+% \onslide{5-}{on every overlay after and including overlay 5}\par
+% \onslide{2-5}{on overlays 2 through 5, inclusive}\par
+% \onslide{-3,5-7,9-}{on every overlay except overlays 4 and 8}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%
+%\subsection{Relative overlays}
+%Sometimes it is a pain to keep track of when an item should appear
+%or become active. You might, for example, just care that some text
+%appears on the overlay \textit{after} some other item. This
+%functionality is provided through the use of relative overlays which
+%should not be used outside list environments that use |\item|. Let's
+%consider a simple, illuminating example.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Relative overlays}
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item A \pause
+% \item B \onslide{+1}{(visible 1 overlay after B)}\pause
+% \item C \onslide{+2-}{(appears 2 overlays after C, visible until the end)}
+% \pause
+% \item D \onslide{+1-6}{(appears 1 overlay after D, visible until overlay 6)}
+% \pause
+% \item E \pause
+% \item F \pause
+% \item G \onslide{+1-+3}{(appears 1 overlay after G for 3 overlays)}\pause
+% \item H \pause
+% \item I \pause
+% \item J \pause
+% \item K
+% \End{itemize}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%As you can see, we still use |\onslide|. The only change is with the
+%syntax of the list of overlays. Now, we can specify a `|+|' symbol
+%in the list. In its simplest usage, |\onslide{+1}| will make text
+%display one overlay after the overlay it would \textit{normally}
+%appear on. You can still use the syntax in table \ref{tab:item}.
+%These are demonstrated in the above example. Notice,
+%|\onslide{+1-6}| means that the text will appear one overlay after
+%the overlay it would normally appear on and that the text should
+%remain shown until overlay seven. To make text appear for a range of
+%relative overlays, see the final demonstration in the above example.
+%
+%\section{Presentation structure}\label{sec:structure}
+%\subsection{Making sections}\label{sec:section}
+%\DescribeMacro{\section}
+%This section describes the |\section| command which provides a way
+%to structure a presentation.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{section}\oarg{options}\marg{section title}'
+%\end{command}
+%This command will produce a slide with \meta{section title} on it
+%and will also use this text to create sections in the table of
+%contents and in the bookmarks list. There are several \meta{options}
+%to control its output.
+%
+%\DescribeOption{tocsection} This option controls the creation of a
+%section in the table of contents. The preset value is |true|.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{tocsection=true}\\
+%This does create a section in the table of contents. This means that
+%all following slides, until the next section, will be nested under
+%this section.
+%\item\option{tocsection=false}\\
+%This does not create a section in the table of contents and hence
+%the section will be listed as an ordinary slide.
+%\item\option{tocsection=hidden}\\
+%This does create a section in the table of contents, but this is
+%only visible when you view a slide that is part of this section.
+%This could be used to append a section to the presentation which you
+%can discuss if there is some extra time.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\DescribeOption{slide} This option controls whether the |\section|
+%command creates a slide. The preset value is |true|.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{slide=true}\\
+%A slide is created.
+%\item\option{slide=false}\\
+%No slide will be created. If also |tocsection| is |false|, the
+%|\section| command doesn't do anything. If it does create a table of
+%contents section (|tocsection=| |true| or |hidden|), its link will
+%point to the first slide in the section as the section itself
+%doesn't have a slide.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\DescribeOption{template} This option can be used to make the
+%section slide with another template. By default, a normal |slide|
+%environment is used to create the section slide, but if a style
+%offers other templates that could be used for this purpose (for
+%instance, the |wideslide| environment), then you can use this option
+%to select that template. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for an
+%overview of the available templates with every style.
+%
+%Finally, all options available to normal slides are available to
+%slides created by |\section| as well (see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
+%However, when the section does make a |tocsection|, |toc=| or |bm=|
+%won't remove the table of contents entry or the bookmark
+%respectively.
+%
+%\subsection{Making an overview}\label{sec:tableofcontents}
+%\DescribeMacro{\tableofcontents}
+%This command creates an overview of your presentation and can only
+%be used on a slide.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{tableofcontents}\oarg{options}'
+%\end{command}
+%There are several \meta{options} to control the output of this
+%command.
+%
+%\DescribeOption{type}
+%This option controls whether certain material (depending on the
+%input in the |content| option below) will be hidden or displayed in
+%the inactive color\index{inactive color|usage}. The preset value is
+%|0|. Compare with the |type| option for list environments
+%(section~\ref{sec:lists}).
+%
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{type=0}\\
+%When material is not of the requested type as specified in the
+%|content| option, it will be hidden.
+%\item\option{type=1}\\
+%As |type=0|, but instead of hiding material, it will be typeset in
+%the inactive color.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\DescribeOption{content}
+%The |content| option controls which elements will be included in the
+%overview. The preset value is |all|. The description below assumes
+%that |type=0| was chosen, but the alternative text for |type=1| can
+%easily be deduced.
+%
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{content=all}\\
+%This will display a full overview of your presentation including all
+%sections and slides, except the slides in hidden sections (see
+%section~\ref{sec:section}).
+%\item\option{content=sections}\\
+%This displays only the sections in the presentation.
+%\item\option{content=currentsection}\\
+%This displays the current section only.
+%\item\option{content=future}\\
+%This displays all content starting from the current slide.
+%\item\option{content=futuresections}\\
+%This displays all sections, starting from the current section.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%We finish this section with a small example that will demonstrate
+%how you can make a presentation that contains an overall overview of
+%sections in the presentation, giving a general idea of the content,
+%and per section a detailed overview of the slides in that section.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview}
+% \tableofcontents[content=sections]
+% \end{slide}
+% \section{First section}
+% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview of the first section}
+% \tableofcontents[content=currentsection,type=1]
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{slide}{Some slide}
+% \end{slide}
+% \section{Second section}
+% ...
+%\end{example}
+%
+%\section{Miscellaneous}
+%\subsection{Notes}\label{sec:notes}
+%\DescribeEnv{note}
+%The |note| environment can be used to make personal notes that
+%accompany a slide. You can control displaying notes using the
+%|display| option (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}). Here is an
+%example.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Chewing gum}
+% ...
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{note}{Reminder for chewing gum}
+% Don't forget to mention that chewing gum is sticky.
+% \end{note}
+%\end{example}
+%
+%\subsection{Empty slides}\label{sec:emptyslides}
+%\DescribeEnv{emptyslide}
+%The |emptyslide| environment creates a totally empty slide. The text
+%box on the slide can be used for special things like displaying
+%photos. This allows for creating a dia show. Example:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{emptyslide}{}
+% \centering
+% \vspace{\stretch{1}}
+% \includegraphics[height=0.8\slideheight]{me_chewing_gum.eps}
+% \vspace{\stretch{1}}
+% \end{emptyslide}
+%\end{example}
+%The |\includegraphics| command is defined by the \pf{graphicx}
+%package \cite{graphics}. The |\stretch| command is used to
+%vertically center the picture. Both commands are described in your
+%favorite \LaTeX\ manual, for instance \cite{companion}. Note that
+%you can use the lengths |\slideheight| and |\slidewidth| to scale
+%pictures to fit nicely on the slide.
+%
+%\subsection{Bibliography slide}\label{sec:bib}
+%\DescribeEnv{thebibliography}
+%\pf{powerdot} redefines the standard \pf{article}
+%|thebibliography| environment to suppress the creation of a section
+%heading and running headers. All other properties are maintained.
+%You can do either of the next two (depending whether you are
+%using BiB\TeX\ or not):\\
+%\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth}
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Slide}
+% \cite{someone}
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{slide}{References}
+% \begin{thebibliography}{1}
+% \bibitem{someone} Article of someone.
+% \end{thebibliography}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%\end{minipage}\hfill
+%\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth}
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Slide}
+% \cite{someone}
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{slide}{References}
+% \bibliographystyle{plain}
+% \bibliography{YourBib}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%\end{minipage}
+%
+%In case you have a big reference list that you want to spread over
+%multiple slides, have a look at the packages \pf{natbib} and
+%\pf{bibentry} \cite{natbib}. Using both packages allows you to do:
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{References (1)}
+% \bibliographystyle{plain}
+% \nobibliography{YourBib}
+% \bibentry{someone1}
+% \bibentry{someone2}
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{slide}{References (2)}
+% \bibentry{someone3}
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%Have a look at your favorite \LaTeX\ manual for more information
+%about citations and bibliographies.
+%
+%\subsection{Verbatim on slides}\label{sec:verbatim}\DescribeOption{verbatim}
+%\pf{powerdot} has three different methods of processing slides, from
+%which two have mainly been developed to make the inclusion of
+%verbatim content\footnote{And other content that needs catcode
+%changes when processing.} on slides easier. These methods can be
+%accessed by the |method| key which is available in slide
+%environments and the |\pdsetup| command (see
+%section~\ref{sec:glopts}).
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\option{method=normal}\\
+%This is the preset method for processing slides. It is fast and
+%allows for overlays, but it does not allow for
+%verbatim.\footnote{Except when it has been saved in a box outside
+%the slide.}
+%\item\option{method=direct}\\
+%This method is also fast, but does not allow for overlays. Overlays
+%will silently be disabled. However, it does allow for verbatim
+%content on slides.
+%\item\option{method=file}\\
+%This method uses a temporary file to export the slide body to and
+%read it back in. This method does allow for verbatim content and
+%overlays, but could be slow when many slides use this method because
+%the filesystem is used.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%Below is an example demonstrating the use of all three different
+%methods of slide processing.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass{powerdot}
+% \usepackage{listings}
+% \lstnewenvironment{code}{%
+% \lstset{frame=single,escapeinside=`',
+% backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},
+% basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily}
+% }{}
+% \begin{document}
+% \begin{slide}{Slide 1}
+% Normal \pause content.
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{slide}[method=direct]{Slide 2}
+% Steps 1 and 2:
+% \begin{code}
+% compute a;`\pause'
+% compute b;
+% \end{code}
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{slide}[method=file]{Slide 3}
+% Steps 1 and 2:
+% \begin{code}
+% compute a;`\pause'
+% compute b;
+% \end{code}
+% \end{slide}
+% \end{document}
+%\end{example}
+%The first slide shows the default behavior for normal content. It
+%produces two overlays. The second slide does not produce overlays,
+%despite the use of the |\pause| command. This command has been
+%disabled by choosing the |direct| method to process the verbatim
+%content. The third slide has the same body as the second slide, but
+%now does create two overlays, because the method using a temporary
+%file has been chosen. Notice that we used |\pause| inside the listing,
+%but that it can also be used outside the listing.
+%
+%\subsection{The \cs{twocolumn} command}\label{sec:twocolumn}
+%\DescribeMacro{\twocolumn}
+%The |\twocolumn| macro allows to split content into two columns.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{twocolumn}\oarg{options}\marg{left}\marg{right}'
+%\end{command}
+%This typesets \meta{left} and \meta{right} in two columns. The
+%dimensions of those columns can be controlled by \meta{options}.
+%Below are the available options.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{lineheight}\option{lineheight}\\
+%If |lineheight| is specified, a line of the specified height will be
+%created using |\psline| in between the two columns. Example:
+%|lineheight=6cm|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{lineprop}\option{lineprop}\\
+%Any \pf{pstricks} declaration to specify the line properties. Example:
+%\begin{example}
+% lineprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt}
+%\end{example}
+%\item\DescribeOptions{lfrheight,lfrprop}\option{lfrheight,lfrprop}\\
+%The first creates a frame of the specified height around the left
+%column. The second is as |lineprop|, but for the left frame.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{rfrheight,rfrprop}\option{rfrheight,rfrprop}\\
+%As |lfrheight| and |lfrprop|, but for the right frame.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\option{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\\
+%Width of the left and right columns. Both are preset to: |0.47\linewidth|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{frsep}\option{frsep}\\
+%Space between text and the frames. Preset: |1.5mm|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{colsep}\option{colsep}\\
+%Space between the two columns. Preset: |0.06\linewidth|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{topsep}\option{topsep}\\
+%The extra space (additional to |\baselineskip|) between text above
+%the columns and the text within the columns. Preset: |0cm|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{bottomsep}\option{bottomsep}\\
+%Idem for the bottom of the columns. Preset: |0cm|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{indent}\option{indent}\\
+%Horizontal indent left to the left column. Preset: |0cm|.
+%\end{description}
+%The dimensions described above are represented graphically in
+%figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}.
+%\begin{figure}[htb]
+%\centering
+%\begin{pspicture}(0,.5)(13,10.5)
+%\psline(0,0.5)(0,10)
+%\rput[tl](.05,9.95){Top}
+%\psframe[dimen=middle](1,9)(7,2)
+%\psline{C-C}(8.5,9)(11,9)
+%\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(8.5,9)
+%\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(11,2)
+%\qdisk(1.7,8.3){.1cm}
+%\psset{linestyle=dashed}
+%\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(6.3,8.3)
+%\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(1.7,3)
+%\psline{C-C}(6.3,5)(6.3,8.3)
+%\psline{C-C}(11,9)(12,9)
+%\psline{C-C}(11,2)(12,2)
+%\psline{C-C}(11,7)(12,7)
+%\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(12,8.3)
+%\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(9.2,3)
+%\rput[tl](1.75,8.25){Left column text}
+%\rput[tl](9.25,8.25){Right column text}
+%\rput[tl](.05,1){Bottom}
+%\psset{linestyle=dotted,dotsep=2pt}
+%\psline(0,8.3)(1.7,8.3)
+%\psline(0,9.6)(1,9.6)
+%\psline(0,2)(1,2)
+%\psline(0,1.1)(1,1.1)
+%\psset{linestyle=solid}
+%\psline{<->}(.2,8.33)(.2,9.57)
+%\psline{<->}(4,8.33)(4,8.97)
+%\psline{<->}(1.73,7)(6.27,7)
+%\psline{<->}(1.03,6.5)(1.67,6.5)
+%\psline{<->}(0.03,5.5)(1.67,5.5)
+%\psline{<->}(6.33,7.4)(9.17,7.4)
+%\psline{<->}(8.53,6.5)(9.17,6.5)
+%\psline{<->}(6.33,6.5)(6.97,6.5)
+%\psline{<->}(10.7,8.33)(10.7,8.97)
+%\psline{<->}(7.3,8.97)(7.3,2.03)
+%\psline{<->}(.2,1.13)(.2,1.97)
+%\psline{->}(1.7,9.3)(1.7,8.45)
+%\psline{<-}(9.23,7)(11,7)
+%\cput(4,6.6){\small 1}
+%\cput(11.1,6.6){\small 2}
+%\cput(8,7){\small 3}
+%\cput(7.7,3){\small 4}
+%\cput(4.4,8.65){\small 5}
+%\cput(1.35,6.1){\small 5}
+%\cput(8.85,6.1){\small 5}
+%\cput(11.1,8.65){\small 5}
+%\cput(6.65,6.1){\small 5}
+%\cput(0.6,8.95){\small 6}
+%\cput(0.6,5.1){\small 7}
+%\cput(0.6,1.55){\small 8}
+%\cput(1.7,9.6){\small 9}
+%\end{pspicture}
+%\begin{tabular}{c p{4cm}cl}
+%\multicolumn{4}{c}{Meaning of the labels}\\\hline
+%1&|lcolwidth|&5&|frsep|\\
+%2&|rcolwidth|&6&|topsep|\\
+%3&|colsep|&7&|indent|\\
+%4&|lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,&8&|bottomsep|\\
+%&|lineheight|&9&Reference point
+%\end{tabular}
+%\caption{Two-column dimensions.}\label{fig:twocolumndim}
+%\end{figure}
+%Important to notice is that the |\twocolumn| macro uses the current
+%cursor position as the reference point to position the first line of
+%text of the left column (see also figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}). This
+%means that optional frames can extend to the text on the previous
+%line. Use for instance |topsep=0.3cm| in that case to add extra
+%space between the two lines of text. The preset value of |topsep|
+%is based on the situation that there is no text on top of the two
+%columns. In that case, it is best to locate the first line of text
+%of the left column at the same spot as text that is not created by
+%|\twocolumn| on other slides. The setting |topsep=0cm| does exactly
+%this. However, with a combination of |topsep| and |indent| you can
+%change this behavior and position the first line of text of the left
+%column anywhere you want.
+%
+%The |\twocolumn| macro computes the height of the construction to
+%position text below the construction correctly. The computation is
+%done by taking the maximum height of |lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,
+%|lineheight| (if specified) and the left and right column content.
+%Hence when frames nor a line is requested, |bottomsep| is the
+%vertical space between the lowest line of text in the columns and
+%the text below the columns (additional to |\baselineskip|). Here is
+%an example.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Two columns}
+% Here are two columns.
+% \twocolumn[
+% lfrprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt},
+% lfrheight=4cm,rfrheight=5cm,lineheight=3cm,topsep=0.3cm
+% ]{left}{right}
+% Those were two columns.
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%Note that the use of the \pf{xkeyval} commands |\savevalue| and
+%|\usevalue| \index{savevalue=\verb!*+\savevalue+|usage}
+%\index{usevalue=\verb!*+\usevalue+|usage} could be handy here, for
+%instance for copying the properties of the left frame to the right
+%frame. This avoids typing them twice and avoids making errors
+%resulting in different frames. See an example below.
+%\begin{example}
+% \twocolumn[
+% \savevalue{lfrheight}=3cm,
+% \savevalue{lfrprop}={
+% linestyle=dotted,framearc=.2,linewidth=3pt},
+% rfrheight=\usevalue{lfrheight},
+% rfrprop=\usevalue{lfrprop}
+% ]{left}{right}
+%\end{example}
+%See the \pf{xkeyval} documentation \cite{xkeyval} for more
+%information about |\savevalue| and |\usevalue|.
+%
+%\section{Available styles}\label{sec:styles}
+%\pf{powerdot} comes with a number of styles which are listed in the
+%overview below. The characteristics of each style are described
+%shortly and a sample of a title slide and a normal slide is provided
+%for each style. Styles support the |wideslide| environment, have a
+%table of contents on the left part of the paper in landscape
+%orientation and on the bottom part in portrait orientation and
+%support portrait orientation unless states otherwise.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\pf{default}\\
+%This style provides six different palettes. A flower in the top left
+%corner decorates the slides for all palettes. The default palette is
+%\texttt{blue} which has as main colors light blue and white. You can
+%see an example of that palette below. Other available palettes are
+%\texttt{red}, \texttt{green}, \texttt{yellow}, \texttt{brown} and
+%\texttt{purple}.\\
+%\styleexample{default}
+%\item\pf{simple}\\
+%This is a simple style in black and white. This style could be
+%useful if you want to print your slides.\\
+%\styleexample{simple}
+%\item\pf{tycja}\\
+%This style is set in shades of yellow and dark blue. The table of
+%contents on slides is on the right side of the paper in landscape
+%orientation and on the bottom part in portrait.\\
+%\styleexample{tycja}
+%\item\pf{ikeda}\\
+%This style uses dark shades of red and blue and a light text color.
+%It has nice patterns on the slide for decoration.\\
+%\styleexample{ikeda}
+%\item\pf{fyma}\\
+%This style was originally created by Laurent Jacques for
+%\pf{prosper}. Based on that style, he created a version for
+%\pf{HA-prosper} with extended features. With his kind permission,
+%this style has been converted by Shun'ichi J. Amano for
+%\pf{powerdot}. The style has an elegant design with a light blue and
+%white gradient background in the default \texttt{blue} palette.
+%Other available palettes are \texttt{green}, \texttt{gray},
+%\texttt{brown} and \texttt{orange}. It has special templates for
+%sections on slides and sections on wide slides. Below is a sample of
+%the blue palette.\\
+%\styleexample{fyma}
+%\item\pf{ciment}\\
+%This style was originally created by Mathieu Goutelle for
+%\pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper}. With his kind permission, this style
+%has been converted for \pf{powerdot}. The style has a background
+%that is hatched with light gray horizontal lines. Titles and table
+%of contents highlighting are done with dark red.\\
+%\styleexample{ciment}
+%\item\pf{elcolors}\\
+%This is a style using light shades of the elementary colors red,
+%blue and yellow.\\
+%\styleexample{elcolors}
+%\item\pf{aggie}\\
+%This style was created by Jack Stalnaker for \pf{HA-prosper} and he
+%has converted this style for \pf{powerdot}. The style uses dark red
+%and light brown colors.\\
+%\styleexample{aggie}
+%\item\pf{husky}\\
+%This style is created by Jack Stalnaker and has a background of
+%light gray sun beams combined with dark red highlights.\\
+%\styleexample{husky}
+%\item\pf{sailor}\\
+%This style is contributed by Mael Hill\'ereau and supplies five
+%different palettes: \texttt{Sea} (the default), \texttt{River},
+%\texttt{Wine}, \texttt{Chocolate} and \texttt{Cocktail}. Below is a
+%sample of the palette \texttt{Sea}.\\
+%\styleexample{sailor}
+%\item\pf{upen}\\
+%This style has a nice dark blue background and text in yellow. It is
+%contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\
+%\styleexample{upen}
+%\item\pf{bframe}\\
+%The \pf{bframe} style has blue frames on the slide in which text is
+%positioned. The style is contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\
+%\styleexample{bframe}
+%\item\pf{horatio}\\
+%The \pf{horatio} style has been contributed by Michael Lundholm and
+%is a more conservative blue style.\\
+%\styleexample{horatio}
+%\item\pf{paintings}\\
+%This is a simple style without a table of contents on slides. It has
+%been contributed by Thomas Koepsell and provides 10 different
+%palettes. The colors used in the palettes are drawn from famous
+%paintings.\footnote{The style defines a color \texttt{pdcolor7}
+%which is not used in the style but comes from the same painting and
+%complements the other colors. It can be used, for example, to
+%highlight text against the main background color.} If you are
+%interested, open the style file to read which paintings have been
+%used. The available palettes are: \texttt{Syndics} (the default),
+%\texttt{Skater}, \texttt{GoldenGate}, \texttt{Lamentation},
+%\texttt{HolyWood}, \texttt{Europa}, \texttt{Moitessier},
+%\texttt{MayThird}, \texttt{PearlEarring} and \texttt{Charon} (all
+%case sensitive). Below is a sample of the \texttt{Syndics}
+%palette.\\
+%\styleexample{paintings}
+%\item\pf{klope}\\
+%The \pf{klope} style implements a horizontal table of contents that
+%only lists the sections. The style is available in the following
+%palettes: \texttt{Spring}, \texttt{PastelFlower}, \texttt{BlueWater}
+%and \texttt{BlackWhite}. The \texttt{Spring} palette is the default
+%and you can see a sample of that below.\\
+%\styleexample{klope}
+%\item\pf{jefka}\\
+%The \pf{jefka} style comes with four palettes: \texttt{brown} (the
+%default), \texttt{seagreen}, \texttt{blue} and \texttt{white}. Below
+%you see a sample of the \texttt{brown} palette.\\
+%\styleexample{jefka}
+%\item\pf{pazik}\\
+%This style is available in two palettes: \texttt{red} and
+%\texttt{brown}. Below is a sample of the default \texttt{red}
+%palette.\\
+%\styleexample{pazik}
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\section{Compiling your presentation}\label{sec:compiling}
+%\subsection{Dependencies}\label{sec:dependencies}
+%In table \ref{tab:dependencies} is a list of packages that
+%\pf{powerdot} uses to perform specific tasks. Dependencies of
+%packages in this table are not listed. In the table, `required'
+%means that you should have a version \emph{at least} as new as
+%listed and `tested' means that \pf{powerdot} was tested with this
+%version, but that it could equally well work with an older or newer
+%version than the one listed in the table. So, when trying to solve
+%an error, first concentrate on solving version issues for the
+%`required' packages. To find out which version of a package you are
+%currently using, put |\listfiles| on the first line of your
+%document, run it with \LaTeX, open the |.log| file and read the file
+%list (see a \LaTeX\ manual for more information). If you need to
+%update a package, you can get it from CTAN \cite{CTAN}.
+%\begin{table}[htb]
+%\centering
+%\begin{tabular}{e}
+%Package/file & Version & Date & Required/tested\\\hline
+%\pf{xkeyval} \cite{xkeyval} & 2.5c & 2005/07/10 & required\\
+%\texttt{pstricks.sty} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} & 0.60 & 2013/12/12 & required\\
+%\pf{xcolor} \cite{xcolor} & 1.11 & 2004/05/09 & required\\
+%\pf{enumitem} \cite{enumitem} & 3.5.2 & 2011/09/28 & required\\
+%\pf{article} class & 1.4f & 2004/02/16 & tested\\
+%\pf{geometry} \cite{geometry} & 3.2 & 2002/07/08 & tested\\
+%\pf{hyperref} \cite{hyperref} & 6.74m & 2003/11/30 & tested\\
+%\pf{graphicx} \cite{graphics} & 1.1a & 2017/06/01 & required\\
+%\pf{verbatim} & 1.5q & 2003/08/22 & tested
+%\end{tabular}
+%\caption{Dependencies}\label{tab:dependencies}
+%\end{table}
+%
+%\subsection{Creating and viewing output}\label{sec:creation}
+%To compile your presentation, run it with \LaTeX. The DVI that is
+%produced this way can be viewed with MiK\TeX's DVI viewer
+%YAP.\footnote{Unless you are using \pf{pstricks-add} which distorts
+%the coordinate system in DVI.} Unfortunately, xdvi and kdvi (kile)
+%do not support all PostScript specials and hence these will display
+%the presentation incorrectly. If your DVI viewer does support
+%this, make sure that your DVI display settings match that of the
+%presentation. In case you are using the |screen| paper, you should
+%set the DVI display setting to using the letter paper format. If
+%your DVI viewer allows for custom paper formats, use 8.25 inch by 11
+%inch.
+%
+%Note that certain things that are produced with PostScript or PDF
+%techniques will not work in a DVI viewer. Examples are hiding of
+%material via postscript layers (as is done, for instance, by
+%|\pause|, see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and hyperlinks, for
+%instance in the table of contents.
+%
+%If you want to produce a postscript document, run dvips over the DVI
+%\emph{without any particular command line options related to
+%orientation or paper size}. \pf{powerdot} will write information to
+%the DVI file that helps dvips and ps2pdf (ghostscript) to create a
+%proper document. If you have some reason that this does not work for
+%you and you want to specify the paper and orientation yourself, you
+%should use the |nopsheader| option that is described in
+%section~\ref{sec:setup}. The PostScript document could, for
+%instance, be used to put multiple slides on a page using the |psnup|
+%utility.
+%
+%To create a PDF document for your presentation, run ps2pdf over the
+%PS file created with dvips. Also here, you can \emph{leave out any
+%command line arguments related to paper size or orientation}. If
+%this is problematic for you somehow, use the |nopsheader| option as
+%before and specify the paper and orientation at each intermediate
+%step yourself.
+%
+%\section{Creating your own style}\label{sec:writestyle}
+%\subsection{General information}
+%Writing or customizing \pf{powerdot} styles is simple. If you want
+%to modify a style or build a new one, locate the style that you want
+%to use as basis in your \TeX\ tree (styles are named as
+%|powerdot-<style_name>.sty|), copy that and rename it as to avoid
+%license\footnote{The \LaTeX\ Public Project License requires
+%renaming files when modifying them, see
+%\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl}.} or naming conflicts. You
+%might want to install the new style in your local \TeX\ tree to be
+%able to access it from any place on your hard drive. See your
+%\LaTeX\ distribution for more information.
+%
+%Once that has been taken care of, we can start creating the style.
+%We strongly recommend to study a style file (for example,
+%|powerdot-default.sty|) while reading the remainder of this section
+%as it provides good examples for the content of this section.
+%
+%A style has several components. We describe these components below.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\textbf{Identification and packages}\\
+%This identifies the package in the log of a presentation and loads
+%all required packages. The \pf{default} style contains something like:
+%\begin{example}
+% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+% \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2005/10/09 v1.2 default style (HA)]
+% \RequirePackage{pifont}
+%\end{example}
+%See for more information about these commands a \LaTeX\ manual, for
+%instance \cite{companion}.
+%\item\textbf{Palette or color definitions}\\
+%This section contains the definitions of palettes or colors that you
+%want to use in the style. \pf{powerdot} uses \pf{xcolor} (via
+%\pf{pstricks}). Hence, for more information about colors, see the
+%\pf{xcolor} documentation. We will discuss palettes in more detail
+%in section~\ref{sec:defpals}.
+%\item\textbf{Template definitions}\\
+%We will come back to this in sections~\ref{sec:deftemps}
+%to~\ref{sec:defbg}.
+%\item\textbf{Custom declarations}\\
+%These can include anything that you want to be part of the style.
+%The \pf{default} style, for instance, includes definitions for the labels
+%in list environments like |itemize| and some initializations for
+%lists in general (done with |\pdsetup|, see
+%section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). This part could also include some
+%customizations as described in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}.
+%\item\textbf{Font initializations}\\
+%This initializes font definitions (which can be done by
+%loading a package like \pf{helvet}).
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\subsection{Defining palettes}\label{sec:defpals}
+%We will be defining templates formally in
+%section~\ref{sec:deftemps}. For now, it's enough to have the general
+%idea that a template controls the design of a slide. Palettes are
+%sets of colors that color a template or design. A palette does not
+%change the overall design of a template.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinepalettes}
+%The following command can be used to define palettes for your style.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{pddefinepalettes}\marg{name1}\marg{cmds1}\dots'
+%\end{command}
+%This macro takes \emph{any} even number of mandatory arguments with
+%a minimum of two. For every \meta{name}, a set of \meta{commands}
+%can be given which define the palette with name \meta{name}. These
+%commands can define colors with names |pdcolor1|, |pdcolor2|,
+%etcetera. These colors can be used when designing the template (see
+%section~\ref{sec:deftemps}). |pdcolor1| will always be used as text
+%color.
+%
+%The user can access these palettes via the |palette| key for the
+%|\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). If the user does
+%not specify a palette, the first palette defined when compiling the
+%presentation, will be used. Here is an example for defining 2
+%palettes.
+%\begin{example}
+% \pddefinepalettes{reds}{
+% \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{1,0,0}
+% \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.1,0}
+% \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.2,0}
+% }{greens}{
+% \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,1,0}
+% \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.1,1,0}
+% \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.2,1,0}
+% }
+%\end{example}
+%In this example, the |reds| palette is the default one. For more
+%information about |\definecolor|, see the documentation of the
+%\pf{xcolor} package \cite{xcolor}.
+%
+%Notice that it is not necessary to use the names |pdcolor2|,
+%|pdcolor3| etcetera as color names. But if these colors are defined,
+%\pf{powerdot} will use them, for instance, in the random dots
+%feature (see section~\ref{sec:glopts}). The flexibility adds extra
+%possibilities in setting up templates and palettes. See for an
+%example of its use, the \pf{klope} style.
+%
+%\subsection{Defining templates}\label{sec:deftemps}
+%We start off with a definition of what a template is. A template is
+%a collection of settings for slide components together with custom
+%definitions, which controls the visual appearance of a slide. A
+%style can contain multiple templates.
+%
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{pddefinetemplate}\oarg{basis}\marg{name}\marg{options}\marg{commands}'
+%\end{command}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinetemplate}
+%This defines the environment \meta{name} to produce a slide with
+%characteristics determined by \meta{basis}, \meta{options} and
+%\meta{commands}. We will discuss these elements in more detail
+%in the coming sections.
+%
+%If you want to create several templates that differ only slightly
+%from each other, define a \meta{basis} template, and then use it to
+%define other templates. All \meta{options} and \meta{commands} for
+%the new template \meta{name} will be appended to the existing list
+%of \meta{options} and \meta{commands} from the \meta{basis}
+%template.
+%
+%Make sure you choose a \emph{proper} name for the template, and
+%avoid redefining existing templates or environments. \pf{powerdot}
+%defines |pauseslide|, |note| and |emptyslide| internally, so you
+%shouldn't use these names unless you know what you're doing.
+%Furthermore, each style needs to define at least the templates
+%|slide| and |titleslide|. The |titleslide| environment will be used
+%to create the title slide and |slide| will (by default) also be used
+%to create section slides. Titles and sections are a bit special in
+%the way they use the \meta{options} and will be discussed in more
+%detail in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}.
+%
+%\subsection{Controlling setup}
+%\DescribeOption{ifsetup}
+%The \meta{options} (keys) are described in the following sections.
+%You can control how these options apply to the various setups by
+%using the |ifsetup| key. Any key appearing before the first
+%|ifsetup| declaration in \meta{options} will apply to every possible
+%setup. Once the |ifsetup| key is used, then all subsequent key
+%declarations will apply \textit{only} to the setups declared in the
+%|ifsetup| key. The |ifsetup| key can be used multiple times.
+%
+%By possible setups, we mean the allowed values of the |mode|,
+%|paper|, |orient|, and |display| keys that are described in
+%section~\ref{sec:classopts}. If a value (or values!) for any of
+%these four keys is not specified in a |ifsetup| declaration, then
+%all subsequent key declarations will apply to any layout of that
+%type. Consider the following as an example.
+%\begin{example}[numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,%
+% escapeinside=`',numbersep=1em,xleftmargin=1em]
+% ...
+% textpos={.2\slidewidth,.3\slideheight},%
+% ifsetup={portrait,screen},%
+% textpos={.3\slidewidth,.2\slideheight}%
+% ...
+% ifsetup=landscape,%
+% ...
+% ifsetup,
+% ...
+%\end{example}
+%Assuming there was no |ifsetup| declaration before the first
+%|textpos| declaration, this first |textpos| will apply to every
+%possible setup. However, for the screen format in portrait
+%orientation, the next |textpos| declaration will be used. In fact,
+%all declarations that appear until we switch to the next |ifsetup|
+%(which specifies all paper sorts and only landscape orientation)
+%will be used in the portrait screen layout. All keys after the next
+%|ifsetup| declaration will be used in landscape orientation,
+%\emph{with any paper, mode and display}. If, after declaring some
+%specializations, you want to switch back to settings that apply to
+%all possible setups, set |ifsetup| to empty as is done in the
+%example. All subsequent declarations will then again be applied
+%under any setup.
+%
+%The following command is a stand-alone implementation of the
+%mechanism described above. It allows you to control the setup
+%outside the \meta{options} argument of the |\pddefinetemplate|
+%command.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{pdifsetup}\marg{desired}\marg{true}\marg{false}'
+%\end{command}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pdifsetup}
+%This macro executes \meta{true} when the setup that the user chose
+%matches with the \meta{desired} setup, \meta{false} in all other cases.
+%For instance, if the user has chosen landscape, then
+%\begin{example}
+% \pdifsetup{landscape}{yes}{no}
+%\end{example}
+%will typeset |yes|. If the user would have chosen portrait instead,
+%then |no| would have been typeset.
+%
+%This macro can be used to check setup requests from the user and,
+%for instance, generate an error if a certain setup is not supported
+%by your style. \pf{powerdot} provides one predefined error message
+%which can be used in one of the first lines of your style.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{pd@noportrait}'
+%\end{command}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pd@noportrait}
+%This macro generates an error when the user requests portrait
+%orientation. Notice that the handout mode only works in portrait
+%orientation. This macro takes that into account and doesn't generate
+%an error in the case that the user requested a handout.
+%
+%\subsection{Main components}\label{sec:maincomps}
+%The \meta{options} control several key components of a slide. Every
+%component has several properties. A key that can be used in the
+%\meta{options} argument is the name of the component postfixed by
+%its property that you want to control.
+%
+%The components |title|, |text|, |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc| have
+%properties |hook|, |pos|, |width| and |font|. Additionally, the
+%|text| component has a |height| property. The components |lf|, |cf| and
+%|rf| have properties |hook|, |pos|, |temp| and |font|. Hence,
+%examples of valid keys are |titlefont|, |tocpos| and |lftemp|. All
+%components and properties will be discussed below.
+%
+%Here is an overview of the components that can be controlled from
+%the \meta{options} argument in |\pddefinetemplate|.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{title-}\option{title-}\\
+%The slide title.
+%\item\DescribeOption{text-}\option{text-}\\
+%The main text box on the slide.
+%\item\DescribeOption{toc-}\option{toc-}\\
+%The (full) table of contents on a slide containing sections and
+%slides.
+%\item\DescribeOption{stoc-}\option{stoc-}\\
+%This is a table of contents containing only the sections. See also
+%|ntoc| below.
+%\item\DescribeOption{ntoc-}\option{ntoc-}\\
+%This is a table of contents containing only the entries for the
+%active section. Together with |stoc|, this can be used to create a
+%split table of contents. In a particular template, one would usually
+%have a |toc|, a combination of |stoc| and |ntoc| or no table of
+%contents at all.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{lf-,cf-,rf-}\option{lf-,cf-,rf-}\\
+%The left, center and right footers.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%Notice that all positioning of components described above will be
+%done with |\rput| from \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}
+%internally. See the \pf{pstricks} documentation for more information
+%about this command. It should also be noted that all components
+%(except |lf|, |cf| and |rf|) put their content in a |minipage|
+%environment.
+%
+%Now we list all properties of the components listed above and
+%describe what they mean. Remember that keys are formed by combining
+%a component name and a property.
+%
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{-hook}\option{-hook}\\
+%This option defines the |\rput| hook that will be used when
+%positioning the item. This can be |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|,
+%|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. See the \pf{pstricks}
+%documentation for more information.
+%\item\DescribeOption{-pos}\option{-pos}\\
+%This defines the position of the |hook| on the paper. The lower left
+%corner of the paper is given by the point |{0,0}| and the upper right
+%corner by the point |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|. So if you want to
+%position the main text box at 20\% from the left edge and 30\% from
+%the top edge of the paper, you have to do the following.
+%\begin{example}
+% textpos={.2\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}
+%\end{example}
+%If the position of any component has not been specified, this
+%component will not be placed on the slide. This gives an opportunity
+%to design slides without footers or table of contents, for instance.
+%\item\DescribeOption{-width}\option{-width}\\
+%The width of the component. All component positioned by
+%\pf{powerdot} will be put in a surrounding |minipage| environment.
+%The |width| property determines the width of the |minipage|. Example:
+%\begin{example}
+% textwidth=.7\slidewidth
+%\end{example}
+%This property does not exist for the |lf|, |cf| and |rf| components.
+%\item\DescribeOption{-height}\option{-height}\\
+%This option is only available for the |text| component. In other
+%words, for this property, there is only one key, namely
+%|textheight|. This can be used to specify the height of the
+%|minipage| used for the main text. This does not imply that users
+%are restricted to this length or that \pf{powerdot} does automatic
+%slide breaking. This height is only used for vertical alignments of
+%material, for instance by footnotes. The preset value is
+%|\slideheight|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{-font}\option{-font}\\
+%This will be inserted just before the text that is about to be
+%typeset. This can be used to declare deviations from the main text
+%font and color. It can be a font declaration, like
+%|\large\bfseries|, but can also contain other things like
+%|\color{red}| or |\raggedright|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{-temp}\option{-temp}\\
+%This property is only available for the footers (|lf|, |cf| and |rf|) and
+%can be used to change the template of the footers. This means that
+%you can, for instance, add content to the footer, besides the
+%content specified by the user. The default declaration by
+%\pf{powerdot} is the following.
+%\begin{example}
+% rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty
+% \else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide
+%\end{example}
+%Here |\pd@@rf| will contain the content of the right footer defined
+%by the user via the |\pdsetup| command. Similarly, |\pd@@lf|
+%contains the content of the left footer. The above declaration
+%checks whether the footer and |\theslide| are both non-empty and if
+%so, it inserts | -- | to separate both.
+%\item\DescribeOption{-orient}\option{-orient}\\
+%This property is only available for the |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc|
+%components. This property can be |h| or |v| and determines the
+%orientation of the table of contents. The preset is |v|. See
+%also section~\ref{sec:slidetoc} for more information about the
+%construction of the table of contents.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\subsection{Slide toc}\label{sec:slidetoc}
+%The small table of contents that is placed on slides can be
+%controlled by four macros and several options.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocslide}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocsection}
+%These macros take one argument. When building the table of contents,
+%\pf{powerdot} first passes the content through |\pd@tocslide| or
+%|\pd@tocsection|, depending on the type of entry that it is building
+%at that moment. You could, for instance, do
+%\begin{example}
+% \def\pd@tocslide#1{$\bullet$\ #1}
+% \def\pd@tocsection#1{#1}
+%\end{example}
+%which will prefix all normal entries (not the sections) with a
+%bullet. By default, these two macros are defined to just pass on
+%their argument.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocdisplay}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tochighlight}
+%These two macros also take one argument. After processing an entry
+%with the command |\pd@tocslide| or |\pd@tocsection|, \pf{powerdot}
+%continues building the entry by passing it through |\pd@tocdisplay|,
+%when the entry needs to be displayed only, or |\pd@tochighlight|,
+%when the entry needs to be highlighted. These macros are a little
+%more involved and take care of putting the content in the proper
+%font and color in a |minipage|. Further, |\pd@tochighlight| also
+%puts a box around the item.
+%
+%Notice, that by default, both the separate table of contents entries
+%as well as the table of contents as a whole are typeset in
+%|minipage| environments by these macros, in case the table of
+%contents is vertical. The |-width| properties then determines the
+%width of the table of contents and, together with |tocsecindent| and
+%|tocslideindent| (see below) the width of the individual entries. If
+%it is horizontal, only the separate entries will be in |minipage|s
+%and the table of contents itself not and the |-width| properties
+%determine only the width of the individual entries (together with
+%|tocsecindent| and |tocslideindent|).
+%
+%Several aspects of the process of generating the table of contents
+%can be controlled via the keys that are available in the
+%|\pddefinetemplate| command that will be described below. If these
+%keys do not provide enough handles to do what you want, you might
+%need to have a look at the two macros in the source and decide to
+%rewrite them in your style as to fit your needs. An example can be
+%found in the \pf{fyma} style.
+%
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{tocfrsep}\option{tocfrsep}\\
+%This length is the distance between the box around the content
+%created by the |minipage| and the highlight frame box created by
+%|\pd@tochighlight|. Preset: |0.5mm|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecsep}\option{tocsecsep}\\
+%The distance inserted before a section (unless it is the
+%first element in the table of contents). Preset: |2ex|.
+%Notice that if the orientation of the table of contents is set to
+%vertical, this length creates a vertical skip, otherwise, it creates
+%a horizontal skip.
+%\item\DescribeOption{tocslidesep}\option{tocslidesep}\\
+%The distance inserted before other entries (unless it is the
+%first element in the table of contents). Preset: |0ex|. Like
+%|tocsecsep|, the effect of this length depends on the orientation of
+%the table of contents.
+%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecindent}\option{tocsecindent}\\
+%The horizontal space left to a section entry. Preset: |0pt|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{tocslideindent}\option{tocslideindent}\\
+%The horizontal space left to a slide entry. The horizontal skip will
+%not be inserted left to slide entries that appear before the first
+%section. Preset: |0pt|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecm}\option{tocsecm}\\
+%This is inserted just before typesetting a section. This can be used
+%to mark a section, for instance with a line as in the \pf{default}
+%style. Preset: empty.
+%\item\DescribeOption{toctcolor}\option{toctcolor}\\
+%This is the text color used for non-highlighted elements in the
+%table of contents. Preset: |black|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{tochltcolor}\option{tochltcolor}\\
+%This is the text color used for highlighted elements in the table of
+%contents. Preset: |white|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{tochlcolor}\option{tochlcolor}\\
+%This is the color used for the frame behind highlighted elements.
+%Preset: |black|.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\subsection{Miscellaneous options}\label{sec:miscoptions}
+%There are some options that fall outside of the scope of the previous
+%sections. These will be discussed here.
+%
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOption{iacolor}\option{iacolor}\\
+%The |iacolor| option can be used to specify the color that is used
+%for inactive things, produced for instance by |\onslide|, |\pause|
+%(see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and |\tableofcontents| (see
+%section~\ref{sec:tableofcontents}). As \pf{xcolor} is used by
+%\pf{powerdot}, one can use special notation here, like
+%\begin{example}
+% iacolor=black!20
+%\end{example}
+%The preset value for this key is |lightgray|.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%The following options control the digital clock (see
+%section~\ref{sec:classopts}). The clock is a form text field with
+%dynamic content, driven by a javascript via \pf{hyperref} text
+%fields. Some options for the clock work similarly as for, for
+%instance, the title component, but there are also special options.
+%\begin{description}
+%\item\DescribeOptions{clockhook,clockpos}\option{clockhook,clockpos}\\
+%These work in the same way as the |-hook| and |-pos| properties
+%discussed in section~\ref{sec:maincomps}. The preset value of
+%|clockhook| is |tr|.
+%\item\DescribeOptions{clockwidth,clockheight}\option{clockwidth,clockheight}\\
+%These control the width and height of the text field containing the
+%clock. Preset values come from \pf{hyperref} and are |3cm| and
+%|\baselineskip|, respectively.
+%\item\DescribeOption{clockcharsize}\option{clockcharsize}\\
+%The size of characters of the clock. Preset: |14pt|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{clockalign}\option{clockalign}\\
+%The alignment of the clock in the text field. |0| is left-aligned,
+%|1| is centered and |2| is right aligned. Preset is |2|.
+%\item\DescribeOption{clockcolor}\option{clockcolor}\\
+%This determines the text color of the clock. The value should be a
+%named color. The preset value is |black|.
+%\end{description}
+%
+%\subsection{Template presets}
+%Below, we have copied the preset setting for the keys described
+%above. These will be used if you didn't supply other input for these
+%keys in a particular template. If the preset value meets your
+%needs, you don't have to specify it again in your style.
+%\begin{example}
+% titlehook=Bl,titlepos=,titlewidth=\slidewidth,
+% titlefont=\raggedright,texthook=tl,textpos=,
+% textwidth=\slidewidth,textfont=\raggedright,
+% textheight=\slideheight,
+% tochook=tl,tocpos=,tocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
+% tocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
+% stochook=tl,stocpos=,stocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
+% stocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
+% ntochook=tl,ntocpos=,ntocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
+% ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
+% tocorient=v,stocorient=v,ntocorient=v,
+% tocfrsep=.5mm,tocsecsep=2ex,tocslidesep=0ex,
+% tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white,
+% tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt,
+% lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf,
+% cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,
+% rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf
+% \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide,
+% iacolor=lightgray,
+% clockhook=tr,clockpos=,clockwidth=3cm,clockheight=\baselineskip,
+% clockcharsize=14pt,clockalign=2,clockcolor=black
+%\end{example}
+%
+%\subsection{The background}\label{sec:defbg}
+%This leaves only one argument of the |\pddefinetemplate| macro
+%undiscussed. This is the \meta{commands} argument. This argument can
+%contain any code that you want to execute \textit{after} setting the
+%options and \textit{before} building the slide components like the
+%slide title, main text, and footers. This argument is designed to
+%contain declarations that will build the background of a template
+%using, for instance, \pf{pstricks}, but it can also hold other
+%commands you might need for building your template.
+%
+%Important to notice is that these commands may not create \TeX\
+%material as that might destroy the construction of the slide. So, if
+%you want to place the word `Hello' in the bottom left corner of the
+%slide, don't type `Hello', but make its width, height and depth
+%equal to zero, for instance by using \pf{pstricks}' |\rput|.
+%\begin{example}
+% \rput[bl](0,0){Hello}
+%\end{example}
+%
+%\subsection{Title slide, titles and sections}\label{sec:specialtemps}
+%As mentioned before, the style that you write needs to define at
+%least the templates |slide| and |titleslide|. The latter treats some
+%of the keys in a special way. Besides, a section slide is also done
+%in a special way.
+%
+%The title slide (made with |\maketitle|) puts the title with
+%author(s) and date in the main text box. This means that you have to
+%supply a position for the main text box (|textpos|). It will use the
+%main text font for the text (together with declarations in the
+%|textfont| key) for the author(s) and the date. But it will use the
+%declarations in |titlefont| for the title of the presentation. This
+%is done so that title and author(s) form a coherent block and to
+%make sure that long titles can push down the author(s) instead of
+%overwriting it.
+%
+%\DescribeMacro{\pd@slidetitle}
+%The |\pd@slidetitle| macro is used to typeset the slide title on
+%slides. This macro is comparable to for instance |\pd@tocslide|. The
+%macro takes one argument which is the slide title in the right font
+%and formatting. By default, this macro just passes on the content
+%for typesetting, but you could redefine this macro so do something
+%with its input prior to typesetting it. An example is in the
+%\pf{fyma} style which underlines the title after putting it in a
+%|minipage| to support multi line titles.
+%
+%\DescribeMacros{\pd@title,\pd@sectiontitle}
+%These macros are similar to |\pd@slidetitle| and typeset the title
+%on the title slide and the title on section slides respectively. By
+%default, these also pass there argument (which is the presentation
+%title or section title), but these can be redefined to do something
+%with the input prior to typesetting it, just as |\pd@slidetitle|.
+%
+%\DescribeOptions{sectemp,widesectemp}
+%The |\section| command uses (by default) the |slide| environment and
+%puts the section title in the title box with font |titlefont|. If
+%you want to change the default use of the |slide| environment for
+%sections to, for instance, the |sectionslide| environment or any
+%other especially designed section template, change the section
+%template preset in your style, using
+%\begin{example}
+% \setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide}
+%\end{example}
+%This means that if the user asks for |template=slide| in the
+%|\section| command, the |sectionslide| environment will be used
+%silently. To avoid surprises, |sectionslide| should preferably be
+%based on the |slide| environment.
+%
+%A similar option is available in case the user asks for
+%|template=wideslide|. One could for instance do the following.
+%\begin{example}
+% \setkeys[pd]{section}{widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+%\end{example}
+%Whenever the user requests a |wideslide| to be used for a
+%|\section|, instead, the |sectionwideslide| environment will be
+%used. Other input to the |template| key by the user does not get a
+%special treatment.
+%
+%Notice that these keys are available in the |section| family of keys
+%and that you cannot use them in the |\pddefinetemplate| command.
+%
+%\subsection{Testing the style}\label{sec:styletest}
+%\pf{powerdot} has a test file that should test most of the style.
+%This test file can be produced by running \LaTeX\ over
+%|powerdot.dtx|. This generates |powerdot-styletest.tex| which will
+%help you with the testing job. Feel free to contact us when you
+%would like to contribute your style to \pf{powerdot}. See also
+%section~\ref{sec:questions}.
+%
+%\section{Using \LyX\ for presentations}\label{sec:lyx}
+%\LyX\ \cite{LyXWeb} is a WYSIWYM (What You See Is What You Mean)
+%document processor based on \LaTeX. It supports standard \LaTeX\
+%classes but needs special files, called layout files, in order to
+%support non-standard classes such as \pf{powerdot}.
+%
+%To start using \LyX\ for \pf{powerdot} presentations, copy the
+%layout file |powerdot.layout| to the \LyX\ layout directory. You can
+%find this file in the doc tree of your \LaTeX\ installation:
+%\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find it there, download
+%it from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. Once that is
+%done, reconfigure \LyX\ (\texttt{Edit\LyXarrow Reconfigure} and
+%restart \LyX\ afterwards). Now you can use the \pf{powerdot}
+%document class as any other supported class. Go to
+%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} and select \texttt{powerdot
+%presentation} as document class. For more information, see the \LyX\
+%documentation, which is accessible from the |Help| menu.
+%
+%\subsection{How to use the layout}
+%The \pf{powerdot} \LyX\ layout provides some environments\footnote{Don't
+%confuse these with \LaTeX\ environments.} which can be used in \LyX.
+%Some of these environments (for instance |Title| or |Itemize|) are
+%natural to use since they exist also in the standard document
+%classes such as \pf{article}. For more information on these standard
+%environments, see the \LyX\ documentation.
+%
+%This section will explain how to use the \pf{powerdot} specific
+%environments |Slide|, |WideSlide|, |EmptySlide| and |Note|. These
+%environments correspond to the \pf{powerdot} environments |slide|,
+%|emptyslide|, |wideslide| and |note|.
+%
+%We start with a simple example. The following \LaTeX\ code
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{Slide title}
+% Slide content.
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%can be obtained using the following \LyX\ environments. The right
+%column represents the text typed into the \LyX\ window and the left
+%column represents the environment applied to this text).
+%\begin{example}
+% Slide Slide title
+% Standard Slide content.
+% EndSlide
+%\end{example}
+%Some remarks concerning this example.
+%\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt]
+%\item You can use the environment menu (under the menu bar, top-left
+%corner) to change the environment applied to text.
+%\item The slide title should be typed on the line of the |Slide|
+%environment.
+%\item |EndSlide| finishes the slide and its line is left blank.
+%\end{itemize}
+%
+%In the \LyX\ window, the |Slide| environment (that is, the slide
+%title) is displayed in magenta, the |WideSlide| style in green, the
+%|EmptySlide| style in cyan and the |Note| style in red and hence
+%these are easily identifiable.
+%
+%Here is another example.
+%\begin{example}
+% \begin{slide}{First slide title}
+% The first slide.
+% \end{slide}
+% \begin{note}{First note title}
+% The first note, concerning slide 1.
+% \end{note}
+% \begin{slide}{Second slide title}
+% The second slide.
+% \end{slide}
+%\end{example}
+%This can be done in \LyX\ in the following way.
+%\begin{example}
+% Slide First slide title
+% Standard The first slide.
+% Note First note title
+% Standard The first note, concerning slide 1.
+% Slide Second slide title
+% Standard The second slide.
+% EndSlide
+%\end{example}
+%This example demonstrates that it is often sufficient to insert the
+%|EndSlide| style after the last slide or note only. Only when you
+%want certain material not to be part of a slide, you need to finish
+%the preceding slide manually using the |EndSlide| style. Example:
+%\begin{example}
+% Slide First slide title
+% Standard The first slide.
+% EndSlide
+% [ERT box with some material]
+% Slide Second slide title
+% ...
+%\end{example}
+%
+%Options can be passed to slide environments by using
+%\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the slide title.
+%The following example uses the |direct| method (see
+%section~\ref{sec:verbatim}) in the short title argument (delimited by
+%square brackets) to allow for a |lstlisting| environment (defined by
+%the \pf{listings} package) within the slide content.
+%\begin{example}
+% Slide [method=direct]Example of LaTeX source code
+% Standard Here's the \HelloWorld command:
+% [ERT box:
+% \lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX}
+% \begin{lstlisting}
+% \newcommand{\HelloWorld}{Hello World!}
+% \end{lstlisting}
+% ]
+% EndSlide
+%\end{example}
+%Note that you are not obliged to use a |verbatim| environment to
+%type the |\HelloWord| text into the \LyX\ window because \LyX\
+%directly supports standard verbatim.\footnote{\LyX\ translates
+%special characters into their corresponding \LaTeX\ command. For
+%instance, the backslash character is translated into
+%\cs{textbackslash{}}. Resulting, the font is not the same as in true
+%verbatim and you might want to change that via the
+%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Character} dialog.} Consequently, the use of
+%the slide processing methods |direct| and |file| is not necessary
+%when you need standard verbatim, but it is necessary when doing more
+%advanced things, like in the example above.
+%
+%\subsection{Support of syntax}
+%This section lists options, commands and environments that are
+%supported through the \LyX\ interface directly, without using an ERT
+%box (\TeX-mode).
+%
+%All class options (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}) are supported
+%via the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog (|Layout| pane).
+%Options for the |\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:setup})
+%should be specified in the |Preamble| pane of the
+%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog.
+%
+%Table \ref{tab:lyxcommands} lists the \pf{powerdot} commands that
+%are supported in \LyX.
+%\begin{table}[htb]
+%\centering
+%\begin{tabular}{f}
+%Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
+%\cs{title} & Use \texttt{Title} environment.\\
+%\cs{author} & Use \texttt{Author} environment.\\
+%\cs{date} & Use \texttt{Date} environment.\\
+%\cs{maketitle} & Managed directly by \LyX.\\
+%\cs{section} & Use the \texttt{Section} environment. Options to this
+%command (see section~\ref{sec:section}) can be specified using
+%\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the section title.\\
+%\cs{tableofcontents} & Use \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Lists \&
+%TOC\LyXarrow Table of contents}. You will need an ERT box if you
+%want to use the optional argument, see below.
+%\end{tabular}
+%\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} commands in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxcommands}
+%\end{table}
+%Table \ref{tab:lyxenvs} lists the \pf{powerdot} environments that,
+%besides the earlier discussed |slide|, |wideslide|, |note| and
+%|emptyslide| environments, are supported in \LyX.
+%\begin{table}[htb]
+%\centering
+%\begin{tabular}{f}
+%Environment & Method in \LyX\\\hline
+%\texttt{itemize} & Use \texttt{Itemize} and \texttt{ItemizeType1}
+%environments. The latter will create a list with |type=1| (see
+%section~\ref{sec:lists}).\\
+%\texttt{enumerate} & Use \texttt{Enumerate} and
+%\texttt{EnumerateType1} environments.\\
+%\texttt{thebibliography} & Use \texttt{Bibliography} environment.
+%\end{tabular}
+%\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} environments in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxenvs}
+%\end{table}
+%Table \ref{tab:lyxERT} lists commands that can only be done by using
+%an ERT box (via \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow TeX}).
+%\begin{table}[ht]
+%\centering
+%\begin{tabular}{f}
+%Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
+%\cs{and} & Within \texttt{Author} environment.\\
+%\cs{pause} & \\
+%\cs{item} & An ERT box is only required for the optional argument,
+%not mandatory for overlays specifications.\\
+%\cs{onslide} & And the versions \cs{onslide+} and \cs{onslide*}.\\
+%\cs{twocolumn} & \\
+%\cs{tableofcontents} & Only when using the optional argument.
+%\end{tabular}
+%\caption{\pf{powerdot} commands needing an ERT box in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxERT}
+%\end{table}
+%Note that you may use the clipboard in order to repeat often used
+%commands like |\pause|. Finally, table \ref{tab:lyxadd} lists
+%additional commands and environments that are supported by the layout.
+%\begin{table}[htb]
+%\centering
+%\begin{tabular}{f}
+%Env./Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
+%\texttt{quote} & Use \texttt{Quote} environment.\\
+%\texttt{quotation} & Use \texttt{Quotation} environment.\\
+%\texttt{verse} & Use \texttt{Verse} environment.\\
+%\cs{caption} & Use \texttt{Caption} environment within standard
+%float environments.
+%\end{tabular}
+%\caption{Additional environments for \LyX}\label{tab:lyxadd}
+%\end{table}
+%
+%\subsection{Compiling with \LyX}
+%First of all, make sure that you have also read
+%section~\ref{sec:compiling}. Then, in order to get a proper
+%PostScript or PDF file, you have to set your \LyX\ document
+%properties depending on which paper and orientation you want. When
+%your \LyX\ document is open, go to the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow
+%Document} dialog. In the \texttt{Layout} pane, put the |nopsheader|,
+%|orient| and |paper| keys as class options (see
+%section~\ref{sec:classopts} for a description). Then, go to the
+%|Paper| pane and select corresponding paper size and orientation
+%(you may choose |letter| paper in the case you set |paper=screen| in
+%the class options). Finally, go to the |View| (or
+%\texttt{File\LyXarrow Export}) menu and select your output
+%(PostScript or PDF).
+%
+%\subsection{Extending the layout}
+%If you have created a custom style (see section~\ref{sec:writestyle})
+%which defines custom templates, you may want to extend the layout
+%file\footnote{The LPPL dictates to rename a file if you modify it as
+%to avoid confusion.} so that these templates are also supported in
+%\LyX. The explanation below assumes that you have defined a template
+%called |sunnyslide|.
+%
+%To support this new template in \LyX, you have to use the following
+%command.
+%\begin{command}
+% `\cs{pddefinelyxtemplate}\meta{cs}\marg{template}'
+%\end{command}
+%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinelyxtemplate}
+%This will define the control sequence \meta{cs} such that it will
+%create a slide with template \meta{template} (which has been defined
+%using |\pddefinetemplate|. This new control sequence can be used in
+%the layout file as follows.
+%\begin{example}
+% # SunnySlide environment definition
+% Style SunnySlide
+% CopyStyle Slide
+% LatexName lyxend\lyxsunnyslide
+% Font
+% Color Yellow
+% EndFont
+% Preamble
+% \pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxsunnyslide{sunnyslide}
+% EndPreamble
+% End
+%\end{example}
+%Note that you must begin the |LatexName| field with |lyxend|. The
+%definition of the \LyX\ template has been inserted in between
+%|Preamble| and |EndPreamble| which assures that the new \LyX\
+%environment will work in every presentation. After modifying the
+%layout file, don't forget to restart \LyX. See for more information
+%about creating \LyX\ environments, the documentation of \LyX\ in the
+%|Help| menu.
+%
+%\section{Questions}\label{sec:questions}
+%\subsection{Frequently Asked Questions}\label{sec:FAQ}
+%This section is devoted to Frequently Asked Questions. Please read
+%it carefully; your problem might be solved by this section.
+%\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt]
+%\question
+%Does \pf{powerdot} have example files? Where can I find them?
+%\answer
+%\pf{powerdot} comes with several examples that should be in the doc
+%tree of your \LaTeX\ installation. More precisely:
+%\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find them there,
+%download them from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}
+%\cite{CTAN}.
+%\question I'm getting errors or unexpected output when compiling
+%the simplest example!
+%\answer Did you read section~\ref{sec:compiling}?
+%\question I made a typo in the slide code, ran the file, got an
+%error, corrected the typo and reran, but now get an error that
+%doesn't go away.
+%\answer Remove the |.bm| and |.toc| files and try again.
+%\question |\pause| does not work in the |align|\footnote{There are
+%several environments doing similar things as \texttt{align}. Another
+%example is the \texttt{split} environment, but more (often from the
+%\pf{amsmath} package) can cause similar trouble for \cs{pause}.}
+%environment.
+%\answer |align| does several tricky things, which make it impossible
+%to use |\pause|. Use |\onslide| instead. See
+%section~\ref{sec:onslide}.
+%\question My \pf{pstricks} nodes appear on all overlays. Also: color
+%doesn't seem to work with |\onslide|.
+%\answer Some PostScript tricks like nodes and color do not work with
+%|\onslide|. Use |\onslide*| instead. See an example below.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass{powerdot}
+% \usepackage{pst-node}
+% \begin{document}
+% \begin{slide}{Color}
+% \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{A}}
+% This is {\onslide*{2-}{\color{red}} red} text.
+% \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{B}}
+% \onslide{2}{\ncline{A}{B}}
+% \end{slide}
+% \end{document}
+%\end{example}
+%\question Do I need to edit style files to change a style a bit?
+%\answer No, you do not need to edit any style file. You can change
+%any part of a certain style using the |\pddefinetemplate| and
+%|\pddefinepalettes| commands. Here is an example that removes the
+%left and right footers from the \pf{default} style, places the slide
+%number in the center footer and adds another palette.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass{powerdot}
+% \pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{
+% lfpos=,rfpos=,cftemp=\theslide
+% }{}
+% \pddefinepalettes{mypalette}{
+% \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.27,.31,.44}
+% \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.85,.85,.92}
+% \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.8,.75,.98}
+% }
+% \pdsetup{palette=mypalette}
+% \begin{document}
+% \begin{slide}{Title}
+% \end{slide}
+% \end{document}
+%\end{example}
+%See section~\ref{sec:writestyle} for more information about these
+%two commands.
+%\question Can I contribute to this project?
+%\answer
+%Certainly. If you find bugs\footnote{Make sure that you confirm that
+%the bug is really caused by \pf{powerdot} and not by another package
+%that you use.} or typos, please send a message to the mailinglist
+%(see section~\ref{sec:mailinglist}). If you have developed your own
+%style that is distinct from existing styles and would like to see it
+%included in \pf{powerdot}, please inform us by private e-mail and we
+%will consider your contribution. Notice that included contributions
+%will fall under the overall \pf{powerdot} license and copyright
+%notice, but that your name will be included in the documentation
+%when you make a contribution. This is done to guarantee that we can
+%adapt files if maintenance is needed.
+%\question Hyperlinks in the presentation seem off by 1 page.
+%\answer This might happen in particular PDF viewers when using
+%|paper=smartboard| in combination with continuous view. Use page
+%by page view instead.
+%\end{itemize}
+%
+%If your question has not been answered at this point, advance to the
+%next section to read where to find more answers.
+%
+%\subsection{Mailinglist}\label{sec:mailinglist}
+%\pf{powerdot} has a mailinglist from \url{freelists.org} and has its
+%website here:
+%\begin{center}
+%\url{http://www.freelists.org/list/powerdot}
+%\end{center}
+%There is a link to `List Archive'. Please search this archive before
+%posting a question. Your problem might already have been solved in
+%the past.
+%
+%If that is not the case, use the box on the page to type your e-mail
+%address, choose the action `Subscribe' and click `Go!'. Then follow
+%the instructions that arrive to you by e-mail. At a certain moment,
+%you can login for the first time using an authorization code sent to
+%you by e-mail. After logging in, you can create a password for
+%future sessions using the `Main Menu' button. The other buttons
+%provide you some info and options for your account.
+%
+%When you are all set, you can write to the list by sending an e-mail
+%to
+%\begin{center}
+%\url{powerdot [at] freelists [dot] org}
+%\end{center}
+%
+%When writing to the list, please keep in mind the following very
+%important issues.
+%\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt]
+%\item We are volunteers!
+%\item Keep your questions related to \pf{powerdot}.
+%\item Always supply a \emph{minimal} example demonstrating your
+%problem.
+%\item Don't send big files over the list.
+%\end{enumerate}
+%
+%We hope you will enjoy this service.
+%
+%\section{Source code documentation}\label{sec:source}
+%In case you want regenerate the package files from the source or
+%want to have a look at the source code description, locate
+%|powerdot.dtx|, search in the file for |\OnlyDescription| and remove
+%that and do
+%\begin{example}
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+% bibtex powerdot
+% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo
+% makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+% latex powerdot.dtx
+%\end{example}
+%
+%\StopEventually{}
+%
+%\section{Implementation}\label{sec:imple}
+%\subsection{General construction}
+%This section explains the general idea of the class, how paper
+%dimensions are chosen and how slides are created. We start with the
+%paper.
+%
+%This class uses the same idea as \pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper},
+%namely that we create a background with \pf{pstricks} and position
+%text on it using |\rput| and some |minipage| environments. This is
+%easier than writing a dedicated output routine that can handle all
+%the material, but doesn't break pages when we don't want that. So,
+%when starting to write the class, we first investigated how to deal
+%with landscape slides and paper dimensions.
+%
+%The job of making landscape slides can be done using \pf{geometry}.
+%The paper dimension was more of a problem. As \LaTeX\ doesn't have
+%the huge fonts that we need for presentations, we need to scale the
+%usual fonts somehow. This could be done by using unusual paper
+%dimensions (as \pf{beamer} does) and hence relying on ps2pdf to cut
+%off all the redundant material. But this doesn't produce a usable
+%DVI or PS file. Instead, it was chosen to use DVI magnification. The
+%entire slide is magnified by a factor of 2 and only the top left
+%quarter of the paper is used (but you will never notice that due to
+%the magnification). As we already decided to place all material in
+%|minipage|s using |\rput|, we didn't need the page anymore and it
+%was easiest to use \pf{geometry} to just remove the page margins
+%altogether so that the bottom left corner would be |(0,0)| and the
+%top right corner |(\slidewidth,\slideheight)|.
+%
+%One extra remark on the paper type is necessary. We found that most
+%common configurations of dvips use the |A4size| code when A4
+%dimensions are found. This code doesn't write an explicit PostScript
+%paper command in the PS document and hence programs using this PS
+%(like ps2pdf) don't know what paper to use and revert to the
+%default, which is letter paper in most cases. This, of course, is
+%something that we don't want and hence, \pf{powerdot} will write
+%these commands to the PS itself as to guarantee proper post
+%processing of the PS.
+%
+%Now that we made the decisions on how to create proper DVI, PS and
+%PDF output, the next task was to create an easy interface to
+%overlays. To avoid counting the overlays as is necessary with
+%\pf{prosper}, we implemented a system that first collects the entire
+%body of an environment in a macro which can be reused multiple
+%times. During execution of the body, the overlay commands like
+%|\onslide| will keep a record of the biggest number that they find
+%and that is the number of overlays to produce. Getting the body of
+%the environment is done by collecting all material up to the next
+%|\end| occurrence. If that control sequence has the proper argument
+%(namely the slide that we started with), then we stop scanning and
+%start processing the slide. With normal use, you will not notice
+%this, but when doing special tricks like hiding |\end{slide}| in a
+%macro, the process will fail as it relies on finding |\end{slide}|
+%in the input stream without doing expansions. Often a work around
+%can be found though. Have a look for instance at how |\section|
+%creates a slide.
+%
+%The next task was to provide a simple way to create templates. As
+%the class is based on the idea of having a background with some
+%material spread out over it, the template system follows this idea.
+%One argument can be used to create the background, the other
+%argument controls, via keys and options, several properties of the
+%material that should be placed. By adding an |ifsetup| key, full
+%control could be gained over the design of the template in every
+%possible setup chosen by the user.
+%
+%The final task for the class was to fill in all the `details'. All
+%the mechanisms were present, but sometimes they should not be
+%active. For instance, overlays should not be created in handout
+%mode. Other things to add to the class were counter protection on
+%overlays, handles to the layout of the slide number, footnotes, a
+%bibliography environment, empty slides, etcetera.
+%
+%We hope that this section has made clear a little bit what you will
+%be seeing when reading the next section with coding and why we chose
+%to do it this way.
+%
+% \subsection{The code}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*powerdot>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Identification.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesClass{powerdot}
+ [2021/03/25 v1.6 powerdot presentation class (HA)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initializations.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifpd@overlay
+\newif\ifpd@section
+\newif\ifpd@ifsetup
+\newif\ifpd@display
+\newif\ifpd@pauseslide
+\newcounter{note}
+\newcounter{slide}
+\newcounter{pd@pause}
+\newcounter{pd@section}
+\newcounter{pd@overlay}
+\newcounter{pd@trivlist}
+\newcounter{pd@onslidedepth}
+\newbox\pd@tba
+\newbox\pd@tbb
+\newtoks\pd@body
+\newwrite\pd@bmout
+\newwrite\pd@tocout
+\newwrite\pd@vrbout
+\newlength\pd@frsep
+\newlength\pd@colsep
+\newlength\slidewidth
+\newlength\slideheight
+\let\pd@cursetup\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Setup options section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2005/07/10]
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Orientation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{orient}[\pd@tempa\pd@orient]{%
+ landscape,portrait}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Paper type.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{paper}[\pd@tempa\pd@paper]{%
+ screen,a4paper,letterpaper,smartboard}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Display type.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{display}[\pd@tempa\pd@display]{%
+ slides,notes,slidesnotes}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{mode}[\pd@tempa\pd@mode]{%
+ present,print,handout}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Pause slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key[pd]{class}{pauseslide}[black]{%
+ \pd@pauseslidetrue
+ \def\pd@pauseslidecolor{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Some boolean keys.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@boolkeys[pd]{class}[pd@@]{%
+ nopsheader,hlentries,hlsections,nohandoutpagebreaks,nohandoutframes%
+}[true]
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Clock definitions. Contributed by Alexander Grahn.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@boolkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{clock}[true]{%
+ \ifpd@@clock
+ \newcount\pd@clockcnt
+ \def\pd@startclock##1##2{%
+ function pdshowtime(){%
+ var pdtime=new Date();%
+ this.getField("pdclock.\the\pd@clockcnt").value=util.printd("##1",pdtime);%
+ this.dirty=false;%
+ }%
+ pdshowtime();%
+ var pdclock_\the\pd@clockcnt=app.setInterval("pdshowtime()",##2);%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% The size and style to be used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{size}{%
+ \def\pd@tempa##1pt{##1}%
+ \edef\pd@@size{\expandafter\pd@tempa\pd@@size}%
+}
+\define@cmdkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{style}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Some usual article options.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key[pd]{class}{fleqn}[]{\input{fleqn.clo}}
+\define@key[pd]{class}{leqno}[]{\input{leqno.clo}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Some presets, used in case the user doesn't supply enough input.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\presetkeys[pd]{class}{%
+ size=11pt,style=default,orient=landscape,paper=screen,%
+ display=slides,hlentries=true,mode=present}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Process all options.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessOptionsX[pd]<class>\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@warn}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@error}
+% \marg{msg}\\
+% Warnings and errors.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@warn{\ClassWarning{powerdot}}
+\def\pd@error#1{\ClassError{powerdot}{#1}\@ehd}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@noportrait}
+% The standard error for styles that do not support portrait orientation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@noportrait{%
+ \ifnum\pd@orient=\@ne\ifnum\pd@mode=2\else\pd@error{%
+ `\pd@@style' style does not support portrait orientation
+ }\fi\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Check paper for print and handout mode. No |screen| allowed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\pd@mode>0
+ \ifnum\pd@paper=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Remove erroneous input.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{screen}\pd@cursetup\pd@cursetup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Switch to a4paper.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup{a4paper}
+ \def\pd@paper{1}
+ \pd@warn{you can't use `screen' format for this mode;
+ \MessageBreak I've switched to a4paper
+ }
+ \fi
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Check orientation for handout mode. No |landscape| allowed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\pd@mode=2
+ \newbox\pd@textbox
+ \ifnum\pd@orient=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Remove erroneous input.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{landscape}\pd@cursetup\pd@cursetup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Switch to portrait.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup{portrait}
+ \def\pd@orient{1}
+ \pd@warn{you can't use `landscape' for handout mode;
+ \MessageBreak I've switched to portrait
+ }
+ \fi
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Pass paper size and orientation to \pf{geometry} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcase\pd@paper
+ \def\pd@tempa{papersize={8.25in,11in}}
+\or
+ \def\pd@tempa{papersize={210mm,297mm}}
+\or
+ \def\pd@tempa{papersize={8.5in,11in}}
+\or
+ \def\pd@tempa{papersize={900pt,1440pt}}
+\fi
+\ifnum\pd@orient=\z@
+ \edef\pd@tempa{\pd@tempa,landscape}
+\else
+ \edef\pd@tempa{\pd@tempa,portrait}
+\fi
+\PassOptionsToPackage\pd@tempa{geometry}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Load class and packages.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\LoadClass{article}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Load font size definitions. Take into account that article has
+% loaded some already. This trick actually also allows bigger sizes like
+% 14pt or 20pt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@tempa\newcommand
+\let\newcommand\def
+\input{size\pd@@size.clo}
+\let\newcommand\pd@tempa
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Remaining packages.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\pd@mode=2
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Handout mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \RequirePackage[margin=2cm,includefoot]{geometry}
+\else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Magnify DVI by factor 2, no margins at all.
+% The offset is to neutralize the |\vskip| inserted by TeX to
+% go from the top of the letters to the baseline and position chars
+% there. Here we don't want any offset and start at the bottom left
+% corner of the paper.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \RequirePackage[mag=2000,margin=0pt,voffset=-\pd@@size pt]{geometry}
+ \geometry{top=.5\paperheight}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Xe\TeX\ support. \pf{hyperref} should not set ps paper size as it doesn't do
+% landscape format we don't want it to redefine internals either.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{ifxetex}
+\ifxetex
+ \RequirePackage[setpagesize=false,pdfstartview=Fit,
+ pageanchor=false,bookmarks=false]{hyperref}[2009/12/14]
+ \def\pd@pdftrans{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@@trans,}{%
+ ,Split,Blinds,Box,Wipe,Dissolve,Glitter,%
+ Replace,Fly,Push,Cover,Uncover,Fade,}%
+ \ifin@\else
+ \pd@warn{Transition `\pd@@trans' might not be understood by
+ your ps to pdf converter}%
+ \fi
+ \special{pdf:put @thispage %
+ <</Trans<</S/\pd@@trans>>>>%
+ }%
+ }
+ \def\pd@pdbookmark#1#2#3#4{%
+ \pdfstringdef\pd@tempa{#4}%
+ \special{pdf:outline
+ \pd@pdb@@kmark{#1}%
+ <<%
+ /Title(\pd@tempa)%
+ /A<<%
+ /S/GoTo
+ /D(slide.#3)%
+ >>%
+ >>%
+ }%
+ }
+\else
+ \RequirePackage[setpagesize=false,dvips,pdfstartview=Fit,%
+ pageanchor=false,bookmarks=false]{hyperref}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For some strange reason, it doesn't work to put the below in the above.
+% So we do it here as we don't want colored borders.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\def\@pdfborder{0 0 0}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Necessary for inserting and creating graphics. Notice: \pf{pstricks}
+% needs to be loaded after \pf{graphicx} for proper |\scalebox| definition.
+% We make sure that \pf{xcolor} is loaded.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage[nosetpagesize]{graphicx}[2017/06/01]
+\RequirePackage{pstricks}[2013/12/12]
+\RequirePackage{pst-ovl}
+\RequirePackage{xcolor}[2004/05/09]
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For lists and verbatim reading of slide content.
+% \changes{v1.5}{2014/01/01}{Fix for latest enumitem (20110915 hv)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{enumitem}[2007/03/12]
+\let\orig@enumerate\enumerate
+\def\enumerate{\@ifnextchar[\enumerate@i{\enumerate@i[]}}
+\def\enumerate@i[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\enumerate@ii[#1]}{\enumerate@ii[#1][]}}
+\def\enumerate@ii[#1][#2]{%
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax\else\setkeys{enumitem}{#1}\fi
+ \orig@enumerate[#2]%
+}
+\let\orig@itemize\itemize
+\def\itemize{\@ifnextchar[\itemize@i{\itemize@i[]}}
+\def\itemize@i[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\itemize@ii[#1]}{\itemize@ii[#1][]}}
+\def\itemize@ii[#1][#2]{%
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax\else\setkeys{enumitem}{#1}\fi
+ \orig@itemize[#2]%
+}
+\let\orig@description\description
+\def\description{\@ifnextchar[\description@i{\description@i[]}}
+\def\description@i[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\description@ii[#1]}{\description@ii[#1][]}}
+\def\description@ii[#1][#2]{%
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax\else\setkeys{enumitem}{#1}\fi
+ \orig@description[#2]%
+}
+\RequirePackage{verbatim}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This is needed for the implementation of the clock.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifpd@@clock
+ \RequirePackage{pdfbase}
+ \ExplSyntaxOn
+ \let\pd@PdfAnnot\pbs_pdfannot:nnnn
+ \let\pd@PdfLastAnn\pbs_pdflastann:
+ \let\pd@AppendToFields\pbs_appendtofields:n
+ \ExplSyntaxOff
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Here are some basic properties of the slides.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\pd@mode<2
+ \pagestyle{empty}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Avoid making black slide in print mode}
+% No black slide in handout or print mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\pd@mode>0
+ \pd@pauseslidefalse
+\fi
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Slide dimensions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\setlength\slidewidth{.5\paperwidth}
+\setlength\slideheight{.5\paperheight}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Write landscape correction to the ps to avoid ps to be rotated by
+% 180 degrees.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\pd@orient=\z@
+ \special{!/landplus90 true store}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Write paper dimensions.
+% The specials solve a config problem with ghostscript not picking up info from
+% ps, due to the fact that some paper formats defined in config.ps do
+% not write explicit ps commands. For instance, when dvips finds a4 paper dimensions,
+% it writes |%%Papersize: A4|, but no ps command. So ghostscript doesn't
+% find a paper size and takes it's default which could be |letter|
+% in fact.
+% Notice further that screen size is based on letter, but will be cropped in pdf.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifpd@@nopsheader\else
+ \special{papersize=\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}
+ \ifcase\pd@paper
+ \special{!%
+ \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: letter
+ ^^Jletter^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize
+ }
+ \or
+ \special{!%
+ \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: a4
+ ^^Ja4^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize
+ }
+ \or
+ \special{!%
+ \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: letter
+ ^^Jletter^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize
+ }
+ \or\relax
+ \fi
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Crop pdf for optimal screen ratio. This does not work in DVI or PS.
+% Note, the ps rotation takes care of orientation irrespective of
+% crop dimensions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcase\pd@paper\def\@pdfpagescrop{0 0 594 842}\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \pf{hyperref} writes this to the pdf.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@pdfcreator{LaTeX with powerdot class}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Save the number of the last slide at the end of the document.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtEndDocument{%
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\newlabel{lastslide}%
+ {{}{\the\c@slide}{\relax}{}{}}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set up options. |global| is for global only keys (so to be used only
+% in the preamble. |slide| is only for slides. |glslide| keys can be
+% used in both locations.
+% Create an interface to change the typesetting of the page numbers.
+% This follows the usual \LaTeX\ idea to change typesetting of numbers
+% via |\thepage| etcetera.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key[pd]{global}{theslide}{\def\theslide{#1}}
+\define@key[pd]{global}{thenote}{\def\thenote{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Options to be used by \pf{enumitem}. These store input incrementally
+% in macros used by \pf{enumitem} to store options. By allowing options
+% to be added, both the style and the user can insert options.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key[pd]{global}{enumerate}{%
+ \ifx\enit@@enum\@undefined
+ \def\enit@@enum{#1}%
+ \else
+ \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@@enum{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\define@key[pd]{global}{itemize}{%
+ \ifx\enit@@item\@undefined
+ \def\enit@@item{#1}%
+ \else
+ \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@@item{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\define@key[pd]{global}{list}{%
+ \ifx\enit@@list\@undefined
+ \def\enit@@list{#1}%
+ \else
+ \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@@list{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Counters that need overlay protection.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key[pd]{global}{counters}{%
+ \XKV@addtolist@n\pd@@counters{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initialize the counters list.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@@counters{table,figure,equation,footnote,mpfootnote}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Clock format and refresh rate.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkeys[pd]{global}[pd@@]{clockformat,clockrefresh}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Footers and transition effect.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkeys[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{lf,cf,rf,trans}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Palettes.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkey[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{palette}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Check whether the chosen palette exists. If yes, execute it, set
+% |\default@color| (for equation numbers etcetera) and copy the
+% current color for |\twocolumn|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@mode<2
+ \XKV@ifundefined{pd@pe@\pd@@palette @colors}{%
+ \pd@error{palette `\pd@@palette' not defined}%
+ }{%
+ \@nameuse{pd@pe@\pd@@palette @colors}%
+ \color{pdcolor1}%
+ \let\default@color\current@color
+ \let\pd@color\XC@current@color
+ }%
+ \pd@countcolors
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Slide processing method.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{glslide}{method}[\pd@tempa\pd@method]{%
+ normal,file,direct}{%
+ \ifnum\pd@method=2
+ \ifx\pd@textbox\@undefined\newbox\pd@textbox\fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Random dots. Load |random.tex| if necessary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@boolkey[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{randomdots}[true]{%
+ \ifx\randomi\@undefined
+ \InputIfFileExists{random}{\newcount\pd@tempcnta}{%
+ \global\pd@@randomdotsfalse
+ \pd@warn{random.tex not found, random dots canceled}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\pd@mode=\tw@\global\pd@@randomdotsfalse\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Keys for random dots and the logo.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkeys[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{%
+ dminsize,dmaxsize,dbright,dmindots,dmaxdots,dminwidth,dmaxwidth,%
+ dminheight,dmaxheight,dprop,logohook,logopos%
+}
+\define@key[pd]{glslide}{logocmd}{%
+ \ifx\pd@logobox\@undefined\newbox\pd@logobox\fi
+ \sbox\pd@logobox{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initialize some of the keys that we just defined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\setkeys[pd]{glslide,global}{%
+ lf=,cf=,rf=,theslide=\arabic{slide} / \pageref*{lastslide},%
+ thenote=note \arabic{note} of slide \arabic{slide},%
+ trans=Replace,dminsize=5pt,dmaxsize=40pt,dminwidth=0pt,%
+ dmaxwidth=\slidewidth,dminheight=0pt,dbright=60,%
+ dmaxheight=\slideheight,dmindots=5,dmaxdots=40,dprop=,%
+ logohook=tl,logopos=,logocmd=,method=normal,%
+ clockformat=HH:MM:ss,clockrefresh=1000%
+%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pdsetup}
+% The interface for users. Disable global keys |\AtBeginDocument|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pdsetup{\setkeys[pd]{global,glslide}}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \disable@keys[pd]{global}{%
+ theslide,thenote,enumerate,itemize,list,counters%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Local keys: |toc| and |bm|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkeys[pd]{slide}[pd@@]{toc,bm}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pdifsetup}
+% \marg{desired}\marg{yes}\marg{no}\\
+% Execute \meta{yes} if the \meta{desired} setup matches with the
+% current (user) setup. Execute \meta{no} else. We first check whether
+% information in \meta{desired} is complete. If not, we amend it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pdifsetup#1{%
+ \edef\pd@tempb{#1}%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{landscape,portrait}%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{screen,a4paper,letterpaper,smartboard}%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{slides,notes,slidesnotes}%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{present,print,handout}%
+ \pd@pdifs@tup\pd@tempb
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdifsetup}
+% \meta{desired}\marg{check}\\
+% This macro checks whether at least one element of \meta{check}
+% occurs in the list in \meta{desired}. If not, the entire list in
+% \meta{check} is added to \meta{desired}, meaning that later on, any
+% setup for this type will satisfy the check.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pdifsetup#1#2{%
+ \in@true
+ \@tempcnta\z@
+ \XKV@for@n{#2}\pd@tempa{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@tempa,}{,#1,}%
+ \ifin@\advance\@tempcnta\@ne\fi
+ }%
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta=\z@\XKV@addtolist@x#1{#2}\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdifs@tup}
+% \marg{desired}\marg{yes}\marg{no}\\
+% Checks whether the \meta{desired} setup matches the current setup.
+% This macro is used internally when setting template keys. The idea
+% is to first correct the input in the |ifsetup| key by amending
+% specifications if they where not there. Then, when setting a
+% template key, we just check whether all elements of the current
+% setup appear in the \meta{desired} setup.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pdifs@tup#1{%
+ \in@true
+ \XKV@whilist\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa\ifin@\fi{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@tempa,}{,#1,}%
+ }%
+ \ifin@\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Set up the template system.
+% First define all the options and presets available to create
+% templates. All options save their argument to be used later.
+% The |ifsetup| option controls for which the following options should
+% be used. This:
+% |textfont=\raggedright,| |ifsetup={a4paper,portrait},textfont=\small|
+% makes the text font |\small|, but only for a4 portrait slides.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@tempa#1{%
+ \define@key[pd]{template}{#1}[]{%
+ \ifpd@ifsetup\@namedef{pd@@#1}{##1}\fi
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define all keys.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\XKV@for@n{%
+ titlehook,titlepos,titlewidth,titlefont,%
+ texthook,textpos,textwidth,textfont,textheight,%
+ tochook,tocpos,tocwidth,tocfont,%
+ stochook,stocpos,stocwidth,stocfont,%
+ ntochook,ntocpos,ntocwidth,ntocfont,%
+ tocfrsep,tocsecsep,tocslidesep,%
+ tocsecm,toctcolor,tochlcolor,tochltcolor,%
+ tocsecindent,tocslideindent,%
+ lfhook,lfpos,lffont,lftemp,%
+ cfhook,cfpos,cffont,cftemp,%
+ rfhook,rfpos,rffont,rftemp,%
+ iacolor,%
+ clockhook,clockpos,clockwidth,clockheight,%
+ clockcharsize,clockalign,clockcolor%
+}\pd@tempb{\expandafter\pd@tempa\expandafter{\pd@tempb}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The |ifsetup| key first amends missing input using |\pd@pdifsetup|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkey[pd]{template}[pd@@]{ifsetup}[]{%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{landscape,portrait}%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{screen,a4paper,letterpaper,smartboard}%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{slides,notes,slidesnotes}%
+ \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{present,print,handout}%
+ \pd@pdifs@tup\pd@@ifsetup\pd@ifsetuptrue\pd@ifsetupfalse
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Choice keys for orientation of toc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{tocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@tocorient]{%
+ v,h}{}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{stocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@stocorient]{%
+ v,h}{}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{ntocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@ntocorient]{%
+ v,h}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Replaced \texttt{\~} by \cs{space} to avoid
+% problems with Spanish babel}
+% Presets so that templates do not need to specify every key.
+% This also initializes some keys as to avoid errors in constructing
+% the slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\setkeys[pd]{template}{%
+ ifsetup,%
+ titlehook=Bl,titlepos=,titlewidth=\slidewidth,%
+ titlefont=\raggedright,texthook=tl,textpos=,%
+ textwidth=\slidewidth,textfont=\raggedright,%
+ textheight=\slideheight,%
+ tochook=tl,tocpos=,tocwidth=.2\slidewidth,%
+ tocfont=\tiny\raggedright,%
+ stochook=tl,stocpos=,stocwidth=.2\slidewidth,%
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedright,%
+ ntochook=tl,ntocpos=,ntocwidth=.2\slidewidth,%
+ ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright,%
+ tocorient=v,stocorient=v,ntocorient=v,%
+ tocfrsep=.5mm,tocsecsep=2ex,tocslidesep=0ex,%
+ tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white,%
+ tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt,%
+ lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf,%
+ cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,%
+ rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf
+ \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide,%
+ iacolor=lightgray,%
+ clockhook=tr,clockpos=,clockwidth=3cm,clockheight=\baselineskip,%
+ clockcharsize=14pt,clockalign=2,clockcolor=black%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pddefinepalettes}
+% \marg{name}\marg{commands}\\
+% Save the text color number and start scanning for palettes. |\pd@nopalettes|
+% contains the number of palettes that we have seen in total in the
+% style or preamble.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pddefinepalettes#1#2{%
+ \ifx\pd@nopalettes\@undefined\@tempcnta\z@\else
+ \@tempcnta\pd@nopalettes
+ \fi
+ \pd@pddefinepalettes{#1}{#2}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pddefinepalettes}
+% \marg{name}\marg{commands}\\
+% Save the current \meta{name} and \meta{commands} to numbered macros
+% to be used later again. If we find another brace |{| after these
+% arguments, repeat the process.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pddefinepalettes#1#2{%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@namedef{pd@pe@\the\@tempcnta @name}{#1}%
+ \@namedef{pd@pe@#1@colors}{#2}%
+ \@ifnextchar\bgroup\pd@pddefinepalettes{%
+ \edef\pd@nopalettes{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@countcolors}
+% Count the number of colors in the palette. We do this only once.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@countcolors{%
+ \@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@whilesw\ifx\pd@nocolors\@undefined\fi{%
+ \XKV@ifundefined{\string\color@pdcolor\the\@tempcnta}{%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne
+ \edef\pd@nocolors{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ }{\advance\@tempcnta\@ne}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Define the startpage to be 2 when using a pauseslide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifpd@pauseslide\def\@pdfstartpage{2}\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the style or preamble does not define palettes, do nothing. If
+% there are palettes, but the user didn't specify one, use the first.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifx\pd@nopalettes\@undefined\else\ifx\pd@@palette\@undefined
+ \@nameuse{pd@pe@\@nameuse{pd@pe@1@name}@colors}%
+ \color{pdcolor1}%
+ \let\default@color\current@color
+ \let\pd@color\XC@current@color
+ \fi\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Text color is black in handout mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@mode=2
+ \color{black}%
+ \def\pd@@iacolor{black}%
+ \let\default@color\current@color
+ \let\pd@color\XC@current@color
+ \else\pd@countcolors\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Insert the pause slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifpd@pauseslide
+ \begin{pauseslide}[toc=,bm=,trans=Replace,randomdots=false]{}%
+ \end{pauseslide}%
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pddefinetemplate}
+% Define a template. This stores options and the background to macros.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pddefinetemplate{\@testopt\pd@pddefinetemplate{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pddefinetemplate}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Changed to \cs{pd@namelet} for changed \pf{xcolor}}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Made it possible to redefine basis templates and
+% convey the changes to templates based on this basis}
+% \oarg{basis}{name}{options}{background}\\
+% Store options and background and define the environment \meta{name}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pddefinetemplate[#1]#2#3#4{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The beginning of the environment just gets and sets its arguments
+% and gets the body of the environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{#2}{\pd@getargsandbody{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The end of the environment. We process the body at least once, maybe
+% more times, but that we will find out along the way. In case the
+% body is not eaten in advance, this macro starts an |lrbox|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{end#2}{\ifpd@display\pd@slide\fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If there is no basis, we just store the options and the background.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\@empty#1\@empty
+ \@namedef{pd@template@#2@options}{\setkeys[pd]{template}{#3}}%
+ \@namedef{pd@template@#2@bg}{#4}%
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Otherwise, add options and background to existing macros.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \XKV@ifundefined{pd@template@#1@options}{%
+ \pd@error{template `#1' undefined}}{%
+ \def\pd@tempa{#1}\def\pd@tempb{#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If \meta{basis} and \meta{name} are the same, expand options and
+% background to avoid infinite loops.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb
+ \pd@namelet{pd@template@#2@options}{pd@template@#1@options}%
+ \expandafter
+ \XKV@addtomacro@n\csname pd@template@#2@options\endcsname
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make sure to reset the |ifsetup| key so that options are for all
+% possible setups again.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {\setkeys[pd]{template}{ifsetup,#3}}%
+ \pd@namelet{pd@template@#2@bg}{pd@template@#1@bg}\expandafter
+ \XKV@addtomacro@n\csname pd@template@#2@bg\endcsname{#4}%
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Else, use existing macros options and background macros and add the
+% current settings.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{pd@template@#2@bg}{\@nameuse{pd@template@#1@bg}#4}%
+ \@namedef{pd@template@#2@options}{%
+ \@nameuse{pd@template@#1@options}%
+ \setkeys[pd]{template}{ifsetup,#3}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@getargsandbody}
+% \marg{name}\\
+% First eat the optional argument and the slide title. Then
+% collect the body of the slide: we
+% read every time up to |\end|, we check whether we find the |\end| that
+% has the name of the current slide environment. If not, we add all
+% content and continue the search. If |method| is 1, we use \pf{verbatim}
+% to read the body and write it to a temporary file. If |method| is 2, we do not
+% eat the body at all, but redefine the end of the current environment
+% to finish the |lrbox| that we will start later on.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@getargsandbody#1{\@testopt{\pd@get@rgsandbody{#1}}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgsandbody}
+% \marg{name}\oarg{options}\marg{title}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@get@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{%
+ \pd@get@rgs@ndbody{#2}{#3}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Here are three possible methods to process slides. The first will
+% eat the entire body while scanning for |\end{slide}|. This fixes
+% catcodes. The second writes the body to file. This allows for
+% verbatim and overlays, but may be slow. The third uses an |lrbox| to
+% typeset material directly. That allows for verbatim, but no
+% overlays. Notice that we always use the first method when the slide
+% should not be displayed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcase\ifnum\pd@method>\z@\ifpd@display\@ne\fi\fi\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Start eating the body.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@body{}%
+ \def\pd@tempa{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum\pd@method=\@ne
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Start verbatim reading and writing to file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{%
+ \immediate\openout\pd@vrbout\jobname.vrb\relax
+ \def\verbatim@processline{%
+ \immediate\write\pd@vrbout{\the\verbatim@line}%
+ }%
+ \begingroup\let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active
+ \verbatim@start
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Redefine the end macro to stop verbatim reading and closing the file.
+% Afterwards, execute the slide producing macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{end#1}{%
+ \endgroup\immediate\closeout\pd@vrbout
+ \let\verbatim@processline\pd@orig@verbatim@processline
+ \pd@slide
+ }%
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% No overlays allowed with this method.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@deloverlays
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Create the slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@sl@de
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Typeset content directly and store it in a box using |lrbox|. We
+% redefine the end to finish this box and position it on the page.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{end#1}{%
+ \end{pd@minipage}\end{lrbox}%
+ \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){\usebox\pd@textbox}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgs@ndbody}
+% \marg{options}\marg{title}\\
+% A common component in processing slides in \LaTeX\ or \LyX.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@get@rgs@ndbody#1#2{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set user keys.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \setkeys[pd]{glslide,slide}{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Save title.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@t@tle{#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Perform some initial checks to see whether we actually need to process
+% this slide or not.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@displaytrue
+ \def\pd@tempa{note}%
+ \ifcase\pd@display
+ \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\relax\pd@displayfalse\fi
+ \or
+ \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else
+ \def\pd@tempa{titleslide}%
+ \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else
+ \pd@displayfalse
+ \stepcounter{slide}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy}
+% \marg{name}\meta{text}|\end|\marg{envir}\\
+% If \meta{envir} is equal to \meta{name}, we found the end of the
+% environment and stop parsing. Otherwise, we add material to the token
+% and continue.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy#1#2\end#3{%
+ \def\pd@tempa{#1}%
+ \def\pd@tempb{#3}%
+ \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb
+ \pd@body\expandafter{\the\pd@body#2}%
+ \def\pd@tempa{\end{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \pd@body\expandafter{\the\pd@body#2\end{#3}}%
+ \def\pd@tempa{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy{#1}}%
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@slide}
+% This macro processes the slide, possibly many times, depending on
+% what we encounter on the first run.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@slide{%
+ \pd@overlayfalse
+ \def\pd@nooverlays{1}%
+ \setcounter{pd@overlay}\@ne
+ \let\pd@labels\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Save counter values so that these can be restored on overlays.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \XKV@for@o\pd@@counters\pd@tempa{%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname pd@counter@\pd@tempa\endcsname{%
+ \expandafter\the\csname c@\pd@tempa\endcsname
+ }%
+ }%
+ \pd@sl@de
+ \@whilenum\c@pd@overlay<\pd@nooverlays\do{%
+ \pd@overlaytrue
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Restore counters.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \XKV@for@o\pd@@counters\pd@tempa{%
+ \setcounter\pd@tempa{\csname pd@counter@\pd@tempa\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \stepcounter{pd@overlay}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Re-initialize the info for random dots.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifpd@@randomdots
+ \let\pd@trandim\pd@randim
+ \let\pd@tranpos\pd@ranpos
+ \let\pd@trancol\pd@rancol
+ \fi
+ \pd@sl@de
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@sl@de}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added missing \cs{pd@currenttype} initialization}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \cs{@currentlabel} definition}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Template specific \texttt{textfont} properly sets \cs{default@color}}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added exceptions to inhibit logo/randomdots on blackslide/emptyslide}
+% This is the main slide producing macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@sl@de{%
+ \stepcounter{slide}\newpage
+ \ifpd@overlay\addtocounter{slide}\m@ne\fi
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\the\c@slide}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initialize the overlays and switch to overlay 0. The material on this
+% overlay will be visible.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin InitOL /TheOL (0) def end}%
+ \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (0) BOL end}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Load all template settings.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@nameuse{pd@template@\@currenvir @options}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Insert background. Execute in a group to avoid local settings getting out.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@nameuse{pd@template@\@currenvir @bg}%
+ \ifpd@@randomdots
+ \ifpd@overlay\else
+ \ifnum\pd@nocolors>\z@
+ \let\pd@randim\@empty
+ \let\pd@ranpos\@empty
+ \let\pd@rancol\@empty
+ \setrannum\pd@tempcnta\pd@@dmindots\pd@@dmaxdots
+ \edef\pd@nodots{\the\pd@tempcnta}%
+ \pd@tempcnta\z@
+ \@whilesw\ifnum\pd@tempcnta<\pd@nodots\fi{%
+ \advance\pd@tempcnta\@ne
+ \setrandim\@tempdima\pd@@dminsize\pd@@dmaxsize
+ \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@randim{\the\@tempdima}%
+ \setrandim\@tempdima\pd@@dminwidth\pd@@dmaxwidth
+ \setrandim\@tempdimb\pd@@dminheight\pd@@dmaxheight
+ \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@ranpos{\the\@tempdima,\the\@tempdimb}%
+ \setrannum\@tempcntb1\pd@nocolors
+ \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@rancol{\the\@tempcntb}%
+ }%
+ \let\pd@trandim\pd@randim
+ \let\pd@tranpos\pd@ranpos
+ \let\pd@trancol\pd@rancol
+ \else
+ \let\pd@nodots\z@
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \@tempcnta\z@
+ \@whilesw\ifnum\@tempcnta<\pd@nodots\fi{%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \pd@pop\pd@trandim\pd@tempa\pd@pop\pd@tranpos\pd@tempb
+ \pd@pop\pd@tranpos\pd@tempc\pd@pop\pd@trancol\pd@tempd
+ \ifnum\pd@@dbright<\z@
+ \@tempcntb\pd@@dbright
+ \advance\@tempcntb100
+ \edef\pd@tempd{\pd@tempd!\the\@tempcntb!black}%
+ \else
+ \@tempcntb-\pd@@dbright
+ \advance\@tempcntb100
+ \edef\pd@tempd{\pd@tempd!\the\@tempcntb}%
+ \fi
+ {\ifx\pd@@dprop\@empty\else
+ \expandafter\psset\expandafter{\pd@@dprop}%
+ \fi
+ \psdot[dotsize=\pd@tempa,linecolor=pdcolor\pd@tempd]%
+ (\pd@tempb,\pd@tempc)}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Insert the logo.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{pauseslide}%
+ \def\pd@tempb{emptyslide}%
+ \ifx\pd@@logopos\@empty\else
+ \ifx\pd@logobox\@undefined\else
+ \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else
+ \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempb\else
+ \rput[\pd@@logohook](\pd@@logopos){\usebox\pd@logobox}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Clock coding. Contributed by Alexander Grahn.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifpd@@clock
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Extract the color specification, convert it to |rgb| and store it
+% to be used for the clock. This uses some \pf{xcolor} macros.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa##1,##2,##3\@nil{##1 ##2 ##3}%
+ \extractcolorspec\pd@@clockcolor\pd@tempb
+ \expandafter\convertcolorspec\pd@tempb{rgb}\pd@tempb
+ \edef\pd@tempa{\expandafter\pd@tempa\pd@tempb\@nil}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Insert the clock.
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added arguments for \texttt{clockformat} and \texttt{clockrefresh} values}
+% \changes{v1.6}{2021/03/25}{Fixed rotation of the clock for smartboard paper}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@@clockpos\@empty\else
+ \@tempdima\pd@@clockcharsize
+ \rput[\pd@@clockhook](\pd@@clockpos){%
+ \makebox[\pd@@clockwidth][l]{\rule{0pt}{\pd@@clockheight}%
+ \pd@PdfAnnot{\pd@@clockwidth}{\pd@@clockheight}{0pt}{%
+ /Subtype/Widget/FT/Tx/T (pdclock.\the\pd@clockcnt) /Ff 1
+ /DA (/Helv \strip@pt\@tempdima\space Tf \pd@tempa\space rg)
+ /MK<</R \ifnum\pd@orient=\z@\ifnum\pd@paper=\thr@@ 0\else 90\fi\else 0\fi /BG []/BC []>>
+ /Q \pd@@clockalign\space
+ /AA <<
+ /PO << /S/JavaScript/JS(\pd@startclock\pd@@clockformat\pd@@clockrefresh) >>
+ /PC << /S/JavaScript/JS(app.clearInterval(pdclock_\the\pd@clockcnt);) >>
+ >>
+ }%
+ }%
+ \pd@AppendToFields{\pd@PdfLastAnn}%
+ \global\advance\pd@clockcnt\@ne
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Write transition effect to PDF.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@pdftrans
+ \ifpd@overlay\else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% When not an overlay or note, make a bookmark and toc entry.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{note}%
+ \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else
+ \pd@maketocbm0%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make a target on this page so that we can make links to this page.
+% We don't use pdf page links as that won't give good link in handout
+% mode with 2 slides per page.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initialize numbers and macros for relative stepping and pausing.
+% |\pd@currentstate| remembers the state when doing overlays.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@reloverlay{1}%
+ \let\pd@closeitem\relax
+ \def\pd@currentstate{0}%
+ \let\pd@currenttype\relax
+ \setcounter{pd@pause}\@ne
+ \let\pd@revert\@firstofone
+ \setcounter{pd@onslidedepth}\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Position the title.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@@titlepos\@empty\else
+ \def\pd@tempa{%
+ \begin{minipage}\pd@@titlewidth
+ \pd@@titlefont\strut
+ \ifpd@section
+ \expandafter\pd@sectiontitle\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\pd@slidetitle\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}%
+ \fi
+ \end{minipage}%
+ }%
+ \rput[\pd@@titlehook](\pd@@titlepos){%
+ \ifpd@pauseslide
+ \hyperlink{pauseslide}{\pd@tempa}%
+ \else
+ \pd@tempa
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Position the table of contents, possibly split. No |minipage| when
+% making a horizontal toc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@@tocpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@tochook](\pd@@tocpos){%
+ \ifnum\pd@tocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi
+ \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@tocfont
+ \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@tocorient
+ \pd@puttoc0%
+ \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pd@@stocpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@stochook](\pd@@stocpos){%
+ \ifnum\pd@stocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi
+ \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@stocfont
+ \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@stocorient
+ \pd@puttoc1%
+ \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pd@@ntocpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@ntochook](\pd@@ntocpos){%
+ \ifnum\pd@ntocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi
+ \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@ntocfont
+ \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@ntocorient
+ \pd@puttoc2%
+ \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Position footers.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@@lfpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@lfhook](\pd@@lfpos){\pd@@lffont\pd@@lftemp}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pd@@cfpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@cfhook](\pd@@cfpos){\pd@@cffont\pd@@cftemp}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pd@@rfpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@rfhook](\pd@@rfpos){\pd@@rffont\pd@@rftemp}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\pd@method<2
+ \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Position the main text box and put the material in, maybe coming
+% from eating the body into |\pd@body| or reading it from a file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){%
+ \pd@sl@d@
+ \ifnum\pd@method=\z@\the\pd@body\else
+ \input\jobname.vrb
+ \fi
+ \end{pd@minipage}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \let\pd@tempa\relax
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For direct processing, start the |lrbox| to typeset and capture
+% content.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{\begin{lrbox}\pd@textbox\pd@sl@d@}%
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@sl@d@}
+% A common component in |\pd@sl@de|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@sl@d@{%
+ \begin{pd@minipage}%
+ \let\pd@tempa\color
+ \def\color##1{\pd@tempa{##1}\let\default@color\current@color}%
+ \pd@@textfont
+ \let\color\pd@tempa
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Redefine \cs{pd@slidetitle} in note template}
+% The implementation of notes.
+% The first macro is a temporary counter to find whether the new note
+% still belongs to the current slide or that it belongs to a new slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@notet{0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the template using our mechanism.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\pddefinetemplate{note}{%
+ titlepos={.04\slidewidth,.92\slideheight},%
+ titlefont=\let\pd@slidetitle\@firstofone\color{black}\Large,%
+ textpos={.07\slidewidth,.82\slideheight},%
+ textfont=\color{black},textwidth=.86\slidewidth,%
+ lfpos={.04\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},%
+ lffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,%
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},%
+ cffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,%
+ rfpos={.96\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},%
+ rffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,%
+ rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty\else
+ \ifx\thenote\@empty\else\space--\space\fi\fi\thenote,%
+}{%
+ \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If this is another note with the same slide, count it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\c@slide=\pd@notet
+ \stepcounter{note}%
+ \else
+ \setcounter{note}{1}%
+ \fi
+ \xdef\pd@notet{\the\c@slide}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The background.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \psline[linewidth=.5pt](0,.87\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linewidth=.5pt](0,.08\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Implement pauseslide.
+% This is an empty slide with just a very big button on it to go back
+% to the original page where we came from.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\pddefinetemplate{pauseslide}{}{%
+ \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne
+ \hyper@anchorstart{pauseslide}\hyper@anchorend
+ \psframe*[linecolor=\pd@pauseslidecolor](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ {\color{\pd@pauseslidecolor}%
+ \rput[cm](.5\slidewidth,.5\slideheight){%
+ \Acrobatmenu{GoBack}{\setlength\fboxsep{10cm}\fbox{GoBack}}}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Empty slides. For special uses like displaying big tables or photos.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\pddefinetemplate{emptyslide}{textpos={0,\slideheight}}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\maketitle}
+% This implementation
+% is more or less similar as what is in \pf{article}. First we make a
+% backup of the original |\maketitle| to be used maybe in handout mode,
+% see below.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@orig@maketitle\maketitle
+\def\maketitle{\@testopt\pd@maketitle{}}
+\def\pd@maketitle[#1]{%
+ \begin{titleslide}[#1,toc=,bm=,trans=Replace,method=normal]{}%
+ \let\footnote\thanks
+ \def\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
+ {\pd@title{\pd@@titlefont\@title}\par}{%
+ \vskip2em\pd@@textfont
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{@{} c @{}}%
+ \@author
+ \end{tabular}\par
+ \vskip1.5em\small\@date
+ }\par
+ \small\@thanks
+ \vfil\null
+ \end{titleslide}%
+ \c@footnote\z@
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@maketocbm}
+% \marg{type}\\
+% \meta{type} indicates the kind of entry that we need to write to toc and
+% or bookmark file. 0 is a normal slide, 1 is a section, 2 is a hidden
+% section. The title of the entry is assumed to be in |\pd@slidetitle|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@maketocbm#1{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make the bookmark entry so that it allows for easy counting of entries
+% in sections.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{\immediate\write\pd@bmout{%
+ \string\pdbookmark{sec.\the\c@pd@section\ifnum#1=\z@.slide\fi}{%
+ \ifnum#1=\z@ sec.\the\c@pd@section\fi}{\the\c@slide}%
+ {\the\@temptokena}%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Notice that |\pd@@bm| can be undefined at every slide, even after
+% use on one slide, as the definition is done locally in the slide
+% environment. So no resetting is necessary on the start of a slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@@bm\@undefined
+ \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\pd@@bm\@empty
+ \let\pd@tempa\relax
+ \else
+ \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@@bm}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Write the toc entry.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{\immediate\write\pd@tocout{%
+ \string\pdcontentsline{#1}{\the\c@slide}{\the\@temptokena}%
+ }}%
+ \ifx\pd@@toc\@undefined
+ \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\pd@@toc\@empty
+ \let\pd@tempa\relax
+ \else
+ \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@@toc}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pdbookmark}
+% \marg{sec1}\marg{sec2}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
+% First we defined |\pdbookmark| to count the number of bookmarks
+% that needs to be nested below every section bookmark. We need to
+% know that for the pdf bookmark specification.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pdbookmark#1#2#3#4{%
+ \@tempcnta\pd@pdb@@kmark{#2}%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@nameedef{pd@be@#2}{\the\@tempcnta}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdb@@kmark}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved bug with unexpandable \cs{XKV@ifundefined}
+% when not running the $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ engine (e.g. te\TeX\ 2)}
+% \marg{section}\\
+% Returns the number of slides that we already counter for the
+% current section. Don't use |\XKV@ifundefined| here as that is not
+% expandable when not running $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ engine.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pdb@@kmark#1{%
+ \@ifundefined{pd@be@#1}0{\csname pd@be@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdbookmark}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Solved bug with Acrobat Distiller}
+% \marg{sec1}\marg{sec2}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
+% Redefine the macro to make the actual bookmark.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifxetex\else
+ \def\pd@pdbookmark#1#2#3#4{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Use |\pdfstringdef| to clean the title. Not everything can enter as
+% a bookmark in pdf.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pdfstringdef\pd@tempa{#4}%
+ \pdfmark{pdfmark=/OUT,%
+ Count={\pd@pdb@@kmark{#1}},Dest={slide.#3},%
+ View={/XYZ null null null},Title={\pd@tempa}%
+ }%
+ }
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pdcontentsline}
+% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
+% Saves all input arguments to macros with names like |\pd@te@i|.
+% Further, it computes with a lag the starting and stopping targets
+% for every entry, |\pd@te@i@start| and |\pd@te@i@stop|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pdcontentsline#1#2#3{%
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta>\z@
+ \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}{\pd@tempa}%
+ \@namedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \def\pd@tempa{#2}%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@namedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}{%
+ \pdcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Reading \texttt{.bm} and \texttt{.toc}
+% file \cs{AtBeginDocument} to allow for using \pf{inputenc} for toc
+% and bm entries}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Solved bug in computing stopping slide for last toc entry}
+% Read the bm and toc files into memory to speed up compilation.
+% Along the way, we compute the starting and stopping target numbers
+% for highlighting toc entries and the number of slides to be nested
+% under a section bookmark entry. At begin document for allowing
+% loading of \pf{inputenc} also for bm and toc entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.bm}{}{}%
+ \let\pdbookmark\pd@pdbookmark
+ \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.bm}{}{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Rewrite the bookmarks file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \immediate\openout\pd@bmout\jobname.bm\relax
+ \@tempcnta\z@
+ \def\pd@tempa{0}%
+ \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.toc}{}{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Save the number of toc entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\pd@notocentries{\the\@tempcnta}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Compute the starting and stopping number for the last entry.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\r@lastslide\@undefined\@tempcntb\pd@tempa\else
+ \edef\pd@tempb{\expandafter\@secondoffive\r@lastslide}%
+ \@tempcntb\pd@tempb
+ \fi
+ \advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}{\pd@tempa}%
+ \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}{\the\@tempcntb}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Rewrite the toc file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \immediate\openout\pd@tocout\jobname.toc\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initialize the |\pdcontentsline| macro for making toc entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pdcontentsline\pd@pdcontentsline
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@puttoc}
+% \marg{type}\\
+% Typeset the table of contents of type \meta{type} from memory.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@puttoc#1{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initialize some numbers that we will use.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@tempcnta\z@
+ \@tempcntb\z@
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \def\pd@toctype{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Parse all available toc entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@whilenum\@tempcnta<\pd@notocentries\do{%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdcontentsline}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved bug using different toc widths}
+% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
+% Typesets a toc entry.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pdcontentsline#1#2#3{%
+ \let\pd@tempa\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Full table of contents (sections and slides).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcase\pd@toctype
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A normal slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcase#1\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Slides before section 1.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A slide in the current section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A normal section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A hidden section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Typeset only sections.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcase#1\relax\or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A normal section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A hidden section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Only slides in current section or before the first section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum#1=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% An entry in the current section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
+ \fi
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Count sections.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifpd@@hlentries\ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else
+ \ifnum#1=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A normal highlighted slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\c@slide<\@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum\c@slide<\@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}%
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifpd@@hlsections
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A highlighted section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight
+ \fi
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A section with a page.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum#2=\c@slide\ifnum\@nameuse{pd@te@\the
+ \@tempcnta @stop}=\c@slide\else
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight
+ \fi\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Build the entry, but only if the entry should be visible.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Some skip. Execute the font settings so that skips like |.6ex| work
+% properly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \if@tempswa\@tempswafalse\else
+ \pd@usedtocfont
+ \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@
+ \ifnum#1=\z@\vskip\pd@@tocslidesep\else\vskip\pd@@tocsecsep\fi
+ \else
+ \ifnum#1=\z@\hskip\pd@@tocslidesep\else\hskip\pd@@tocsecsep\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Add a section marker.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum#1=\z@\else\pd@@tocsecm\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Output the entry. This works as follows.
+% The text |#3| is passed through one macro of |\pd@tocslide| or
+% |\pd@tocsection| which adds a `per entry layout' (eg a bullet).
+% Then |\pd@tempa| (which is |\pd@tocdisplay| or |\pd@tochighlight|)
+% displays the item as requested and |\hyperlink| adds a link to the entry.
+% The lengths |\@tempdima| and |\@tempdimb| contain the horizontal
+% indent and the remaining space for the entry respectively. The first
+% entry does not get an indent if it is a slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcase\pd@toctype
+ \@tempdimb\pd@@tocwidth
+ \or
+ \@tempdimb\pd@@stocwidth
+ \or
+ \@tempdimb\pd@@ntocwidth
+ \fi
+ \ifnum#1=\z@
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@\@tempdima\z@\else
+ \@tempdima\pd@@tocslideindent
+ \advance\@tempdimb-\pd@@tocslideindent
+ \fi
+ \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\pd@tempa{\pd@tocslide{#3}}}%
+ \else
+ \@tempdima\pd@@tocsecindent
+ \advance\@tempdimb-\pd@@tocsecindent
+ \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\pd@tempa{\pd@tocsection{#3}}}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\par\fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% The keys for the |\tableofcontents| macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey[pd]{toc}{content}[\pd@tempa\pd@content]{%
+ all,sections,currentsection,future,futuresections}{}
+\define@choicekey[pd]{toc}{type}[\pd@tempa\pd@type]{0,1}{}
+\presetkeys[pd]{toc}{content=all,type=0}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents}
+% Typesets overviews.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tableofcontents{\@testopt\pd@tableofcontents{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@tableofcontents}
+% \oarg{options}\\
+% Workhorse.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@tableofcontents[#1]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% To keep definitions like |\pd@@type| (reused in |itemize|) local.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \begingroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set keys with use input.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \setkeys[pd]{toc}{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This keeps track of whether we are in a hidden section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pd@tempc\z@
+ \def\pdcontentsline##1##2##3{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Count sections in the toc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum##1>\z@\advance\@tempcntb\@ne\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Used for additional markup like |\bfseries|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pd@tempb\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The line that is to be typeset.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{\hyperlink{slide.##2}{\pd@tempb##3}\par}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If a line should not be displayed, then here is the action to be
+% taken depending on the type. 0 leaves out material, 1 typesets it
+% in inactive color.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@type=\z@
+ \def\pd@tempd{\let\pd@tempa\relax}%
+ \else
+ \def\pd@tempd{\def\pd@tempb{\color\pd@@iacolor}}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Update whether we are in a hidden section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcase##1\or\let\pd@tempc\z@\or
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
+ \let\pd@tempc\z@
+ \else
+ \let\pd@tempc\@ne
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If in hidden section, hide it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@tempc=\@ne\pd@tempd\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Here are the rules for displaying material, given the input of the user.
+% Case 0 is `all'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcase\pd@content\or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Case `sections'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum##1=\z@\let\pd@tempa\relax\fi
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Case `currentsection'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section\else\pd@tempd\fi
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Case `future'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta<\c@slide\pd@tempd\fi
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Case `futuresections'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb<\c@pd@section\pd@tempd\fi
+ \ifnum##1=\z@\pd@tempd\fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If a section, use bold font.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum##1>\z@\XKV@addtomacro@n\pd@tempb\bfseries\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Finally, typeset the entry and add some spacing.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else
+ \if@tempswa\@tempswafalse\else
+ \ifnum##1=\z@\else\vskip5pt\fi
+ \fi
+ \ifnum##1=\z@\ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@\else\hskip15pt\fi\fi
+ \pd@tempa
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \@tempcnta\z@
+ \@tempcntb\z@
+ \@tempswatrue
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Loop over all available toc entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@whilenum\@tempcnta<\pd@notocentries\do{%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Restore everything.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \endgroup
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Options for parts and sections. The template key allows for modification
+% of user input for normal slide and wide slide. A style can define
+% the environment that should take the place of, eg, |wideslide| when
+% the user requests that template.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey*[pd]{section}{tocsection}[\pd@tempa\pd@tempb]{%
+ false,true,hidden}{}
+\define@boolkey[pd]{section}[pd@@]{slide}[true]{}
+\define@cmdkey[pd]{section}[pd@@]{template}{%
+ \def\pd@tempa{slide}%
+ \ifx\pd@@template\pd@tempa
+ \let\pd@@template\pd@@sectemp
+ \else
+ \def\pd@tempa{wideslide}%
+ \ifx\pd@@template\pd@tempa
+ \let\pd@@template\pd@@widesectemp
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\presetkeys[pd]{section}{tocsection=true,slide=true,template=slide}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Keys for style developers to overwrite user requests silently.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkeys[pd]{section}[pd@@]{sectemp,widesectemp}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=slide,widesectemp=slide}
+\AtBeginDocument{\disable@keys[pd]{section}{sectemp,widesectemp}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@section}
+% Make a backup of the original |\section|, to be used later.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@orig@section\section
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\section}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Corrected bug not allowing commas in section titles}
+% Used to create parts in the presentation and sections in the toc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\section{\@testopt\pd@section{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@section}
+% \oarg{options}\marg{title}\\
+% Creates the part.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@section[#1]#2{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Necessary to keep toc and bm definitions local.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \begingroup
+ \pd@sectiontrue
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Extract the keys specific for |\part| first as to know what we are
+% going to produce.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \setkeys*[pd]{section}{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\pd@tempb| comes from the |tocsection| key.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@tempb=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\XKV@rm|
+% contains all remaining keys that could not be set in the previous
+% |\setkeys| (namely, keys not in the |part| family).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifpd@@slide
+ \toks@{#2}%
+ \@temptokena\expandafter{\XKV@rm}%
+ \edef\pd@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\begin{\pd@@template}%
+ [bm={\the\toks@},toc={\the\toks@},%
+ \the\@temptokena]{\the\toks@}%
+ \noexpand\end{\pd@@template}%
+ }%
+ \pd@tempa
+ \fi
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set all slide specific keys as |bm| and |toc|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \setrmkeys*[pd]{slide}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make the toc and bm entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \stepcounter{pd@section}%
+ \stepcounter{slide}%
+ \def\pd@t@tle{#2}%
+ \pd@maketocbm\pd@tempb
+ \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne
+ \ifpd@@slide
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Produce a slide if necessary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \toks@{#2}%
+ \@temptokena\expandafter{\XKV@rm}%
+ \edef\pd@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\begin{\pd@@template}%
+ [\the\@temptokena,bm=,toc=]{\the\toks@}%
+ \noexpand\end{\pd@@template}%
+ }%
+ \pd@tempa
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\onslide}
+% The normal version puts material on overlay 1, hence invisible in
+% ps or pdf. The starred version eats its argument, hence does not
+% move the cursor. The plus version put material in the inactive
+% color.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\onslide{%
+ \@ifnextchar-\pd@@nslide{\XKV@ifstar{\pd@onslide1}{%
+ \XKV@ifplus{\pd@onslide2}{\pd@onslide0}}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@onslide}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Replaced \cs{ignorespaces} by \cs{@bsphack}
+% \cs{@esphack} in starred version}
+% \marg{type}\marg{overlays}\\
+% The workhorse. First determine whether the material should be
+% visible from the \meta{overlays} information. If not, process it in
+% the chosen way in \meta{type}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@onslide#1#2{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Display or not?
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@testdisp0{#2}%
+ \if@tempswa
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Display.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pd@tempa\@firstofone
+ \else
+ \ifcase#1\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Switch to overlay 1 (invisible), output |#1|, switch back to overlay 0.
+% We record the depth. This allows us to check whether we are in
+% hidden material already. If that is the case, don't step back to
+% overlay 0 as that will make following material visible again.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\pd@tempa##1{%
+ \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (1) BOL end}%
+ \stepcounter{pd@onslidedepth}%
+ ##1%
+ \addtocounter{pd@onslidedepth}\m@ne
+ \ifnum\c@pd@onslidedepth=\z@\ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@
+ \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (0) BOL end}%
+ \fi\fi
+ }%
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Eat material.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\pd@tempa##1{\@bsphack\@esphack}%
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Put material in inactive color.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\pd@tempa##1{{\color\pd@@iacolor##1}}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@testdisp}
+% \marg{type}\marg{overlays}\\
+% This macro is used by both |\onslide| and |\item|. The former can
+% use relative notation for which \meta{type} should be 0. For the
+% latter, \meta{type} is 1. \meta{overlays} is a specification of
+% overlays where material should be visible.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@testdisp#1#2{%
+ \@tempswafalse
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Parse the comma separated specification.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \XKV@for@n{#2}\pd@tempa{\expandafter\pd@t@stdisp\pd@tempa--\@nil#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@t@stdisp}
+% \meta{s1}|-|\meta{s2}|-|\meta{s3}|\@nil|\marg{type}\\
+% Separate the input and check in which case we ended up. This macro
+% also computes the number of overlays that is necessary for this
+% slide. Notice several |\relax| at possibly unexpected places. This
+% seemed necessary for \TeX\ to properly set |\@tempswa|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@t@stdisp#1-#2-#3\@nil#4{%
+ \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |-x| case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum#4=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Parse input further to find if relative syntax was used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@checkrel#2\@nil\@tempcnta
+ \else
+ \@tempcnta#2%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The item has no particular starting point, so it starts from overlay
+% 1. Save this for relative |\onslide| syntax in the current item.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@reloverlay{1}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\@tempcnta| now contains the number of overlays necessary for this
+% part of the specification. Take the maximum.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcnta
+ \ifnum\c@pd@overlay>\@tempcnta\else\@tempswatrue\fi
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |x|, |x-| and |x-y| cases. Check relative syntax and store the
+% corrected number in |\@tempcnta|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum#4=\z@
+ \pd@checkrel#1\@nil\@tempcnta
+ \else
+ \@tempcnta#1%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Here, the item has a special starting point. Save that to be able
+% to compute relative syntax in subsequent |\onslide|s.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@reloverlay{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |x| and |x-| cases.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcnta
+ \ifx\@empty#3\@empty\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |x| case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\c@pd@overlay=\@tempcnta\@tempswatrue\fi
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |x-| case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\c@pd@overlay<\@tempcnta\else\@tempswatrue\fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |x-y| case. Store the final number |y| in |\@tempcntb|, maybe
+% corrected for relative syntax.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum#4=\z@
+ \pd@checkrel#2\@nil\@tempcntb
+ \else
+ \@tempcntb#2%
+ \fi
+ \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcntb
+ \ifnum\c@pd@overlay<\@tempcnta\else
+ \ifnum\c@pd@overlay>\@tempcntb\else\@tempswatrue\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@checkrel}
+% \meta{number}|\@nil|\marg{counter}\\
+% Checks whether \meta{number} starts with a |+| and if yes, adds the
+% current item number in |\pd@reloverlay| to \meta{counter} to make
+% relative syntax possible.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% Check whether relative syntax has been used.
+\def\pd@checkrel#1#2\@nil#3{%
+ \def\pd@tempa{#1}%
+ \def\pd@tempb{+}%
+ \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb
+ #3#2\advance#3\pd@reloverlay
+ \else#3#1#2\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@compnooverlays}
+% Keep track of the biggest number that we see as to compute the
+% number of overlays that we need to produce. Notice the |\relax| again.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@compnooverlays#1{%
+ \ifnum#1>\pd@nooverlays\xdef\pd@nooverlays{\the#1}\fi\relax
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@item}
+% Copy of \LaTeX's |\@item|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@orig@item\@item
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\@item}
+% \oarg{label}\\
+% Creates the item label etcetera. We add an optional argument for
+% overlay specifications.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@item[#1]{\@ifnextchar<{\pd@item[#1]}{\pd@item[#1]<>}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@item}
+% \oarg{label}\larg{overlays}\\
+% This item allows for hiding the bullet and following content.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@item[#1]<#2>{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Possibly switch state.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@closeitem
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Enter some corrections when switching list type.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@@type\pd@currenttype\else
+ \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@
+ \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (1) BOL end}%
+ \else
+ \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (0) BOL end}%
+ \normalcolor
+ \fi
+ \global\let\pd@currenttype\pd@@type
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make sure that we are on overlay 0 when the current state is such.
+% Then check if we need hiding.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@
+ \normalcolor\pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (0) BOL end}%
+ \pd@hide{#2}%
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Enter this color, just in case no other declarations will follow.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \color\pd@@iacolor
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We need to switch state at the next item. Take care of local definition.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\else
+ \def\pd@closeitem{\gdef\pd@currentstate{0}}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Insert |\leavevmode| to avoid ps code to `leak into' |\item|, like
+% which used to be the case when |\item\onslide{2-}{test}\pause|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@orig@item[#1]\leavevmode\ignorespaces
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@@trivlist}
+% \begin{macro}{\@trivlist}
+% Save the current state for later (after getting back from nested
+% lists). And we initialize some helper functions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@orig@@trivlist\@trivlist
+\def\@trivlist{%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname pd@currentstate\the\c@pd@trivlist
+ \endcsname\pd@currentstate
+ \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@\let\pd@closeitem\relax\fi
+ \stepcounter{pd@trivlist}%
+ \pd@orig@@trivlist
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@endtrivlist}
+% \begin{macro}{\endtrivlist}
+% At the end of each list, make sure that we re-initialize the state
+% of that level, if necessary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@orig@endtrivlist\endtrivlist
+\def\endtrivlist{%
+ \addtocounter{pd@trivlist}\m@ne
+ \pd@revert{%
+ \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\pd@currentstate\csname
+ pd@currentstate\the\c@pd@trivlist\endcsname
+ }%
+ \pd@orig@endtrivlist
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@hide}
+% \meta{overlays}\\
+% Hides following material until the end of the current group, usually
+% the end of an environment like |itemize|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@hide#1{%
+ \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If still active, we might need to become inactive.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Check the state of this item.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@testdisp1{#1}%
+ \if@tempswa\else
+ \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Hide material onto overlay 1.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pst@Verb{tx@ovlDict begin (1) BOL end}%
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Switch to inactive color.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \color\pd@@iacolor
+ \fi
+ \gdef\pd@currentstate{1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pause}
+% Hide following material on the current overlay.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pause{\@testopt\pd@p@use1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@p@use}
+% \oarg{steps}\\
+% This inserts a |\pd@hide| that hides material for the following
+% overlays, possibly some extra, when the optional argument is used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@p@use[#1]{%
+ \addtocounter{pd@pause}{#1}%
+ \expandafter\pd@hide\expandafter{\the\c@pd@pause-}%
+ \global\let\pd@revert\@gobble
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@deloverlays}
+% This macro disables overlays by redefining some internals.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@deloverlays{%
+ \def\pd@hide##1{}%
+ \def\pd@onslide##1##2{\@firstofone}%
+ \let\@trivlist\pd@orig@@trivlist
+ \let\endtrivlist\pd@orig@endtrivlist
+ \def\pd@item[##1]<##2>{\pd@orig@item[##1]\leavevmode\ignorespaces}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% We insert an extra key in the |enumitem| family to allow for changing
+% the type of the list. 0 uses ps hiding, 1 uses inactive color when
+% items are inactive.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkey{enumitem}[pd@@]{type}{}
+\setkeys{enumitem}{type=0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdftrans}
+% Inserts a pdf transition effect. It allows custom transition effects
+% like wipes in different directions. But if you do that, it will warn
+% that it might not work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifxetex\else
+ \def\pd@pdftrans{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@@trans,}{%
+ ,Split,Blinds,Box,Wipe,Dissolve,Glitter,%
+ Replace,Fly,Push,Cover,Uncover,Fade,}%
+ \ifin@\else
+ \pd@warn{Transition `\pd@@trans' might not be understood by
+ your ps to pdf converter}%
+ \fi
+ \pdfmark{%
+ pdfmark=/PUT,%
+ Raw={\string{ThisPage\string}%
+ <</Trans << /S /\pd@@trans\space >> >>%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Two column keys.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@cmdkeys[pd]{twocolumn}[pd@@]{%
+ lineheight,lfrheight,rfrheight,lcolwidth,rcolwidth,%
+ topsep,bottomsep,indent,lineprop,lfrprop,rfrprop%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We use two lengths as we need to do some computations with these
+% key settings.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key[pd]{twocolumn}{colsep}{\setlength\pd@colsep{#1}}
+\define@key[pd]{twocolumn}{frsep}{\setlength\pd@frsep{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Presets.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\presetkeys[pd]{twocolumn}{frsep=1.5mm,colsep=.06\linewidth,%
+ lcolwidth=.47\linewidth,rcolwidth=.47\linewidth,topsep=0cm,%
+ bottomsep=0cm,indent=0cm,lineprop=,lfrprop=,rfrprop=,%
+ lineheight=,lfrheight=,rfrheight=%
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\twocolumn}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@twocolumn}
+% Construct two columns and put material in it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\twocolumn{\@testopt\pd@twocolumn{}}
+\long\def\pd@twocolumn[#1]#2#3{%
+ \setkeys[pd]{twocolumn}{#1}%
+ \sbox\pd@tba{\begin{minipage}\pd@@lcolwidth\pd@@textfont#2\end{minipage}}%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{\the\ht\pd@tba}%
+ \addtolength\@tempdima{\the\dp\pd@tba}%
+ \sbox\pd@tbb{\begin{minipage}\pd@@rcolwidth\pd@@textfont#3\end{minipage}}%
+ \setlength\@tempdimb{\the\ht\pd@tbb}%
+ \addtolength\@tempdimb{\the\dp\pd@tbb}%
+ \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\@tempdima\@tempdimb}%
+ \ifx\pd@@lfrheight\@empty\else
+ \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lfrheight\@tempdimc}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pd@@lineheight\@empty\else
+ \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lineheight\@tempdimc}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\pd@@rfrheight\@empty\else
+ \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@rfrheight\@tempdimc}%
+ \fi
+ \begin{pspicture}(-\pd@@indent,\pd@@topsep)(\linewidth,-\@tempdimc)%
+ \psset{linewidth=.25pt,linecolor=\pd@color}%
+ \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@lcolwidth
+ \addtolength\@tempdima\pd@frsep
+ \ifx\pd@@lfrheight\@empty\else
+ \expandafter\psframe\expandafter[\pd@@lfrprop]%
+ (-\pd@frsep,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdima,-\pd@@lfrheight)%
+ \fi
+ \rput[tl](0,0){\usebox\pd@tba}%
+ \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@lcolwidth
+ \addtolength\@tempdima{.5\pd@colsep}%
+ \ifx\pd@@lineheight\@empty\else
+ \expandafter\psline\expandafter[\pd@@lineprop]%
+ (\@tempdima,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdima,-\pd@@lineheight)%
+ \fi
+ \addtolength\@tempdima{.5\pd@colsep}%
+ \setlength\@tempdimc\@tempdima
+ \addtolength\@tempdima{-\pd@frsep}%
+ \setlength\@tempdimb\@tempdima
+ \addtolength\@tempdimb\pd@@rcolwidth
+ \addtolength\@tempdimb{2\pd@frsep}%
+ \ifx\pd@@rfrheight\@empty\else
+ \expandafter\psframe\expandafter[\pd@@rfrprop]%
+ (\@tempdima,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdimb,-\pd@@rfrheight)%
+ \fi
+ \rput[tl](\@tempdimc,0){\usebox\pd@tbb}%
+ \end{pspicture}\par
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{environment}{figure}
+% \begin{environment}{table}
+% Avoid floating |figure| and |table| environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewenvironment{figure}[1][]{%
+ \def\@captype{figure}%
+ \par\begin{center}%
+}{\par\end{center}}
+\renewenvironment{table}[1][]{%
+ \def\@captype{table}%
+ \par\begin{center}%
+}{\par\end{center}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \begin{macro}{\pddefinelyxtemplate}
+% \meta{cs}\marg{template}
+% Support for \LyX, where slides are delimited by an explicit |\lyxend|.
+% This defines the \meta{cs} to look optional keys, the slide title
+% and finally for |\lyxend| to collect the body of the slide.
+% After that, it creates a slide with \meta{template}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pddefinelyxtemplate#1#2{\def#1{\pd@lyxgetargsandbody{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxgetargsandbody}
+% \marg{template}\\
+% Check for optional keys.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@lyxgetargsandbody#1{\@testopt{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody{#1}}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody}
+% \marg{template}\oarg{options}\marg{title}\\
+% This pretends to be an environment with name \meta{template}. The
+% slide title and body are saved, keys are set and the slide is executed.
+% This all happens in a local group to keep definitions (eg |toc| key)
+% local. We again have three different methods to process the slide.
+% Now, the verbatim version is more complicated as we have to look
+% for |\lyxend| instead of |\end{slide}|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{%
+ \begingroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initial settings and checks.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@currenvir{#1}%
+ \pd@get@rgs@ndbody{#2}{#3}%
+ \ifcase\ifnum\pd@method>\z@\ifpd@display\@ne\fi\fi\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Eat the body until |\lyxend|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndbody
+ \else
+ \ifnum\pd@method=\@ne
+ \def\pd@tempa{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Start writing to a temporary file and redefine |\verbatim@processline|
+% to scan lines for |\lyxend|. We only stop if |\lyxend| occurs on the
+% first character of the input line.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \immediate\openout\pd@vrbout\jobname.vrb\relax
+ \def\verbatim@processline{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Check for |\lyxend|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@dy
+ \ifin@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If we found it, stop. |\pd@tempa| eats the next four tokens which
+% would otherwise make \pf{verbatim} continue with reading.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pd@tempa\@gobblefour
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\next| occurs in the \pf{verbatim} macros. We define it to close
+% the output file, execute the slide, write the remaining part of
+% the line with |\lyxend| to file and read it back in. We need to
+% do this as this content (probably |\lyxslide|) has been sanitized
+% while reading in verbatim mode. We could also use |\scantokens|
+% if we keep in mind that that, just as |\input|, introduces line
+% feeds and end-of-file characters in the input stream which the
+% \pf{verbatim} macros can't handle. Morten H\o gholm proposed the
+% following instead.
+%\begin{example}
+% \documentclass{article}
+% \begin{document}
+% \long\def\ReinsertTokens#1{%
+% \begingroup\endlinechar=-1\everyeof{}%
+% \scantokens{\def\next{\endgroup#1}}\next
+% }
+% \ReinsertTokens{\begin{verbatim}}
+% test
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \end{document}
+%\end{example}
+% We don't use that here as we don't want to force the use of
+% $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ at this moment. Instead, we read back exactly
+% one line via an input stream and execute that.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\next{%
+ \endgroup\immediate\closeout\pd@vrbout
+ \let\verbatim@processline\pd@orig@verbatim@processline
+ \pd@slide\endgroup
+ \immediate\openout\pd@vrbout\jobname.vrb\relax
+ \immediate\write\pd@vrbout{\pd@lyxrem}%
+ \immediate\closeout\pd@vrbout
+ \immediate\openin\pd@vrbout\jobname.vrb\relax
+ \immediate\read\pd@vrbout to\pd@tempa
+ \immediate\closein\pd@vrbout\pd@tempa
+ }%
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Write a line of the body to file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \immediate\write\pd@vrbout{\the\verbatim@line}%
+ \let\pd@tempa\relax
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Start the verbatim reading.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \begingroup\let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active
+ \verbatim@start
+ }%
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This is the |direct| method, similar as before.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@deloverlays
+ \let\pd@tempa\pd@sl@de
+ \def\lyxend{%
+ \end{pd@minipage}\end{lrbox}%
+ \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else
+ \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){\usebox\pd@textbox}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \pd@tempa
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndbody}
+% \meta{body}|\lyxend|\\
+% Collect material until |\lyxend|, save that in the token register
+% and start processing the slide, if necessary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndbody#1\lyxend{%
+ \pd@body{#1}%
+ \ifpd@display\pd@slide\fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup\lccode`\!`\\\lowercase{\endgroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndb@dy}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndb@dy}
+% These macros check if |\lyxend| occurs in the input line (in
+% sanitize version) and if so, if it occurs on the first character.
+% That allows for including |\lyxend| somewhere in the line, for
+% instance, in a verbatim text.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@dy{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{!lyxend}{\the\verbatim@line}%
+ \ifin@\expandafter\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@d@\the\verbatim@line\@nil\fi
+}
+\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@d@#1!lyxend#2\@nil{%
+ \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\gdef\pd@lyxrem{#2}\else\in@false\fi
+}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\lyxend}
+% This macro acts mainly as delimiter and doesn't need to be defined
+% but we do it anyway as to make it harmless when there is a superfluous
+% one in the file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\lyxend{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\lyxnote}
+% \begin{macro}{\lyxslide}
+% \begin{macro}{\lyxwideslide}
+% \begin{macro}{\lyxemptyslide}
+% These create the standard available templates. Any template can be
+% supported for \LyX\ in this way.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxnote{note}
+\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxslide{slide}
+\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxwideslide{wideslide}
+\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxemptyslide{emptyslide}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved \texttt{itemize} and \pf{frenchb} problem}
+% Some compatibility things. We don't want \pf{frenchb} from
+% \pf{babel} to redefine the |itemize| environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,frenchb.ldf,}{,\@filelist,}%
+ \ifin@
+ \let\bbl@frenchindent\relax
+ \let\bbl@frenchitemize\relax
+ \let\bbl@frenchlistspacing\relax
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{environment}{thebibliography}
+% Redefine the |thebibliography| environment. This is based on
+% \pf{article}, but does not create marks or a section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]{%
+ \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}{%
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%
+ \leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \@openbib@code
+ \usecounter{enumiv}%
+ \let\p@enumiv\@empty
+ \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}%
+ }%
+ \sloppy
+ \clubpenalty4000
+ \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty
+ \widowpenalty4000%
+ \sfcode`\.\@m
+ }{%
+ \def\@noitemerr
+ {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}%
+ \endlist
+ }%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{CJK}{%
+ \count@=127
+ \@whilenum\count@<255\do{%
+ \advance\count@\@ne
+ \lccode`\~=\count@
+ \catcode\count@=\active
+ \lowercase{\def~{\kern1ex}}%
+ }%
+ \hypersetup{CJKbookmarks=true}%
+ }{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+\ifnum\pd@mode=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\label}
+% \begin{macro}{\label@in@display}
+% \marg{name}\\
+% We redefine these two macros (|\AtBeginDocument| for \pf{nameref}).
+% For the current slide, we put all label names in a list. If the name
+% reappears, we don't issue the original command anymore. This is necessary
+% to avoid writing the same label multiple times because of overlays.
+% This disables the check for multiply defined labels inside slides,
+% but leaves this system in place over multiple slides. The latter
+% macro is used in \pf{amsmath}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \let\pd@orig@label\label
+ \def\label{\pd@label\pd@orig@label}%
+ \let\pd@orig@label@in@display\label@in@display
+ \def\label@in@display{\pd@label\pd@orig@label@in@display}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@label}
+% \meta{label-macro}\marg{name}\\
+% Helper macro that checks reappearance of labels on slides.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@label#1#2{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,#2,}{,\pd@labels,}%
+ \ifin@\else
+ \global\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@labels{#2}%
+ #1{#2}%
+ \fi
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% No overlays in print of handout mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\else\pd@deloverlays\let\pd@pdftrans\relax\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For handout mode, we make some redefinitions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\pd@mode=2
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@newpage}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@n@wpage}
+% Alternate between making a |\newpage| and not. This results in
+% two slides per page.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@n@wpage{%
+ \gdef\pd@newpage{%
+ \global\let\pd@newpage\pd@n@wpage
+ \newpage
+ }%
+}
+\let\pd@newpage\pd@n@wpage
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgsandbody}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \cs{@currentlabel} definition}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Made body text \cs{raggedright}}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Fixed \LyX\ handout mode}
+% The new slide environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@get@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{%
+ \setkeys[pd]{glslide,slide}{#2}%
+ \def\pd@t@tle{#3}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Determine to include this slide or not.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pd@tempa{note}%
+ \let\pd@resa\@currenvir
+ \pd@displaytrue
+ \ifcase\pd@display
+ \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\relax\pd@displayfalse\fi
+ \or
+ \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\else\pd@displayfalse\fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% No bookmarks or targets for notes.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\else
+ \stepcounter{slide}%
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\the\c@slide}%
+ \let\pd@tempb\@empty
+ \pd@maketocbm0%
+ \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For \LyX\ handout mode. Reset it immediately to avoid any problems
+% with superfluous occurrences of |\lyxend|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \gdef\lyxend{\gdef\lyxend{}\pd@slide}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The |lrbox| will typeset and capture content. This allows for
+% verbatim on slides.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \begin{lrbox}\pd@textbox
+% \end{macrocode}
+% $16=2\times7+2\times1$.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@tempdima\linewidth
+ \ifpd@@nohandoutframes\else
+ \advance\@tempdima-16pt
+ \fi
+ \begin{minipage}\@tempdima
+ \subsection*\pd@t@tle
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This |\pd@displaytrue| only acts locally to make sure that |\endslide|
+% is executed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \pd@displaytrue\raggedright
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody}
+% In \LyX\ handout mode, we start making slides in the same way as in
+% \LaTeX\ handout mode, but in |\pd@get@rgsandbody|, we need to make
+% |\lyxend| to finish the slide boxes which is normally done by
+% |\end{slide}| (or friends).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody\pd@get@rgsandbody
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@slide}
+% This creates the slide, if necessary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@slide{%
+ \end{minipage}\end{lrbox}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If this slide should be visible, include it in a frame.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifpd@display
+ \ifpd@@nohandoutframes
+ \usebox\pd@textbox
+ \else
+ \fboxrule1pt\fboxsep7pt
+ \fbox{\usebox\pd@textbox}%
+ \fi
+ \par\smallskip
+ \pd@@lf\hfill\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty\else\pd@@rf\ -- \fi
+ \def\pd@tempa{note}%
+ \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Determine if this is another note with the same slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\c@slide=\pd@notet
+ \stepcounter{note}%
+ \else
+ \setcounter{note}{1}%
+ \fi
+ \xdef\pd@notet{\the\c@slide}%
+ \thenote
+ \else\theslide\fi
+ \par\bigskip
+ \ifpd@@nohandoutpagebreaks\else\vfill\pd@newpage\fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@maketitle}
+% Uses the original \pf{article} |\maketitle| and puts the table of
+% contents below it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@maketitle[#1]{%
+ \pd@orig@maketitle
+ \vskip50pt
+ \pd@puttoc0%
+ \newpage
+ \stepcounter{slide}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdcontentsline}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved toc bug in handout mode}
+% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
+% Make table of contents entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pdcontentsline#1#2#3{%
+ \ifnum#1=\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb>\z@\hskip15pt\fi
+ \hyperlink{slide.#2}{#3}%
+ \leaders\hbox{\hss.\ \hss}\hfill#2\par
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \if@tempswa\else\vskip10pt\fi
+ \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\bfseries#3}%
+ {\hfill\bfseries#2}\par
+ \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \fi
+ \@tempswafalse
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@section}
+% \oarg{options}\marg{title}\\
+% Like before, but simplified.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@section[#1]#2{%
+ \begingroup
+ \setkeys*[pd]{section}{#1}%
+ \setrmkeys*[pd]{slide}%
+ \def\pd@tempa{%
+ \stepcounter{slide}%
+ \def\pd@t@tle{#2}%
+ \pd@maketocbm\pd@tempb
+ \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend
+ \pd@orig@section*{#2\normalfont\hfill\theslide}%
+ }%
+ \ifnum\pd@display=\@ne\ifpd@@slide\stepcounter{slide}\fi\else
+ \ifnum\pd@tempb=\z@
+ \ifpd@@slide\pd@tempa\fi
+ \else
+ \stepcounter{pd@section}%
+ \pd@tempa
+ \ifpd@@slide\else\addtocounter{slide}\m@ne\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% End of handout mode specific definitions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Here follow some miscellaneous utility macros.
+% \begin{macro}{\@nameedef}
+% \marg{csname}\\
+% Similar as |\@namedef|, but uses |\edef| to define the command with
+% name \meta{csname}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@nameedef#1{\expandafter\edef\csname#1\endcsname}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@namelet}
+% \marg{cs1}\marg{cs2}\\
+% Copy the replacement text of macro with name \meta{cs2} to the macro
+% with name \meta{cs1}. We use a private version as |\@namelet| has
+% many conflicting definitions is different packages.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@namelet#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname#2\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@pop}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@p@p}
+% \meta{list}\meta{cmd}
+% Remove the first element of a comma separated \meta{list} and store
+% that in \meta{cmd}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@pop#1#2{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,}{#1}%
+ \ifin@\expandafter\pd@p@p#1\@nil#2#1\else\let#2#1\let#1\@empty\fi
+}
+\def\pd@p@p#1,#2\@nil#3#4{\def#3{#1}\def#4{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@maxdim}
+% \marg{dim1}\marg{dim2}\\
+% Compute the maximum of two dimensions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@maxdim#1#2{\ifdim#1>#2#1\else#2\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@minipage}
+% \begin{macro}{\endpd@minipage}
+% Adapted version of the |minipage| environment to do normal footnote
+% typesetting.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pd@minipage{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \@pboxswfalse
+ \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@textwidth
+ \def\@mpargs{{t}{\pd@@textheight}[t]{\pd@@textwidth}}%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
+ \color@begingroup
+ \hsize\@tempdima
+ \textwidth\hsize
+ \columnwidth\hsize
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \let\@footnotetext\@mpfootnotetext
+ \let\@listdepth\@mplistdepth
+ \@mplistdepth\z@
+ \@minipagerestore
+ \@setminipage
+}
+\def\endpd@minipage{%
+ \par
+ \unskip
+ \ifvoid\@mpfootins\else
+ \vfill
+ \normalcolor
+ \footnoterule
+ \unvbox\@mpfootins
+ \fi
+ \@minipagefalse
+ \color@endgroup
+ \egroup
+ \expandafter\@iiiparbox\@mpargs{\unvbox\@tempboxa}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@verbatim@processline}
+% Backup of |\verbatim@processline| for restoring after verbatim
+% reading of the body of a slide.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pd@orig@verbatim@processline\verbatim@processline
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\psds@ocircle}
+% \begin{macro}{\psds@osquare}
+% Two macros for open circle and open square dots by Herbert Vo\ss.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\psds@ocircle{\pst@gdot{ 0 0 DS 0 360 arc stroke }}
+\def\psds@osquare{%
+ \pst@gdot{
+ DS .886 mul /r ED
+ r r moveto r r neg L r neg r neg L r neg r L
+ closepath stroke }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% Load style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\IfFileExists{powerdot-\pd@@style.sty}{
+ \RequirePackage{powerdot-\pd@@style}
+}{
+ \pd@error{unknown style `\pd@@style'}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Check integrity of the style file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\titleslide\@undefined
+ \pd@error{`titleslide' environment
+ not defined by style `\pd@@style'}
+\fi
+\ifx\slide\@undefined
+ \pd@error{`slide' environment not
+ defined by style `\pd@@style'}
+\fi
+\ifx\pd@title\@undefined\let\pd@title\@firstofone\fi
+\ifx\pd@slidetitle\@undefined\let\pd@slidetitle\@firstofone\fi
+\ifx\pd@sectiontitle\@undefined\let\pd@sectiontitle\@firstofone\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the standard ways to make toc entries and highlighted entries.
+% We do this here so that designers could use |\newcommand| or |\def|
+% in the style file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\pd@tocdisplay\@undefined
+ \def\pd@tocdisplay#1{%
+ \hskip\@tempdima
+ \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb
+ \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@toctcolor#1%
+ \end{minipage}%
+ }
+\fi
+\ifx\pd@tochighlight\@undefined
+ \def\pd@tochighlight#1{%
+ \psframebox*[framesep=\pd@@tocfrsep,%
+ fillcolor=\pd@@tochlcolor,boxsep=false]{%
+ \hskip\@tempdima
+ \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb
+ \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1%
+ \end{minipage}%
+ }%
+ }
+\fi
+\ifx\pd@tocslide\@undefined\let\pd@tocslide\@firstofone\fi
+\ifx\pd@tocsection\@undefined\let\pd@tocsection\@firstofone\fi
+%</powerdot>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
+% \endinput
+%
+%<*pddefault>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2014/01/01 v1.5 default style (HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44}
+\definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.75,.85,.92}
+\definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.9,.95,.98}
+\pddefinepalettes{blue}{}{red}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,150}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,150}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,150}
+}{green}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,290}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,290}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,290}
+}{yellow}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,-150}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,-150}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,-150}
+}{brown}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,180}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,180}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,180}
+}{purple}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,45}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,45}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,45}
+}
+\newbox\pd@imagebox
+\pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \sbox\pd@imagebox{\includegraphics[trim=50 20 0 20,clip,%
+ width=.17\slidewidth,height=.1\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}%
+ }%
+}{%
+ \sbox\pd@imagebox{\includegraphics[trim=170 0 80 0,clip,%
+ height=.1\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{%
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.6\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.8\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{%
+ titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor3,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \rput[tl](0,\slideheight){\usebox\pd@imagebox}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{%
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{%
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor3,linestyle=none,%
+ linewidth=0pt](0,.9\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ }{}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{%
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{%
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}
+}{}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{%
+ sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide
+}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pddefault>
+%
+%<*pdtycja>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-tycja}[2005/12/10 v1.4 tycja style (HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.27,.47}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.81,.42}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.97,.84}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ lffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3},
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockhook=tl,clockalign=0,
+ clockpos={0,\slideheight},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textheight=.66\slideheight,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor3,
+ tocpos={.845\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor3,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor3,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ textheight=.68\slideheight,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor1](0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (0,.85\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)%
+ (.1\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,texthook=t,
+ textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.55\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,stocpos,ntocpos
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ titlehook=Br,titlepos={.81\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.76\slidewidth,titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft,
+ textpos={.12\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},textwidth=.67\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.9\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlewidth=.88\slidewidth,
+ textwidth=.76\slidewidth
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ titlehook=Br,titlepos={.81\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.76\slidewidth,titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft,
+ textpos={.12\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},textwidth=.84\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.9\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlewidth=.88\slidewidth,
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (.79\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (.9\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ }%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (0,.85\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)%
+ (.1\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.455\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.67\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.76\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.76\slidewidth
+}{}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdtycja>
+%
+%<*pdikeda>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-ikeda}[2005/12/10 v1.4 ikeda style (CE,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{calc}
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.941,.98,1}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.435,.031,.165}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.051,.094,.29}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.051,.329,.29}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ textpos={.13\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.56\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (.05\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.95\slidewidth,.05\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.01]%
+ (.1\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.01]%
+ (.9\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.9\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[linestyle=none,fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.1\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.75\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)%
+ (.9\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[linestyle=none,fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.1\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.93\slideheight)%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)(.75\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)%
+ (.9\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlehook=Bc,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor3,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor1,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.47\slidewidth,.15\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.53\slidewidth,.15\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.84\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ lfpos={.19\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.58\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.92\slideheight},
+ tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor3](-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
+ textheight=.72\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.88\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.95\slidewidth,
+ textheight=.64\slideheight
+}{{%
+ \psset{linestyle=none}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(.16\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{.16\slidewidth-.4cm}%
+ \setlength\@tempdimb{.97\slideheight-.8cm}%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (.16\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{.16\slidewidth+.4cm}%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (.16\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (0,.935\slideheight)(.02\slidewidth,.945\slideheight)%
+ (.065\slidewidth,.935\slideheight)(.11\slidewidth,.925\slideheight)%
+ (.13\slidewidth,.935\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.185\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.335\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)%
+ (.58\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.58\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.825\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)%
+ (.975\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.02\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.82\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)%
+ (.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
+ \pd@ikedapbg
+ }%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.95\slidewidth,
+ textwidth=.95\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.88\slideheight},
+ textpos={.025\slidewidth,.84\slideheight},
+ textheight=.72\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.92\slideheight},
+ textpos={.025\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ textheight=.68\slideheight
+}{{%
+ \psset{linestyle=none}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.02\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)%
+ (.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.02\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
+ (.5\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)%
+ (.98\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
+ }\pd@ikedapbg
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\def\pd@ikedapbg{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,.17\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor3,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=1.6pt]%
+ (.05\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.08\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)%
+ (.14\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.20\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)%
+ (.23\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
+ hatchcolor=pdcolor3,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=1.6pt]%
+ (.77\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.80\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)%
+ (.86\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)%
+ (.95\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor4}\small\ding{115}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor4}\tiny\ding{115}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdikeda>
+%
+%<*pdfyma>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-fyma}[2005/12/10 v1.3 fyma style (SA,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
+\definecolor{fymahltcolor}{rgb}{1,0,0}
+\pddefinepalettes{blue}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.14,.34,.55}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.24,.45,.7}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.88,.95,1}
+}{green}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.1,.45,.3}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.24,.7,.45}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.88,1,.9}
+}{gray}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{gray}{0.25}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{gray}{0.55}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{gray}{0.85}
+}{brown}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.52,.32,.12}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.45,.24}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.97,.92,.92}
+}{orange}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.8,.23,.24}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.95,.53,.44}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.92,.87}
+ \definecolor{fymahltcolor}{rgb}{.23,.25,.5}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright,
+ clockpos={.96\slidewidth,.97\slideheight},clockcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochltcolor=fymahltcolor,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textheight=.67\slideheight,
+ titlepos={.06\slidewidth,.9\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.09\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.85\slidewidth,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.12\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.12\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.06\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.94\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.205\slidewidth,.9\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ textheight=.72\slideheight,
+ textpos={.23\slidewidth,.82\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.72\slidewidth,
+ lfpos={.04\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.96\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ tocpos={.04\slidewidth,.82\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,%
+ gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer]%
+ (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.02\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.03\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.97\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=.85,dimen=outer]%
+ (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.02\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.03\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.02\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.97\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.02\slideheight)%
+ }%
+ \psline
+ (.02\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.03\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.955\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.97\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.955\slideheight)%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.6\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=white,%
+ gradmidpoint=1,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=.8pt]%
+ (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.195\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)%
+ }{}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,
+ titlepos={.055\slidewidth,.9\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.07\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.83\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.59\slidewidth,.525\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.5\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.525\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.68\slidewidth
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
+ (.34\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.33\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.33\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.34\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.34\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.34\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.34\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
+ (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.15\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.15\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.16\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.16\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
+ }%
+ \psline
+ (.84\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.84\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{%
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.525\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.68\slidewidth
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
+ (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.15\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.15\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.16\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.16\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.84\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
+ \psline
+ (.84\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
+}}
+\def\pd@slidetitle#1{%
+ \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}%
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi
+ \psline[linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (0,-.15cm)(\@tempdima,-.15cm)%
+ \parbox[b]\pd@@titlewidth{#1}%
+}
+\def\pd@tochighlight#1{%
+ \begin{minipage}[b]\pd@@tocwidth
+ \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1%
+ \end{minipage}%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\ensuremath\bullet} #1}}{}
+\def\labelitemi{\small\ensuremath\bullet}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ensuremath\circ}
+\def\labelitemiii{\scriptsize\ensuremath\bullet}
+\def\labelitemiv{\scriptsize\ensuremath\circ}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{phv}
+\def\sfdefault{phv}
+\def\Hv@scale{.86}
+%</pdfyma>
+%
+%<*pdsimple>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-simple}[2005/12/10 v1.3 simple style (HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{amssymb}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{\colorlet{pdcolor1}{black}}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright,
+ clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ texthook=tl,textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\tabcolsep0pt,
+ textheight=.66\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.9\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright,
+ clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,textheight=.68\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth
+}{%
+ \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.9\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=gray]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=black!10,linestyle=none,%
+ linewidth=.8pt](-.01\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ (.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ }{}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@tocsimple\phantom{#1}}
+\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@tocsimple\@firstofone{#1}}
+\def\pd@tocsimple#1#2{%
+ \@tempdima\pd@@tocwidth
+ \settowidth\@tempdimb{\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleright\hskip1mm}%
+ \advance\@tempdima-\@tempdimb
+ \ifnum\pd@toctype=\@ne\else
+ #1{\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleright\hskip1mm}%
+ \fi
+ \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdima
+ \pd@usedtocfont#2%
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \ifnum\pd@toctype=\@ne
+ #1{\hskip1mm\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleleft}%
+ \fi
+}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ensuremath\square}
+\def\labelitemii{\small--}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ensuremath\triangleright}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdsimple>
+%
+%<*pdciment>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-ciment}[2005/12/10 v1.3 ciment style (HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{black}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.1,.1}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.2,.2,.2}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.75,.75,.75}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlepos={.1\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.85\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\large\bfseries\raggedright,
+ clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ lffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize,
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize,
+ rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize,
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ toctcolor=black,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
+ tochltcolor=white,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.7\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psframe[linewidth=0pt,linestyle=none,fillstyle=hlines,%
+ hatchwidth=.4pt,hatchangle=0,hatchcolor=pdcolor4]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](.05\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
+ (.95\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](.05\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ (.95\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\large\bfseries\centering,
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.6\slideheight,titlepos,
+ ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.53\slideheight
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor4,linestyle=none,%
+ linewidth=0pt](0,.85\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ }{}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\def\pd@slidetitle#1{%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,-.15cm)(.85\slidewidth,-.15cm)%
+ \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}%
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=2.5pt]%
+ (0,-.15cm)(\@tempdima,-.15cm)%
+ \parbox[b]\pd@@titlewidth{#1}%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\ding{226}}#1}}{}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdciment>
+%
+%<*pdelcolors>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-elcolors}[2005/12/10 v1.3 elcolors style (HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor2}{yellow!10}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor3}{red!10}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor4}{blue!10}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor5}{rgb,2:pdcolor2,1;pdcolor3,1}
+ \colorlet{pdcolor6}{rgb,2:pdcolor2,1;pdcolor4,1}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlepos={.95\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlehook=Br,
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockhook=tl,clockalign=0,
+ clockpos={0,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor4,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.42\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.46\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.68\slidewidth
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=0pt}%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (0,0)(.44\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.56\slidewidth,.86\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (.09\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.91\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor5]%
+ (.09\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.44\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor5]%
+ (.91\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)(.56\slidewidth,.86\slideheight)%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.76\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.55\slideheight
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ textpos={.12\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.76\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pdifsetup{portrait}{%
+ \pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{slide}{}{}%
+}{%
+ \pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
+ }{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor6,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (.09\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)%
+ }
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.54\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.68\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.76\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.76\slidewidth
+}{}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdelcolors>
+%
+%<*pdaggie>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-aggie}[2005/12/10 v1.3 aggie style (JS,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{times}
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.51,.13,.16}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.96,.94,.89}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.89,.85,.69}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny,
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.65\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.5\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textheight=.55\slideheight,
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)%
+ \psellipse[linestyle=solid,linecolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid,%
+ fillcolor=pdcolor4](.5\slidewidth,0)(.7\slidewidth,.1\slidewidth)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\Large\sl\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\raggedright,
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny,
+ tocslidesep=.8ex,
+ textheight=.74\slideheight,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
+ tochltcolor=white,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ tocsecsep=.8ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth
+}{%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.7\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,%
+ gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \pd@aggiebg
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
+ ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.7\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=white,%
+ gradmidpoint=0,linestyle=none,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,.9\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
+ \psellipse*[linecolor=white](.25\slidewidth,.6\slideheight)%
+ (.075\slidewidth,.7\slideheight)%
+ \pd@aggiebg
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\def\pd@aggiebg{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4](0,0)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=.5pt]%
+ (0,.075\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4](0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=.5pt]%
+ (0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\pd@tocslide#1{\ding{118}\,#1}
+\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{108}}
+\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor2}\small\ding{70}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault}
+%</pdaggie>
+%
+%<*pdhusky>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-husky}[2005/12/10 v1.3 husky style (JS,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{times}
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.03,0,.29}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.75,0,0}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.92,.92,.92}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\Large\rmfamily\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ lffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.66\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textheight=.63\slideheight,
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+}{{%
+ \psset{linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3}%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.385\slideheight)%
+ (.6\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.57\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.25\slideheight)%
+ (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.35\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ (0,.65\slideheight)(0,\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.225\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)%
+ (0,.25\slideheight)(0,.535\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.9\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.893\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.893\slideheight)%
+ \pd@huskybg
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\Large\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\raggedright,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ lffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ tocslidesep=.8ex,
+ toctcolor=black,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
+ tochltcolor=white,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ toctcolor=white,
+ tochlcolor=black,
+ titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textheight=.73\slideheight,
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ tocsecsep=.8ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ textheight=.74\slideheight,
+}{{%
+ \psset{linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3}%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.385\slideheight)%
+ (.6\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.57\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.25\slideheight)%
+ (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.35\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ (0,.65\slideheight)(0,\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.225\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)%
+ (0,.25\slideheight)(0,.535\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.9\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.893\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.893\slideheight)%
+ \pd@huskybg
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}
+}{%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,%
+ gradend=black,gradmidpoint=.5](.175\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)%
+ (.18\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,%
+ gradend=black,gradmidpoint=.25](.025\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)%
+ (.025\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,
+ titlefont=\LARGE\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,
+ titlefont=\LARGE\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\def\pd@huskybg{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=black,linewidth=1pt]%
+ (0,.075\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=black,linewidth=1pt]%
+ (0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\pd@tocslide#1{\ding{118}\,#1}
+\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{108}}
+\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor2}\small\ding{70}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault}
+%</pdhusky>
+%
+%<*pdsailor>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-sailor}[2005/12/10 v1.3 sailor style (MH,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{calc}
+\RequirePackage{amssymb}
+\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
+\pddefinepalettes{Sea}{% Sea sailor (default)
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.141,.188,.235} % Dark blue #24303C
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.298,.392,.490} % Medium blue #4C647D
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.522,.592,.647} % Light blue #8597A5
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8627,.8941,.9255} % Lighter blue #DCE4EC
+}{River}{% River variant
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.141,.235,.192} % Dark green #243C31
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.298,.490,.404} % Medium green #4C7D67
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.522,.647,.592} % Light green #85A597
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8627,.9255,.8980} % Lighter green #DCECE5
+}{Wine}{% Wine variant
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.235,.141,.161} % Dark red #3C2429
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.490,.298,.337} % Medium red #7D4C56
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.647,.522,.545} % Light red #A5858B
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.9255,.8627,.8745} % Lighter red #ECDCDF
+}{Chocolate}{% Chocolate variant
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.235,.212,.141} % Dark brown #3C3624
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.490,.443,.298} % Medium brown #7D714C
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.647,.616,.522} % Light brown #A59D85
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.9255,.9098,.8627} % Lighter brown #ECE8DC
+}{Cocktail}{% Cocktail variant
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.180,.141,.235} % Dark violet #2E243C
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.380,.298,.490} % Medium violet #614C7D
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.576,.522,.647} % Light violet #9385A5
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8902,.8627,.9255} % Lighter violet #E3DCEC
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{%
+ texthook=tl,
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white}\raggedleft,
+ clockhook=tl,clockpos={0,\slideheight},clockalign=0,
+ iacolor=pdcolor3,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor3,
+ tochlcolor=white,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor1,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.02\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.02\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.02\slideheight},
+ tocsecsep=2.5ex,
+ tocslidesep=1.2ex,
+ tocslideindent=1ex,
+ tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.8\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.14\slidewidth,-.05)},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ tocsecsep=.1ex,
+ tocslidesep=.1ex,
+ stochook=tr,
+ stocpos={.49\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ stocwidth=.48\slidewidth,
+ ntocpos={.51\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ ntocwidth=.48\slidewidth,
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{topframe}{%
+ titlehook=r,
+ clockcolor=white,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ titlepos={.95\slidewidth,.92\slideheight},
+ textheight=.74\slideheight,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.8\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.77\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlewidth=.94\slidewidth,
+ titlepos={.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight},
+ textheight=.75\slideheight,
+ textpos={.03\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.94\slidewidth
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \pd@sailorroundedtopframe{.15\slideheight}%
+ }{%
+ \pd@sailorroundedtopframe{.1\slideheight}%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{%
+ texthook=rt,
+ textpos={.95\slidewidth,.77\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ textfont=\color{pdcolor1}\raggedleft\tabcolsep0pt,
+ textheight=.72\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white},
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos
+}{{%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \pd@sailorroundedframe{\slidewidth}{.25\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}%
+ {.17\slideheight}%
+ }{%
+ \pd@sailorroundedframe{\slidewidth}{.25\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}%
+ {.12\slideheight}%
+ }%
+ \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.5\slideheight}%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}%
+ \psarc*(0,.2\slideheight){3pt}{270}{90}%
+ \multips(.08\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)(.08\slidewidth,0){9}{%
+ \qdisk(0,0){3pt}%
+ }%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[topframe]{slide}{}{{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \pd@sailorgrad{.16\slidewidth}{.5\slideheight}%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}%
+ \multips(.16\slidewidth,0.75pt)(0,.01\slideheight){82}{%
+ \qdisk(0,0){.75pt}%
+ }%
+ }\pd@sailortocbg
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[topframe]{wideslide}{%
+ tocpos,ifsetup=landscape,
+ textpos={.03\slidewidth,.8\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.94\slidewidth
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{portrait}\pd@sailortocbg{}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{%
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor1}\centering,
+ titlehook=c,
+ titlewidth=.55\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.58\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{sectionwideslide}{%
+ tocpos,stocpos,ntocpos,
+ titlehook=c,titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ titlepos={.4\slidewidth,.695\slideheight},
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white}\centering
+}{{%
+ \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.5\slideheight}%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \pd@sailorroundedframe{0pt}{.75\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}%
+ {.1\slideheight}%
+ }{%
+ \pd@sailorroundedframe{0pt}{.75\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}%
+ {.07\slideheight}%
+ }%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}%
+ \psarc*(\slidewidth,.2\slideheight){3pt}{90}{270}%
+ \multips(.92\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)(-.08\slidewidth,0){9}{%
+ \qdisk(0,0){3pt}%
+ }%
+}}
+\def\pd@sailorroundedtopframe#1{{%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{\slideheight-#1}%
+ \psset{linewidth=0pt,fillcolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid,linecolor=pdcolor2}%
+ \psframe(#1,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
+ \pswedge*(#1,\slideheight){#1}{180}{275}%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.8pt}%
+ \psline(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)(#1,\@tempdima)%
+ \psarc[fillstyle=none](#1,\slideheight){#1}{180}{270}%
+}}
+\def\pd@sailorroundedframe#1#2#3#4{{%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{#3+#4}%
+ \setlength\@tempdimb{#3-#4}%
+ \psset{linewidth=0pt,linecolor=pdcolor2,fillcolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid}%
+ \psframe(#1,\@tempdima)(#2,\@tempdimb)%
+ \ifdim#1>#2\pswedge*(#2,#3){#4}{85}{275}\else\pswedge*(#2,#3){#4}{265}{95}\fi
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.8pt}%
+ \psline(#1,\@tempdima)(#2,\@tempdima)%
+ \ifdim#1>#2\psarc(#2,#3){#4}{90}{270}\else\psarc(#2,#3){#4}{270}{90}\fi
+ \psline(#1,\@tempdimb)(#2,\@tempdimb)%
+}}
+\def\pd@sailorgrad#1#2{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,linewidth=0pt,fillstyle=gradient,%
+ gradbegin=pdcolor4,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0](0,0)(#1,#2)%
+}
+\def\pd@sailortocbg{{%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}%
+ \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.1\slideheight}%
+ \multips(1.5pt,.1\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,0){100}{%
+ \qdisk(0,0){.75pt}%
+ }%
+}}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\pd@title#1{%
+ \parbox[c][.15\textheight]{.75\slidewidth}{\raggedleft#1}%
+ \vskip-3em\vskip.2\slideheight
+}
+\def\pd@tochighlight#1{%
+ \hskip\@tempdima
+ \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb
+ \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1%
+ \end{minipage}%
+}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\color{pdcolor2}\ensuremath\blacksquare}
+\def\labelitemii{\footnotesize\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\square}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\color{pdcolor2}\ensuremath\blacksquare}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\square}
+\pdsetup{list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}}
+\def\rmdefault{phv}
+\def\sfdefault{phv}
+\def\Hv@scale{.85}
+%</pdsailor>
+%
+%<*pdupen>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-upen}[2005/12/10 v1.3 upen style (PRU,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{calc}
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{white}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{0,.01,.37}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.01,.06,.65}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.98,.78,.18}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\color{pdcolor4},
+ clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ toctcolor=white,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor4,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textheight=.64\slideheight,
+ titlepos={.12\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.83\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.12\slidewidth,.78\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.83\slidewidth,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.47\slidewidth,.12\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.12\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.175\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.775\slidewidth,
+ textheight=.7\slideheight,
+ textpos={.175\slidewidth,.77\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.775\slidewidth,
+ lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
+ tocpos={.02\slidewidth,.77\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.13\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor4]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.12\slidewidth,-.05)}
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradangle=-90,gradmidpoint=0,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
+ gradend=pdcolor2,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,%
+ gradend=pdcolor2,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer]%
+ (-.01\slidewidth,1.1\slideheight)(1.05\slidewidth,-.01\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering\color{pdcolor4},
+ textheight=.63\slideheight,
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos
+}{%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{.8\slideheight+.5pt}%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=pdcolor4,%
+ gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.5,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{.2\slideheight+.5pt}%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=pdcolor4,%
+ gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.5,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,.2\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=pdcolor3,%
+ gradmidpoint=1,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (0,\slideheight)(.15\slidewidth,0)%
+ \pd@upenbg{.15\slidewidth}{.05\slidewidth}%
+ }{\pd@upenbg{.1\slidewidth}{0pt}}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.77\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=landscape,tocpos
+}{%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{.8\slideheight-.5pt}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,%
+ gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
+ (.05\slidewidth,.8\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,%
+ gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
+ (0,.8\slideheight)(.45\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlewidth=.45\slidewidth,titlehook=c,
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering\color{pdcolor4},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.59\slidewidth,.53\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.53\slideheight}
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor3}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2,linestyle=none]%
+ (.34\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2,linestyle=none]%
+ (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{%
+ titlewidth=.62\slidewidth,titlehook=c,
+ titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering\color{pdcolor4},
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.53\slideheight}
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
+}
+\def\pd@upenbg#1#2{%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{#1+.5pt}%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,%
+ gradmidpoint=.4,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
+ (#1,.5\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\slideheight)%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{.45\slidewidth+#2}%
+ \setlength\@tempdimb{.8\slideheight-.5pt}%
+ \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,%
+ gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
+ (#2,.8\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\pd@tochighlight#1{%
+ \begin{minipage}[b]\pd@@tocwidth
+ \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1%
+ \end{minipage}%
+}
+\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocentry#1{{\tiny\ensuremath\bullet}\ #1}}{}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor4}\small ---}
+\def\labelitemiii{\color{red}\scriptsize\ding{115}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\color{yellow}\tiny\ensuremath\circ}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{phv}
+\def\sfdefault{phv}
+\def\Hv@scale{.85}
+%</pdupen>
+%
+%<*pdbframe>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-bframe}[2005/12/10 v1.2 bframe style (PRU,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{pst-blur}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \colorlet{pdcolor1}{white}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.1,.1}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.01,.05,.56}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlehook=B,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor3,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ toctcolor=white,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.91\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.69\slideheight,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.58\slidewidth,.91\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.69\slideheight
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
+ texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
+ titlepos,textheight=.59\slideheight
+}\pd@bframebg
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.91\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth
+}\pd@bframebg
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
+}{{%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3,shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe*[framearc=.3](0,.87\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[framearc=.1](.18\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[framearc=.1](.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{white}\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\def\pd@bframebg{{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \def\pd@tempa{.08\slideheight}%
+ }{%
+ \def\pd@tempa{.14\slideheight}%
+ }%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3,shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60}%
+ \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,\pd@tempa)%
+ \psframe*[framearc=.1](.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
+}}
+\def\pd@slidetitle#1{%
+ \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}%
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi
+ \rput[B](0,0){\psframebox*[framearc=.3,fillcolor=pdcolor3,%
+ shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60]{%
+ \parbox[b]\@tempdima{#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\def\pd@title#1{%
+ {\let\thanks\@gobble\let\footnote\@gobble\settowidth\@tempdima{#1}}%
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi
+ \advance\@tempdima-6pt
+ \psframebox*[framearc=.3,fillcolor=pdcolor2]{\parbox[b]\@tempdima{#1}}%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\color{yellow}\ding{117}} #1}}{}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{put}
+%</pdbframe>
+%
+%<*pdhoratio>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-horatio}[2005/12/10 v1.1 horatio style (ML,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\pddefinepalettes{default}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{HTML}{004477}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{HTML}{5588ae}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+ titlehook=Bl,
+ titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.91\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.77\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\color{white}\large\bfseries\raggedright,
+ clockcolor=white,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ lfpos={.2\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ lffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ cfpos={.585\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ cffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
+ rffont=\tiny\color{white},
+ tocslidesep=.6ex,
+ textheight=.68\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ toctcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tochltcolor=white,
+ tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
+ tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ toctcolor=white,
+ tochlcolor=white,
+ tochltcolor=pdcolor1,
+ tocsecsep=.6ex,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.55\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ ntocpos={.57\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}
+}{{%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}%
+ \psframe*(0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*(0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \psset{linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=1pt}%
+ \psline(.17\slidewidth,0)(.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
+ \psline(.17\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
+ texthook=t,
+ textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.75\slidewidth,
+ textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.57\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,stocpos,ntocpos
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.77\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psline[linewidth=1pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (.17\slidewidth,0)(.17\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }{}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+ textpos={.03\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.94\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.6\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.7\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.75\slidewidth
+}{}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\labelitemi{\small\ding{'64}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{'70}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\small\ding{'63}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\small\ding{'67}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdhoratio>
+%
+%<*pdpaintings>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-paintings}[2005/12/10 v1.1 paintings (TDK,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{times}
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\pddefinepalettes{Syndics}{% Rembrandt van Rijn: "The Syndics" - 1662
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.06,.06} % Black hat
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Collar of rising man
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.22,.09,.09} % Tablecloth lower right
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.97,.97,.91} % Book page
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.58,.19,.13} % Tablecloth lower left
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.42,.2,.22} % Back wall
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.71,.55} % Forehead of man in background
+}{Skater}{% Gilbert Stuart: "The Skater (Portrait of William Grant)" - 1782
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.06,.09} % Hat
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.97,.94} % White collar
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.26,.22,.19} % Ice
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.91,.87} % Sky
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.78,.52,.45} % Right cheek
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.45,.39,.26} % Ground under small figures
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.71,.71,.68} % Frozen lake at left
+}{GoldenGate}{% Giotto: "Meeting of Joachim and Anne at the Golden Gate" - 1305-10
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.13,.09,.13} % Dress of woman in black
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Bridge
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.06,.09,.22} % Blue sky
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.91,.87} % Dress of woman with shawl
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.52,.26,.26} % Joachim's robe
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.65,.35,.16} % Anne's robe
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.91,.84,.42} % Joachim's halo
+}{Lamentation}{% Giotto: "Lamentation of Christ" - 1305-10
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.16,.09,.06} % Dark hair of man
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.91,.91,.94} % White robe at lower left
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.19,.22,.29} % Cloak of Christ
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Skin of Christ
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.55,.26,.22} % Mary Magdalene dress
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.19,.26,.52} % Sky
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.74,.71} % Mary Magdalene sleeve
+}{HolyWood}{% Piero della Francesca: "Discovery of the Holy Wood" - ca. 1455
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.19,.21,.19} % Horse's ear
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Attendant's neck
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.29,.13,.13} % Attendant's russet dress
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Horse's rear
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.22,.35,.55} % Queen of Sheba's dress
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.74,.48,.42} % Dusky rose dress
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.71,.61} % Queen of Sheba's hand
+}{Europa}{% Titian: "The Rape of Europa" - 1559-62
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.06,.03} % Bull's eye
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.97,.84} % Europa's bodice
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.16,.13,.09} % Sea
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.97,.84} % Europa's breast
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.58,.26,.13} % Flying cape
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.32,.29,.39} % Deep blue sky
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.78,.52} % Bull's right front leg
+}{Moitessier}{% Jean Auguste Dominque Ingres: "Madame Moitessier, Standing" - 1851
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.03,.03} % Black dress
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.87,.84,.78} % Accessories at lower left
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.22,.03,.06} % Deep red wall
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.97,.91} % Accessories at lower left
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.78,.35,.32} % Flower in hair
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.58,.55,.71} % Blue jewel on left wrist
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{1,.78,.65} % Left forearm
+}{MayThird}{% Francisco Goya: "Third of May, 1808" - 1814
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0} % Black sky
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Shirt of victim
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.29,.19,.13} % Face of victim
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.97,.97,.97} % Left side of lantern
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.55,.26,.22} % Blood of man in foreground
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.68,.48,.16} % Trousers of victim
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.68,.65,.58} % Coattails of foreground soldier
+}{PearlEarring}{% Johannes Vermeer: "Girl with a Pearl Earring" - 1665
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.06,.06} % Pupil of eye
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.91} % Sclera of left eye
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.26,.29,.42} % Blue head scarf
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,1,.9} % Reflection off earring
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.71,.61,.39} % Beige head scarf
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.65,.35,.29} % Lower lip
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.68,.71,.78} % Light blue over forehead
+}{Charon}{% Michelangelo: "Charon" (Detail from "The Last Judgment" - 1534-41
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.91,.91,.87} % Sclera of right eye
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.13,.13,.13} % Pupil of right eye
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.39,.39,.48} % Left ear
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.91,.91,.94} % Right forehead
+ \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.65,.71,.84} % Sky at upper right
+ \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.81,.78,.65} % Right eyebrow
+ \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.42,.35,.39} % Moustache
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ titlefont=\LARGE\sl\color{pdcolor4}\centering,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ texthook=t,
+ textpos={.5\slidewidth,.65\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.8\slidewidth,
+ textfont=\large\color{pdcolor4}\centering,
+ textheight=.5\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{slide}{
+ titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\color{pdcolor4}\raggedright,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ lfpos={.015\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ rftemp=\pd@@rf,
+ textheight=.8\slideheight
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,.89\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.89\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[titleslide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=c,titlefont=\LARGE\color{pdcolor4}\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.8\slidewidth
+}{}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{
+ sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide
+}
+\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor3}\ensuremath\bullet}
+\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor5}\ensuremath\bullet}
+\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor6}\ensuremath\bullet}
+\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\bullet}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt},
+ dmaxheight=.85\slideheight
+}
+\def\familydefault{\sfdefault}
+%</pdpaintings>
+%
+%<*pdklope>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-klope}[2005/12/10 v1.1 klope style (CE,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{pst-slpe}
+\pddefinepalettes{Spring}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.475,.376,.271} % cedar
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.682,.749,.376} % moss
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.949,.749} % sand
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.749,.675,.376} % driftwood
+ \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor4}
+ \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4}
+ \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \def\pd@klopebg{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=slope,slopebegin=pdcolor3,%
+ slopeend=pdcolor2,slopeangle=270](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }
+}{PastelFlower}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.349,.5,.5} % sea green
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.8,.706,.561} % brown
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.812,.902,.902} % sky blue
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8,.561,.561} % rose
+ \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor4}
+ \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor4}
+ \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4}
+ \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \def\pd@klopebg{%
+ \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=slope,slopebegin=pdcolor3,%
+ slopeend=pdcolor2,slopeangle=270](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }
+}{BlueWater}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.902,.957,1} % lightblue
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.376,.588,.749} % medblue
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376} % lighttan
+ \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.8,.749} % pink
+ \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4}
+ \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor2}
+ \def\pd@klopebg{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }
+}{BlackWhite}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0} % white
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,1,1} % black
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.5,.5,.5} % gray
+ \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor3}
+ \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \def\pd@klopebg{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.7\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
+ textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.67\slideheight,
+ clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=0pt}\pd@klopebg
+ \pd@klopesq+-01\pd@klopesq++00\pd@klopesq-+10\pd@klopesq--11%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate{slide}{
+ titlepos={.15\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.7\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\Large\color{stitlecolor}\centering,
+ stochook=t,
+ stocpos={.5\slidewidth,.89\slideheight},
+ stocwidth=.7\slidewidth,stocorient=h,
+ toctcolor=mytoctcolor,
+ tochltcolor=mytochltcolor,
+ tocsecsep=4pt,
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.8\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ textheight=.72\slideheight,
+ lfpos={.015\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ lffont=\tiny,
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ cffont=\tiny,
+ rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ rffont=\tiny,
+ iacolor=myiacolor,
+ clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=0pt}%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=slidebg](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=slidehbg](0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \pd@klopesq+-01\pd@klopesq--11%
+ \psset{linewidth=.1pt}%
+ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1](0,.05\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.05\slideheight)%
+ \psline[linecolor=slidehbg](0,.055\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlepos={.15\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{sectitlecolor}\centering,
+ textpos,lfpos,cfpos,rfpos
+}{{%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=slidebg](0,0)(\slidewidth,.5\slideheight)%
+ \pd@klopesq++00\pd@klopesq-+10%
+}}
+\def\pd@klopesq#1#2#3#4{%
+ \@tempdima#3\slidewidth\@tempdimb#4\slideheight
+ \advance\@tempdima#1.3cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.3cm
+ \edef\pd@tempa{\the\@tempdima}\edef\pd@tempb{\the\@tempdimb}%
+ \advance\@tempdima#1.8cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.8cm
+ \psframe*[linecolor=lgsquare](\pd@tempa,\pd@tempb)%
+ (\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
+ \@tempdima\pd@tempa\@tempdimb\pd@tempb
+ \advance\@tempdima#1.3cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.3cm
+ \edef\pd@tempa{\the\@tempdima}\edef\pd@tempb{\the\@tempdimb}%
+ \advance\@tempdima#1.7cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.7cm
+ \psframe*[linecolor=smsquare](\pd@tempa,\pd@tempb)%
+ (\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
+}
+\def\pd@tocdisplay#1{\pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@toctcolor#1}
+\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdklope>
+%
+%<*pdjefka>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-jefka}[2005/12/10 v1.1 jefka style (CE,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\pddefinepalettes{brown}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{121,96,69}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.949,.749}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{190,163,117}
+}{seagreen}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{HTML}{FFE680}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.349,.5,.5}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{HTML}{FFC080}
+}{blue}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.902,.957,1}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{HTML}{00487D}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376}
+}{white}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,1,1}
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.5,.5,.5}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.7\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
+ textfont=\centering,
+ textheight=.67\slideheight,
+ clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1
+}{%
+ \psframe*[linewidth=0pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{slide}{
+ rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ rffont=\tiny,
+ iacolor=pdcolor3,
+ clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1,
+ titlewidth=.7\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{pdcolor1}\raggedright,
+ textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
+ textpos={.05\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ textheight=.76\slideheight
+}{{%
+ \psset{linewidth=0pt}%
+ \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \pspolygon*[linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (0,0)(.1\slidewidth,0)(0,.1\slideheight)
+ \pspolygon*[linecolor=pdcolor1](\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ (.9\slidewidth,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+ titlehook=t,titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{pdcolor1}\centering
+}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdjefka>
+%
+%<*pdpazik>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-pazik}[2005/12/10 v1.1 pazik style (CE,HA)]
+\RequirePackage{pifont}
+\RequirePackage{pst-char}
+\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
+\RequirePackage{type1cm}
+\DeclareFixedFont\pd@psmath{OML}{cmm}{m}{it}{2cm}
+\DeclareFixedFont\pd@psroman{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}{2cm}
+\pddefinepalettes{red}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{225,187,100} % gold
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{RGB}{111,24,17} % brick red
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{0,0,0} % black
+ \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{mytochlcolor}{pdcolor2!90}
+ \colorlet{mytitlecolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor1!65!pdcolor3}
+ \def\pd@pazik@i{\pd@psmath\char25}
+ \def\pd@pazik@ii{\pd@psroman e}
+ \def\pd@pazik@iii{\pd@psroman i}
+ \def\pd@pazik@iv{\pd@psmath\char16}
+}{brown}{
+ \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{22,80,100} % blue
+ \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376} % tan
+ \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{0,0,0} % black
+ \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{mytochlcolor}{pdcolor1}
+ \colorlet{mytitlecolor}{pdcolor2}
+ \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor1!70}
+ \def\pd@pazik@i{\pd@psmath h}
+ \def\pd@pazik@ii{\pd@psmath e}
+ \def\pd@pazik@iii{\pd@psmath c}
+ \def\pd@pazik@iv{\pd@psmath\char11}
+}
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+ textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.7\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
+ textfont=\centering,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textheight=.67\slideheight,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textheight=.55\slideheight
+}{{%
+ \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor2!90]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2!90,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=0,linewidth=0pt}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe[gradangle=90](0\slidewidth,0\slideheight)%
+ (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \pd@pazik@lbg
+ }{%
+ \psframe[gradangle=180](0\slidewidth,0\slideheight)%
+ (\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)%
+ \pd@pazik@pbg
+ }%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{%
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{mytitlecolor}\raggedright,
+ rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny,
+ iacolor=myiacolor,
+ clockhook=t,
+ clockalign=1,
+ clockcolor=pdcolor1,
+ toctcolor=mytoctcolor,
+ tochltcolor=mytoctcolor,
+ tochlcolor=mytochlcolor,
+ tocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ textheight=.82\slideheight,
+ titlepos={.02\slidewidth,.94\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.96\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},
+ titlepos={.02\slidewidth,.945\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.96\slidewidth,
+ textpos={.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.96\slidewidth,
+}{{%
+ \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor2!90]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ \psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2!90,%
+ gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=0,gradangle=90,linewidth=0pt}%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe(.145\slidewidth,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \pd@pazik@lbg
+ }{%
+ \psframe(0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ \pd@pazik@pbg
+ }%
+}}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ lfpos={.17\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.575\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ clockpos={.07\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ textpos={.17\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.81\slidewidth,
+ tocwidth=.12\slidewidth,
+ tocslidesep=.3em,tocslideindent=.2em,
+ tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.2pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
+ (-.05,-.05)(.12\slidewidth,-.05)},
+ tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.86\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textheight=.65\slideheight,tocsecsep=.2em,
+ stochook=tr,stocpos={.44\slidewidth,.18\slideheight},
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
+ tocslidesep=.2em,
+ ntocpos={.56\slidewidth,.18\slideheight},
+ ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (0,0)(.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
+ }{%
+ \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (0,0)(\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)%
+ }%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{%
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ tocpos,textpos={.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
+ textwidth=.96\slidewidth,
+ lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
+ clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ textheight=.82\slideheight,
+}{%
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
+ \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]%
+ (0,\slideheight)(.15\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
+ }{}%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{%
+ titlehook=c,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ titlepos={.585\slidewidth,.6\slideheight},
+ ifsetup=portrait,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.6\slideheight}
+}{%
+}
+\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{%
+ titlehook=c,
+ titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
+ titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.6\slideheight},
+ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
+}{}
+\def\pd@pazik@lbg{%
+ \psset{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2}%
+ \rput{-10}(.35\slidewidth,.6\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@i}}%
+ \rput{15}(.4\slidewidth,.3\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@ii}}%
+ \rput{-20}(.8\slidewidth,.2\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iii}}%
+ \rput{30}(.7\slidewidth,.7\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iv}}%
+}
+\def\pd@pazik@pbg{%
+ \psset{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2}%
+ \rput{-10}(.23\slidewidth,.78\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@i}}%
+ \rput{15}(.35\slidewidth,.4\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@ii}}%
+ \rput{-20}(.8\slidewidth,.3\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iii}}%
+ \rput{30}(.7\slidewidth,.7\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iv}}%
+}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
+\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
+\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
+\pdsetup{
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+}
+\def\rmdefault{cmss}
+%</pdpazik>
+%
+%<*pdstyletest>
+%%
+%% For testing, enter your style below.
+%% Switch on only one paper/orient option at a time.
+\documentclass[
+ style=your style,
+ paper=screen,
+%% paper=a4paper,
+%% paper=letterpaper,
+ orient=landscape,
+%% orient=portrait,
+ size=11pt,
+%% hlsections,
+ clock
+]{powerdot}
+
+\pdsetup{
+ lf=left footer,
+ cf=center footer,
+ rf=right footer,
+ randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle}
+}
+
+%% For testing text height.
+\makeatletter
+\def\textheightrule{%
+ \raisebox\baselineskip{\rule{1cm}\pd@@textheight}%
+}
+\makeatother
+
+\title{This is a test file to test new styles with --
+this title is very long on purpose.\thanks{Adjust textheight
+to position this footnote.}}
+\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison}
+\date{August 16, 2005}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{slide}{Test normal slide}
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
+ elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+ dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer
+ id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque
+ habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac
+ turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus sem.
+
+ Notice the color of the equation number!
+ \begin{equation}
+ (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
+ \end{equation}
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{slide}{Test itemize}
+ Some text.\pause
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item level 1\pause
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item level 2\pause
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item level 3\pause
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item level 4
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+ Some text.\footnote{Adjust textheight
+ to position this footnote.}
+\end{slide}
+
+\section{Normal section}
+
+\begin{slide}{Test enumerate and inactive color}
+ Some text.\pause
+ \begin{enumerate}[type=1]
+ \item level 1\pause
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item level 2\pause
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item level 3\pause
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item level 4
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ Some text.
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{slide}{The rule has height \texttt{textheight}}
+ \textheightrule
+\end{slide}
+
+\section[template=wideslide]{Wide slide section}
+
+\begin{wideslide}{Test wideslide}
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
+ elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+ dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer
+ id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque
+ habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac
+ turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus
+ sem.\footnote{Adjust textheight to position this footnote.}
+
+ Notice the color of the equation number!
+ \begin{equation}
+ (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
+ \end{equation}
+\end{wideslide}
+
+\begin{wideslide}{The rule has height \texttt{textheight}}
+ \textheightrule
+\end{wideslide}
+
+\end{document}
+%</pdstyletest>
+%
+%<*pdstyleexample>
+\documentclass[paper=letterpaper,style=\style]{powerdot}
+\title{Example of the \style\ style}
+\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison}
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{tocpos}{}
+\pdsetup{lf=left footer,rf=right footer}
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+\begin{slide}{Example slide}
+ Here is the binomium formula.
+ \begin{equation}\label{binomium}
+ (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
+ \end{equation}
+ We will prove formula (\ref{binomium}) on the blackboard.\\
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Here
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item is
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item a
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item list
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item with
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item seven
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item items.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{slide}
+\end{document}
+%</pdstyleexample>
+%
+%<*pdexample1>
+\documentclass{powerdot}
+
+\title{powerdot example 1}
+\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{slide}{Slide 1}
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item This is the first slide\pause
+ \item There is nothing special about it.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{slide}
+
+\section{First section}
+
+\begin{slide}{Slide 2}
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item<1-> Here
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item<2-> we
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item<3-> demonstrate
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item<4-> the itemize environment
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{slide}{Slide 3}
+ \begin{enumerate}[type=1]
+ \item<1> Here
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item<2> we
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item<3> demonstrate
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item<4> the enumerate environment
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+\end{slide}
+
+\end{document}
+%</pdexample1>
+%
+%<*pdexample2>
+\documentclass[
+ size=12pt,
+ style=ikeda,
+ paper=screen,
+%% Try me!
+%% orient=portrait,
+%% mode=handout,
+%% display=slidesnotes,
+ pauseslide,
+ nohandoutpagebreaks,
+ fleqn
+]{powerdot}
+
+\title{powerdot example 2}
+\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison}
+
+\pdsetup{
+ lf=Example 2,
+ rf=for powerdot,
+ trans=Wipe,
+ theslide=slide~\arabic{slide},
+ list={itemsep=6pt}
+}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{slide}{Slide 1}
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item This is a bigger example\pause
+ \item demonstrating more of the possibilities of powerdot.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{slide}
+
+\section{This section has a slide}
+
+\begin{slide}{Slide 2}
+ Here is the binomium formula.\pause
+ \begin{equation}\label{binomium}
+ (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
+ \end{equation}\pause
+ We will prove formula (\ref{binomium}) on the blackboard.\\
+ Click the title of this slide to switch to the black slide.
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{note}{Note to slide 2}
+ Here we could type the proof that
+ we want to copy to the blackboard.
+\end{note}
+
+\begin{slide}{Slide 3}
+ \begin{itemize}[type=1]
+ \item This happens\dots\pause
+ \item when you change\dots\pause
+ \item the type of itemize.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{slide}
+
+\section[template=wideslide,tocsection=hidden]{A hidden wide section}
+
+\begin{slide}{Slide 4}
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item We only treat this material\dots\pause
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item if we have some time left.\pause
+ \item But don't hesitate\dots\pause
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item to read it yourself.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{wideslide}{Slide 5}
+ This wide slide can contain more material
+ as it is wider and does not have a table
+ of contents.
+\end{wideslide}
+
+\end{document}
+%</pdexample2>
+%
+%<*pdexample3>
+\documentclass[style=klope,clock,hlsections]{powerdot}
+
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\usepackage{pst-node}
+\usepackage{listings}
+
+\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{%
+ \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,%
+ frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},%
+ xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1%
+ }\lstset{#1}}{}
+\lstnewenvironment{examplesmall}[1][]{%
+ \lstset{basicstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,columns=flexible,%
+ frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},%
+ xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=2%
+ }\lstset{#1}}{}
+
+\title{powerdot example 3 --- verbatim and random dots}
+\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison}
+
+\pdsetup{
+ lf=Example 3,
+ rf=for powerdot,
+ palette=Spring,
+ randomdots,
+ dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.25pt},
+ dmindots=5,dmaxdots=5,
+ dminsize=600pt,dmaxsize=700pt,
+ dbright=50,
+ logohook=c,
+ logopos={.505\slidewidth,.08\slideheight},
+ logocmd={\includegraphics[scale=.05]{powerdot-default.ps}}
+}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{slide}{Overview}
+ \begin{enumerate}[type=1]
+ \item This file demonstrates \pause
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item some uses of \texttt{verbatim} \pause
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item and \pause
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item some uses of randomdots
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{enumerate}
+\end{slide}
+
+\section{section}
+
+\begin{slide}[palette=PastelFlower,method=direct,
+ dprop={dotstyle=*},
+ dminsize=5pt,dmaxsize=10pt,
+ dmindots=5,dmaxdots=10]{Name that quote}
+ G\"odel, Escher, Bach: an Eternal Golden Braid \pause
+
+ \verb|G\"odel, Escher, Bach: an Eternal Golden Braid| \pause
+
+ \begin{quote}
+ The two of you may find it amusing to listen
+ to such totally meaningless cacophony, but I assure you it is not at
+ all pleasant for a sensitive composer to be subjected to such
+ excruciating, empty dissonances and meaningless rhythms. Achilles,
+ I thought you had a good feeling for music. Could it be that your
+ previous pieces had merit merely by coincidence?
+ \end{quote}
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{slide}[palette=BlueWater,
+ dprop={dotstyle=osquare,linewidth=.2pt},
+ dminsize=4pt,dmaxsize=10pt,
+ dmindots=5,dmaxdots=10]{Itemize}
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item<1> here
+ \item<2> we
+ \item<3> go
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{slide}[toc=What day is it?,bm=What day is it?,method=direct,
+ dprop={dotstyle=*},dminsize=4pt,dmaxsize=20pt,
+ dmindots=30,dmaxdots=30]{What day is it?\hfill A test}
+\begin{example}
+ <?php
+ if ($day == "monday")
+ {
+ $callInSick = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $callInSick = false;
+ }
+ ?>
+\end{example}
+\end{slide}
+
+\section[slide=false]{The \texttt{direct} and \texttt{file} methods}
+
+\begin{slide}[method=direct,randomdots=false]{Quadratic}
+ With \verb|method=direct|, there are no overlays.\pause
+
+ But you can still use display verbatim text.
+
+ \[
+ x \pause = \pause \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a} \pause
+ \]
+
+ Attempting \pause a \pause pause\ldots\pause
+
+ \verb|Plot[3x,{x,0,10}]|
+\end{slide}
+
+\begin{slide}[method=file,randomdots=false]{Quadratic}
+ With \verb|method=file|, \pause you can display verbatim text and have overlays.\pause
+
+ \[
+ x \pause = \pause \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a} \pause
+ \]
+
+ Attempting \pause a \pause pause\ldots\pause
+
+ \verb|Plot[3x,{x,0,10}]|
+\end{slide}
+
+\section[slide=false]{Nodes}
+
+\begin{slide}[method=file,randomdots=false]{Taylor}
+\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=|,mathescape]
+ e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|x^2/2! + |\color{red}{\ldots}| |\pause|
+ e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|$\rnode{A}{\frac{x^2}{2!}}$ + |\color{red}{\ldots}|
+\end{lstlisting}
+\pause\vspace{.1in}
+Notice, \rnode{B}{this} fraction is in \verb|mathmode|.
+\onslide*{11-}{\ncarc[linecolor=blue,arcangle=-5]{->}{B}{A}}\pause \vspace{.1in}
+
+The above (as its own slide) was coded as follows:
+\begin{examplesmall}[escapechar=@]
+ \begin{slide}[method=file]{Taylor}
+ \begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=|,mathescape]
+ e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|x^2/2! + |\color{red}{\ldots}| |\pause|
+ e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|$\rnode{A}{\frac{x^2}{2!}}$ + |\color{red}{\ldots}|
+ \end{lstlisting}
+
+ \pause\vspace{.1in}
+
+ Notice, \rnode{B}{this} fraction is in \verb|mathmode|.
+ \onslide*{11-}{\ncarc[linecolor=blue,arcangle=-5]{->}{B}{A}}\pause \vspace{.1in}
+ @\char`\\@end{slide}
+\end{examplesmall}
+\end{slide}
+
+\end{document}
+%</pdexample3>
+%
+%<*preamble>
+\usepackage{url}
+\usepackage{fourier}
+\usepackage{xcolor}
+\usepackage{enumitem}
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+\usepackage{pst-char}
+\usepackage{listings}
+\usepackage{array}
+\usepackage{xkeyval}
+\usepackage[section]{placeins}
+\addtolength\textheight{2cm}
+\addtolength\topmargin{-1cm}
+\lstnewenvironment{command}{%
+ \lstset{columns=flexible,frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{blue!20},%
+ xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,escapeinside=`',gobble=1}}{}
+\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{%
+ \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,frame=single,%
+ backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},xleftmargin=\fboxsep,%
+ xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1,%
+% language=[LaTeX]TeX,keywordstyle=\color{blue},%
+% moretexcs=[1]{color,ProvidesPackage},%
+% moretexcs=[2]{onslide,pause,pdsetup,maketitle,tableofcontents},%
+% texcsstyle=[2]\color{red}%
+ }\lstset{#1}}{}
+\def\mktitledecor{%
+ \rput[tl]{90}(-5.5,-26.51){%
+ \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,1.5)(\paperheight,1.5)%
+ \rput[lB](.075\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,%
+ fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]%
+ {\Huge\bfseries\sffamily powerdot}%
+ }%
+ \rput[rB](.925\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,%
+ fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]%
+ {\Huge\bfseries Documentation}%
+ }%
+ \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,0)(\paperheight,0)%
+ }%
+}
+\makeatletter
+\def\option#1{%
+ \XKV@for@n{#1}\pd@tempa{%
+ \fcolorbox{black}{red!20}{\texttt\pd@tempa}\quad
+ }%
+ \vspace*{.2cm}%
+}
+\def\tableofcontents{\@starttoc{toc}}
+\renewenvironment{theglossary}{%
+ \section*{Version history}%
+ For more information on bug fixes, typeset the source code
+ documentation (see section~\ref{sec:source}).\par\medskip
+ \GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces
+}{}%
+\def\DescribeMacros{\leavevmode\@bsphack
+ \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Macros}
+\def\Describe@Macros#1{\endgroup\strut
+ \marginpar{\raggedleft
+ \def\@tempa{#1}\count@\z@
+ \XKV@for@o\@tempa\@tempa{%
+ \ifnum\count@>\z@\\\fi\advance\count@\@ne
+ \MacroFont\expandafter\string\@tempa
+ \expandafter\SpecialUsageIndex\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+ }}%
+ \@esphack\ignorespaces
+}
+\def\DescribeOption#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack
+ \marginpar{\raggedleft\PrintDescribeOption{#1}}%
+ \SpecialOptionIndex{#1}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
+\def\PrintDescribeOption#1{\strut\emph{option}\\\MacroFont #1\ }
+\def\SpecialOptionIndex#1{\@bsphack
+ \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1}
+ (option)\encapchar usage}\@esphack}
+\def\DescribeOptions#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack
+ \marginpar{\raggedleft\strut\emph{options}%
+ \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \\\strut\MacroFont\@tempa\SpecialOptionIndex\@tempa
+ }}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
+\def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack
+ \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1}
+ (environment)\encapchar usage}\@esphack}
+\def\changes@#1#2#3{%
+ \protected@edef\@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\glossary{\textbf{#1}\hfill\emph{(#2)}%
+ \levelchar
+ \ifx\saved@macroname\@empty
+ \space\actualchar\generalname
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@gobble\saved@macroname
+ \actualchar\string\verb\quotechar*%
+ \verbatimchar\saved@macroname\verbatimchar
+ \fi
+ :\levelchar #3}%
+ }%
+ \@tempa\endgroup\@esphack
+}
+\makeatother
+\def\PrintChangesX{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\efill\relax
+ \PrintChanges
+ \endgroup
+}
+\def\PrintIndexX{%
+ \begingroup
+ \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
+ \setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}%
+ \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}%
+ \PrintIndex
+ \endgroup
+}
+\def\larg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\<}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\>}}
+\def\LyX{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
+\def\LyXarrow{\leavevmode\,$\triangleright$\,\allowbreak}
+\let\pf\textsf
+\def\equals{=}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
+\newcolumntype{d}{c|l}
+\newcolumntype{e}{c|c|c|c}
+\newcolumntype{f}{l|p{8cm}}
+\RecordChanges
+\CodelineIndex
+\newcounter{FAQ}
+\def\question{%
+ \stepcounter{FAQ}%
+ \parskip4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \item[\textbf{Q\arabic{FAQ}}]%
+}
+\def\answer{%
+ \parskip0pt
+ \itemsep0pt
+ \parsep0pt
+ \item[\textbf{A\arabic{FAQ}}]%
+}
+\def\styleexample#1{%
+ \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}{%
+ \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}{%
+ \hspace*{\stretch{1}}%
+ \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]%
+ {powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}}%
+ \hspace*{\stretch{2}}%
+ \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]%
+ {powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}}%
+ \hspace*{\stretch{1}}\par
+ }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}%
+ }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}%
+}
+%</preamble>
+%
+%<*bib>
+@book{companion,
+ author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens},
+ title = {The {\LaTeX} Companion},
+ edition = 2,
+ note = {With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley},
+ series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting},
+ publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+ address = {Boston, Massachusetts},
+ year = 2004,
+ pagenums = {1120},
+ bibliography = {yes},
+ index = {yes},
+ isbn = {0-201-36299-6}
+}
+
+@MISC{PSTricks,
+ author = {{Timothy Van} {Zandt et al.}},
+ title = {\pf{PSTricks} package, v1.07, 2005/05/06},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/graphics/pstricks}}
+}
+
+@MISC{PSTricksWeb,
+ author = {Herbert Vo\ss},
+ title = {\pf{PSTricks} website},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://pstricks.tug.org}}
+}
+
+@MISC{xkeyval,
+ author = {Hendri Adriaens},
+ title = {\pf{xkeyval} package},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/xkeyval}}
+}
+
+@MISC{extsizes,
+ author = {James Kilfiger and Wolfgang May},
+ title = {\pf{extsizes} bundle},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/extsizes}}
+}
+
+@MISC{prosper,
+ author = {Fr\'ed\'eric Goualard and Peter M\o ller Neergaard},
+ title = {\pf{prosper} class},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/prosper}}
+}
+
+@MISC{HA-prosper,
+ author = {Hendri Adriaens},
+ title = {\pf{HA-prosper} package},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/HA-prosper}}
+}
+
+@MISC{enumitem,
+ author = {Javier Bezos},
+ title = {\pf{enumitem} package},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem}}
+}
+
+@MISC{hyperref,
+ author = {Sebastian Rahtz and Heiko Overdiek},
+ title = {\pf{hyperref} package},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref}}
+}
+
+@MISC{natbib,
+ author = {Patrick W. Daly},
+ title = {\pf{natbib} package},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/natbib}}
+}
+
+@MISC{geometry,
+ author = {Hideo Umeki},
+ title = {\pf{geometry} package},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/geometry}}
+}
+
+@MISC{xcolor,
+ author = {Uwe Kern},
+ title = {\pf{xcolor} package},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/xcolor}}
+}
+
+@MISC{graphics,
+ author = {David Carlisle},
+ title = {\pf{graphics} bundle},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/required/graphics}}
+}
+
+@MISC{random,
+ author = {Donald Arseneau},
+ title = {\texttt{random.tex}},
+ howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/generic/misc}}
+}
+
+@MISC{CTAN,
+ author = {CTAN crew},
+ title = {{The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network}},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://www.ctan.org}}
+}
+
+@MISC{LyXWeb,
+ author = {{\LyX\ crew}},
+ title = {{\LyX\ website}},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://www.lyx.org}}
+}
+
+@MISC{javascript,
+ author = {Adobe Solutions Network},
+ title = {{Acrobat JavaScript Scripting Reference}},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/acrobat/sdk/pdf/javascript/AcroJS.pdf}}
+}
+%</bib>
|
